Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelensky has cancelled a meeting he planned to hold in New York with leaders from Latin America and the Caribbean on the sidelines of the United Nations General Assembly on September 24. The reason is the low number of participants, as reported by Brazilian media.

According to an article published on September 17 by Folha de S. Paulo, the invitation, sent in August, received few confirmations of attendance. This follows Russia’s absence from the June summit organized by Switzerland to address the war. Only 11 of the 33 nations in the region participated, and the majority, such as Brazil, did not send heads of state.

At the same time, the Brazilian and Chinese governments are organizing a meeting on the sidelines of the UN assembly to release a joint proposal for peace in Ukraine. Zelensky rejected the Sino-Brazilian initiative as “destructive.”

The lack of support for Kiev from Latin American and Caribbean countries is just the tip of the iceberg, especially since the conflict has already been largely deflated, with less relevance on the international scene and media coverage, especially since the Hamas attack on Israel last year.

At the same time, Ukraine has been losing support from various sides, especially from the Global South—including Latin America and the Caribbean—which has avoided showing support for either side. For example, Brazil has tried to appear neutral regarding the conflict since the beginning, but President Lula is becoming increasingly critical of the Kiev regime.

The growing loss of support has to do with Zelensky behaving like a spoiled child who, at any cost, even at the expense of his own people, is trying to engage in a war that cannot end in a Ukrainian victory. Latin America recognizes that Russia has already sent proposals to Zelensky to try and pacify the conflict, but Ukraine is always trying to escalate. It is easy to see that Zelensky is using this narrative of victimization to try to garner support and demonstrate personal power, which does not benefit either side.

Recent events indicate that countries in Latin America and the Global South have little to gain by unrestrictedly supporting any parties involved in the conflict. With this in mind, Latin American countries have opted for diplomacy and neutrality in relation to the conflict. There is also the complexity of external influences in economic and political terms, with initiatives and activities dominated by China and Russia, followed by the West. Consequently, most nations in the Global South avoid openly committing to an alignment with either side.

The Global South, which encompasses Latin America, Asia, and Africa, has seen Russia as a more politically engaged actor that recognises the economic importance of these regions.  Russia has highlighted the role of BRICS and the need to deepen relations with the Global South, both within the context of BRICS and in other multilateral forums, such as the G20. China, in turn, exerts strong commercial influence, being the leading partner of several countries in the Global South.

Different ideals have weighed heavily on the Global South in confrontation with the narratives of the West, Russia, China, and other nations, and this is having an influence on their views towards the Ukraine War. The current international scenario is marked by the influence of several poles, making the calculation of state actors much more complex in decision-making and giving them greater room for maneuver since they no longer depend exclusively on the West and its interests.

The involvement of the BRICS countries, particularly Brazil and China, playing active roles in elaborating the joint peace proposal for Ukraine indicates a push towards multilateralism and the defence that countries do not isolate themselves in economic or political groups. This is evident in the preparation of the joint peace proposal for Ukraine drafted by Brazil and China, suggesting that non-Western countries may prefer diplomatic and peaceful solutions outside the scope of NATO, which is a military alliance. This effort aligns with the broader BRICS goals of promoting a multipolar world order, which will likely have repercussions in discussions during the UN General Assembly.

Low participation in Zelensky’s meeting could also be interpreted as a sign of the difficulties NATO faced in disseminating its narrative among non-Western countries. NATO’s narrative is increasingly centered on a zero-sum logic, defending exclusive interests in relation to Russia, which makes the search for a negotiated solution to end the conflict more complex and difficult to achieve. No peace proposal by NATO countries would be successful since the organization has acted in prolonging the war, such as through constant weapon deliveries to Ukraine and sanctions on Russia.

Therefore, it is possible that proposals originating from other countries, such as those from Latin America and Africa, will have greater weight within the international community over time, and NATO’s discourse will become weakened because it is a directly interested party in the conflict.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Get Your Free Copy of “Towards a World War III Scenario: The Dangers of Nuclear War”! 

This article was originally published on InfoBrics.

Ahmed Adel is a Cairo-based geopolitics and political economy researcher. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

High-tech Attack in Lebanon May Usher In a Regional War

September 23rd, 2024 by Steven Sahiounie

Between Tuesday and Wednesday, 32 people were killed and about 4,000 injured by exploding handheld devices, including pagers, walkie-talkie radios, mobile phones, laptops, and even solar power cells across Lebanon, with two children among the dead.  Many of the injured lost fingers, hands, and eyes, with some 300 in critical condition according to the Health Ministry’s press briefing on Thursday morning.

Hassan Nasrallah, Secretary General of Hezbollah, gave a televised address on Thursday evening.  Nasrallah explained how Israel had sent direct and indirect messages on Tuesday threatening the Lebanese resistance that more attacks would follow if the attacks on Israel continued. The Wednesday attack was a follow-up of the threat from the previous day.

Nasrallah called the Israeli attacks a ‘declaration of war’ and a ‘war crime’. Belgium’s Foreign Ministry called it an act of ‘terrorism’, with other Western countries also condemning it.

Nasrallah reiterated that to stop the attacks on Israel, a ceasefire in Gaza must be put into effect.

Hezbollah discontinued the use of mobile phones among its operatives because Israel was capable of listening in.  Instead, the Lebanese resistance group started using pagers and walkie-talkies.

The pagers were sold under the name Apollo Gold, a well-known Taiwanese manufacturer. However, investigators confirmed that they were not made in Taiwan but by a Hungarian firm, BAC Consulting, which had a contract from Taiwan to use the Apollo Gold brand name.

According to the New York Times, BAC was an Israeli shell company set up to mask the identity of the Israeli agents who inserted explosive material and a remote detonator capability into the pagers.

According to leaked intelligence to Al-Monitor, the explosions were planned to go off at the start of a full-scale war against Lebanon. Still, a leak alerted two members of Hezbollah to the danger, and the Israelis detonated the devices on Tuesday.

Hezbollah had attacked Israel on August 25 and among the targets was the elite spy center known as Unit 8200. 22 Israelis were killed and 74 wounded at the cyber-spy headquarters.

When the pagers exploded on Tuesday, many analysts saw the attack as a response to the attack on Unit 8200.

The Israeli spies who planted the explosives in the pagers were most likely from Unit 8200.

Hezbollah has been calibrating its attacks and minimizing casualties to avoid justifying Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu to start a full-scale war against Lebanon. The US administration of President Joe Biden has been asking Netanyahu to reign in the extremist elements in his cabinet who are pushing for a regional war.

Israel has been waiting for Hezbollah to lose patience so that they can start a full-scale war. Media reports from Tel Aviv say Netanyahu will fire Yoav Gallant the Defense Minister.  The two have a tense relationship, but Gallant seems to accept that his next mission will be a full-scale attack on Lebanon.

According to the Times of Israel, Gallant said Israel’s focus has moved to the northern front as a “new phase” of the war is beginning. Lebanon’s Foreign Minister saw the attack on Lebanon as a signal to a wider war.

Netanyahu knows that he could stop the Hezbollah attacks on Israel by agreeing to a ceasefire in Gaza.  Biden got Netanyahu’s promise of a ceasefire in July, but later Netanyahu reneged on his agreement and used the excuse of demanding Israeli troops on the Philadelphia corridor. Once it was clear to Biden that Netanyahu would not agree to any ceasefire, under any terms, Biden stepped out of the race for a second term as President.

Netanyahu is bound to keep the war going in Gaza, despite not having achieved his military goals there, because he is in office only as long as he does the bidding of two Ultra-Extremist Jewish settlers, Itamar Ben-Gvir, and Bezalel Smotrich.  If Netanyahu loses their support in his cabinet, his coalition will fall, and Netanyahu will go to jail on past corruption charges.

From the beginning of the war on Gaza, Netanyahu has been determined to destroy Hamas, and his second goal has been to destroy Hezbollah. Military experts have cautioned that his goals cannot be achieved because the resistance to occupation can never be stopped.  An army can kill leaders and fighters, but the desire for freedom and independence can never be wiped out. India and South Africa are both examples of winning independence from colonial rule.

With the Biden Oval Office flying on auto-pilot, Netanyahu feels this is the unique chance to start a major war in Lebanon, which the US government will pay for.  He knows from his standing ovations speech at the US Congress, that Israel is assured of US military support during a war in Lebanon. Netanyahu has calculated that the time is right because if Donald Trump were to win in November, he might pressure Netanyahu to a ceasefire and stop the blank check for weapons.  Trump has proved in his previous term in office that he is not in favor of foreign wars in which the US taxpayers have to pay the bill.

All eyes are on the skies of Lebanon, as the hours passing by bring us closer to a possible war that has not been seen in its scope for 50 years.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Get Your Free Copy of “Towards a World War III Scenario: The Dangers of Nuclear War”! 

This article was originally published at Times of India.

Steven Sahiounie is a two-time award-winning journalist. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from Mideast Discourse

In the fourth revision of the Pact for the Future the request to present “protocols for convening and operationalizing emergency platforms” has been replaced with the more watered down: “consider approaches to strengthen the United Nations’ system’s response to complex global shocks within existing authorities”.

.

.

.

This is somewhat of a relief for all of us who has warned about the consequences that these platforms can have on our human liberties if triggered, but it remains to be seen what this means in practice, as the wording leaves room for interpretation.

.

Strengthening the International Response to Complex Global Shocks – An Emergency Platform | Our Common Agenda Policy Brief 2 - Diplo Resource

.

Stimson Center writes in their Emergency Platform Brief that “some, especially G77 states and China, are likely to contend that ‘complex global shock’ is essentially a code for great power interests [no shit, Sherlock], and that this template necessitates assembling global resources only in the service of the influential”, but adds that “none seem to have been entirely dismissive” to the idea of an Emergency Platform.

We can be assured that the technocrats will try to find other ways to implement the Emergency Platform-toolbox within the current system.

But the changed paragraph fortunately means that the Climate Governance Commission’s advice (for the Summit of the Future) to declare a planetary emergency, and trigger the setup of an Emergency Platform for “urgent coordinated action” won’t be possible to implement at this time.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Get Your Free Copy of “Towards a World War III Scenario: The Dangers of Nuclear War”! 

Featured image source

The American Psychological Association (APA), which infamously conspired with the CIA to justify torture during the Bush-era “war on terror”, published a new children’s book last month to “pre-bunk” children from conspiracy theories.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

The APA’s new Magination Press kid’s book titled True or False? The Science of Perception, Misinformation, and Disinformation, mis/disinforms its young readers on several topics, including racism, gender, and the COVID-19 pandemic.

Here Are 9 Dystopian Lessons Being Taught to Children in APA’s New Book of “Science” 

Lesson #1. Trust the Experts

“During the COVID-19 pandemic,” the book says there was “seemingly conflicting information from scientists”. This is a patently false message. Statements from the experts were not “seemingly conflicting” but completely contradictory, on several big issues, including masks, vaccines, and the virus’s origin.

.

.

Instead of teaching kids to exercise critical thinking, when it comes to COVID-19, the book tells kids the experts did nothing wrong: “[T]his was just how science works”! The book then blames the spreading of false information and death on “friends and family”.

“Since people were very worried, they talked to friends and family about the virus a lot. This meant false information was spread quickly.”

.

.

Lesson #2. Don’t Ask Questions

Asking a question is a crucial step in the scientific process. For example, Khan Academy, Museum of Natural History, and Encyclopedia Britannica, all include asking questions at the top of their flowcharts and summaries of the scientific method. However, the APA’s science book doesn’t include asking a question anywhere in its chart of the scientific method. Instead, the “science” book teaches kids to “beware” of questions.

“[D]isinformation can be spread just by asking a question…Especially if the person asking…can’t even answer their own question!”

.

.

The book’s example of such “disinformation” is a girl humbly asking a logical question: “I’m not a scientist but why would we have all this snow if global warming was real?” The book draws another kid reacting to the girl as if it’s crazy to ask basic questions, “WHAT?!”

.

.

Lesson #3. Corporate Media Is Good & Trusted!

Another lesson teaches kids that corporate media gatekeeping is good and “trusted”. See the friendly gatekeeper man? Only true information passes through the media gatekeeper gates!

.

.

“Unlike books, newspapers, or trusted news shows, the internet does not have a gatekeeping mechanism. It doesn’t have a way to fact-check information for accuracy before it is made available to the public. This means a lot of what you read or see online or on social media might not be reliable. Or exactly true. And some people can take advantage of that to spread disinformation.”

Notice there’s no mention of how people at the “newspapers and trusted news shows” can also take advantage of “gatekeeping” to spread disinformation.

Lesson #4 Only White People Can be Racist!

The book misleadingly suggests only “minority groups” and “people of color” can be negatively stereotyped and victims of racism, omitting the obvious fact that white people can be negatively stereotyped and victims of racism too.

.

.

Lesson #5 “Some People Say” = Research

The book conflates “research” with “some people say”. Underneath the headline, “CHECK OUT THE RESEARCH,” the book shares no research but says Black lives are at risk in American workplaces because “Some Black people say…code-switching is necessary…simply to survive and keep safe…”

.

.

Lesson #6. No Biological Difference Between Boys & Girls 

The APA book’s example of logical fallacy misleadingly suggests there’s no athletic difference between boys and girls. Likewise, when asking young readers why boys might play more team sports than girls, the book only mentions cultural reasons, not biology, which according to the scientific literature (published by APA) also plays a strong factor.

.

.

Lesson #7. Russia Russia Russia!

The “science” book also touches on foreign and domestic politics. Russia is the only country mentioned to spread disinformation, which gives kids the false impression that Russia’s the only country that spreads disinformation.

.

.

Hillary Clinton, on the other hand, is presented as only a victim of disinformation, and never a purveyor of disinformation herself.

.

.

In reality, Hillary Clinton spread disinformation about Trump/Russia collusion, falsely accusing her political opponent of both treason and “stealing” the 2016 election.

Lesson #8. Only Wackos Criticize Government

At the end, the book directs kids to a government-funded online game: Bad News. (Its creator Tilt Studio works with the US State Dept’s Global Engagement Center (GEC), NATO, the EU, and the UK government.)

.

.

According to the Bad News game, the first step to becoming a “disinformation and fake news tycoon” is making a public complaint about the government.

.

.

Lesson #9 Conspiracies Aren’t Real! 

APA’s book also directs children to the YouTube channel of John Cook, the creator of another “disinformation” game, Cranky Uncle, which like Bad News, is designed to dismiss anyone questioning the government as a crazy kook.

.

.

Cook’s 2nd most viewed video smears “conspiracy theorists” for believing COVID-19 originated in a lab—a belief now supported by “the experts” and an overwhelming amount of evidence.

.

Click here to watch the video

.

The APA’s book dedicates five pages to villainizing “conspiracy theories” and suggests that merely learning about conspiracy theories “makes people think…that truth doesn’t matter”.

.

.

But of course some conspiracy theories are true. For example, after many denials, APA later apologized for secretly collaborating with the CIA on torture.

.

.

Maybe if my new report is shared enough, APA will one day have to address all the misinformation it’s spreading into the minds of children.

.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Get Your Free Copy of “Towards a World War III Scenario: The Dangers of Nuclear War”! 

All images in this article are from the author

The Soviet Union collapsed when Soviet President Gorbachev was placed under house arrest by hardline elements in the Politburo who were alarmed by the rapidity with which Gorbachev was establishing friendly and open relations with the West.

For the hardline American neoconservatives, the Soviet Collapse removed the constraint on American unilateralism. The neoconservatives quickly seized the initiative and with the Wolfowitz Doctrine declared US hegemony and stated that the principal goal of US foreign policy was to prevent the rise of any power that could serve as a constraint on Washington’s hegemony. This policy resulted in the hopes of Reagan and Gorbachev and the trust Gorbachev had placed in Washington being frustrated. Washington’s pledge not to move NATO one inch to the East was disavowed, and more hostile steps followed.

By 2007 it was clear to Russia’s President Putin that the promise of a multi-polar world was being over-ridden by a policy of Washington’s hegemony. At the Munich Security Conference, Putin threw down the gauntlet and said that Russia did not accept Washington’s rules based uni-polar world. At that moment the US/NATO went to war against Russia.

The first attack on Russia was a year later in 2008 when Washington sent a US supplied and trained Georgian army into disputed South Ossetia, resulting in the deaths of Russian peace-keepers and many civilians. Putin, caught off guard, returned from the Beijing Olympics, and the Russian army quickly defeated the US trained Georgian forces. Putin is often accused of intending to rebuild the Soviet Empire, but he had in his hands Georgia, historically a part of the Soviet Union and previously of Russia. Instead of reincorporating Georgia back into Russia, he turned them loose to be again subjected to Washington’s plots against Russia.

Having failed in Georgia, Washington turned its attention to Ukraine, another former province of the Soviet Union and previously of Russia for centuries. As Victoria Nuland boasted at a televised conference, Washington spent $5 billion organizing NGOs, students, and purchasing Ukrainian politicians in support of a coup to overthrow the democratically elected Ukrainian government and install a neo-nazi regime hostile to Russia.

For unknown reasons except perhaps surprise–Putin was at the Sochi Olympics–Putin did nothing to prevent Washington’s coup. For eight years Putin relied on the Minsk Agreement, which the West used to deceive him, while Washington built up a Ukrainian army capable of overthrowing the Donbas republics that broke away and resisted Ukraine’s persecution and murder of the Russian population.

When Putin and Lavrov’s efforts during December 2021 and February 2022 to achieve a mutual defense agreement with the US and NATO were cold-shouldered by Washington, NATO, and the EU, Putin had no choice but to intervene in order to protect the Donbas, a former Russian province attached to Ukraine by Soviet leaders, from massacre, as the Israelis are doing in Gaza and the West Bank.

The West disingenuously called Putin’s “limited military operation” confined to Donbas an “invasion of Ukraine.” It was no such thing. The fact that it was not an invasion and conquest of Ukraine was Putin’s mistake.

It is the limited nature of Putin’s intervention that is the cause of the possible explosion of the conflict into a nuclear war.

Putin, being a mid-20th century American liberal, had trusted diplomatic relations and good will between nations and did not understand that the West was at war with Russia. He and his Foreign Minister kept stressing their “American partners” and belief in negotiations, while the West organized its attacks on Russia.

These attacks now include attacks deep into Russia far removed from the battle front. Russia has suffered many attacks from low-flying drones that evade air defense systems. As I write, Nato Secretary Stoltenberg and the UK prime minister are urging the Biden regime to give approval to US/NATO firing long range missiles into Russia. Putin has said that this is the final red line that will force him to acknowledge that Russia is at war with the West.

NATO General Secretary Stoltenberg says the West does not need to pay attention to Putin’s threat, because “There have been many red lines declared by Putin before, and he has not escalated.”

We have reached the point that I said we would each. Putin by his failure to act in response to aggression now has his back to the wall. He has three choices: He can surrender. He can end the Ukraine conflict with force, which puts the West on notice that the West is at risk if the conflict continues, or he can continue to ignore reality, thereby leaving the initiative in the West’s hands where it has been throughout the conflict.

We are faced with Putin’s mettle. Is he a warrior or an out-of-date American liberal?

I agree that this question is unfair. Putin is the only statesman the world has at this crucial time when the world’s continued existence is in question. Putin has accepted insult after insult, provocation on top of provocation in order to avoid a war that means death for humanity.

No one gives Putin credit for this.

Stoltenberg, a nonentity, mocks Putin. Biden, a nonentity, insults him. Zelensky, a nonentity, vows to defeat him.

We can see Satan’s hold on the West when the only leader determined to preserve human existence is demonized.


Despite his honorable characteristics, Putin is failing because he cannot recognize the extreme evil that confronts him and the country he represents.

As England’s ambassador Craig Murray has reported, the Western world is criminalizing free speech.

Washington’s investigations of Scott Ritter, Dimitri Simes, and others indicate that those who talk with Russians are being criminalized for aiding and abetting Russian disinformation, which is being equated with espionage. How can the dangerous situation be resolved when talk is prevented?

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Get Your Free Copy of “Towards a World War III Scenario: The Dangers of Nuclear War”! 

Paul Craig Roberts is a renowned author and academic, chairman of The Institute for Political Economy where this article was originally published. Dr. Roberts was previously associate editor and columnist for The Wall Street Journal. He was Assistant Secretary of the Treasury for Economic Policy during the Reagan Administration. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image: Former Soviet leader Mikhail Gorbachev and U.S. President Ronald Reagan signed a landmark nuclear arms control treaty in 1987. (Photo: White House Photographic Office/National Archives and Records Administration)

“He who binds to himself a joy
Does the winged life destroy;
But he who kisses the joy as it flies
Lives in eternity’s sun rise.”

– William Blake, Eternity

“But dreamin’ was as easy as believin’ it was never gonna end
And lovin’ her was easier than anything I’ll ever do again”

– Kris Kristofferson, “Loving Her Was Easier (Than Anything I’ll Ever Do Again)”

Kris Kristofferson, a man of deep soul and poetic genius, is eighty-eight years-old, an elderly man who has come a long way down life’s road, now “Looking at a looking glass/ Running out of time/ On a face you used to know.”

His songs keep echoing in my mind, and I am sure in the minds of millions of others.

Great songwriter-singers, like great poets, are possessed by a passionate melancholic sensibility that gives them joy in the telling.  They seem always to be homesick for a home they can’t define or find.  At the heart of their songs is a presence of an absence that is unnamable. That is what draws listeners in.

While great songs usually take but a few minutes to travel from the singer’s mouth to the listener’s ears, they keep echoing for a long time, as if they had taken both singer and listener on a circular journey out and back, and then, in true Odyssean fashion, replay the cyclic song of the shared poetic mystery that is life and death, love and loss, the going up and coming down, the abiding nostalgia for a future home and a past that was a fleeting moment in time.

Time is the core theme of all great writers.  Its mystery, its intimacy, how it holds us as we try to tell it, as if we could, knowing that we can’t as it mocks all our pretensions.

My 100 year-old  mother, as she neared death, would often plead with me, “Don’t let me go, Eddy.”  I would tell her I was trying, knowing my efforts were a temporary stay and that through our conversations we were building what D. H. Lawrence called her “ship of death”:

Build then the ship of death, for you must take
the longest journey, to oblivion.
And die the death, the long and painful death
that lies between the old self and the new.
***
We are dying, we are dying, so all we can do
is now to be willing to die, and to build the ship
of death to carry the soul on the longest journey.
***
And the little ship wings home, faltering and lapsing
on the pink flood,
and the frail soul steps out, into her house again
filling the heart with peace.

In those days she also used to ask me: “Now that you have lived more of your life in Massachusetts than in New York City, where do you say you are from and which do you consider your home?”  I didn’t know what to say but would wonder where I would like to be buried, as if it mattered.  I would be dead.  Home.  I don’t think so.  Not underground, so why does it matter where.

Home isn’t a place for permanently sleeping.  It’s the place from which we launch our ships out into the world.  And the place that we discover when all our sailing is done and we enter the harbor of the ultimate unknown.

Where was the lightning before it flashed?

Kris Kristofferson is an astonishing songwriter and bard, a man of faith and conscience, and a humorously devilish performer with an on-stage persona of a spiritual satyr.  Although he retired from performing a few years ago, he wrote and performed some of the finest songs in the American songbook.  A man’s and a woman’s man, he wrote songs of exquisite passion and sensitivity and rough rollicking freedom that only an emotionless zombie would fail to be moved by.  And in the last 15 or so  years, he has fearlessly confronted his mortality, writing many brave tunes that bookend his earliest hits, such as Help Me Make It Through the Night.

I have loved and listened to his music for a long time and wish to honor him.

This is my small tribute to a great artist, a poetic genius whose songs manifest the fact that he studied the Romantic poets.

Counterpose what is perhaps his most well-known song, Me and Bobby McGee, first made famous by the rocking swirling twirling wild dervish Janis Joplin, a former lover so I’ve heard, confirming William Blake’s dictum that “Exuberance is Beauty” with his lilting poem that is little known but whose gorgeous melody confirms in turn the saying of that other Romantic poet, John Keats, that “Beauty is truth, truth beauty”: Shadows of Her Mind.  Two meditations in very different song styles on love, loneliness, searching, loss, and the secrets of one’s soul – a magician at work. Whether partly truth or partly fiction doesn’t matter. Secrets are secrets, sung or spun like memories in the mind, webs of wonder.

Kristofferson broke barriers when he found success in Nashville’s country and western scene in the early 1970s.  He made explicit the sexuality and the yearning for love that underlay traditional country music. The endless yearning that never ends.  Its secret.  Not just sex in the back room of a honky-tonk, but the “Achin’ with the feelin’ of the freedom of an eagle when she flies,” as he sings in Loving Her Was Easier.  Something intangible.  True passion for love and life.

He was an oddball.  Here was a man whose inspiration for Me and Bobby McGee was a foreign film, La Strada (The Road), made by the extraordinary Italian filmmaker Federico Fellini.  Not the stuff of movie theaters in small Texas towns.  In the film Anthony Quinn is driving around on a motorcycle with a feeble-minded girl whose playing of a trombone gets on his nerves, so while she is sleeping, he abandons her by the side of the road.  He later hears a woman singing the melody the girl was always playing and learns the girl has died.  Kris explains:

To me, that was the feeling at the end of ‘Bobby McGee.’ The two-edged sword that freedom is. He was free when he left the girl, but it destroyed him. That’s where the line ‘Freedom’s just another name for nothing left to lose’ came from.

Not exactly country, yet a traditional storyteller, a Rhodes scholar and a former Army Captain, an Oxford “egghead” in love with romantic poetry, a sensitive athlete, a risk-taker who gave up a teaching position at West Point for a janitor’s job in Nashville to try his hand at songwriting, a patriot with a dissenter’s heart, he is an unusual man, to put it mildly.  A gambler.  A man who knows that heaven and hell are born together and that the body and soul cannot be divorced, that all art is incarnational and meant to be about ecstasy and misery, not the middle normal ground where people measure out their lives in coffee spoons.  He always wanted to tell what he knew, come what may, as he sings in To Beat the Devil:

I was born a lonely singer, and I’m bound to die the same,
But I’ve got to feed the hunger in my soul.
And if I never have a nickel, I won’t ever die ashamed.
‘Cos I don’t believe that no-one wants to know.

What do people want to knowA bit here and there, I guess, but not too much, not the secrets of our souls. Not the truth about their government’s killers, the lies that drive a Billy Dee to drugs and death, and the hypocritical fears of cops and people who wish to squelch the truths of the desperate ones for fear that they might reveal secrets best buried with the bodies.  Secrets not about the dead but the living – or more appropriately put, the living dead.  Kris has always had that wild man’s frenzy to never let the living dead eat him up, as D. H. Lawrence put it.

There are only a handful of songwriters with the artistic gift of soul-sympathy to write verses like the following, and Kris did it again and again over fifty years:

Billy Dee was seventeen when he turned twenty-one
Fooling with some foolish things he could’ve left alone
But he had to try to satisfy a thirst he couldn’t name
Driven toward the darkness by the devils in his veins

All around the honky-tonks, searching for a sign
Gettin’ by on gettin’ high on women, words and wine
Some folks called him crazy, Lord, and others called him free
But we just called us lucky for the love of Billy Dee

Like William Blake – “Can I see another’s woe/And not be in sorrow too?/Can I see another’s grief/And not seek for kind relief?” – Billy Dee captures in rollicking sound more truth about addiction than a thousand self-important editorials about drugs.

Kristofferson joins with Dylan Thomas, the Welsh bard, another wild man with an exquisite sense for the music of language and the married themes of youth and age, sex and death, love and loss, home and the search, always the search:

The force that through the green fuse drives the flower
Drives my green age; that blasts the roots of trees
Is my destroyer.
And I am dumb to tell the crooked rose
My youth is bent by the same wintry fever.

Although most of his songs lack overt political content, such concerns are scattered throughout his massive oeuvre (nearly 400 songs) where his passion for the victims of America’s war machine and his respect for great spiritual heroes like Gandhi, Martin Luther King, and John and Robert Kennedy ring out in very powerful songs that are not well known.  Note his use of the word theyin They Killed Him, surely not a mistake for such a careful songwriter.  Sounds like Dylan about the assassination of President Kennedy in Murder Most Foul: “They killed him once and they killed him twice/Killed him like a human sacrifice.”

And in The Circle, a song about Bill  Clinton killing with a missile an Iraqi artist and her husband and the wounding of her children, his condemnation is powerful as he links it to the disappeared of Argentina in a circle of sorrow.  Of course, no one is responsible.

“Not I” said the soldier
“I just follow orders and it was my duty to do my job well”
“Not I” said the leader who ordered the slaughter
“I’m saddened it happened, but then, war is hell”
“Not us” said the others who heard of the horror
Turned a cold shoulder on all that was done
In all the confusion a single conclusion
The circle of sorrow has only begun

As everyone knows, songs have a powerful hold on our memories, and sometimes we learn ironic truths about them only years later.

When I was young, my large family, consisting of my parents and seven sisters and me – Bronx kids – would go on vacation for a week in the late summer to a farm called Edgewater.  We would pack our clothes in cartons weeks in advance and would load into the car like sardines layered in a can.  On the trip north to the Catskill mountains, in our wild excitement, we would sing all sorts of happy songs, many from Broadway shows.  As we approached the farm, we would go crazy with excitement and sing over and over the repetitive song we had learned somewhere: We’re Here Because We’re Here Because We’re Here.  To us it was a song of joy; we had arrived at our Shangri-La, our ideal home, paradise regained.  To this day, the name Edgewater is like Proust’s madeleine dipped in tea for many of us.

What we didn’t know was that the song we were singing was the sardonic song that WWI soldiers sang as they awaited absurd and senseless death in the mud and rat-filled trenches of the war to end all wars.  Sardonic words to them and joy to us. They were there because they were there and it was meaningless.  We sang it out of joy.  So Blakean:

Man was made for joy and woe
Then when this we rightly know
Through the world we safely go.
Joy and woe are woven fine
A clothing for the soul to bind.

To listen to Kris Kristofferson’s vast oeuvre is a confirmation of that Blakean truth.  It is to realize that all those songs he has written and sung have been his way of fulfilling the words of another Romantic poet who was Blake’s contemporary, John Keats.  Keats called life “a vale of soul-making,” meaning that people are not souls until they make themselves by developing an individual identity by doing what they were meant to do, by listening to the voice within, not the cacophony without.  Kris did exactly that to the consternation of his family.  He answered the hero’s spiritual call that asked him to follow his true self.  The call that Joseph Campbell, in The Hero with a Thousand Faces, says, when refused, results in sterility:

Often in actual life, and not infrequently in the myths and popular tales, we encounter the dull case of the call unanswered; for it is always possible to turn the ear to other interests. Refusal of the summons converts the adventure into its negative. Walled in boredom, hard work, or “culture,” the subject loses the power of significant affirmative action and becomes a victim to be saved. His flowering life becomes a wasteland of dry stones and his life feels meaningless. . . . Whatever house he builds, it will be a house of death: a labyrinth of cyclopean walls to hide him from his Minotaur. All he can do is create new problems for himself and await the gradual approach of his disintegration.

By answering the call, Kris blossomed into his sacred calling with all its unremitting deaths and births, unlike his character, Saul Darby, whose life’s obsessive labor was to build Darby’s Castle as a monument to his ego, even as he failed to hear his young wife weeping in the next room.  Yet befitting the artist that he is who can grasp two tragic truths at once, perhaps Kris was singing of himself as well.

In Ken Burns’ fascinating documentary series, Country Music, Kris answers the question of why he took such a radical turn early on and gave up his military road to success for a lowly job as a janitor in Nashville where he hoped to write songs.  He said:

I love William Blake…. William Blake said, ‘If he who is organized by the divine for spiritual communion, refuse and bury his talent in the earth, even though he should want natural bread, shame and confusion of face will pursue him throughout life to eternity.’

When he answered this call of the spirit and took such a dramatic turn away from the conventional road to success, his mother wrote him a letter essentially disowning him (“dis-owning” – an interesting word!).  When Johnny Cash read it, he sardonically said, “Isn’t it nice to get a letter from home?”

Not devoid of humor, Kristofferson wrote Jessie Younger, a catchy tune that no doubt concealed his pain while sharing it, an example of his extraordinary ability to use words in paradoxical ways:

Jesse Younger’s parents wonder where it all went wrong
that Jesse’s name has turned to ashes on their tongues
But he chose to starve and try to carve a future of his own
And he got his druthers because now his younger brother
Is his father’s and his mother’s only son

A close examination of so many of his lyrics leaves me aghast at his talent.

There are just a handful of songwriter/performers who can match the art of Kris Kristofferson.  Bob Dylan, Leonard Cohen, and Paul Simon particularly come to mind, for their work also contains that deep spiritual questing for “home,” the enigmatic word we use to try to capture life’s deepest yearnings.

Kris has an attribute that is very beautiful and emanates from a very deep place. Heart.  Spirit.  Soul.  His songs are permeated with the quality Keats called “soul-making.”  Life as a vale of soul-making.  One can hear it throughout Sunday Mornin’ Comin’ Down, that plaintiff cry from the bottom of a despairing bottle that gripped the great Johnny Cash as well.  Like Dylan so often, the tintinnabulation of the bells conjures someone calling a lost soul to return home.  “Then I headed back for home/And somewhere far away a lonely bell was ringin’/And it echoed through the canyons/Like the disappearing dreams of yesterday”

Whatever word we give it, this quality shines through in a beautifully poignant way, especially in a concert he gave in the Plaza de la Trinidad, an intimate venue, when he was seventy-four years old.  Age has etched its marks on his rueful countenance but has added pathos to his performance.  His song selection, while including many of his famous hits, also contains lesser-known songs that add an even greater humanness to his deeply moving performance.  I am reminded of something the English writer John Berger said of Rembrandt: “The late Rembrandt self-portraits contain or embody a paradox: they are clearly about old age, yet they address the future. They assume something coming towards them apart from Death.”

Kris Kristofferson may have been “out of sight and out of mind” in recent years, so I would like to bring him back to your attention and salute him as we remember him.

Thank you, Kris.  You are an inspiration.  Blessings as you fall into grace, as you reminded us with Why Me Lord.

And here is his encore, “The Last Thing to Go”:

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Get Your Free Copy of “Towards a World War III Scenario: The Dangers of Nuclear War”! 

This article was originally published on the author’s blog site, Behind the Curtain.

Edward Curtin is a prominent author, researcher and sociologist based in Western Massachusetts. He is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG).

Note to readers: please click the share buttons above

feature image: Hitler, Schacht and Prescott Bush

Below an Introductory Article by Michel Chossudovsky, followed by Yuri Rubtsov’s article entitled

History: Hitler was Financed by the Federal Reserve and the Bank of England 

This carefully researched article by Yuri Rubtsov sheds light on the role of Wall Street and the US Federal Reserve in financing the Nazi government of Adolph Hitler. (scroll down)

 

The Power of the U.S. Dollar

1932 Secret Agreement

Wall Street Finances Hitler’s Election Campaign

by

Michel Chossudovsky 

November 21, 2023

minor corrections, September 22, 2024

 

Introduction

From World War I to the Present: Dollar denominated debt has been the driving force behind all US led wars.

Wall Street creditors are the main actors. 

They were firmly behind Nazi Germany. They financed Operation Barbarossa and the invasion of the Soviet Union in 1941. 

“On January 4th, 1932, a meeting was held between British financier Montagu Norman (Governor of the Bank of England), Adolf Hitler and Franz Von Papen (who became Chancellor a few months later in May 1932) At this meeting, an agreement on the financing of the Nationalsozialistische Deutsche Arbeiterpartei (NSDAP or Nazi Party) was reached.

This meeting was also attended by US policy-makers and the Dulles brothers, something which their biographers do not like to mention.

A year later, on January 14th, 1933, another meeting was held between Adolph Hitler, Germany’s Financier Baron Kurt von Schroeder, Chancellor Franz von Papen and Hitler’s Economic Advisor Wilhelm Keppler took place, where Hitler’s program was fully approved.” (Y. Rubtsov, text below)

Upon the accession of Adolph Hitler as Chancellor in March 1933, a massive privatization program was initiated which bears the finger-prints of Wall Street.

Dr. Hjalmar Schacht –re-appointed in March 1933 by Adolph Hitler to the position of President of The Reichsbank— was invited to the White House (May 1933) by President Franklin D. Roosevelt.

“After his meeting with the U.S. President and the big bankers on Wall Street, America allocated Germany new loans totalling $1 billion” [equivalent to $23.7 billion in 2023, PPP estimate] (Y. Rubtsov, op cit)

Article clipped from Herald and Review - Newspapers.com™

Newspapers.com 

Barely a year later, in April 1934, The Economist “reported that military expenditure was forcing the Minister of Finance to look for new resources” including the privatization of the Deutsche Reichsbahn (German Railways) (quoted in Germa Bel, p. 20). The Nazi government also sold off State owned shipbuilding companies, State infrastructure and public utilities.

With a “Nazi- Neo-Liberal” slant, –no doubt with “conditionalities”- the privatization program was negotiated with Germany’s Wall Street creditors. Several major banking institutions including  Deutsche Bank and Dresden Bank were also privatized.

“[T]he government of the Nazi Party sold off public ownership in several State-owned firms in the mid-1930s. These firms belonged to a wide range of sectors: steel, mining, banking, local public utilities, shipyards, ship-lines, railways, etc.

In addition, the delivery of some public services that were produced by government prior to the 1930s, especially social and labor-related services, was transferred to the private sector, mainly to organizations within the party.” (Germa Bel, University of Barcelona)

The proceeds of the privatization program were used to repay outstanding debts as well as fund Nazi Germany’s buoyant military industrial complex.

Numerous U.S. conglomerates had invested in Nazi Germany’s arms industry including Ford and General Motors: 

Both General Motors and Ford insist that they bear little or no responsibility for the operations of their German subsidiaries, which controlled 70 percent of the German car market at the outbreak of war in 1939 and rapidly retooled themselves to become suppliers of war materiel to the German army.

… In certain instances, American managers of both GM and Ford went along with the conversion of their German plants to military production at a time when U.S. government documents show they were still resisting calls by the Roosevelt administration to step up military production in their plants at home. (Washington Post,  November 30, 1998)

“A Famous American Family” Sleeping with the Enemy. The Role of Prescott Bush

Of significance: “A  famous American family” made its fortune from the Nazis, according to John Loftus’ documented historical analysis.    

Prescott Bush (grandfather of George W. Bush) was a partner in Brown Brothers Harriman & Co. , and director of the Union Banking Corporation , closely linked to the interests of German corporations, including Thyssen Stahl, an important company involved in the arms industry of the Third Reich. 

The Bush family links to Nazi Germany’s war economy were first brought to light at the Nuremberg trials in the testimony of Nazi Germany’s steel magnate Fritz Thyssen.

Image: (right) Senator Prescott Bush with his son George H. Walker Bush. (1950s)

.

Thyssen was a partner of  Prescott Bush.

.

“From 1945 until 1949 in Nuremberg, one of the lengthiest and, it now appears, most futile interrogations of a Nazi war crimes suspect began in the American Zone of Occupied Germany.

Multibillionaire steel magnate Fritz Thyssen –-the man whose steel combine was the cold heart of the Nazi war machine– talked and talked and talked to a joint US-UK interrogation team.

… What the Allied [Nuremberg] investigators never understood was that they were not asking Thyssen the right question. Thyssen did not need any foreign bank accounts because his family secretly owned an entire chain of banks.

He did not have to transfer his Nazi assets at the end of World War II, all he had to do was transfer the ownership documents – stocks, bonds, deeds and trusts–from his bank in Berlin through his bank in Holland to his American friends in New York City: Prescott Bush and Herbert Walker, Thyssen’s partners … were the father and father-in-law of a future President of the United States. (John Loftus, The Dutch Connection, September 2002).

John Loftus was  a (former) U.S. Department of Justice Nazi War Crimes prosecutor. during the Nixon Administration. 

The American public was not aware of the links of the Bush family to Nazi Germany because the historical record had been carefully withheld by the mainstream media. In September 2004, however, The Guardian revealed that:

George Bush’s grandfather, the late US Senator Prescott Bush, was a director and shareholder of companies that profited from their involvement with the financial backers of Nazi Germany.  … 

His business dealings, which continued until his company’s assets were seized in 1942 under the Trading with the Enemy Act, has led more than 60 years later to a civil action for damages being brought in Germany against the Bush family by two former slave labourers at Auschwitz and to a hum of pre-election controversy.”

( Ben Aris and Duncan Campbell, How Bush’s Grandfather Helped Hitlers Rise to Power,  Guardian, September 25, 2004, emphasis added)

 

Screenshot, The Guardian 

Prescott Bush entered politics in 1950. In 1952 he was elected Senator for Connecticut, a position which he held until January 1963.

Evidence of the Bush family’s  links to Nazism was available well before George Herbert Walker Bush (Senior) and George W. Bush entered politics, not to mention Bush Senior’s stint at the CIA. 

The U.S. media remained totally mum. According to John Buchanan (New Hampshire Gazette, 10 October 2003):

“After 60 years of inattention and even denial by the U.S. media, newly-uncovered government documents in The National Archives and Library of Congress reveal that Prescott Bush, the grandfather of President George W. Bush, served as a business partner of and U.S. banking operative for the financial architect of the Nazi war machine from 1926 until 1942, when Congress took aggressive action against Bush and his “enem\\y national” partners.

The documents also show that Bush and his colleagues, according to reports from the U.S. Department of the Treasury, tried to conceal their financial alliance with German industrialist Fritz Thyssen, a steel and coal baron who, beginning in the mid-1920s, personally funded Adolf Hitler’s rise to power by the subversion of democratic principle and German law. Furthermore, the declassified records demonstrate that Bush and his associates, who included E. Roland Harriman, younger brother of American icon W. Averell Harriman, and George Herbert Walker, President Bush’s maternal great-grandfather, continued their dealings with the German industrial tycoon for nearly a year after the U.S. entered the war.

While Prescott Bush’s company’s assets, namely Union Banking Corporation  were seized in 1942 under the Trading with the Enemy Act (See below), George W. Bush’s grandfather was never prosecuted for his business dealings with  Nazi Germany.

“In 1952, Prescott Bush was elected to the U.S. Senate, with no press accounts about his well-concealed Nazi past.

There is no record of any U.S. press coverage of the Bush-Nazi connection during any political campaigns conducted by George Herbert Walker Bush, Jeb Bush, or George W. Bush, with the exception of a brief mention in an unrelated story in the Sarasota Herald Tribune in November 2000 and a brief but inaccurate account in The Boston Globe in 2001.” (John Buchanan, op. cit)

Up until Pearl Harbor (December 1941), Wall Street was trading with Germany.

In the wake of Pearl Harbor (1941-1945), Standard Oil “was trading with the enemy” selling oil to Nazi Germany through the intermediation of so-called “neutral countries” including Venezuela and Argentina.

Without the U.S. supply of oil to Nazi Germany instrumented by Standard Oil of New Jersey (owned by John D. Rockefeller and Associates), the Third Reich would not have been able to invade the Soviet Union.  This is fully documented in the book of  Dr.Jacques Pauwels:

“World War II is widely celebrated as a “crusade” in which the US fought unreservedly on the side of democracy, freedom, and justice against dictatorship.” 

While America liberated Western Europe in June 1944, the unspoken truth is that American corporations actively collaborated with Nazi Germany:

“Standard Oil of New Jersey — today’s Exxon — developed intimate links with the German trust IG Farben. By the early 1930s, an élite of about twenty of the largest American corporations had a German connection including Du Pont, Union Carbide, Westinghouse, General Electric, Gilette, Goodrich, Singer, Eastman Kodak, Coca-Cola, IBM, and ITT.

Finally, many American law firms, investment companies, and banks were deeply involved in America’s investment offensive in Germany, among them the renowned Wall Street law firm Sullivan & Cromwell, and the banks J. P. Morgan and Dillon, Read and Company, as well as the Union Bank of New York, owned by Brown Brothers & Harriman. …

(Jacques Pauwels , emphasis added)

 

Michel Chossudovsky,  November 21, 2023, updates, September 22, 2024

 

***

History: Hitler was Financed

by the Federal Reserve and the Bank of England

By Yuri Rubtsov

May 2016

 

World War II: More than 80 years ago was the start of the greatest slaughter in history.

If we are to approach the problem of “responsibility for the war”, then we first need to answer the following key questions:

  • Who helped the Nazis come to power?
  • Who sent them on their way to world catastrophe?

The entire pre-war history of Germany shows that the provision of the “necessary” policies were managed by the financial turmoil, in which the world was plunged into in the wake of  World War I. 

The key structures that defined the post-war development strategy of the West were the central financial institutions of Great Britain and the United States — the Bank of England and the Federal Reserve System (FRS) — and the associated financial and industrial organizations set out as a means to establish absolute control over the financial system of Germany and its ability to control political processes in Central Europe.

To implement this strategy, the following stages were envisaged:  

  1.  From 1919 to 1924 — to prepare the ground for massive American financial investment in the German economy;
  2. From 1924 to 1929 — the establishment of control over the financial system of Germany and financial support for Nazism (“national socialism”);
  3. From 1929 to 1933 — provoking and unleashing a deep financial and economic crisis and ensuring the Nazis come to power;
  4. From 1933 to 1939 — financial cooperation with the Nazi government and support for its expansionist foreign policy, aimed at preparing and unleashing a new World War.

WWI “War Reparations”

In the first stage, the main levers to ensure the penetration of American capital into Europe began with WWI war debts and the closely related problem of German reparations. 

After the US’ formal entry into the first World War, they gave the allies (primarily England and France) loans to the amount of $8.8 billion. The total sum of war debts, including loans granted to the United States in 1919-1921, was more than $11 billion.

To solve this problem, creditor nations tried to impose extremely difficult conditions for the payment of war reparations at the expense of Germany. This was caused by the flight of German capital abroad, and the refusal to pay taxes which led to a state budget deficit that could be covered only through mass production of unsecured German Marks.

The result was the collapse of the German currency — the “great inflation” of 1923,  when the dollar was worth 4.2 trillion Marks. German Industrialists began to openly sabotage all activities in the payment of reparation obligations, which eventually caused the famous “Ruhr crisis” — Franco-Belgian occupation of the Ruhr in January 1923.

The Anglo-American ruling elites, in order to take the initiative in their  own hands, waited for France to get caught up in a venturing adventure and to prove its inability to solve the problem. US Secretary of State Hughes pointed out:

“It is necessary to wait for Europe to mature in order to accept the American proposal.”

The new project was developed in the depths of “JP Morgan & Co.” under the instruction of the head of the Bank of England, Montagu Norman. At the core of his ideas was representative of the “Dresdner Bank” Hjalmar Schacht, who formulated it in March 1922 at the suggestion of John Foster Dulles (future Secretary of state in the Cabinet of President Eisenhower) and legal adviser to President W. Wilson at the Paris peace conference.

Dulles gave this note to the chief Trustee “JP Morgan & Co.”,which then recommended H. Schacht in consultation with Montagu Norman, Governor of the Bank of England.

In December, 1923, H. Schacht became Manager of the Reichsbank and was instrumental in bringing together the Anglo-American and German financial elites. 

In the summer of 1924, the project known as the “Dawes plan” (named after the Chairman of the Committee of experts who created it – American banker and Director of one of the banks of the Morgan group), was adopted at the London conference. He called for halving the reparations and solved the question about the sources of their coverage. However, the main task was to ensure favorable conditions for US investment, which was only possible with the stabilization of the German Mark.

To this end, the plan gave Germany a large loan of $200 million, half of which was accounted for by JP Morgan.

While the Anglo-American banks gained control not only over the transfer of German payments, but also for the budget, the system of monetary circulation and to a large extent the credit system of the country.

The Weimar Republic

By August 1924, the old German Mark was replaced by a new, stabilized financial situation in Germany, and, as researcher G.D Preparta wrote, the Weimar Republic was prepared for:

“the most picturesque economic aid in history, followed by the most bitter harvest in world history” — “an unstoppable flood of American blood poured into the financial veins of Germany.”

The consequences of this were not slow to appear.

This was primarily due to the fact that the annual reparations were to cover the amount of debt paid by the allies, formed by the so-called “absurd Weimar circle”.

The gold that Germany paid in the form of war reparations, was sold, pawned, and disappeared in the US, where it was returned to Germany in the form of an “aid” plan, who gave it to England and France, and they in turn were to pay the war debt of the United States. It was then overlayed with interest, and again sent  to Germany. In the end, all in Germany lived in debt [were indebted] , and it was clear that should Wall Street withdraw their loans, the country would suffer complete bankruptcy.

Secondly, although formal credit was issued to secure payment, it was actually the restoration of the military-industrial potential of the country.

The fact is that the Germans were paid in shares of companies for the loans so that American capital began to actively integrate into the German economy.

The total amount of foreign investments in German industry during 1924-1929 amounted to almost 63 billion gold Marks (30 billion was accounted for by loans), and the payment of reparations — 10 billion Marks. 70% of revenues were provided by bankers from the United States, and most of the banks were from JP Morgan. As a result, in 1929, German industry was in second place in the world, but it was largely in the hands of America’s leading financial-industrial groups.

US Investments in Nazi Germany. Rockefeller Financed Adolf Hitler’s Election Campaign

“Interessen-Gemeinschaft Farbenindustrie”, the main supplier of the German war machine, financed 45% of the election campaign of Hitler in 1930, and was under the control of Rockefeller’s “Standard oil”.

Morgan, through “General Electric”, controlled the German radio and electrical industry via AEG and Siemens (up to 1933, 30% of the shares of AEG owned “General Electric”) through the Telecom company ITT — 40% of the telephone network in Germany.

In addition, they owned a 30% stake in the aircraft manufacturing company “Focke-Wulf”.

“General Motors”, belonging to the DuPont family, established control over “Opel”.

Henry Ford controlled 100% of the shares of  “Volkswagen”.

In 1926, with the participation of the Rockefeller Bank “Dillon, Reed & Co.” the second largest  industrial monopoly in Germany after “I.G Farben” emerged — metallurgical concern “Vereinigte Stahlwerke” (Steel Trust) Thyssen, Flick, Wolff, Feglera etc.

American cooperation with the German military-industrial complex was so intense and pervasive that by 1933 the key sectors of German industry and large banks such as Deutsche Bank, Dresdner Bank, Danat-Bank (Darmstädter und Nationalbank), etc.  were under the control of American financial capital.

The political force that was intended to play a crucial role in Anglo-American plans was being simultaneously prepared. We are talking about the funding of the Nazi party and Adolf Hitler personally.

As former German Chancellor Brüning wrote in his memoirs, since 1923, Hitler received large sums from abroad. Where they went is unknown, but they were received through Swiss and Swedish banks.

It is also known that, in 1922 in Munich, a meeting took place between A. Hitler and the military attaché of the US to Germany – Captain Truman Smith – who compiled a detailed report for his Washington superiors (in the office of military intelligence), in which he spoke highly of Hitler.

It was through Smith’s circle of acquaintances that Hitler was first introduced to German-American businessman Ernst Franz Sedgwick Hanfstaengl, a graduate of Harvard University who played an important role in the formation of A. Hitler as a politician, endorsed by significant financial support, while securing him ties and communication with prominent personalities of the British establishment.

Hitler was prepared in politics, however, whereas Germany under the Weimar Republic reigned, his party remained on the periphery of public life. The situation changed dramatically with the beginning of the 1929 financial crisis.

Since the autumn of 1929 after the collapse of the America’s stock exchange was triggered by the Federal Reserve, the third stage of the strategy of the Anglo-American financial establishment commenced.

The Federal Reserve and JP Morgan decided to stop lending to Germany, inspired by the banking crisis and economic depression in Central Europe. In September 1931, England abandoned the gold standard, deliberately destroying the international system of payments and completely cutting off the flow of “financial oxygen” to the Weimar Republic.

But a financial miracle occurred with the Nazi party: in September 1930, as a result of large donations from Thyssen, “I.G. Farben” and Industrialist Emil Kirdorf (who was a firm supporter of Adolf Hitler), the Nazi party got 6.4 million votes, and took second place in the Reichstag, after which generous investments from abroad were activated.

The main link between the major German industrialists and foreign financiers became H. Schacht.

1932 Secret Agreement: Wall Street Finances Hitler’s Nazi Party 

On January 4th, 1932, a meeting was held between British financier Montagu Norman (Governor of the Bank of England), Adolf Hitler and Franz Von Papen (who became Chancellor a few months later in May 1932) At this meeting, an agreement on the financing of the Nationalsozialistische Deutsche Arbeiterpartei (NSDAP or Nazi Party) was reached.

This meeting was also attended by US policy-makers and the Dulles brothers, something which their biographers do not like to mention.

A year later, on January 14th, 1933, another meeting was held between Adolph Hitler, Germany’s Financier Baron Kurt von Schroeder, Chancellor Franz von Papen and Hitler’s Economic Advisor Wilhelm Keppler took place, where Hitler’s program was fully approved.

It was here that they finally resolved the issue of the transfer of power to the Nazis, and on the 30th of January 1933 Hitler became Chancellor. The implementation of the fourth stage of the strategy thus begun.

 

The attitude of the Anglo-American ruling elites in relation to the new Nazi government was very sympathetic.

When Hitler refused to pay reparations, which, naturally, called into question the payment of war debts, neither Britain nor France showed him the claims of the payments.

Moreover, after his  visit to the United States in May 1933, H. Schacht became once more head of Reichsbank, and after his meeting with the U.S. President and the big bankers on Wall Street, America allocated Germany new loans totalling $1 billion.

In June, during a trip to London and a meeting with Montagu  Norman, Schacht also sought a British loan of $2 billion, and a reduction and cessation of payments on old loans.

Thus, the Nazis got what they could not achieve with the previous government.

In the summer of 1934, Britain signed the Anglo-German transfer agreement, which became one of the foundations of British policy towards the Third Reich, and at the end of the 1930’s, Germany became the main trading partner of England.

Schroeder Bank became the main agent of Germany in the UK, and in 1936 his office in New York teamed up with the   Rockefellers to create the “Schroeder, Rockefeller & Co.” investment Bank, which Times Magazine called the “economic propagandist axis of Berlin-Rome”.

As Hitler himself admitted, he conceived his four-year plan on the basis of foreign financial loans, so it never inspired him with the slightest alarm.

In August 1934, America’s Standard Oil [owned by the Rockefellers] in Germany acquired 730,000 acres of land and built large oil refineries that supplied the Nazis with oil. At the same time, Germany  secretly took delivery of the most modern equipment for aircraft factories from the United States, which would begin the production of German planes.

Germany received a large number of military patents from American firms Pratt and Whitney”, “Douglas”, “Curtis Wright”, and American technology was building the “Junkers-87”. In 1941, when the Second world war was raging, American investments in the economy of Germany amounted to $475 million. “Standard oil” invested – 120 million, General Motors- $35 million, ITT — $30 million, and Ford — $17.5 million.

The close financial and economic cooperation of Anglo-American and Nazi business circles was the background against which, in the 1930’s, a policy of appeasement led to World War II.

Today, the world’s financial elites have implemented the Great Depression 2.o [2008], with a followup transition towards a “New World Order“.

Yuri Rubtsov is a doctor of historical sciences, academician of the Russian Academy of military sciences, and member of  the International Association of historians of World War II

Translated from Russian by Ollie Richardson for Fort Russ. (references not available in this version of the article)

ru-polit.livejournal (originally from 2009) 

The Federal Reserve Cartel: The Eight Families

September 23rd, 2024 by Dean Henderson

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

 

*** 

Of relevance to the current crisis, this carefully researched article was first published by Global Research more than ten years ago on June 1, 2011.

***

The Four Horsemen of Banking (Bank of America, JP Morgan Chase, Citigroup and Wells Fargo) own the Four Horsemen of Oil (Exxon Mobil, Royal Dutch/Shell, BP and Chevron Texaco); in tandem with Deutsche Bank, BNP, Barclays and other European old money behemoths. But their monopoly over the global economy does not end at the edge of the oil patch.

According to company 10K filings to the SEC, the Four Horsemen of Banking are among the top ten stock holders of virtually every Fortune 500 corporation.[1]

So who then are the stockholders in these money center banks?

This information is guarded much more closely. My queries to bank regulatory agencies regarding stock ownership in the top 25 US bank holding companies were given Freedom of Information Act status, before being denied on “national security” grounds. This is rather ironic, since many of the bank’s stockholders reside in Europe.

One important repository for the wealth of the global oligarchy that owns these bank holding companies is US Trust Corporation – founded in 1853 and now owned by Bank of America. A recent US Trust Corporate Director and Honorary Trustee was Walter Rothschild. Other directors included Daniel Davison of JP Morgan Chase, Richard Tucker of Exxon Mobil, Daniel Roberts of Citigroup and Marshall Schwartz of Morgan Stanley. [2]

J. W. McCallister, an oil industry insider with House of Saud connections, wrote in The Grim Reaper that information he acquired from Saudi bankers cited 80% ownership of the New York Federal Reserve Bank- by far the most powerful Fed branch- by just eight families, four of which reside in the US. They are the Goldman Sachs, Rockefellers, Lehmans and Kuhn Loebs of New York; the Rothschilds of Paris and London; the Warburgs of Hamburg; the Lazards of Paris; and the Israel Moses Seifs of Rome.

CPA Thomas D. Schauf corroborates McCallister’s claims, adding that ten banks control all twelve Federal Reserve Bank branches.

He names N.M. Rothschild of London, Rothschild Bank of Berlin, Warburg Bank of Hamburg, Warburg Bank of Amsterdam, Lehman Brothers of New York, Lazard Brothers of Paris, Kuhn Loeb Bank of New York, Israel Moses Seif Bank of Italy, Goldman Sachs of New York and JP Morgan Chase Bank of New York.

Schauf lists William Rockefeller, Paul Warburg, Jacob Schiff and James Stillman as individuals who own large shares of the Fed. [3]

The Schiffs are insiders at Kuhn Loeb. The Stillmans are Citigroup insiders, who married into the Rockefeller clan at the turn of the century.

Eustace Mullins came to the same conclusions in his book The Secrets of the Federal Reserve, in which he displays charts connecting the Fed and its member banks to the families of Rothschild, Warburg, Rockefeller and the others. [4]

The control that these banking families exert over the global economy cannot be overstated and is quite intentionally shrouded in secrecy. Their corporate media arm is quick to discredit any information exposing this private central banking cartel as “conspiracy theory”. Yet the facts remain.

The House of Morgan

The Federal Reserve Bank was born in 1913, the same year US banking scion J. Pierpont Morgan died and the Rockefeller Foundation was formed. The House of Morgan presided over American finance from the corner of Wall Street and Broad, acting as quasi-US central bank since 1838, when George Peabody founded it in London.

Peabody was a business associate of the Rothschilds. In 1952 Fed researcher Eustace Mullins put forth the supposition that the Morgans were nothing more than Rothschild agents. Mullins wrote that the Rothschilds, “…preferred to operate anonymously in the US behind the facade of J.P. Morgan & Company”. [5]

Author Gabriel Kolko stated, “Morgan’s activities in 1895-1896 in selling US gold bonds in Europe were based on an alliance with the House of Rothschild.” [6]

The Morgan financial octopus wrapped its tentacles quickly around the globe. Morgan Grenfell operated in London. Morgan et Ce ruled Paris. The Rothschild’s Lambert cousins set up Drexel & Company in Philadelphia.

The House of Morgan catered to the Astors, DuPonts, Guggenheims, Vanderbilts and Rockefellers. It financed the launch of AT&T, General Motors, General Electric and DuPont. Like the London-based Rothschild and Barings banks, Morgan became part of the power structure in many countries.

By 1890 the House of Morgan was lending to Egypt’s central bank, financing Russian railroads, floating Brazilian provincial government bonds and funding Argentine public works projects. A recession in 1893 enhanced Morgan’s power. That year Morgan saved the US government from a bank panic, forming a syndicate to prop up government reserves with a shipment of $62 million worth of Rothschild gold. [7]

Morgan was the driving force behind Western expansion in the US, financing and controlling West-bound railroads through voting trusts. In 1879 Cornelius Vanderbilt’s Morgan-financed New York Central Railroad gave preferential shipping rates to John D. Rockefeller’s budding Standard Oil monopoly, cementing the Rockefeller/Morgan relationship.

The House of Morgan now fell under Rothschild and Rockefeller family control. A New York Herald headline read, “Railroad Kings Form Gigantic Trust”. J. Pierpont Morgan, who once stated, “Competition is a sin”, now opined gleefully, “Think of it. All competing railroad traffic west of St. Louis placed in the control of about thirty men.”[8]

Morgan and Edward Harriman’s banker Kuhn Loeb held a monopoly over the railroads, while banking dynasties Lehman, Goldman Sachs and Lazard joined the Rockefellers in controlling the US industrial base. [9]

In 1903 Banker’s Trust was set up by the Eight Families. Benjamin Strong of Banker’s Trust was the first Governor of the New York Federal Reserve Bank. The 1913 creation of the Fed fused the power of the Eight Families to the military and diplomatic might of the US government. If their overseas loans went unpaid, the oligarchs could now deploy US Marines to collect the debts. Morgan, Chase and Citibank formed an international lending syndicate.

The House of Morgan was cozy with the British House of Windsor and the Italian House of Savoy. The Kuhn Loebs, Warburgs, Lehmans, Lazards, Israel Moses Seifs and Goldman Sachs also had close ties to European royalty. By 1895 Morgan controlled the flow of gold in and out of the US. The first American wave of mergers was in its infancy and was being promoted by the bankers. In 1897 there were sixty-nine industrial mergers. By 1899 there were twelve-hundred. In 1904 John Moody – founder of Moody’s Investor Services – said it was impossible to talk of Rockefeller and Morgan interests as separate. [10]

Public distrust of the combine spread. Many considered them traitors working for European old money. Rockefeller’s Standard Oil, Andrew Carnegie’s US Steel and Edward Harriman’s railroads were all financed by banker Jacob Schiff at Kuhn Loeb, who worked closely with the European Rothschilds.

Several Western states banned the bankers. Populist preacher William Jennings Bryan was thrice the Democratic nominee for President from 1896 -1908. The central theme of his anti-imperialist campaign was that America was falling into a trap of “financial servitude to British capital”. Teddy Roosevelt defeated Bryan in 1908, but was forced by this spreading populist wildfire to enact the Sherman Anti-Trust Act. He then went after the Standard Oil Trust.

In 1912 the Pujo hearings were held, addressing concentration of power on Wall Street. That same year Mrs. Edward Harriman sold her substantial shares in New York’s Guaranty Trust Bank to J.P. Morgan, creating Morgan Guaranty Trust. Judge Louis Brandeis convinced President Woodrow Wilson to call for an end to interlocking board directorates. In 1914 the Clayton Anti-Trust Act was passed.

Jack Morgan – J. Pierpont’s son and successor – responded by calling on Morgan clients Remington and Winchester to increase arms production. He argued that the US needed to enter WWI. Goaded by the Carnegie Foundation and other oligarchy fronts, Wilson accommodated. As Charles Tansill wrote in America Goes to War, “Even before the clash of arms, the French firm of Rothschild Freres cabled to Morgan & Company in New York suggesting the flotation of a loan of $100 million, a substantial part of which was to be left in the US to pay for French purchases of American goods.”

The House of Morgan financed half the US war effort, while receiving commissions for lining up contractors like GE, Du Pont, US Steel, Kennecott and ASARCO. All were Morgan clients. Morgan also financed the British Boer War in South Africa and the Franco-Prussian War. The 1919 Paris Peace Conference was presided over by Morgan, which led both German and Allied reconstruction efforts. [11]

In the 1930’s populism resurfaced in America after Goldman Sachs, Lehman Bank and others profited from the Crash of 1929. [12] House Banking Committee Chairman Louis McFadden (D-NY) said of the Great Depression, “It was no accident. It was a carefully contrived occurrence…The international bankers sought to bring about a condition of despair here so they might emerge as rulers of us all”.

Sen. Gerald Nye (D-ND) chaired a munitions investigation in 1936. Nye concluded that the House of Morgan had plunged the US into WWI to protect loans and create a booming arms industry. Nye later produced a document titled The Next War, which cynically referred to “the old goddess of democracy trick”, through which Japan could be used to lure the US into WWII.

In 1937 Interior Secretary Harold Ickes warned of the influence of “America’s 60 Families”. Historian Ferdinand Lundberg later penned a book of the exact same title. Supreme Court Justice William O. Douglas decried, “Morgan influence…the most pernicious one in industry and finance today.”

Jack Morgan responded by nudging the US towards WWII. Morgan had close relations with the Iwasaki and Dan families – Japan’s two wealthiest clans – who have owned Mitsubishi and Mitsui, respectively, since the companies emerged from 17th Century shogunates. When Japan invaded Manchuria, slaughtering Chinese peasants at Nanking, Morgan downplayed the incident. Morgan also had close relations with Italian fascist Benito Mussolini, while German Nazi Dr. Hjalmer Schacht was a Morgan Bank liaison during WWII. After the war Morgan representatives met with Schacht at the Bank of International Settlements (BIS) in Basel, Switzerland. [13]

The House of Rockefeller

BIS is the most powerful bank in the world, a global central bank for the Eight Families who control the private central banks of almost all Western and developing nations. The first President of BIS was Rockefeller banker Gates McGarrah- an official at Chase Manhattan and the Federal Reserve. McGarrah was the grandfather of former CIA director Richard Helms. The Rockefellers- like the Morgans- had close ties to London. David Icke writes in Children of the Matrix, that the Rockefellers and Morgans were just “gofers” for the European Rothschilds. [14]

BIS is owned by the Federal Reserve, Bank of England, Bank of Italy, Bank of Canada, Swiss National Bank, Nederlandsche Bank, Bundesbank and Bank of France.

Historian Carroll Quigley wrote in his epic book Tragedy and Hope that BIS was part of a plan,

“to create a world system of financial control in private hands able to dominate the political system of each country and the economy of the world as a whole…to be controlled in a feudalistic fashion by the central banks of the world acting in concert by secret agreements.”

The US government had a historical distrust of BIS, lobbying unsuccessfully for its demise at the 1944 post-WWII Bretton Woods Conference. Instead the Eight Families’ power was exacerbated, with the Bretton Woods creation of the IMF and the World Bank. The US Federal Reserve only took shares in BIS in September 1994. [15]

BIS holds at least 10% of monetary reserves for at least 80 of the world’s central banks, the IMF and other multilateral institutions. It serves as financial agent for international agreements, collects information on the global economy and serves as lender of last resort to prevent global financial collapse.

BIS promotes an agenda of monopoly capitalist fascism. It gave a bridge loan to Hungary in the 1990’s to ensure privatization of that country’s economy. It served as conduit for Eight Families funding of Adolf Hitler- led by the Warburg’s J. Henry Schroeder and Mendelsohn Bank of Amsterdam. Many researchers assert that BIS is at the nadir of global drug money laundering. [16]

It is no coincidence that BIS is headquartered in Switzerland, favorite hiding place for the wealth of the global aristocracy and headquarters for the P-2 Italian Freemason’s Alpina Lodge and Nazi International. Other institutions which the Eight Families control include the World Economic Forum, the International Monetary Conference and the World Trade Organization.

Bretton Woods was a boon to the Eight Families. The IMF and World Bank were central to this “new world order”. In 1944 the first World Bank bonds were floated by Morgan Stanley and First Boston. The French Lazard family became more involved in House of Morgan interests. Lazard Freres- France’s biggest investment bank- is owned by the Lazard and David-Weill families- old Genoese banking scions represented by Michelle Davive. A recent Chairman and CEO of Citigroup was Sanford Weill.

In 1968 Morgan Guaranty launched Euro-Clear, a Brussels-based bank clearing system for Eurodollar securities. It was the first such automated endeavor. Some took to calling Euro-Clear “The Beast”. Brussels serves as headquarters for the new European Central Bank and for NATO. In 1973 Morgan officials met secretly in Bermuda to illegally resurrect the old House of Morgan, twenty years before Glass Steagal Act was repealed. Morgan and the Rockefellers provided the financial backing for Merrill Lynch, boosting it into the Big 5 of US investment banking. Merrill is now part of Bank of America.

John D. Rockefeller used his oil wealth to acquire Equitable Trust, which had gobbled up several large banks and corporations by the 1920’s. The Great Depression helped consolidate Rockefeller’s power. His Chase Bank merged with Kuhn Loeb’s Manhattan Bank to form Chase Manhattan, cementing a long-time family relationship. The Kuhn-Loeb’s had financed – along with Rothschilds – Rockefeller’s quest to become king of the oil patch. National City Bank of Cleveland provided John D. with the money needed to embark upon his monopolization of the US oil industry. The bank was identified in Congressional hearings as being one of three Rothschild-owned banks in the US during the 1870’s, when Rockefeller first incorporated as Standard Oil of Ohio. [17]

One Rockefeller Standard Oil partner was Edward Harkness, whose family came to control Chemical Bank. Another was James Stillman, whose family controlled Manufacturers Hanover Trust. Both banks have merged under the JP Morgan Chase umbrella. Two of James Stillman’s daughters married two of William Rockefeller’s sons. The two families control a big chunk of Citigroup as well. [18]

In the insurance business, the Rockefellers control Metropolitan Life, Equitable Life, Prudential and New York Life. Rockefeller banks control 25% of all assets of the 50 largest US commercial banks and 30% of all assets of the 50 largest insurance companies. [19] Insurance companies- the first in the US was launched by Freemasons through their Woodman’s of America- play a key role in the Bermuda drug money shuffle.

Companies under Rockefeller control include Exxon Mobil, Chevron Texaco, BP Amoco, Marathon Oil, Freeport McMoran, Quaker Oats, ASARCO, United, Delta, Northwest, ITT, International Harvester, Xerox, Boeing, Westinghouse, Hewlett-Packard, Honeywell, International Paper, Pfizer, Motorola, Monsanto, Union Carbide and General Foods.

The Rockefeller Foundation has close financial ties to both Ford and Carnegie Foundations. Other family philanthropic endeavors include Rockefeller Brothers Fund, Rockefeller Institute for Medical Research, General Education Board, Rockefeller University and the University of Chicago- which churns out a steady stream of far right economists as apologists for international capital, including Milton Friedman.

The family owns 30 Rockefeller Plaza, where the national Christmas tree is lighted every year, and Rockefeller Center. David Rockefeller was instrumental in the construction of the World Trade Center towers. The main Rockefeller family home is a hulking complex in upstate New York known as Pocantico Hills. They also own a 32-room 5th Avenue duplex in Manhattan, a mansion in Washington, DC, Monte Sacro Ranch in Venezuela, coffee plantations in Ecuador, several farms in Brazil, an estate at Seal Harbor, Maine and resorts in the Caribbean, Hawaii and Puerto Rico. [20]

The Dulles and Rockefeller families are cousins. Allen Dulles created the CIA, assisted the Nazis, covered up the Kennedy hit from his Warren Commission perch and struck a deal with the Muslim Brotherhood to create mind-controlled assassins. [21]

Brother John Foster Dulles presided over the phony Goldman Sachs trusts before the 1929 stock market crash and helped his brother overthrow governments in Iran and Guatemala. Both were Skull & Bones, Council on Foreign Relations (CFR) insiders and 33rd Degree Masons. [22]

The Rockefellers were instrumental in forming the depopulation-oriented Club of Rome at their family estate in Bellagio, Italy. Their Pocantico Hills estate gave birth to the Trilateral Commission. The family is a major funder of the eugenics movement which spawned Hitler, human cloning and the current DNA obsession in US scientific circles.

John Rockefeller Jr. headed the Population Council until his death. [23] His namesake son is a Senator from West Virginia. Brother Winthrop Rockefeller was Lieutenant Governor of Arkansas and remains the most powerful man in that state. In an October 1975 interview with Playboy magazine, Vice-President Nelson Rockefeller- who was also Governor of New York- articulated his family’s patronizing worldview, “I am a great believer in planning- economic, social, political, military, total world planning.”

But of all the Rockefeller brothers, it is Trilateral Commission (TC) founder and Chase Manhattan Chairman David who has spearheaded the family’s fascist agenda on a global scale. He defended the Shah of Iran, the South African apartheid regime and the Chilean Pinochet junta. He was the biggest financier of the CFR, the TC and (during the Vietnam War) the Committee for an Effective and Durable Peace in Asia- a contract bonanza for those who made their living off the conflict.

Nixon asked him to be Secretary of Treasury, but Rockefeller declined the job, knowing his power was much greater at the helm of the Chase. Author Gary Allen writes in The Rockefeller File that in 1973, “David Rockefeller met with twenty-seven heads of state, including the rulers of Russia and Red China.”

Following the 1975 Nugan Hand Bank/CIA coup against Australian Prime Minister Gough Whitlam, his British Crown-appointed successor Malcolm Fraser sped to the US, where he met with President Gerald Ford after conferring with David Rockefeller. [24]


Read Part II:

History: The Federal Reserve Cartel: Freemasons and The House of Rothschild

By Dean Henderson, May 08, 2023


Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Dean Henderson is the author of Big Oil & Their Bankers in the Persian Gulf: Four Horsemen, Eight Families & Their Global Intelligence, Narcotics & Terror Network and The Grateful Unrich: Revolution in 50 Countries. His Left Hook blog is at www.deanhenderson.wordpress.com

Notes

[1] 10K Filings of Fortune 500 Corporations to SEC. 3-91

[2] 10K Filing of US Trust Corporation to SEC. 6-28-95

[3] “The Federal Reserve ‘Fed Up’. Thomas Schauf. www.davidicke.com 1-02

[4] The Secrets of the Federal Reserve. Eustace Mullins. Bankers Research Institute. Staunton, VA. 1983. p.179

[5] Ibid. p.53

[6] The Triumph of Conservatism. Gabriel Kolko. MacMillan and Company New York. 1963. p.142

[7] Rule by Secrecy: The Hidden History that Connects the Trilateral Commission, the Freemasons and the Great Pyramids. Jim Marrs. HarperCollins Publishers. New York. 2000. p.57

[8] The House of Morgan. Ron Chernow. Atlantic Monthly Press NewYork 1990

[9] Marrs. p.57

[10] Democracy for the Few. Michael Parenti. St. Martin’s Press. New York. 1977. p.178

[11] Chernow

[12] The Great Crash of 1929. John Kenneth Galbraith. Houghton, Mifflin Company. Boston. 1979. p.148

[13] Chernow

[14] Children of the Matrix. David Icke. Bridge of Love. Scottsdale, AZ. 2000

[15] The Confidence Game: How Un-Elected Central Bankers are Governing the Changed World Economy. Steven Solomon. Simon & Schuster. New York. 1995. p.112

[16] Marrs. p.180

[17] Ibid. p.45

[18] The Money Lenders: The People and Politics of the World Banking Crisis. Anthony Sampson. Penguin Books. New York. 1981

[19] The Rockefeller File. Gary Allen. ’76 Press. Seal Beach, CA. 1977

[20] Ibid

[21] Dope Inc.: The Book That Drove Kissinger Crazy. Editors of Executive Intelligence Review. Washington, DC. 1992

[22] Marrs.

[23] The Rockefeller Syndrome. Ferdinand Lundberg. Lyle Stuart Inc. Secaucus, NJ. 1975. p.296

[24] Marrs. p.53


Big Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf: Four Horsemen, Eight Families & Their Global Intelligence, Narcotics & Terror Network: Henderson, Dean: 9781453757734: Amazon.com: BooksBig Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf: Four Horsemen, Eight Families & Their Global Intelligence, Narcotics & Terror Network

by Dean Henderson

Publisher: ‎ CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform; 3rd edition (September 10, 2010)

Paperback: ‎ 480 pages

ISBN-10: ‎ 1453757732

ISBN-13: ‎ 978-1453757734

Big Oil… pulls back the covers to expose a centuries-old cabal of global oligarchs, whose control over the global economy is based on hegemony over the planet’s three most valuable commodities: oil, guns and drugs- combined with ownership of the world’s central banks.Henderson implicates these oligarchs in the orchestration of a string of conspiracies from Pearl Harbor to the Kennedy Assassination to 911. He follows the trail of dirty money up the food chain to the interbred Eight Families who- from their City of London base- control the Four Horsemen of Oil, the global drug trade and the permanent war economy.”Big Oil… is an extraordinary expose of the powers and events that are exacting a heavy toll on us, the people”.- Nexus New Times Magazine. Australia.”Big Oil… is hair-raising and a masterpiece which deserves not less than the Pulitzer Prize in Journalism. This book should be a requisite for every American to study.”- Dr. Carlos J. Canggiano, M.D., Juana Diaz, Puerto Rico.

Click here to purchase.

 

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (Desk Top version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

First published on February 7, 2023

Author’s Introduction 

My  long-standing commitment is to “the value of human life”,  “the criminalization of  war” , “peaceful co-existence” between nation states and “the future of humanity” which is currently threatened by nuclear war.

I have been researching nuclear war for more than 20 years focussing on its historical, strategic and geopolitical dimensions as well as its criminal features as a means to implementing what is best described as “genocide on a massive scale”.  

What is presented below is a brief history of nuclear war: a succession of U.S. nuclear war plans going back to the Manhattan Project (1939-1945) leading up to the bombing of Hiroshima and Nagasaki in August 1945.

Unknown to the broader public, the first U.S. Doomsday Blueprint of a nuclear attack directed against the Soviet Union was formulated by the US War Department at the height of World War II, confirmed by “Top Secret” documents on September 15, 1945 when the US and the Soviet Union were allies.

There is an element of political delusion and paranoia in the formulation of US foreign policy. The Doomsday Scenario against the Soviet Union has been on the drawing board of the Pentagon for almost 80 years.

Had it not been for the September 1945 plan to  “wipe the Soviet Union off the map” (66 urban areas and more than 200 atomic bombs), neither Russia nor China would have developed nuclear weapons. There wouldn’t have been a Nuclear Arms Race.

Numerous US nuclear war plans have been formulated from the outset, leading up to The 1956  Strategic Air Command SAC Atomic Weapons Requirements Study (Declassified in December 2015) which consisted in targeting 1200 urban areas in the Soviet Union, Eastern Europe and China.

The World is at a dangerous crossroads: it should be understood that the use of nuclear weapons in relation to the confrontation between US-NATO and Russia would inevitably lead to escalation and the end of humanity as we know it.  

Michel Chossudovsky, Hiroshima Day, August 6, 2024


The Hiroshima Nagasaki “Dress Rehearsal”: 

Oppenheimer and the U.S. War Department’s 

Secret September 15, 1945 “Doomsday Blueprint” to

“Wipe the Soviet Union off the Map”

by

Michel Chossudovsky

February 1, 2023

90 Seconds to Midnight according to the Doomsday Clock

The Nobel Peace Laureates are casually blaming Russia, without recalling the history of nuclear war, not to mention Joe Biden’s 1.3 trillion dollar program to develop “more usable”, “low intensity” “preemptive nuclear weapons” to be used on a “first strike basis” against both nuclear and non nuclear states as a means of “self defense”.

This is the nuclear doctrine which currently prevails in US-NATO’s confrontation against Russia.

It is clearly outlined in the NeoCons’ Project for the New American Century (PNAC)

America’s Manhattan Project

Let us recall the history of  the “doomsday scenario” which was part of America’s Manhattan project launched in 1939 with the participation of Britain and Canada. 

The Manhattan Project was a  secret plan to develop the atomic bomb coordinated by the US War Department, headed (1941) by Lieutenant General Leslie Groves.

Prominent physicist  DrJ. Robert Oppenheimer  had been appointed by Lt General Groves to head the Los Alamos Laboratory (also known as Project Y) which was established in 1943 as a “top-secret site for designing atomic bombs under the Manhattan Project”. Oppenheimer was entrusted in recruiting and coordinating a team of prominent nuclear scientists including Italian Physicist and Nobel Prize Laureate Dr. Enrico Fermi who joined the Los Alamos Laboratory in 1944. 

Oppenheimer not only played a key role in coordinating the team of nuclear scientists, he was also engaged in routine consultations with the head of the Manhattan project Lieutenant General Groves, specifically with regard to the use of the first atomic bombs dropped on Hiroshima and Nagasaki, which resulted in more than 300,000 immediate deaths.

Below is the Transcript of an August 6, 1945 telephone conversation, declassified (Between Gen. Groves and Dr. Oppenheimer) hours after the Hiroshima bombing:

Gen. G. I am very proud of you and your people [nuclear scientists]

Dr. O. It went alright?

Gen. G. Apparently it went with a tremendous bang.

screenshot below, click link to access complete transcript )

 

The September 15, 1945 Blueprint to “Wipe the Soviet Union off the Map” 

Barely two weeks after the official end of World War II (September 2, 1945), the US War Department issued  a blueprint  (September 15, 1945) to “Wipe  the Soviet Union off the Map” (66 cities with 204 atomic bombs), when the US and the USSR were allies. This infamous project is confirmed by declassified documents. (For further details see Chossudovsky, 2017)

Below is the image of the 66 cities of the Soviet Union which had been envisaged as targets by the US War Department. 

The 66 cities. Click image to enlarge 

The Hiroshima Nagasaki “Dress Rehearsal”

The preparatory documents (see below) confirm that the data pertaining to the Hiroshima and Nagasaki attacks were being used to evaluate the viability as well as the cost of  a much larger attack against the Soviet Union. These documents were finalized 5-6 weeks after the Hiroshima and Nagasaki bombings (6, 9 August 1945).

“To Ensure our National Security”

Note the correspondence between Major General Norstad and the head of the Manhattan Project, General Leslie Groves, who was in permanent liaison with DrJ. Robert Oppenheimer, head of the Los Alamos team of nuclear scientists. 

On September 15, 1945 Norstad sent a memorandum to Lieutenant Leslie Groves requesting an estimate of  the “number of bombs required to ensure our national security”  ( The First Atomic Stockpile Requirements )

Lieutenant General Groves no doubt in consultation with Dr. Oppenheimer responded to Major General Norstad in a Memorandum dated September 29, 1945 in which he refers to Hiroshima and Nagasaki.

See section 2, subsections a, b and c.

“It is not essential to get total destruction of a city in order to destroy its effectiveness. Hiroshima no longer exists as a city even though the area of total destruction is considerably less than total.”

Read carefully. The text below confirms that Hiroshima and Nagasaki was “A Dress Rehearsal”.  

Bear in mind the name of the country which is threatening America’s “national security” is not mentioned.

Answering your memorandum of 15 September 1945, [see response below]


Video: Michel Chossudovsky on the Corbett Report

 


The 1949 “Dropshot Plan”: 300 Nuclear Bombs, Targeting More than 100 Soviet Cities

Numerous US war plans (under the Truman presidency) to attack the Soviet Union were “formulated and revised on a regular basis between 1945 and 1950”. Most of them were totally dysfunctional as outlined by J.W. Smith in his book entitled “The World’s Wasted Wealth 2”.

“The names given to these plans graphically portray their offensive purpose: Bushwhacker, Broiler, Sizzle, Shakedown, Offtackle, Dropshot, Trojan, Pincher, and Frolic.

The US military knew the offensive nature of the job President Truman had ordered them to prepare for and had named their war plans accordingly”

Dr. Michio Kaku and Daniel Axelrod in their book entitled: “To Win a Nuclear War: the Pentagon’s Secret War Plans,” provide evidence (based on declassified documents) that the September 1945 blueprint was followed by a continuous plan by USG to bomb the Soviet Union (as well as Russia in the post-Cold War era):

“This book [preface by Ramsey Clark] compels us to re-think and re-write the history of the Cold War and the arms race… It provides a startling glimpse into secret U.S. plans to initiate a nuclear war from 1945 to the present.”

The September 1945 Blueprint (66 Cities) was followed in 1949 by another insidious project entitled the Dropshot Plan: 

According to Kaku and Axelrod, the 1949 DropShot consisted of  a plan directed against the Soviet Union to “drop at least 300 nuclear bombs and 20,000 tons of conventional bombs on 200 targets in 100 urban areas, including Moscow and Leningrad (St. Petersburg).

According to the plan Washington would start the war on January 1, 1957.

The Dropshot Plan was formulated prior to Russia’s August 1949 announcement pertaining to the testing of its nuclear bomb. 

The Cold War List of 1200 Targeted Cities

The initial 1945 Blueprint to attack 66 cities, the subsequent 1949 Dropshot Plan (targeting 100 cities) were updated in the course of the Cold War. The 1956 Plan included some 1200 cities in the USSR, the Soviet block countries of Eastern Europe and China (see declassified documents below).

The bombs slated for the attack significantly more powerful in terms of explosive capacity than those dropped on Hiroshima and Nagasaki (see below)

We are talking about planned genocide against the Soviet Union, China and Eastern Europe .

Excerpt from list of the 1200 cities targeted for nuclear attack in alphabetical order. National Security Archive, op. cit.

Details pertaining to the The SAC [Strategic Air Command] Atomic Weapons Requirements Study for 1959, produced in June 1956 were declassified on December 22, 2015 (Excerpts below, click to access full text).

According to the National Security Archive www.nsarchive.org, the SAC, 1956: 

“…provides the most comprehensive and detailed list of nuclear targets and target systems that has ever been declassified. As far as can be told, no comparable document has ever been declassified for any period of Cold War history.

The SAC study includes chilling details. …  the authors developed a plan for the “systematic destruction” of Soviet bloc urban-industrial targets that specifically and explicitly targeted “population” in all cities, including Beijing, Moscow, Leningrad, East Berlin, and Warsaw.  

The SAC document includes lists of more than 1100 airfields in the Soviet bloc, with a priority number assigned to each base. …

A second list was of urban-industrial areas identified for “systematic destruction.”  SAC listed over 1200 cities in the Soviet bloc, from East Germany to China, also with priorities established.  Moscow and Leningrad were priority one and two respectively.  Moscow included 179 Designated Ground Zeros (DGZs) while Leningrad had 145, including “population” targets.  … According to the study, SAC would have targeted Air Power targets with bombs ranging from 1.7 to 9 megatons. 

Exploding them at ground level, as planned, would have produced significant fallout hazards to nearby civilians.  SAC also wanted a 60 megaton weapon which it believed necessary for deterrence, but also because it would produce “significant results” in the event of a Soviet surprise attack. One megaton would be 70 times the explosive yield of the bomb that destroyed Hiroshima.  (emphasis added).

Read carefully:

Had this diabolical project been carried out against the Soviet Union and its allies, the death toll would be beyond description (ie. when compared to Hiroshima. 100,000 immediate deaths). The smallest nuclear bomb contemplated had an explosive yield of 1.7 megatons, 119 times more “powerful’ than a Hiroshima bomb (15 kilotons of TNT)

The 9 megaton bomb mentioned above was 630 times a Hiroshima bomb, The 60 megaton bomb:  4200 times a Hiroshima bomb. 

The Bulletin: Founded by Manhattan Project Scientists in September 1945

In a bitter irony, in the immediate wake of Hiroshima and Nagasaki, The Bulletin of the Atomic Scientists was founded in 1945 in Chicago by Manhattan Project scientists, who had been involved in the development of the atomic bomb.

Nuclear warTwo years later, in 1947, The Bulletin devised the Doomsday Clock, “with an original setting of seven minutes to midnight”.

The initiative was formulated at a time when there was no arms race: 

There was only one nuclear weapons state, namely the USA, which was intent upon carrying out a Doomsday scenario (genocide) against the Soviet Union formulated in September 1945.

In 1947, when the Doomsday Clock was created, the “justification” which was upheld by The Bulletin was that:

“the greatest danger to humanity came … from the prospect that the United States and the Soviet Union were headed for a nuclear arms race.”

The underlying premise of this statement was to ensure that the US retain a monopoly over nuclear weapons.

While in 1947, “The Plan to Wipe the Soviet Union of the Map” was still on the drawing Board of the Pentagon, the relevant documents were declassified thirty years later in 1975. Most of the former Manhattan project scientists were unaware of the September 1945 blueprint against the Soviet Union.

The Soviet Union emerged as a nuclear power in August 1949, two years after the launching of the Doomsday Clock, largely in view of applying what was later entitled “deterrence”, namely an action to discourage a nuclear attack by the US. At the height of the Cold War and the Arms Race, this concept eventually evolved into what was defined as “Mutually Assured Destruction”.

While several authors and scientists featured by The Bulletin have provided a critical perspective concerning America’s nuclear weapons program, there was no cohesive attempt to question the history nor the legitimacy of  the Manhattan Project.

The broader tendency has been to “erase history”, sustaining the “rightfulness” of the bombing of Hiroshima and Nagasaki, while also casually placing the blame on Russia, as well as China and North Korea.

Nuclear War versus the “Imminent Dangers of CO2”

In the last fews years, The Bulletin of the Atomic Scientists “seeks to provide relevant information about nuclear weapons, climate change, and other global security issues”.

According to Mary Robinson, Chair of The Doomsday Clock Elders and former President of the Republic of Ireland (2023 statement):

The Doomsday Clock is sounding an alarm for the whole of humanity. We are on the brink of a precipice. … From cutting carbon emissions to strengthening arms control treaties and investing in pandemic preparedness, we know what needs to be done. … We are facing multiple, existential crises. Leaders need a crisis mindset. (emphasis added)

This perspective borders on ridicule. CO2 is casually put forth as a danger to humanity comparable to nuclear war. It becomes an instrument of propaganda. 

The Doomsday Clock is now said to “represent threats to humanity from a variety of sources” according to a collective of Nobel Prize Laureates.

What nonsense.

2023  January Statement, ScreenShot from WP

Presenting C02 or Covid as a danger comparable to nuclear war is an outright lie.

Its intent is to mislead public opinion. It is part of a rather unsubtle propaganda campaign which provides legitimacy to the US doctrine of first strike “preemptive nuclear war”, i.e. nuclear war as a means of “self-defense” (formulated in the 2001 Nuclear Posture Review).

What is of concern is that U.S. decision makers including Joe Biden believe in their own propaganda, that a preemptive first strike nuclear war against Russia is “winnable”. And that tactical nuclear weapons are “instruments of peace”.

Meanwhile history is erased. America’s persistent role in developing “a Doomsday Agenda” (aka genocide) since the onslaught of the Manhattan Project in 1939 is simply not mentioned.

What is of concern is that there is a continuous history of numerous projects and WWIII scenarios consisting in “Wiping Russia off the Map” and triggering  a Third World War.

Nuclear war against Russia has been embedded in US military doctrine since 1945.

Meanwhile, Media Reports on Nuclear War are Weaponized

Globe and Mail 

Business Insider

Washington Post

 


Video: The Dangers of Nuclear War.

Michel Chossudovsky and Caroline Mailloux

April 23 2024,

 

To Leave a comment or access Rumble click here

Video en français : Les Dangers de la guerre nucléaire

 

Video Odysee

Earlier video interview, April 2022

Click to access full screen

 


Related Article

“Preemptive Nuclear War”: The Historic Battle for Peace and Democracy. A Third World War Threatens the Future of Humanity

By Prof Michel Chossudovsky, January 31, 2023


Towards a World War III Scenario: The Dangers of Nuclear War” 

by Michel Chossudovsky

Available to order from Global Research! 

ISBN Number: 978-0-9737147-5-3
Year: 2012
Pages: 102

PDF Edition: FREE  

Get Your Free Copy of “Towards a World War III Scenario: The Dangers of Nuclear War”!  

Reviews

“This book is a ‘must’ resource – a richly documented and systematic diagnosis of the supremely pathological geo-strategic planning of US wars since ‘9-11’ against non-nuclear countries to seize their oil fields and resources under cover of ‘freedom and democracy’.”
John McMurtry, Professor of Philosophy, Guelph University

“In a world where engineered, pre-emptive, or more fashionably “humanitarian” wars of aggression have become the norm, this challenging book may be our final wake-up call.”
-Denis Halliday, Former Assistant Secretary General of the United Nations

Michel Chossudovsky exposes the insanity of our privatized war machine. Iran is being targeted with nuclear weapons as part of a war agenda built on distortions and lies for the purpose of private profit. The real aims are oil, financial hegemony and global control. The price could be nuclear holocaust. When weapons become the hottest export of the world’s only superpower, and diplomats work as salesmen for the defense industry, the whole world is recklessly endangered. If we must have a military, it belongs entirely in the public sector. No one should profit from mass death and destruction.
Ellen Brown, author of ‘Web of Debt’ and president of the Public Banking Institute  

 

Is Putin in Cahoots with the Globalists? Mike Whitney

September 22nd, 2024 by Riley Waggaman

 

This important Interview of Riley Waggaman with Mike Whitney first published on October 2023 suggests that President Putin’s government is aligned with the so-called Globalists. 

Question: What is the position of the Russian government regarding the “World of the Future” project which is scheduled to be adopted (tomorrow?) at a special session of the UN General Assembly (September 22-23, 2024)

The project consists of a package of “Global Digitization” to be adopted by the United Nations 190+ Member States.

According to Western critics, this “fully digitized world of the future” is an enslavement package on behalf of Big Tech and Big Money.

 

Michael Chossudovsky, Global Research, September 22, 2024

 

Mike Whitney (MW): In many parts of the world, Vladimir Putin is admired for his outspoken defense of national sovereignty. But on the domestic front, many of Putin’s policies seem to align with those of the Western globalists. As you note in a recent post at Substack Putin just “signed a decree on the creation of a ‘digital’ domestic passport,” which many people think will pave the way to technocratic tyranny. Am I exaggerating the risks of digital ID here, or does this development pose a serious threat to personal freedom?

Riley Waggaman (RW): Imagine if the United States started issuing digital driver’s licenses that could be used as an official form of ID. What would the reaction be? I suspect a lot of Americans would feel “worried”, for lack of a better term. And not without good reason.

The digital passport system being implemented in Russia is deserving of the same skepticism.

First some context: Russia has a “domestic passport” that basically functions as a national ID. You use your domestic passport to open up a bank account, and for when you have to interact with the local bureaucracy. It’s an important document that you need to do ordinary, everyday things.

The digital passport has been billed as an electronic copy of the domestic passport, accessible via smartphone (via the State Services portal, Gosuslugi). The government is still deciding in what situations/scenarios the digital passport will be accepted as a valid form of ID.

Proponents of this digital document say it’s more convenient than a paper ID, and perhaps they’re right. The problem of course is that modern conveniences can lead to all sorts of unpleasantness, and with time these unpleasant things can even become “normal”.

The fact that this ID will be linked to the State Services portal (Gosuslugi) is certainly cause for concern and it’s easy to imagine how digital passports could be used (and abused) by the Russian government—or any government, for that matter. All in the name of convenience.

Of course, the authorities promise that digital IDs will never be made mandatory. Well, I’m old enough to remember when the Russian government promised that Covid vaccination would be 100% voluntary.

MW: Russia appears to be spearheading the transition to Central Bank Digital Currencies (CBDC) with its creation of the “digital ruble”. In your opinion, what are the potential pitfalls of such a plan?

RW: Excluding the possibility of imposing a full-spectrum digital gulag, the digital ruble has no obvious benefits. I would say the same of all CBDCs, of course.

Some claim that the digital ruble is a very necessary, prudent, and brilliant way to bypass Western sanctions. This is untrue. The Bank of Russia has a fully functional Financial Messaging System (SPFS) that operates independently from SWIFT. Here are a few RT.com headlines for your consideration:

All of these articles are about SPFS and were published long before the Bank of Russia announced its intention to develop the digital ruble in October 2020.

I’m puzzled as to why so many westerners who claim to understand the dangers of CBDCs think the digital ruble is somehow “different”. The Bank of Russia’s CBDC has been almost unanimously condemned by the country’s most prominent commentators in the alternative/conservative media space. Even mainstream outlets like Tsargrad have published scathing take-downs of the digital ruble.

Meanwhile, in English-language “alternative media”, we are blessed with the profound postulations of deep thinkers like Simplicius who write nipple-hardening purple prose about how amazing and anti-globalist the Bank of Russia is, and why the digital ruble is super hip and cool.

I just don’t understand why English-language commentary (all non-Russian commentary, actually) is so far removed from what patriotic Russians living in Russia are saying about their own country, in Russian.

By the way: The Bank of Russia has already reneged on its promise that it will never, ever “color” digital rubles so that they can only be used to purchase certain items. The central bank’s deputy chairman recently said that placing restrictions on how digital rubles can be spent is a real possibility—and one that will be explored in the future. (link)

The digital ruble hasn’t even entered circulation yet, and the Bank of Russia is already open to “exploring” how this fun new tool of total control—endorsed by Davos, the IMF, the G20,–can be used to curb and stomp on basic human dignity.

MW: Is Russia moving closer to mandatory vaccinations?

Image is from InfoBrics

Note: Here’s a quote from one of your recent posts:

Russia’s Ministry of Health wants to amend the National Preventive Immunization Calendar so that COVID vaccination could be mandatory for “vulnerable categories of citizens” whenever the country’s benevolent health authorities believe the “epidemiological” situation warrants another round of coercive injections…..

Of course, any new mandatory vaccination decrees would also apply to state employees, including teachers, doctors, military personnel, etc. Edward Slavsquat, Substack

RW: If Russia’s enterprising health ministry—which works tirelessly to safeguard public health—decides that “Covid” is “spreading” at an unacceptable rate, various categories of citizens will have to choose between getting vaxxed or losing their jobs. This is of course still voluntary vaccination because Russians get to choose whether they want to be employed or inject themselves with an unproven genetic goo developed in cooperation with AstraZeneca.

There are many highly intelligent intellectuals—like Aussie Cossack —who continue to pretend that Russia never had mandatory Covid vaccination, which is very brave considering that as of January 2023, there were still hundreds of Russians who were barred from working because they refused to be injected.

The Gamaleya Center continues to “update” its Covid vaccine, and the Russian government continues to shill this dangerous and barely tested trash to children. Whether Covid vaccination will become as ubiquitous and “normal” as the annual flu shot (which is even shoved into the little arms of Russian children every year; I know because I had to sign a document forbidding the kindergarten nurse from injecting my 6-year-old son) is an open question.

But you have to be impressively credulous to believe that the Russian government wants to keep Covid vaccination a purely voluntary affair. Russia’s health bureaucracy has a very poor track record when it comes to calling out Big Pharma/WHO scams. Did you know that you have to get an HIV test (an old school 1980s Fauci scam) to get a work visa in Russia? Well, now you know.

MW: Here’s an excerpt from one of your recent posts that will surprise many readers who think that President Putin actually opposes the Davos crowd and their globalist agenda:

“To defeat globalism, Moscow is reluctantly but responsibly adopting the globalist agenda….

There is no way to stop the technological “progress” promoted by Davos, the G20, the IMF, the World Bank, the UN, and the WHO, which is why Moscow must closely collaborate with all of these globalist organizations in order to maintain globalist parity with the Collective West—otherwise Russia won’t be able to protect herself from the globalists.”

And, here’s more from another post:

“…almost every joint declaration Moscow signs (whether it be a G20 Declaration, a BRICS Declaration, or just some word salad authored with the help of Beijing) includes a passage praising the vital roles of the World Health Organization, the World Trade Organization, and the International Monetary Fund? This seems like relevant information.

The Russian government has repeatedly said it has no intention of withdrawing from the WHO, the WTO, or even the IMF. It would be nice if Cerise could update his article to reflect this undeniable reality. Edward Slavsquat, Substack

You appear to be saying that—even though Russia is fighting the western oligarchy in Ukraine—it is still marching in lockstep with the globalists on matters of social policy. Can you expand on this a bit? And how does Putin fit in with all of this? Is he an unwitting accomplice or an eager participant?

RW: Is Moscow fighting the western oligarchy in Ukraine? Gazprom has been pumping gas across Ukraine since Day 1 of the Special Military Operation (SMO). And that’s not the only natural resource that Russian “entrepreneurs” are desperately transiting through Ukrainian territory.

I have yet to read about a western-backed Ukrainian oligarch having his home vaporized by a Russian missile. Actually, it’s doubtful that a single western oligarch, anywhere, has been inconvenienced by the SMO. On the contrary, it has been a wonderful money-making opportunity—for Russian oligarchs as well.

But to address the second part of your question: Anyone who follows Russian-language media knows that Moscow is in near-total lockstep with the West when it comes to soul-crushing technocracy and other forms “safe and convenient” societal progress. Actually, an objective observer would recognize that Russia is far ahead of the West in implementing “digitalization” shilled by Davos and other celebrated globalist organizations.

Putin has done nothing meaningful to slow this process down. Actually, by allowing glorious patriots like Herman Gref to spearhead AI, biometrics, QR-coded cattle-tagging, facial recognition systems, “sustainable development”, and other trendy tech-development in Russia, Putin is an unapologetic accomplice in all the unsavory madness pestering Russia and every other country.

Seriously, just look at how the Russian government treats schoolchildren(like diseased, suspicious cattle), and you will begin to understand where this country is headed. Children are the future, after all!

MW: Can you summarize your views on the Covid-19 vaccine?

RW: It’s bad.

MW: You say that “Russians are not too keen on Russia’s Central Bank chief Elvira Nabiullina”. According to you: “The socialists, the monarchists, the neo-soviets, the conservatives, the military hardliners—with few exceptions,… all despise Elvira and her digital rubles.”

Later in your article you say: “(Elvira) Nabiullina is a symbol of pursuing an economic policy contrary to Russia’s interests.”

That’s pretty harsh criticism. Can you explain what’s going on? Why would Putin reappoint someone to such an important position who –many feel– is implementing a globalist agenda?

RW: The second quote is actually from Nakanune.ru, which is a left-leaning independent news outlet based in Yekaterinburg. Excluding state-funded media, every news outlet in Russia hates Elvira Nabiullina and thinks she’s a globalist stooge who is actively working to destroy Russia. The conservatives, the Orthodox hardliners, the Communists, the Neo-Bolshiviks, the nationalists—they all despise Nabiullina. This is a fact and why it is never conveyed to non-Russian “alternative news” consumers is a massive mystery.

I haven’t the slightest idea why Putin nominated this Yale World Fellow graduate for another term as the Bank of Russia’s governor, even though she is awful and nobody likes her. Probably this is part of Putin’s ingenious strategy to defeat the globalists with a programmable CBDC 100% controlled by an IMF-obedient central bank that operates independently from the Russian state.

MW: In our last interview, you delivered a stirring summary of our current epoch saying:

“I am often reminded of that unsettling line from Alexis de Tocqueville: “I go back from age to age up to the remotest antiquity; but I find no parallel to what is occurring before my eyes: as the past has ceased to throw its light upon the future, the mind of man wanders in obscurity.”

With each passing day it seems we are being forcibly severed from our own past. We are being “retrained” to accept a new civilizational model. It’s happening at the local, regional, national and global level. It is tearing apart families.

I do believe we are facing an evil that has no equal in human history.” Edward Slavsquat Substack

Judging from the response, I think there are a great number of people who feel the same as you do… My final question to you is this: Do you still feel as pessimistic as you did then?

RW: Mike, I would like to thank you (again) for that interview—it remains the most-read post on my blog. As you probably recall, the realities of Russia’s “public health” policies lacked “accuracy” (I’m trying to be charitable here) in 2021, and I think our internet exchange paved the way for a more fact-based, nuanced discussion about Russia’s “Covid response”.

Actually, I’m quite optimistic in the sense that I have accepted that there isn’t a 5-dimensional omnipotent white hat Twitter account that will save me from the Western Satanists, and I will have to save myself—which is actually relatively painless, easy, and even fun. I would even describe my current outlook as hopeful. But I fully understand the pessimism of someone who is sick of the US government, or any western government; someone who looks longingly at the Russian government as an alternative.

The problem with this curious way of thinking is that according to official data, around 30% of Russians live on less than $10 a day, Russia is facing a catastrophic demographic crisis (and it’s hard to think of a more basic metric for gauging the health and of a nation), and the Russian government is a fanatical proponent of policies that are chipping away at the last vestiges of basic human dignity

But again, I am an optimist. I have been able to connect with like-minded individuals here in Russia, and all over the world, and my life has greatly improved as a result. I am able to live the life I want to live without having to make obscene excuses for the inexcusable.

We should all be guided by truth, friendship, and love, and why the so-called “alternative media” is so obsessed with carrying water for governments who offer the world nothing but more of the same (sadness) is truly amazing. Enough already. We have everything we need.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

This article was originally published on The Unz Review.

Michael Whitney is a renowned geopolitical and social analyst based in Washington State. He initiated his career as an independent citizen-journalist in 2002 with a commitment to honest journalism, social justice and World peace. He is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG). 

Riley Waggaman is a Moscow-based writer. He worked for Russia Insider, RT, and Press TV. He contributes to Russian-Faith.com and Anti-Empire.com. He writes regularly about Russia on his Substack account: Edwardslavsquat.substack.com

Featured image is from TUR

The Federal Reserve Cartel: A Financial Parasite

September 22nd, 2024 by Dean Henderson

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

*** 

First published on June 19, 2011.


Read Part I, II and III:

The Federal Reserve Cartel: The Eight Families

By Dean Henderson, May 06, 2023

History: The Federal Reserve Cartel: Freemasons and The House of Rothschild

By Dean Henderson, May 08, 2023

The Federal Reserve Cartel. The Roundtable and The Illuminati

By Dean Henderson, May 09, 2023


United World Federalists founder James Warburg’s father was Paul Warburg, who financed Hitler with help from Brown Brothers Harriman partner Prescott Bush. [1]

Colonel Ely Garrison was a close friend of both President Teddy Roosevelt and President Woodrow Wilson.  Garrison wrote in Roosevelt, Wilson and the Federal Reserve, “Paul Warburg was the man who got the Federal Reserve Act together after the Aldrich Plan aroused such nationwide resentment and opposition.  The mastermind of both plans was Baron Alfred Rothschild of London.”

The Aldrich Plan was hatched at a secret 1910 meeting at JP Morgan’s private resort on Jekyl Island, SC between Rockefeller, lieutenant Nelson Aldrich and Paul Warburg of the German Warburg banking dynasty.  Aldrich, a New York congressman, later married into the Rockefeller family.  His son Winthrop Aldrich chaired Chase Manhattan Bank.  While the bankers met, Colonel Edward House, another Rockefeller stooge and close confidant of President Woodrow Wilson, was busy convincing Wilson of the importance of a private central bank and the introduction of a national income tax. A member of House’s staff was British MI6 Permindex insider General Julius Klein. [2]

Wilson didn’t need much convincing, since he was beholden to copper magnate Cleveland Dodge, whose namesake Phelps Dodge became one of the biggest mining companies in the world.  Dodge bankrolled Wilson’s political career. Wilson even wrote his inaugural speech on Dodge’s yacht. [3]

Wilson was a classmate of both Dodge and Cyrus McCormick at Princeton.  Both were directors at Rockefeller’s National City Bank (now Citigroup).  Wilson’s main focus was on overcoming public distrust of the bankers, which New York City Mayor John Hylan echoed in 1922 when he argued, “The real menace to our republic is the invisible government which, like a giant octopus, sprawls its slimy length over our city, state and nation.  At the head is a small group of banking houses, generally referred to as the international bankers”. [4]

But the Eight Families prevailed.  In 1913 the Federal Reserve Bank was born, with Paul Warburg its first Governor.  Four years later the US entered World War I, after a secret society known as the Black Hand assassinated Archduke Ferdinand and his Hapsburg wife.  The Archduke’s friend Count Czerin later said, “A year before the war he informed me that the Masons had resolved upon his death.”[5]

That same year, Bolsheviks overthrew the Hohehzollern monarchy in Russia with help from Max Warburg and Jacob Schiff, while the Balfour Declaration leading to the creation of Israel was penned to Zionist Second Lord Rothschild.

In the 1920’s Baron Edmund de Rothschild founded the Palestine Economics Commission, while Kuhn Loeb’s Manhattan offices helped Rothschild form a network to smuggle weapons to Zionist death squads bent on seizing Palestinian lands.  General Julius Klein oversaw the operation and headed the US Army Counterintelligence Corps, which later produced Henry Kissinger.  Klein diverted Marshall Plan aid to Europe to Zionist terror cells in Palestine after WWII, channeling the funds through the Sonneborn Institute, which was controlled by Baltimore chemical magnate Rudolph Sonneborn.  His wife Dorothy Schiff is related to the Warburgs. [6]

The Kuhn Loebs came to Manhattan with the Warburgs. At the same time the Bronfmans came to Canada as part of the Moses Montefiore Jewish Colonization Committee.  The Montefiores have carried out the dirty work of Genoese nobility since the 13th Century.  The di Spadaforas served that function for the Italian House of Savoy, which was bankrolled by the Israel Moses Seif family for which Israel is named.  Lord Harold Sebag Montefiore is current head of the Jerusalem Foundation, the Zionist wing of the Knights of St. John’s Jerusalem.  The Bronfmans (the name means “liquorman” in Yiddish) tied up with Arnold Rothstein, a product of the Rothschild’s dry goods empire, to found organized crime in New York City.  Rothstein was succeeded by Lucky Luciano, Meyer Lansky, Robert Vesco and Santos Trafficante.  The Bronfmans are intermarried with the Rothschilds, Loebs and Lamberts. [7]

The year 1917 also saw the 16th Amendment added to the US Constitution, levying a national income tax, though it was ratified by only two of the required 36 states.  The IRS is a private corporation registered in Delaware. [8]  Four years earlier the Rockefeller Foundation was launched, to shield family wealth from the new income tax provisions, while steering public opinion through social engineering.  One of its tentacles was the General Education Board.

In Occasional Letter #1 the Board states, “In our dreams we have limitless resources and the people yield themselves with perfect docility to our molding hands. The present education conventions fade from their minds and, unhampered by tradition, we will work our own good will upon a grateful and responsive rural folk.  We shall try not to make these people or any of their children into philosophers or men of learning or men of science…of whom we have ample supply.”[9]

Though most Americans think of the Federal Reserve as a government institution, it is privately held by the Eight Families.  The Secret Service is employed, not by the Executive Branch, but by the Federal Reserve. [10]

An exchange between Sen. Edward Kennedy (D-MA) and Fed Chairman Paul Volcker at Senate hearings in 1982 is instructive.  Kennedy must have thought of his older brother John when he told Volcker that if he were before the committee as a member of US Treasury things would be much different.  Volcker, puffing on a cigar, responded cavalierly, “That’s probably true. But I believe it was intentionally designed this way”. [11]  Rep. Lee Hamilton (D-IN) put it to Volcker that, “People realize that what that board of yours does has a very profound impact on their pocketbooks, and yet it is a group of people basically inaccessible to them and unaccountable to them.”

President Wilson spoke of, “a power so organized, so complete, so pervasive, that they had better not speak above their breaths when they speak in condemnation of it.” Rep. Charles Lindberg (D-NY) was more blunt, railing against Wilson’s Federal Reserve Act, which had cleverly been dubbed the “People’s Bill”.  Lindberg declared that the Act would, “…establish the most gigantic trust on earth…When the president signs this act, the invisible government by the money power will be legitimized.  The law will create inflation whenever the trusts want inflation.  From now on, depressions will be scientifically created.  The invisible government by the money power, proven to exist by the Money Trust Investigation, will be legalized.  The whole central bank concept was engineered by the very group it was supposed to strip of power”. [12]

The Fed is made up of most every bank in the US, but the New York Federal Reserve Bank controls the Fed by virtue of its enormous capital resources.  The true center of power within the Fed is the Federal Open Market Committee (FOMC), on which only the NY Fed President holds a permanent voting seat.  The FOMC issues directives on monetary policy which are implemented from the 8th Floor of the NY Fed, a fortress modeled after the Bank of England. [13]

In the fifth sub-basement of the 14-story stone hulk lie 10,300 tons of mostly non-US gold, 1/3 of the world’s gold reserves and by far the largest gold stock in the world. [14]

The world of money is increasingly computerized.  With the introduction by the Eight Families of complicated financial instruments like derivatives, options, puts and futures; the volume of inter-bank transactions took a quantum leap.  To handle this the fed built a superhighway eerily known as CHIPS (Clearing Interbank Payment System), which is based in New York and modeled after Morgan’s Belgium-based Euro-Clear – also known as The Beast.

When the Fed was created five New York banks- Citibank, Chase, Chemical Bank, Manufacturers Hanover and Bankers Trust- held a 43% stake in the New York Fed.  By 1983 these same five banks owned 53% of the NY Fed.  By year 2000, the newly merged Citigroup, JP Morgan Chase and Deutsche Bank combines owned even bigger chunks, as did the European faction of the Eight Families. Collectively they own majority stock in every Fortune 500 corporation and do the bulk of stock and bond trading.  In 1955 the above five banks accounted for 15% of all stock trades.  By 1985 they were involved in 85% of all stock transactions. [15]

Still more powerful are the investment banks which bear the names of many of the Eight Families. In 1982, while Morgan bankers presided over negotiations between Britain and Argentina after the Falklands War, President Reagan pushed through SEC Rule 415, which helped consolidate securities underwriting in the hands of six large investment houses owned by the Eight Families: Goldman Sachs, Merrill Lynch, Morgan Stanley, Salomon Brothers, First Boston and Lehman Brothers.  These banks further consolidated their power via the merger mania of 1980s and 1990s.

American Express swallowed up both Lehman Brothers-Kuhn Loeb – which had merged in 1977 – and Shearson Lehman-Rhoades.  The Israel Moses Seif’s Banca de la Svizzera Italiana bought a 7% stake in Lehman Brothers. [16]  Salomon Brothers nabbed Philbro from the South African Oppenheimer family, then bought Smith Barney. All three then became part of Traveler’s Group, headed by Sandy Weill of the David-Weill family, which controls Lazard Freres through senior partner Michel David-Weill.  Citibank then bought Travelers to form Citigroup. S.G. Warburg, of which Oppenheimer’s Chartered Consolidated owns a 9% stake, joined the old money Banque Paribas- which merged into Merrill Lynch in 1984.  Union Bank of Switzerland acquired Paine Webber, while Morgan Stanley ate up Dean Witter and purchased Discover credit card operations from Sears.

Kuhn Loeb-controlled First Boston merged with Credit Suisse, which had already absorbed White-Weld, to become CS First Boston- the major player in the dirty London Eurobond market.  Merrill Lynch – merged into Bank of America in 2008 – is the major player on the US side of this trade.  Swiss Banking Corporation merged with London’s biggest investment house S.G. Warburg to create SBC Warburg, while Warburg became more intertwined with Merrill Lynch through their 1998 Mercury Assets tie up.  The Warburg’s formed another venture with Union Bank of Switzerland, creating powerhouse UBS Warburg.  Deutsche Bank bought Banker’s Trust and Alex Brown to briefly become the world’s largest bank with $882 billion in assets.  With repeal of Glass-Steagal, the line between investment, commercial and private banking disappeared.

This handful of investment banks exerts an enormous amount of control over the global economy.  Their activities include advising Third World debt negotiations, handling mergers and breakups, creating companies to fill a perceived economic void through the launching of initial public stock offerings (IPOs), underwriting all stocks, underwriting all corporate and government bond issuance, and pulling the bandwagon down the road of privatization and globalization of the world economy.

A recent president of the World Bank was James Wolfensohn of Salomon Smith Barney.  Merrill Lynch had $435 billion in assets in 1994, before the merger frenzy had really even gotten under way.  The biggest commercial bank at the time, Citibank, could claim only $249 billion in assets.

In 1991 Merrill Lynch handled 26.8% of all global bank mergers.  Morgan Stanley did 16.8%, Goldman Sachs 16.3%, Lehman Brothers 16.1% and Credit Suisse First Boston 14.5%.  Morgan Stanley did $60 billion in corporate mergers in 1989.  By 2007, reflecting the repeal of Glass-Steagel, the top ten NMA advisers in order were: Goldman Sachs, Morgan Stanley, Citigroup, JP Morgan Chase, Lehman Brothers, Merrill Lynch, UBS Warburg, Credit Suisse, Deutsche Bank and Lazard. In the IPO stock underwriting field for 1991 the top four were Goldman Sachs, Merrill Lynch, Morgan Stanley and CS First Boston.  In the arena of global privatization for years 1985-1995, Goldman Sachs led the way doing $13.3 billion worth of deals.  UBS Warburg did $8.2 billion, BNP Paribas$6.8 billion, CS First Boston $4.9 billion and Paribas-owner Merrill Lynch $4.4 billion. [17]

In 2006 BNP Paribas bought the notorious Banca Nacionale de Lavoro (BNL), which led the charge in arming Saddam Hussein. According to Global Finance, it is now the world’s largest bank with nearly $3 trillion in assets.

The leading US debt underwriters for the first nine months of 1995 bore the same familiar names.  Merrill Lynch underwrote $74.2 billion in the US debt markets, or 15.3% of the total.  Lehman Brothers handled $52.5 billion, Morgan Stanley $47.4 billion, Salomon Smith Barney $45.6 billion.  CS First Boston, Chase Manhattan and Goldman Sachs rounded out the top seven.  The top three municipal debt underwriters that year were Goldman Sachs, Merrill Lynch and UBS Paine Webber.  In the euro-market the top four underwriters in 1995 were UBS Warburg, Merrill Lynch, Deutsche Bank and Goldman Sachs. [18]  Deutsche Bank’s Morgan Grenfell branch engineered the corporate takeover binge in Europe.

The dominant players in the oil futures markets at both the New York Mercantile Exchange and the London Petroleum Exchange are Morgan Stanley Dean Witter, Goldman Sachs (through its J. Aron & Company subsidiary), Citigroup (through its Philbro unit) and Deutsche Bank (through its Banker’s Trust acquisition).  In 2002 Enron Online was auctioned off by a bankruptcy court to UBS Warburg for $0.  UBS was to share monopoly Enron Online profits with Lehman Brothers after the first two years of the deal. [19] With Lehman’s 2008 demise, its new owner Barclays will get their cut.

Following the Lehman Brothers fiasco and the ensuing financial meltdown of 2008, the Four Horsemen of Banking got even bigger. For pennies on the dollar, JP Morgan Chase was handed Bear Stearns and Washington Mutual. Bank of America commandeered Merrill Lynch and Countrywide. And Wells Fargo seized control over the reeling #5 US bank Wachovia. Barclays got a sweetheart deal for the remains of Lehman Brothers.

Former House Banking Committee Chairman Wright Patman (D-TX), declared of Federal Reserve Eight Families owners, “The United States today has in effect two governments.  We are the duly constituted government.  Then we have an independent, uncontrolled and uncoordinated government in the Federal Reserve System, operating the money powers which are reserved to Congress by the Constitution”. [20]

Since the creation of the Federal Reserve, US debt (mostly owed to the Eight Families) has skyrocketed from $1 billion to nearly $14 trillion today.  This far surpasses the total of all Third World country debt combined, debt which is mostly owed to these same Eight Families, who own most all the world’s central banks.

As Sen. Barry Goldwater (R-AZ) pointed out, “International bankers make money by extending credit to governments.  The greater the debt of the political state, the larger the interest returned to lenders.  The national banks of Europe are (also) owned and controlled by private interests.  We recognize in a hazy sort of way that the Rothschilds and the Warburgs of Europe and the houses of JP Morgan, Kuhn Loeb & Co., Schiff, Lehman and Rockefeller possess and control vast wealth.  How they acquire this vast financial power and employ it is a mystery to most of us.”[21]

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Dean Henderson is the author of Big Oil & Their Bankers in the Persian Gulf: Four Horsemen, Eight Families & Their Global Intelligence, Narcotics & Terror Network and The Grateful Unrich: Revolution in 50 Countries. His Left Hook blog is at www.deanhenderson.wordpress.com

Notes

[1] Behold a Pale Horse. William Cooper. Light Technology Press. Sedona, AZ. 1991. p.81

[2] Dope Inc.: The Book that Drove Kissinger Crazy. The Editors of Executive Intelligence Review. Washington, DC. 1992.

[3] Democracy for the Few. Michael Parenti. St. Martin’s Press. New York. 1977. p.67

[4] Descent into Slavery. Des Griffin. Emissary Publications. Pasadena 1991

[5] The Robot’s Rebellion: The Story of the Spiritual Renaissance. David Icke. Gateway Books. Bath, UK. 1994. p.158

[6] The Editors of Executive Intelligence Review. p.504

[7] Ibid

[8] Ibid

[9] Ibid. p.77

[10] “Secrets of the Federal Reserve”. Discovery Channel. January 2002

[11] The Confidence Game: How Un-Elected Central Bankers are Governing the Changed World Economy. Steven Solomon. Simon & Schuster. New York. 1995. p.26

[12] Icke. p.178

[13] Solomon. p.63

[14] Ibid. p.27

[15] The Corporate Reapers: The Book of Agribusiness. A.V. Krebs. Essential Books. Washington, DC. 1992. p.166

[16] The Editors of Executive Intelligence Review. p.79

[17] “Playing the Middle”. Anita Raghavan and Bridget O’Brian. Wall Street Journal. 10-2-95

[18] Securities Data Corporation. 1995

[19] CNN Headline News. 1-11-02

[20] The Rockefeller File. Gary Allen. ’76 Press. Seal Beach, CA. 1977. p.156

[21] Rule by Secrecy: The Hidden History that Connects the Trilateral Commission, the Freemasons and the Great Pyramids. Jim Marrs. HarperCollins Publishers. New York. 2000. p.77

Featured image is from The Canadian Patriot


Big Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf: Four Horsemen, Eight Families & Their Global Intelligence, Narcotics & Terror Network: Henderson, Dean: 9781453757734: Amazon.com: BooksBig Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf: Four Horsemen, Eight Families & Their Global Intelligence, Narcotics & Terror Network

by Dean Henderson

Publisher: ‎ CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform; 3rd edition (September 10, 2010)

Paperback: ‎ 480 pages

ISBN-10: ‎ 1453757732

ISBN-13: ‎ 978-1453757734

Big Oil… pulls back the covers to expose a centuries-old cabal of global oligarchs, whose control over the global economy is based on hegemony over the planet’s three most valuable commodities: oil, guns and drugs- combined with ownership of the world’s central banks.Henderson implicates these oligarchs in the orchestration of a string of conspiracies from Pearl Harbor to the Kennedy Assassination to 911. He follows the trail of dirty money up the food chain to the interbred Eight Families who- from their City of London base- control the Four Horsemen of Oil, the global drug trade and the permanent war economy.”Big Oil… is an extraordinary expose of the powers and events that are exacting a heavy toll on us, the people”.- Nexus New Times Magazine. Australia.”Big Oil… is hair-raising and a masterpiece which deserves not less than the Pulitzer Prize in Journalism. This book should be a requisite for every American to study.”- Dr. Carlos J. Canggiano, M.D., Juana Diaz, Puerto Rico.

Click here to purchase.

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on The Federal Reserve Cartel: A Financial Parasite

Israel e EUA, entidades terroristas

September 22nd, 2024 by Eduardo Vasco

Os grandes jornais da burguesia estão chamando a série de atentados terroristas ocorridos no Líbano esta semana de “explosões”. Claro, o atentado não foi obra dos árabes e não ocorreu na Europa, nos Estados Unidos ou em Israel. Se fosse, seria rotulado de terrorista na primeira leva de breaking news.

Como foi obra de Israel – todo o mundo sabe disso, ainda que os sionistas o neguem –, então é claro que não é terrorismo. São apenas algumas “explosões”. Explosões exclusivamente em áreas civis e que já mataram mais de 30 pessoas (incluindo crianças) e deixaram mais de 3.000 feridos.

Em meio ao mar de ingenuidade fingida nos grandes veículos de imprensa, uma reportagem do New York Times cita 12 fontes da Defesa e da Inteligência israelense que confirmam que Israel está por trás dos atentados. De acordo com algumas das fontes do NYT, a companhia húngara B.A.C. Consulting, que produziu os pagers para a taiwanesa Gold Apollo, na verdade é uma empresa de fachada dos serviços de inteligência israelenses. Ela produziu os dispositivos para que fossem monitorados e ativados para explodir a qualquer momento por Israel.

Esse tipo de ataque é considerado terrorismo em qualquer lugar do mundo pelos mesmos que estão negando ou ocultando que tenha sido um atentado terrorista de Israel.

Em 2018, um refugiado afegão de 19 anos atacou com uma faca dois turistas americanos na estação central de trem de Amsterdã. Ele sequer matou os turistas (pelo contrário, foi morto em apenas nove segundos pela polícia). Aquilo, porém, foi considerado um ataque terrorista.

No ano anterior, seis pessoas ficaram feridas em um atropelamento na região de Paris. Aquilo também foi investigado como possível ataque terrorista.

Se casos como esses são terrorismo, por que os jornais e os governos ocidentais não reconhecem as “explosões” no Líbano como atentados terroristas?

Justamente porque isso implicaria considerar que Israel é uma entidade terrorista. E a imprensa controlada pelos Estados Unidos – que sustentam e incentivam o terrorismo israelense – jamais poderia fazer isso.

Após muitas maquinações do Império Britânico durante o final do século XIX e a primeira metade do século XX, os Estados Unidos se tornaram o principal responsável por assegurar a criação e consolidar a existência do “Estado de Israel”, uma entidade artificialmente fabricada. Desde então, utilizam esse pedaço de terra roubada dos palestinos como uma gigantesca base militar em sua ânsia de dominar o Oriente Médio e sugar as suas preciosas riquezas naturais.

Desde o início da nova fase do genocídio (que tem origem ainda em 1947/48), em outubro do ano passado, os Estados Unidos forneceram mais de 6,5 bilhões de dólares em ajuda militar a Israel. Entre 2017 e 2021, os Estados Unidos foram responsáveis por fornecer 92% de todas as armas importadas por Israel, segundo o Stockholm International Peace Research Institute.

Os EUA também são os responsáveis pelo desenvolvimento tecnológico de Israel – que é voltado primordialmente para a área militar e cujos atentados terroristas no Líbano são uma consequência.

Yoav Gallant, o ministro da Defesa israelense, ligou para sua contraparte estadunidense, Lloyd Austin, minutos antes do primeiro atentado, para informá-lo sobre uma operação que seria realizada imediatamente no Líbano, segundo o portal Axios.

Há décadas a CIA e a NSA realizam operações de espionagem a partir de dispositivos eletrônicos, como TV’s, computadores e celulares, contra cidadãos de todos os países do mundo. Agora Israel, uma máquina genocida, mostra que não é possível apenas espionar a partir de dispositivos que pertencem às próprias vítimas, mas também matar – e matar quem está por perto.

Esse episódio covarde e cruel de terrorismo cibernético e assassino é uma demonstração do perigo que é a dependência tecnológica. A maior parte do mundo depende da tecnologia monopolizada pelos países ricos, em particular os EUA, e seus gigantescos conglomerados que fabricam esses dispositivos praticamente sem concorrência – pois eles a suprimem.

Os grandes monopólios ocidentais estão diretamente ligados aos governos imperialistas, como o dos Estados Unidos. As big techs são um exemplo óbvio disso – basta ver o repasse de informações privadas dos usuários de redes sociais ao governo norte-americano, ou a censura política exercida contra páginas que desagradam Washington.

Se as grandes empresas que fabricam e, portanto, detêm o controle de toda a tecnologia que está dentro dos dispositivos eletrônicos que nós adquirimos para uso corriqueiro têm acordos com governos como os de EUA e Israel para fornecer dados dos usuários e mesmo estabelecer um controle remoto que pode ativar e explodir o dispositivo, qualquer pessoa no mundo está suscetível ao terrorismo imperialista.

Há poucos meses, Israel já havia cometido outro (de tantos) atentados, quando bombardeou e matou o líder do Hamas, Ismail Haniyeh, em Teerã. A sua localização foi obtida através do monitoramento de seu aparelho telefônico. Isso levou Hassan Nasrallah a instruir os membros do Hezbollah a não utilizarem smartphones em reuniões ou conversas sigilosas, e substituírem-nos pelos pagers.

Mas nem mesmo aparelhos pouco sofisticados, como pagers e walkie-talkies, estão protegidos do monitoramento e do controle remoto das agências de espionagem e empresas privadas dos EUA e Israel.

O sistema de vigilância e invasão da privacidade dos indivíduos erguido pela ditadura imperialista dos EUA – da qual Israel é um preposto criminoso e covarde – atingiu um novo nível. É por essas e outras que governos que estão na alça de mira desses criminosos, como China e Rússia, lutam por criar tecnologias e dispositivos eletrônicos próprios. Não querem ter suas casas – ou suas cabeças – voando pelos ares a qualquer hora do dia.

O rompimento com a tecnologia e os produtos eletrônicos dos EUA e de seus prepostos não é mais mera questão de soberania nacional. Agora é questão de sobrevivência – no sentido mais literal do termo.

Para quem pensa que esse perigo não existe, basta lembrar que estamos falando de entidades (EUA e Israel) que já mataram mais de 30 mil mulheres e crianças em Gaza em menos de 12 meses. Eles são capazes de tudo.

Eduardo Vasco

Mísseis também italianos contra a Rússia

September 21st, 2024 by Manlio Dinucci

O presidente Biden”, relata o New York Times, ‘abre caminho para que a Ucrânia lance armas ocidentais de longo alcance nas profundezas do território russo, desde que não use armas fornecidas pelos EUA’. A Grã-Bretanha e a França já enviaram à Ucrânia seus próprios mísseis de cruzeiro lançados do ar: eles são conhecidos como Storm Shadow na Grã-Bretanha e SCALP na França.

O principal defensor do uso desses mísseis contra a Rússia é o primeiro-ministro britânico, Keir Starmer, do Partido Trabalhista: depois de ter estado em Kiev com o secretário de Estado dos EUA, Blinken, e de ter sido recebido em Washington pelo presidente Biden, ele se reuniu com a primeira-ministra Giorgia Meloni em Roma.

 

Na conferência de imprensa conjunta, Starmer enfatizou que “devemos colocar a Ucrânia na melhor posição possível”, ou seja, permitir que ela realize ataques com mísseis nas profundezas do território russo. Giorgia Meloni afirmou que “no que diz respeito à autorização de mísseis de longo alcance, na Itália essa autorização não está em discussão hoje”, acrescentando, no entanto, que “todas essas são decisões que compartilhamos com nossos aliados”.

Assim, Giorgia Meloni tenta ocultar o fato de que os mísseis Storm Shadow / SCALP, que a Grã-Bretanha e a França já forneceram a Kiev para “ataques profundos contra alvos de alto valor, como bunkers reforçados”, são fabricados pela MBDA, o grupo europeu de produção de mísseis do qual a Itália faz parte, juntamente com a França e a Grã-Bretanha, por meio de Leonardo, com uma participação de 25%. Leonardo fabrica os rastreadores eletro-ópticos, ou seja, os “olhos” que guiam os mísseis até os alvos, um setor no qual é líder mundial.

Ao mesmo tempo, também por meio da Leonardo, a Itália participa da produção de mísseis nucleares fornecidos à França pelo grupo MBDA. A Itália também se comprometeu a produzir – juntamente com a França, a Alemanha e a Polônia – mísseis de cruzeiro lançados do solo com um alcance de mais de 500 km. Esses mísseis, que sem dúvida serão armados com ogivas nucleares, são da mesma categoria que os mísseis nucleares dos EUA instalados em Comiso na década de 1980, que foram eliminados de acordo com o Tratado INF sobre Forças Nucleares de Alcance Intermediário, assinado pelos EUA e pela URSS em 1987, mas rasgado pelos EUA em 2018. Dessa forma, a Itália, em total violação do Tratado de Não Proliferação de Armas Nucleares (ratificado pela Lei de 24 de abril de 1975), está contribuindo para a escalada nuclear contra a Rússia. Nesse contexto, ela participará do Steadfast Noon, o exercício de guerra nuclear da OTAN, de 14 a 24 de outubro.

Manlio Dinucci

Breve resumo da análise da imprensa internacional do Grandangolo na sexta-feira, 20 de setembro de 2024, no canal de TV italiano Byoblu:

https://www.byoblu.com/2024/09/20/missili-anche-italiani-contro-la-russia/

Tradução : Mondialisation.ca 

VIDEO (em italiano) :

*

Manlio Dinucci é geógrafo e jornalista, e ex-diretor executivo italiano da International Physicians for the Prevention of Nuclear War, que recebeu o Prêmio Nobel da Paz em 1985. Porta-voz do Comitato no Guerra no Nato (Itália) e pesquisador associado do Centre de recherche sur la Mondialisation (Canadá). Vencedor do Prêmio Internacional de Jornalismo 2019 para Análise Geoestratégica do Club de Periodistas de México.

The New York Times reports:

“President Biden is clearing the way for Ukraine to fire long-range Western weapons deep into Russian territory, provided it does not use weapons supplied by the United States”.

Britain and France have already sent Ukraine their own air-launched cruise missiles, known as Storm Shadow in Britain and SCALP in France.

The main proponent of the use of these missiles against Russia is the British Prime Minister, Labour’s Keir Starmer. After meeting US Secretary of State Blinken in Kiev and President Biden in Washington, he met Prime Minister Giorgia Meloni in Rome.

“We have to put Ukraine in the best possible position, i.e. to be able to carry out missile attacks deep into Russian territory”,  Starmer stressed at the joint press conference.

Giorgia Meloni stated that

as far as authorizing long-range missiles is concerned, in Italy it’s not on the table today“, but she added that “these are all decisions we share with our Allies“.

Giorgia Meloni is trying to hide the fact that the Storm Shadow/SCALP missiles, which Britain and France have already supplied to Kiev for “deep strikes against high-value targets such as reinforced bunkers“, are manufactured by MBDA, the European missile group, of which Italy is a member, along with France and Britain, through Leonardo, with a 25% participation.

Leonardo produces the electro-optical trackers, the “eyes” that guide the missiles to their targets. It is a world leader in this sector.

At the same time, Italy is participating, again through Leonardo, in the production of nuclear missiles supplied to France by the MBDA group. Italy has also undertaken, together with France, Germany and Poland, to manufacture ground-launched cruise missiles with a range of over 500 km.

These missiles, undoubtedly armed with nuclear warheads, are of the same category as the US nuclear missiles deployed at Comiso in the 1980s, eliminated by the INF Intermediate-Range Nuclear Forces Treaty signed by the US and USSR in 1987, but abrogated by the US in 2018.

In this way, Italy, in flagrant violation of the Treaty on the Nuclear Weapons Non-Proliferation (ratified by the law of 24 April 1975), is contributing to the nuclear escalation against Russia.

In this context, it will be part of the NATO nuclear war exercise Steadfast Noon from 14 to 24 October.

Article in Italian :

Missili Anche Italiani contro la Russia

byoblu.com

VIDEO (in Italian) :

Países ocidentais vão repensar a estratégia ucraniana.

September 21st, 2024 by Lucas Leiroz de Almeida

Os apoiadores da Ucrânia parecem estar começando a mudar os seus planos em relação ao conflito ucraniano. De acordo com um importante jornal francês, a dificuldade de Kiev no campo de batalha está a começar a encorajar os seus patrões ocidentais a repensar a sua estratégia de guerra, sendo as negociações diplomáticas uma das soluções possíveis.

Num artigo recente publicado pelo Le Figaro, fontes familiarizadas com assuntos políticos e diplomáticos expressaram pessimismo sobre uma “vitória ucraniana”. O meio de comunicação informou que o plano para uma solução diplomática já está a ser discutido “discretamente” tanto nos EUA como na Europa, deixando claro que uma visão mais realista do conflito está a tornar-se comum entre as autoridades ocidentais.

As razões para esta mudança de perspectiva por parte do Ocidente são muitas. A principal delas seria o rápido avanço das forças russas no Donbass, especialmente considerando o progresso dos militares russos na cidade de Pokrovsk – que é um centro logístico entre diferentes regiões e uma cidade extremamente estratégica para toda a zona de conflito. Estas vitórias russas esgotariam as esperanças ocidentais de uma solução através de meios militares.

Outro fator vital para a mudança seria o resultado da invasão ucraniana de Kursk. Acredita-se que os objetivos de diversão da operação não foram alcançados, tornando assim inevitável que os russos ganhem o controle de todas as regiões-chave do Donbass num futuro próximo. Isto torna os objetivos militares e territoriais ucranianos quase inalcançáveis, tendo em conta a grande quantidade de recursos e tropas desperdiçadas na fracassada incursão diversiva.

Fontes citadas pelo jornal consideram que a redução da ajuda militar também é inevitável. Apesar das promessas dos Democratas de continuarem a apoiar incondicionalmente a Ucrânia, os diplomatas entrevistados pelo Le Figaro deixam claro que, independentemente de quem seja o novo presidente, haverá uma redução da ajuda à Ucrânia, uma vez que a opinião pessimista sobre o futuro da a guerra é compartilhada por ambos os lados da política americana.

“No Ocidente, é cada vez mais reconhecido abertamente que Donbass e a Crimeia estão fora do alcance militar dos ucranianos (…) Seja quem for o presidente dos EUA [após as eleições de Novembro], a ajuda diminuirá e a guerra não será sustentável para os ucranianos”, diz o artigo.

Um dos objetivos atuais dos americanos e europeus, tendo em conta as circunstâncias desfavoráveis ​​do conflito para Kiev, é repensar e atualizar os interesses estratégicos do lado ocidental-ucraniano. Neste sentido, diplomatas e políticos tentam reavaliar o que considerariam uma “vitória ucraniana”, tendendo a acreditar que a melhor saída para Kiev é abandonar os territórios reintegrados na Rússia e procurar de forma “democrática e livre” o alinhamento com o Ocidente no que resta do seu território soberano.

“[O Ocidente deveria repensar] o que poderia ser considerado uma vitória para a Ucrânia (…) O mais importante é ter uma vitória territorial, o que implica continuar a lutar para recuperar as regiões ocupadas pelos russos? Ou será obter uma vitória política, ou seja, um país livre e democrático, virado para o Ocidente, engajado na UE e na OTAN, mesmo que isso signifique desistir temporariamente, dos territórios ocupados?” um diplomata disse a jornalistas franceses.

Segundo as fontes do jornal, já estão em curso vários movimentos para acabar com a guerra. Por exemplo, a insistência em não autorizar ataques profundos com mísseis de longo alcance é vista pelos diplomatas entrevistados como um sinal de desescalada por parte do Ocidente. Além disso, a França e a Alemanha são citadas como exemplos de países que alegadamente começaram a afrouxar os seus laços militares com Kiev.

Finalmente, o artigo menciona que os aliados da Ucrânia estão a preparar-se para fazer progressos significativos numa próxima “cimeira de paz”. Acredita-se que os EUA liderarão uma reunião em Abu Dhabi após as eleições de novembro. Na cimeira, os países ocidentais começarão a reavaliar o conflito de forma mais realista, tendo em conta as atuais circunstâncias militares. Assim, espera-se que se registem progressos no sentido da criação de uma agenda diplomática para estabelecer um fim oportuno às hostilidades.

Na verdade, por um lado, o artigo do Le Figaro é realista ao admitir o progresso russo e a incapacidade da Ucrânia Ocidental de impedir a vitória de Moscou. Por outro lado, os meios de comunicação franceses estão errados ao afirmar que o Ocidente tem qualquer intenção de paz. A recente diminuição da ajuda francesa e alemã à Ucrânia deve-se simplesmente ao esgotamento da capacidade produtiva europeia e não a qualquer intenção de paz. No mesmo sentido, a recusa em autorizar ataques “profundos” deve-se ao receio de retaliação russa e não a qualquer desejo real de paz.

Além disso, deve ser sublinhado que o Ocidente perdeu o timing para negociar. A Rússia está disposta a negociar há mais de dois anos, mas depois da recente invasão de Kursk, Moscou deixou claro que já não confia no inimigo e todas as conversações de paz foram canceladas. O desespero do Ocidente para aliviar o peso da sua derrota é inútil porque a Rússia não aceitará quaisquer condições do inimigo, sendo Moscou o único lado qualificado para decidir quando as hostilidades terminarão.

Lucas Leiroz De Almeida

 

Artigo em inglês : Western countries to rethink Ukrainian strategy, 19 de Setembro de 2024.

Imagem : InfoBrics

*

Lucas Leiroz, membro da Associação de Jornalistas do BRICS, pesquisador do Centro de Estudos Geoestratégicos, especialista militar.

Você pode seguir Lucas Leiroz em: https://t.me/lucasleiroz e https://x.com/leiroz_lucas

Missili Anche Italiani contro la Russia

September 21st, 2024 by Manlio Dinucci

“Il Presidente Biden – riporta il New York Times –   spiana la strada all’Ucraina per il lancio i armi occidentali a lungo raggio in profondità nel territorio russo, a patto che non utilizzi armi fornite dagli Stati Uniti”. Gran Bretagna e Francia hanno già inviato all’Ucraina i propri missili da crociera a lancio aereo: sono noti come Storm Shadow in Gran Bretagna e SCALP in Francia. 

Principale fautore dell’uso di questi missili contro la Russia è il primo ministro britannico, il laburista Keir Starmer: dopo essere stato a Kiev col segretario di Stato USA Blinken ed essere stato ricevuto a Washington dal presidente Biden, ha incontrato a Roma la presidente del Consiglio Giorgia Meloni.  

.

Alla conferenza stampa congiunta Starmer ha sottolineato che “dobbiamo mettere l’Ucraina nella migliore posizione possibile”, ossia metterla in grado di effettuare attacchi missilistici in profondità nel territorio russo.  Giorgia Meloni ha dichiarato che “per quello che riguarda l’autorizzazione dei missili a lungo raggio, in Italia questa autorizzazione oggi non è in discussione”, aggiungendo però che comunque “sono tutte decisioni che condividiamo con i nostri Alleati.” 

Giorgia Meloni cerca in tal modo di nascondere il fatto che i missili Storm Shadow / SCALP, che Gran Bretagna e Francia hanno già fornito a Kiev per “attacchi in profondità contro bersagli di alto valore, come i bunker rinforzati”, sono fabbricati da MBDA, il gruppo europeo per la produzione di missili di cui l’Italia fa parte, insieme a Francia e Gran Bretagna, tramite la Leonardo con una quota azionaria del 25% . La Leonardo produce gli inseguitori elettro-otticii, ossia gli “occhi” che guidano i missili sugli obiettivi, settore in cui è leader mondiale.   

Allo stesso tempo, sempre tramite la Leonardo, l’Italia partecipa alla produzione di missili nucleari forniti alla Francia dal gruppo MBDA. L’Italia si è inoltre impegnata a produrre –insieme a Francia, Germania e Polonia – missili da crociera lanciati da terra con una gittata superiore a 500 km.  Questi missili, che saranno sicuramente armati di testate nucleari, sono della stessa categoria dei missili nucleari USA schierati a Comiso negli anni Ottanta, che vennero eliminati in base al Trattato INF sulle forze nucleari intermedie, stipulato da USA e URSS nel 1987, ma stracciato dagli Stati Uniti nel 2018.  In tal modo l’Italia, in completa violazione del Trattato di non-proliferazione delle armi nucleari (ratificato ai sensi della legge 24 aprile 1975), concorre alla escalation nucleare contro la Russia. In tale quadro parteciperà, dal 14 al 24 ottobre, alla Steadfast Noon, l’esercitazione NATO di guerra nucleare.

Manlio Dinucci

 

VIDEO :

“Greater Israel”: The Zionist Plan for the Middle East

September 21st, 2024 by Israel Shahak

One of our most popular articles, first published on March 1st, 2013

***

.

 

.

Update and Analysis

.
On October 7, 2023, Hamas launched “Operation Al-Aqsa Storm.” which was led by its Military Chief Mohammed Deif.  On that same day, Netanyahu confirmed a so-called “State of Readiness For War”. Israel has now (October 7, 2023) officially declared a new stage of its long war against the people of Palestine. 

.

Military operations are invariably planned well in advance (See Netanyahu’s January 2023 statement below). Was “Operation Al-Aqsa Storm” a “surprise attack” ?

U.S. intelligence say they weren’t aware of an impending Hamas attack. 

Did Netanyahu and his vast military and intelligence apparatus (Mossad et al) have foreknowledge of the Hamas attack?

Was a carefully formulated Israeli plan to wage an all out war against Palestinians envisaged prior to the launching by Hamas of  “Operation Al-Aqsa Storm”? This was not a failure of Israeli Intelligence, as conveyed by the media. Quite the opposite. 

Evidence and testimonies suggest that the Netanyahu government had foreknowledge of the actions of Hamas. And “They Let it Happen”:

Following the Al Aqsa Storm Operation on October 7, Israel‘s defence minister described Palestinians as “human animals” and vowed to “act accordingly,” as fighter jets unleashed a massive bombing of the Gaza Strip” (Middle East Eye).

A complete blockade of the Gaza Strip was initiated on October 9, 2023 consisting in  preventing and obstructing the importation of food, water, fuel, and essential commodities to 2.3 Million Palestinians. It’s an outright crime against humanity. 

Was “Operation Al-Aqsa Storm” a “surprise attack”?  Was it a false flag?

Netanyahu’s “New Stage” of “The Long War” against Palestine

Netanyahu’s stated objective, which constitutes a new stage in the 75 year old war (since Nakba, 1948, see below) against the people of Palestine is no longer predicated on “Apartheid” or “Separation”. 

This new stage –which is also directed against Israelis who want peace– consists in “total appropriation” as well as the outright exclusion of the Palestinian people from their homeland. 

The current Netanyahu government is committed to the “Greater Israel” and the “Promised Land”, namely the biblical homeland of the Jews. 

Benjamin Netanyahu is pressing ahead to formalize “Israel’s colonial project”, namely the appropriation of all Palestinian Lands. 

His position defined below several months prior to the October 7, 2023 “State of Readiness For War” consists in total appropriation as well as the outright exclusion of the Palestinian people from their homeland:

“These are the basic lines of the national government headed by me: The Jewish people have an exclusive and unquestionable right to all areas of the Land of Israel. The government will promote and develop settlement in all parts of the Land of Israel — in the Galilee, the Negev, the Golan, Judea and Samaria.” (January 2023)

 

History: The Relationship between Mossad and Hamas

What is the relationship between Mossad and Hamas? Is Hamas an “intelligence asset”? There is a long history. 

Hamas (Harakat al-Muqawama al-Islamiyya) (Islamic Resistance Movement), was founded in 1987 by Sheik Ahmed Yassin. It was supported at the outset by Israeli intelligence as a means to weaken the Palestinian Authority:

“Thanks to Mossad, (Israel’s “Institute for Intelligence and Special Tasks”), Hamas was allowed to reinforce its presence in the occupied territories. Meanwhile, Arafat’s Fatah Movement for National Liberation as well as the Palestinian Left were subjected to the most brutal form of repression and intimidation.

Let us not forget that it was Israel, which in fact created Hamas. According to Zeev Sternell, historian at the Hebrew University of Jerusalem,

“Israel thought that it was a smart ploy to push the Islamists against the Palestinian Liberation Organisation (PLO)”. (L’Humanité, translated from French)

The links of Hamas to Mossad and US intelligence have been acknowledged by Rep. Ron Paul in a statement to the U.S Congress: “Hamas Was Started by Israel”?

“You know Hamas, if you look at the history, you’ll find out that Hamas was encouraged and really started by Israel because they wanted Hamas to counteract Yasser Arafat… (Rep. Ron Paul, 2011)

What this statement entails is that  “factions within Hamas” constitute “an intelligence asset”, namely “an “asset” which serves the interests of intelligence agencies. 

See also the WSJ (January 24, 2009) “How Israel helped to Spawn Hamas”. 

Instead of trying to curb Gaza’s Islamists from the outset, says Mr. Cohen, Israel for years tolerated and, in some cases, encouraged them as a counterweight to the secular nationalists of the Palestine Liberation Organization and its dominant faction, Yasser Arafat’s Fatah. (WSJ, emphasis added)

The Nakba

Commemoration on May 13, 2023: The Nakba. 75 years ago on May 13, 1948. The Palestinian Catastrophe prevails. In a 2018 report, the United Nations stated that Gaza had become “unliveable”:

With an economy in free fall, 70 per cent youth unemployment, widely contaminated drinking water and a collapsed health care system, Gaza has become “unliveable”,[in 2018] according to the Special Rapporteur on human rights in the Palestinian Territories”

The above UN assessment dates back to 2018. Under Netanyahu, Israel is currently proceeding with the plan to annex large chunks of Palestinian territory “while keeping the Palestinian inhabitants in conditions of severe deprivation and isolation.

Creating conditions of extreme poverty and economic collapse constitute the means for triggering the expulsion and exodus of Palestinians from their homeland.  It is part of the process of annexation.

“If the manoeuvre is successful, Israel will end up with all of the territories it conquered during the 1967 war, including all of the Golan Heights and Jerusalem and most of the Palestinian Territories, including the best sources of water and agricultural land.

The West Bank will find itself in the same situation as the Gaza strip, cut off from the outside world and surrounded by hostile Israeli military forces and Israeli settlements.” (South Front) 

Human rights ended at the Palestinian border. The bought and paid for US Congress couldn’t genuflect enough:

“On July 19, 2023 the US Congress convened a special joint session for Israeli President Isaac Herzog. Both Democrats and Republicans bobbed up and down to applaud him 29 times.”

” Watching Palestine Disappear”, Dr. Paul Craig Roberts, September 12, 2023

“Greater Israel would create a number of proxy states. It would include parts of Lebanon, Jordan, Syria, the Sinai, as well as parts of  Iraq and Saudi Arabia.”

“Palestine Is Gone! Gone! راحت فلسطينThe Palestinian plight is savagely painful and the pain is compounded by the bafflingly off-hand dismissal and erasure by Western powers of that pain, Rima Najjar, Global Research, June, 7, 2020 

 

Michel Chossudovsky,  June 10, 2021, October 11, 2023, November 1, 2023, 

 

 


 

Introductory Text on “The Greater Israel Project” 

by Michel Chossudovsky 

 

The following document pertaining to the formation of “Greater Israel” constitutes the cornerstone of powerful Zionist factions within the current Netanyahu government,  the Likud party, as well as within the Israeli military and intelligence establishment. 

President Donald Trump had confirmed in January 2017 his support of Israel’s illegal settlements (including his opposition to UN Security Council Resolution 2334, pertaining to the illegality of the Israeli settlements in the occupied West Bank). The Trump administration expressed its recognition of Israeli sovereignty over the Golan Heights. And now the entire West Bank is being annexed to Israel. 

Under the Biden administration, despite rhetorical shifts in the political narrative, Washington remains supportive of Israel plans to annex the entire Jordan River valley as well the illegal settlements in the West Bank.

Bear in mind: The Greater Israel design is not strictly a Zionist Project for the Middle East, it is an integral part of US foreign policy, its strategic objective is to extend US hegemony as well as fracture and balkanize the Middle East.  

In this regard, Washington’s strategy consists in destabilizing and weakening regional economic powers in the Middle East including Turkey and Iran. This policy –which is consistent with the Greater Israel–  is  accompanied by a process of political fragmentation.

Since the Gulf war (1991), the Pentagon has contemplated the creation of a “Free Kurdistan” which would include the annexation of  parts of Iraq, Syria and Iran as well as Turkey

 

“The New Middle East”:  Unofficial US Military Academy Map by Lt. Col. Ralph Peters

 

According to the founding father of Zionism Theodore Herzl, “the area of the Jewish State stretches: “From the Brook of Egypt to the Euphrates.”  According to Rabbi Fischmann,  “The Promised Land extends from the River of Egypt up to the Euphrates, it includes parts of Syria and Lebanon.”

When viewed in the current context, including the siege on Gaza, the Zionist Plan for the Middle East bears an intimate relationship to the 2003 invasion of  Iraq, the 2006 war on Lebanon, the 2011 war on Libya, the ongoing wars on Syria, Iraq and Yemen, not to mention the political crisis in Saudi Arabia.

The “Greater Israel” project consists in weakening and eventually fracturing neighboring Arab states as part of a US-Israeli expansionist project, with the support of NATO and Saudi Arabia. In this regard, the Saudi-Israeli rapprochement is from Netanyahu’s viewpoint a means to expanding Israel’s spheres of influence in the Middle East as well as confronting Iran. Needless to day, the “Greater Israel” project is consistent with America’s imperial design.

“Greater Israel” consists in an area extending from the Nile Valley to the Euphrates. According to Stephen Lendman,

A near-century ago, the World Zionist Organization’s plan for a Jewish state included:

• historic Palestine;

• South Lebanon up to Sidon and the Litani River;

• Syria’s Golan Heights, Hauran Plain and Deraa; and

• control of the Hijaz Railway from Deraa to Amman, Jordan as well as the Gulf of Aqaba.

Some Zionists wanted more – land from the Nile in the West to the Euphrates in the East, comprising Palestine, Lebanon, Western Syria and Southern Turkey.”

 

The Zionist project has supported the Jewish settlement movement. More broadly it involves a policy of excluding Palestinians from Palestine leading to the annexation of both the West Bank and Gaza to the State of Israel.

The Project of “Greater Israel” is to create a number of proxy States, which could include parts of Lebanon, Jordan, Syria, the Sinai, as well as parts of  Iraq and Saudi Arabia. (See map).

According to Mahdi Darius Nazemroaya in a 2011 Global Research article,   The Yinon Plan was a continuation of Britain’s colonial design in the Middle East:

“[The Yinon plan] is an Israeli strategic plan to ensure Israeli regional superiority. It insists and stipulates that Israel must reconfigure its geo-political environment through the balkanization of the surrounding Arab states into smaller and weaker states.

Israeli strategists viewed Iraq as their biggest strategic challenge from an Arab state. This is why Iraq was outlined as the centerpiece to the balkanization of the Middle East and the Arab World. In Iraq, on the basis of the concepts of the Yinon Plan, Israeli strategists have called for the division of Iraq into a Kurdish state and two Arab states, one for Shiite Muslims and the other for Sunni Muslims. The first step towards establishing this was a war between Iraq and Iran, which the Yinon Plan discusses.

The Atlantic, in 2008, and the U.S. military’s Armed Forces Journal, in 2006, both published widely circulated maps that closely followed the outline of the Yinon Plan. Aside from a divided Iraq, which the Biden Plan also calls for, the Yinon Plan calls for a divided Lebanon, Egypt, and Syria. The partitioning of Iran, Turkey, Somalia, and Pakistan also all fall into line with these views. The Yinon Plan also calls for dissolution in North Africa and forecasts it as starting from Egypt and then spilling over into Sudan, Libya, and the rest of the region.

“Greater Israel” would require the breaking up of the existing Arab states into small states.

“The plan operates on two essential premises. To survive, Israel must

1)  become an imperial regional power, and

2) must effect the division of the whole area into small states by the dissolution of all existing Arab states.

Small here will depend on the ethnic or sectarian composition of each state. Consequently, the Zionist hope is that sectarian-based states become Israel’s satellites and, ironically, its source of moral legitimation…  This is not a new idea, nor does it surface for the first time in Zionist strategic thinking. Indeed, fragmenting all Arab states into smaller units has been a recurrent theme.” (Yinon Plan, see below)

Viewed in this context, the US-NATO led wars on Syria and Iraq are part of  the process of Israeli territorial expansion.

In this regard, the defeat of US sponsored terrorists (ISIS, Al Nusra) by Syrian Forces with the support of Russia, Iran and Hezbollah constitute a significant setback for Israel.

 

Michel Chossudovsky, Global Research, September 06, 2015, updated September 13, 2019

 


 

The Zionist Plan for the Middle East 

Translated and edited by

Israel Shahak

The Israel of Theodore Herzl (1904) and of Rabbi Fischmann (1947)

In his Complete Diaries, Vol. II. p. 711, Theodore Herzl, the founder of Zionism, says that the area of the Jewish State stretches: “From the Brook of Egypt to the Euphrates.”

Rabbi Fischmann, member of the Jewish Agency for Palestine, declared in his testimony to the U.N. Special Committee of Enquiry on 9 July 1947: “The Promised Land extends from the River of Egypt up to the Euphrates, it includes parts of Syria and Lebanon.”

Oded Yinon’s

“A Strategy for Israel in the Nineteen Eighties”

Published by the

Association of Arab-American University Graduates, Inc.

Belmont, Massachusetts, 1982

Special Document No. 1 (ISBN 0-937694-56-8)


Introductory Note

by Dr. Khalil Nakhleh

The Association of Arab-American University Graduates finds it compelling to inaugurate its new publication series, Special Documents, with Oded Yinon’s article which appeared in Kivunim (Directions), the journal of the Department of Information of the World Zionist Organization. Oded Yinon is an Israeli journalist and was formerly attached to the Foreign Ministry of Israel. To our knowledge, this document is the most explicit, detailed and unambiguous statement to date of the Zionist strategy in the Middle East. Furthermore, it stands as an accurate representation of the “vision” for the entire Middle East of the presently ruling Zionist regime of Begin, Sharon and Eitan. Its importance, hence, lies not in its historical value but in the nightmare which it presents.

The plan operates on two essential premises. To survive, Israel must 1) become an imperial regional power, and 2) must effect the division of the whole area into small states by the dissolution of all existing Arab states. Small here will depend on the ethnic or sectarian composition of each state. Consequently, the Zionist hope is that sectarian-based states become Israel’s satellites and, ironically, its source of moral legitimation.

This is not a new idea, nor does it surface for the first time in Zionist strategic thinking. Indeed, fragmenting all Arab states into smaller units has been a recurrent theme. This theme has been documented on a very modest scale in the AAUG publication,  Israel’s Sacred Terrorism (1980), by Livia Rokach. Based on the memoirs of Moshe Sharett, former Prime Minister of Israel, Rokach’s study documents, in convincing detail, the Zionist plan as it applies to Lebanon and as it was prepared in the mid-fifties.

The first massive Israeli invasion of Lebanon in 1978 bore this plan out to the minutest detail. The second and more barbaric and encompassing Israeli invasion of Lebanon on June 6, 1982, aims to effect certain parts of this plan which hopes to see not only Lebanon, but Syria and Jordan as well, in fragments. This ought to make mockery of Israeli public claims regarding their desire for a strong and independent Lebanese central government. More accurately, they want a Lebanese central government that sanctions their regional imperialist designs by signing a peace treaty with them. They also seek acquiescence in their designs by the Syrian, Iraqi, Jordanian and other Arab governments as well as by the Palestinian people. What they want and what they are planning for is not an Arab world, but a world of Arab fragments that is ready to succumb to Israeli hegemony. Hence, Oded Yinon in his essay, “A Strategy for Israel in the 1980’s,” talks about “far-reaching opportunities for the first time since 1967” that are created by the “very stormy situation [that] surrounds Israel.”

The Zionist policy of displacing the Palestinians from Palestine is very much an active policy, but is pursued more forcefully in times of conflict, such as in the 1947-1948 war and in the 1967 war. An appendix entitled  “Israel Talks of a New Exodus” is included in this publication to demonstrate past Zionist dispersals of Palestinians from their homeland and to show, besides the main Zionist document we present, other Zionist planning for the de-Palestinization of Palestine.

It is clear from the Kivunim document, published in February, 1982, that the “far-reaching opportunities” of which Zionist strategists have been thinking are the same “opportunities” of which they are trying to convince the world and which they claim were generated by their June, 1982 invasion. It is also clear that the Palestinians were never the sole target of Zionist plans, but the priority target since their viable and independent presence as a people negates the essence of the Zionist state. Every Arab state, however, especially those with cohesive and clear nationalist directions, is a real target sooner or later.

Contrasted with the detailed and unambiguous Zionist strategy elucidated in this document, Arab and Palestinian strategy, unfortunately, suffers from ambiguity and incoherence. There is no indication that Arab strategists have internalized the Zionist plan in its full ramifications. Instead, they react with incredulity and shock whenever a new stage of it unfolds. This is apparent in Arab reaction, albeit muted, to the Israeli siege of Beirut. The sad fact is that as long as the Zionist strategy for the Middle East is not taken seriously Arab reaction to any future siege of other Arab capitals will be the same.

Khalil Nakhleh, July 23, 1982

 


Foreward

by Israel Shahak

The following essay represents, in my opinion, the accurate and detailed plan of the present Zionist regime (of Sharon and Eitan) for the Middle East which is based on the division of the whole area into small states, and the dissolution of all the existing Arab states. I will comment on the military aspect of this plan in a concluding note. Here I want to draw the attention of the readers to several important points:

1. The idea that all the Arab states should be broken down, by Israel, into small units, occurs again and again in Israeli strategic thinking. For example, Ze’ev Schiff, the military correspondent of Ha’aretz (and probably the most knowledgeable in Israel, on this topic) writes about the “best” that can happen for Israeli interests in Iraq: “The dissolution of Iraq into a Shi’ite state, a Sunni state and the separation of the Kurdish part” (Ha’aretz 6/2/1982). Actually, this aspect of the plan is very old.

2. The strong connection with Neo-Conservative thought in the USA is very prominent, especially in the author’s notes. But, while lip service is paid to the idea of the “defense of the West” from Soviet power, the real aim of the author, and of the present Israeli establishment is clear: To make an Imperial Israel into a world power. In other words, the aim of Sharon is to deceive the Americans after he has deceived all the rest.

3. It is obvious that much of the relevant data, both in the notes and in the text, is garbled or omitted, such as the financial help of the U.S. to Israel. Much of it is pure fantasy. But, the plan is not to be regarded as not influential, or as not capable of realization for a short time. The plan follows faithfully the geopolitical ideas current in Germany of 1890-1933, which were swallowed whole by Hitler and the Nazi movement, and determined their aims for East Europe. Those aims, especially the division of the existing states, were carried out in 1939-1941, and only an alliance on the global scale prevented their consolidation for a period of time.

The notes by the author follow the text under the title.

To avoid confusion, I did not add any notes of my own, but have put the substance of them into this Foreward and the Concluding Observations at the end. I have, however, emphasized some portions of the text.

Israel Shahak, June 13, 1982 

 


 

A Strategy for Israel in the Nineteen Eighties

by Oded Yinon

This essay originally appeared in Hebrew in KIVUNIM (Directions), A Journal for Judaism and Zionism; Issue No, 14–Winter, 5742, February 1982, Editor: Yoram Beck. Editorial Committee: Eli Eyal, Yoram Beck, Amnon Hadari, Yohanan Manor, Elieser Schweid. Published by the Department of Publicity/The World Zionist Organization, Jerusalem.

At the outset of the nineteen eighties the State of Israel is in need of a new perspective as to its place, its aims and national targets, at home and abroad. This need has become even more vital due to a number of central processes which the country, the region and the world are undergoing. We are living today in the early stages of a new epoch in human history which is not at all similar to its predecessor, and its characteristics are totally different from what we have hitherto known. That is why we need an understanding of the central processes which typify this historical epoch on the one hand, and on the other hand we need a world outlook and an operational strategy in accordance with the new conditions. The existence, prosperity and steadfastness of the Jewish state will depend upon its ability to adopt a new framework for its domestic and foreign affairs.

This epoch is characterized by several traits which we can already diagnose, and which symbolize a genuine revolution in our present lifestyle. The dominant process is the breakdown of the rationalist, humanist outlook as the major cornerstone supporting the life and achievements of Western civilization since the Renaissance. The political, social and economic views which have emanated from this foundation have been based on several “truths” which are presently disappearing–for example, the view that man as an individual is the center of the universe and everything exists in order to fulfill his basic material needs. This position is being invalidated in the present when it has become clear that the amount of resources in the cosmos does not meet Man’s requirements, his economic needs or his demographic constraints. In a world in which there are four billion human beings and economic and energy resources which do not grow proportionally to meet the needs of mankind, it is unrealistic to expect to fulfill the main requirement of Western Society, 1 i.e., the wish and aspiration for boundless consumption. The view that ethics plays no part in determining the direction Man takes, but rather his material needs do–that view is becoming prevalent today as we see a world in which nearly all values are disappearing. We are losing the ability to assess the simplest things, especially when they concern the simple question of what is Good and what is Evil.

The vision of man’s limitless aspirations and abilities shrinks in the face of the sad facts of life, when we witness the break-up of world order around us. The view which promises liberty and freedom to mankind seems absurd in light of the sad fact that three fourths of the human race lives under totalitarian regimes. The views concerning equality and social justice have been transformed by socialism and especially by Communism into a laughing stock. There is no argument as to the truth of these two ideas, but it is clear that they have not been put into practice properly and the majority of mankind has lost the liberty, the freedom and the opportunity for equality and justice. In this nuclear world in which we are (still) living in relative peace for thirty years, the concept of peace and coexistence among nations has no meaning when a superpower like the USSR holds a military and political doctrine of the sort it has: that not only is a nuclear war possible and necessary in order to achieve the ends of Marxism, but that it is possible to survive after it, not to speak of the fact that one can be victorious in it.2

The essential concepts of human society, especially those of the West, are undergoing a change due to political, military and economic transformations. Thus, the nuclear and conventional might of the USSR has transformed the epoch that has just ended into the last respite before the great saga that will demolish a large part of our world in a multi-dimensional global war, in comparison with which the past world wars will have been mere child’s play. The power of nuclear as well as of conventional weapons, their quantity, their precision and quality will turn most of our world upside down within a few years, and we must align ourselves so as to face that in Israel. That is, then, the main threat to our existence and that of the Western world. 3 The war over resources in the world, the Arab monopoly on oil, and the need of the West to import most of its raw materials from the Third World, are transforming the world we know, given that one of the major aims of the USSR is to defeat the West by gaining control over the gigantic resources in the Persian Gulf and in the southern part of Africa, in which the majority of world minerals are located. We can imagine the dimensions of the global confrontation which will face us in the future.

The Gorshkov doctrine calls for Soviet control of the oceans and mineral rich areas of the Third World. That together with the present Soviet nuclear doctrine which holds that it is possible to manage, win and survive a nuclear war, in the course of which the West’s military might well be destroyed and its inhabitants made slaves in the service of Marxism-Leninism, is the main danger to world peace and to our own existence. Since 1967, the Soviets have transformed Clausewitz’ dictum into “War is the continuation of policy in nuclear means,” and made it the motto which guides all their policies. Already today they are busy carrying out their aims in our region and throughout the world, and the need to face them becomes the major element in our country’s security policy and of course that of the rest of the Free World. That is our major foreign challenge.4

The Arab Moslem world, therefore, is not the major strategic problem which we shall face in the Eighties, despite the fact that it carries the main threat against Israel, due to its growing military might. This world, with its ethnic minorities, its factions and internal crises, which is astonishingly self-destructive, as we can see in Lebanon, in non-Arab Iran and now also in Syria, is unable to deal successfully with its fundamental problems and does not therefore constitute a real threat against the State of Israel in the long run, but only in the short run where its immediate military power has great import. In the long run, this world will be unable to exist within its present framework in the areas around us without having to go through genuine revolutionary changes. The Moslem Arab World is built like a temporary house of cards put together by foreigners (France and Britain in the Nineteen Twenties), without the wishes and desires of the inhabitants having been taken into account. It was arbitrarily divided into 19 states, all made of combinations of minorites and ethnic groups which are hostile to one another, so that every Arab Moslem state nowadays faces ethnic social destruction from within, and in some a civil war is already raging. 5 Most of the Arabs, 118 million out of 170 million, live in Africa, mostly in Egypt (45 million today).

Apart from Egypt, all the Maghreb states are made up of a mixture of Arabs and non-Arab Berbers. In Algeria there is already a civil war raging in the Kabile mountains between the two nations in the country. Morocco and Algeria are at war with each other over Spanish Sahara, in addition to the internal struggle in each of them. Militant Islam endangers the integrity of Tunisia and Qaddafi organizes wars which are destructive from the Arab point of view, from a country which is sparsely populated and which cannot become a powerful nation. That is why he has been attempting unifications in the past with states that are more genuine, like Egypt and Syria. Sudan, the most torn apart state in the Arab Moslem world today is built upon four groups hostile to each other, an Arab Moslem Sunni minority which rules over a majority of non-Arab Africans, Pagans, and Christians. In Egypt there is a Sunni Moslem majority facing a large minority of Christians which is dominant in upper Egypt: some 7 million of them, so that even Sadat, in his speech on May 8, expressed the fear that they will want a state of their own, something like a “second” Christian Lebanon in Egypt.

All the Arab States east of Israel are torn apart, broken up and riddled with inner conflict even more than those of the Maghreb. Syria is fundamentally no different from Lebanon except in the strong military regime which rules it. But the real civil war taking place nowadays between the Sunni majority and the Shi’ite Alawi ruling minority (a mere 12% of the population) testifies to the severity of the domestic trouble.

Iraq is, once again, no different in essence from its neighbors, although its majority is Shi’ite and the ruling minority Sunni. Sixty-five percent of the population has no say in politics, in which an elite of 20 percent holds the power. In addition there is a large Kurdish minority in the north, and if it weren’t for the strength of the ruling regime, the army and the oil revenues, Iraq’s future state would be no different than that of Lebanon in the past or of Syria today. The seeds of inner conflict and civil war are apparent today already, especially after the rise of Khomeini to power in Iran, a leader whom the Shi’ites in Iraq view as their natural leader.

All the Gulf principalities and Saudi Arabia are built upon a delicate house of sand in which there is only oil. In Kuwait, the Kuwaitis constitute only a quarter of the population. In Bahrain, the Shi’ites are the majority but are deprived of power. In the UAE, Shi’ites are once again the majority but the Sunnis are in power. The same is true of Oman and North Yemen. Even in the Marxist South Yemen there is a sizable Shi’ite minority. In Saudi Arabia half the population is foreign, Egyptian and Yemenite, but a Saudi minority holds power.

Jordan is in reality Palestinian, ruled by a Trans-Jordanian Bedouin minority, but most of the army and certainly the bureaucracy is now Palestinian. As a matter of fact Amman is as Palestinian as Nablus. All of these countries have powerful armies, relatively speaking. But there is a problem there too. The Syrian army today is mostly Sunni with an Alawi officer corps, the Iraqi army Shi’ite with Sunni commanders. This has great significance in the long run, and that is why it will not be possible to retain the loyalty of the army for a long time except where it comes to the only common denominator: The hostility towards Israel, and today even that is insufficient.

Alongside the Arabs, split as they are, the other Moslem states share a similar predicament. Half of Iran’s population is comprised of a Persian speaking group and the other half of an ethnically Turkish group. Turkey’s population comprises a Turkish Sunni Moslem majority, some 50%, and two large minorities, 12 million Shi’ite Alawis and 6 million Sunni Kurds. In Afghanistan there are 5 million

Shi’ites who constitute one third of the population. In Sunni Pakistan there are 15 million Shi’ites who endanger the existence of that state.

This national ethnic minority picture extending from Morocco to India and from Somalia to Turkey points to the absence of stability and a rapid degeneration in the entire region. When this picture is added to the economic one, we see how the entire region is built like a house of cards, unable to withstand its severe problems.

In this giant and fractured world there are a few wealthy groups and a huge mass of poor people. Most of the Arabs have an average yearly income of 300 dollars. That is the situation in Egypt, in most of the Maghreb countries except for Libya, and in Iraq. Lebanon is torn apart and its economy is falling to pieces. It is a state in which there is no centralized power, but only 5 de facto sovereign authorities (Christian in the north, supported by the Syrians and under the rule of the Franjieh clan, in the East an area of direct Syrian conquest, in the center a Phalangist controlled Christian enclave, in the south and up to the Litani river a mostly Palestinian region controlled by the PLO and Major Haddad’s state of Christians and half a million Shi’ites). Syria is in an even graver situation and even the assistance she will obtain in the future after the unification with Libya will not be sufficient for dealing with the basic problems of existence and the maintenance of a large army. Egypt is in the worst situation: Millions are on the verge of hunger, half the labor force is unemployed, and housing is scarce in this most densely populated area of the world. Except for the army, there is not a single department operating efficiently and the state is in a permanent state of bankruptcy and depends entirely on American foreign assistance granted since the peace.6

In the Gulf states, Saudi Arabia, Libya and Egypt there is the largest accumulation of money and oil in the world, but those enjoying it are tiny elites who lack a wide base of support and self-confidence, something that no army can guarantee. 7 The Saudi army with all its equipment cannot defend the regime from real dangers at home or abroad, and what took place in Mecca in 1980 is only an example. A sad and very stormy situation surrounds Israel and creates challenges for it, problems, risks but also far-reaching opportunities for the first time since 1967. Chances are that opportunities missed at that time will become achievable in the Eighties to an extent and along dimensions which we cannot even imagine today.

The “peace” policy and the return of territories, through a dependence upon the US, precludes the realization of the new option created for us. Since 1967, all the governments of Israel have tied our national aims down to narrow political needs, on the one hand, and on the other to destructive opinions at home which neutralized our capacities both at home and abroad. Failing to take steps towards the Arab population in the new territories, acquired in the course of a war forced upon us, is the major strategic error committed by Israel on the morning after the Six Day War. We could have saved ourselves all the bitter and dangerous conflict since then if we had given Jordan to the Palestinians who live west of the Jordan river. By doing that we would have neutralized the Palestinian problem which we nowadays face, and to which we have found solutions that are really no solutions at all, such as territorial compromise or autonomy which amount, in fact, to the same thing. 8 Today, we suddenly face immense opportunities for transforming the situation thoroughly and this we must do in the coming decade, otherwise we shall not survive as a state.

In the course of the Nineteen Eighties, the State of Israel will have to go through far-reaching changes in its political and economic regime domestically, along with radical changes in its foreign policy, in order to stand up to the global and regional challenges of this new epoch. The loss of the Suez Canal oil fields, of the immense potential of the oil, gas and other natural resources in the Sinai peninsula which is geomorphologically identical to the rich oil-producing countries in the region, will result in an energy drain in the near future and will destroy our domestic economy: one quarter of our present GNP as well as one third of the budget is used for the purchase of oil. 9 The search for raw materials in the Negev and on the coast will not, in the near future, serve to alter that state of affairs.

(Regaining) the Sinai peninsula with its present and potential resources is therefore a political priority which is obstructed by the Camp David and the peace agreements. The fault for that lies of course with the present Israeli government and the governments which paved the road to the policy of territorial compromise, the Alignment governments since 1967. The Egyptians will not need to keep the peace treaty after the return of the Sinai, and they will do all they can to return to the fold of the Arab world and to the USSR in order to gain support and military assistance. American aid is guaranteed only for a short while, for the terms of the peace and the weakening of the U.S. both at home and abroad will bring about a reduction in aid. Without oil and the income from it, with the present enormous expenditure, we will not be able to get through 1982 under the present conditions and we will have to act in order to return the situation to the status quo which existed in Sinai prior to Sadat’s visit and the mistaken peace agreement signed with him in March 1979. 10

Israel has two major routes through which to realize this purpose, one direct and the other indirect. The direct option is the less realistic one because of the nature of the regime and government in Israel as well as the wisdom of Sadat who obtained our withdrawal from Sinai, which was, next to the war of 1973, his major achievement since he took power. Israel will not unilaterally break the treaty, neither today, nor in 1982, unless it is very hard pressed economically and politically and Egypt provides Israel with the excuse to take the Sinai back into our hands for the fourth time in our short history. What is left therefore, is the indirect option. The economic situation in Egypt, the nature of the regime and its pan-

Arab policy, will bring about a situation after April 1982 in which Israel will be forced to act directly or indirectly in order to regain control over Sinai as a strategic, economic and energy reserve for the long run. Egypt does not constitute a military strategic problem due to its internal conflicts and it could be driven back to the post 1967 war situation in no more than one day. 11

The myth of Egypt as the strong leader of the Arab World was demolished back in 1956 and definitely did not survive 1967, but our policy, as in the return of the Sinai, served to turn the myth into “fact.” In reality, however, Egypt’s power in proportion both to Israel alone and to the rest of the Arab World has gone down about 50 percent since 1967. Egypt is no longer the leading political power in the Arab World and is economically on the verge of a crisis. Without foreign assistance the crisis will come tomorrow. 12 In the short run, due to the return of the Sinai, Egypt will gain several advantages at our expense, but only in the short run until 1982, and that will not change the balance of power to its benefit, and will possibly bring about its downfall. Egypt, in its present domestic political picture, is already a corpse, all the more so if we take into account the growing Moslem-Christian rift. Breaking Egypt down territorially into distinct geographical regions is the political aim of Israel in the Nineteen Eighties on its Western front.

Egypt is divided and torn apart into many foci of authority. If Egypt falls apart, countries like Libya, Sudan or even the more distant states will not continue to exist in their present form and will join the downfall and dissolution of Egypt. The vision of a Christian Coptic State in Upper Egypt alongside a number of weak states with very localized power and without a centralized government as to date, is the key to a historical development which was only set back by the peace agreement but which seems inevitable in the long run. 13

The Western front, which on the surface appears more problematic, is in fact less complicated than the Eastern front, in which most of the events that make the headlines have been taking place recently. Lebanon’s total dissolution into five provinces serves as a precendent for the entire Arab world including Egypt, Syria, Iraq and the Arabian peninsula and is already following that track. The dissolution of Syria and Iraq later on into ethnically or religiously unqiue areas such as in Lebanon, is Israel’s primary target on the Eastern front in the long run, while the dissolution of the military power of those states serves as the primary short term target. Syria will fall apart, in accordance with its ethnic and religious structure, into several states such as in present day Lebanon, so that there will be a Shi’ite Alawi state along its coast, a Sunni state in the Aleppo area, another Sunni state in Damascus hostile to its northern neighbor, and the Druzes who will set up a state, maybe even in our Golan, and certainly in the Hauran and in northern Jordan. This state of affairs will be the guarantee for peace and security in the area in the long run, and that aim is already within our reach today. 14

Iraq, rich in oil on the one hand and internally torn on the other, is guaranteed as a candidate for Israel’s targets. Its dissolution is even more important for us than that of Syria. Iraq is stronger than Syria. In the short run it is Iraqi power which constitutes the greatest threat to Israel. An Iraqi-Iranian war will tear Iraq apart and cause its downfall at home even before it is able to organize a struggle on a wide front against us. Every kind of inter-Arab confrontation will assist us in the short run and will shorten the way to the more important aim of breaking up Iraq into denominations as in Syria and in Lebanon. In Iraq, a division into provinces along ethnic/religious lines as in Syria during Ottoman times is possible. So, three (or more) states will exist around the three major cities: Basra, Baghdad and Mosul, and Shi’ite areas in the south will separate from the Sunni and Kurdish north. It is possible that the present Iranian-Iraqi confrontation will deepen this polarization. 15

The entire Arabian peninsula is a natural candidate for dissolution due to internal and external pressures, and the matter is inevitable especially in Saudi Arabia. Regardless of whether its economic might based on oil remains intact or whether it is diminished in the long run, the internal rifts and breakdowns are a clear and natural development in light of the present political structure. 16

Jordan constitutes an immediate strategic target in the short run but not in the long run, for it does not constitute a real threat in the long run after its dissolution, the termination of the lengthy rule of King Hussein and the transfer of power to the Palestinians in the short run.

There is no chance that Jordan will continue to exist in its present structure for a long time, and Israel’s policy, both in war and in peace, ought to be directed at the liquidation of Jordan under the present regime and the transfer of power to the Palestinian majority. Changing the regime east of the river will also cause the termination of the problem of the territories densely populated with Arabs west of the Jordan. Whether in war or under conditions of peace, emigration from the territories and economic demographic freeze in them, are the guarantees for the coming change on both banks of the river, and we ought to be active in order to accelerate this process in the nearest future. The autonomy plan ought also to be rejected, as well as any compromise or division of the territories for, given the plans of the PLO and those of the Israeli Arabs themselves, the Shefa’amr plan of September 1980, it is not possible to go on living in this country in the present situation without separating the two nations, the Arabs to Jordan and the Jews to the areas west of the river. Genuine coexistence and peace will reign over the land only when the Arabs understand that without Jewish rule between the Jordan and the sea they will have neither existence nor security. A nation of their own and security will be theirs only in Jordan. 17

Within Israel the distinction between the areas of ’67 and the territories beyond them, those of ’48, has always been meaningless for Arabs and nowadays no longer has any significance for us. The problem should be seen in its entirety without any divisions as of ’67. It should be clear, under any future political situation or military constellation, that the solution of the problem of the indigenous Arabs will come only when they recognize the existence of Israel in secure borders up to the Jordan river and beyond it, as our existential need in this difficult epoch, the nuclear epoch which we shall soon enter. It is no longer possible to live with three fourths of the Jewish population on the dense shoreline which is so dangerous in a nuclear epoch.

Dispersal of the population is therefore a domestic strategic aim of the highest order; otherwise, we shall cease to exist within any borders. Judea, Samaria and the Galilee are our sole guarantee for national existence, and if we do not become the majority in the mountain areas, we shall not rule in the country and we shall be like the Crusaders, who lost this country which was not theirs anyhow, and in which they were foreigners to begin with. Rebalancing the country demographically, strategically and economically is the highest and most central aim today. Taking hold of the mountain watershed from Beersheba to the Upper Galilee is the national aim generated by the major strategic consideration which is settling the mountainous part of the country that is empty of Jews today. l8

Realizing our aims on the Eastern front depends first on the realization of this internal strategic objective. The transformation of the political and economic structure, so as to enable the realization of these strategic aims, is the key to achieving the entire change. We need to change from a centralized economy in which the government is extensively involved, to an open and free market as well as to switch from depending upon the U.S. taxpayer to developing, with our own hands, of a genuine productive economic infrastructure. If we are not able to make this change freely and voluntarily, we shall be forced into it by world developments, especially in the areas of economics, energy, and politics, and by our own growing isolation. l9

From a military and strategic point of view, the West led by the U.S. is unable to withstand the global pressures of the USSR throughout the world, and Israel must therefore stand alone in the Eighties, without any foreign assistance, military or economic, and this is within our capacities today, with no compromises. 20 Rapid changes in the world will also bring about a change in the condition of world Jewry to which Israel will become not only a last resort but the only existential option. We cannot assume that U.S. Jews, and the communities of Europe and Latin America will continue to exist in the present form in the future. 21

Our existence in this country itself is certain, and there is no force that could remove us from here either forcefully or by treachery (Sadat’s method). Despite the difficulties of the mistaken “peace” policy and the problem of the Israeli Arabs and those of the territories, we can effectively deal with these problems in the foreseeable future.

 


 

Concluding Observations 

by Israel Shahak 

Three important points have to be clarified in order to be able to understand the significant possibilities of realization of this Zionist plan for the Middle East, and also why it had to be published.

The Military Background of The Plan

The military conditions of this plan have not been mentioned above, but on the many occasions where something very like it is being “explained” in closed meetings to members of the Israeli Establishment, this point is clarified. It is assumed that the Israeli military forces, in all their branches, are insufficient for the actual work of occupation of such wide territories as discussed above. In fact, even in times of intense Palestinian “unrest” on the West Bank, the forces of the Israeli Army are stretched out too much. The answer to that is the method of ruling by means of “Haddad forces” or of “Village Associations” (also known as “Village Leagues”): local forces under “leaders” completely dissociated from the population, not having even any feudal or party structure (such as the Phalangists have, for example). The “states” proposed by Yinon are “Haddadland” and “Village Associations,” and their armed forces will be, no doubt, quite similar. In addition, Israeli military superiority in such a situation will be much greater than it is even now, so that any movement of revolt will be “punished” either by mass humiliation as in the West Bank and Gaza Strip, or by bombardment and obliteration of cities, as in Lebanon now (June 1982), or by both. In order to ensure this, the plan, as explained orally, calls for the establishment of Israeli garrisons in focal places between the mini states, equipped with the necessary mobile destructive forces. In fact, we have seen something like this in Haddadland and we will almost certainly soon see the first example of this system functioning either in South Lebanon or in all Lebanon.

It is obvious that the above military assumptions, and the whole plan too, depend also on the Arabs continuing to be even more divided than they are now, and on the lack of any truly progressive mass movement among them. It may be that those two conditions will be removed only when the plan will be well advanced, with consequences which can not be foreseen. 

Why it is necessary to publish this in Israel?

The reason for publication is the dual nature of the Israeli-Jewish society: A very great measure of freedom and democracy, specially for Jews, combined with expansionism and racist discrimination. In such a situation the Israeli-Jewish elite (for the masses follow the TV and Begin’s speeches) has to be persuaded. The first steps in the process of persuasion are oral, as indicated above, but a time comes in which it becomes inconvenient. Written material must be produced for the benefit of the more stupid “persuaders” and “explainers” (for example medium-rank officers, who are, usually, remarkably stupid). They then “learn it,” more or less, and preach to others. It should be remarked that Israel, and even the Yishuv from the Twenties, has always functioned in this way. I myself well remember how (before I was “in opposition”) the necessity of war with was explained to me and others a year before the 1956 war, and the necessity of conquering “the rest of Western Palestine when we will have the opportunity” was explained in the years 1965-67.

Why is it assumed that there is no special risk from the outside in the publication of such plans?

Such risks can come from two sources, so long as the principled opposition inside Israel is very weak (a situation which may change as a consequence of the war on Lebanon) : The Arab World, including the Palestinians, and the United States. The Arab World has shown itself so far quite incapable of a detailed and rational analysis of Israeli-Jewish society, and the Palestinians have been, on the average, no better than the rest. In such a situation, even those who are shouting about the dangers of Israeli expansionism (which are real enough) are doing this not because of factual and detailed knowledge, but because of belief in myth. A good example is the very persistent belief in the non-existent writing on the wall of the Knesset of the Biblical verse about the Nile and the Euphrates. Another example is the persistent, and completely false declarations, which were made by some of the most important Arab leaders, that the two blue stripes of the Israeli flag symbolize the Nile and the Euphrates, while in fact they are taken from the stripes of the Jewish praying shawl (Talit). The Israeli specialists assume that, on the whole, the Arabs will pay no attention to their serious discussions of the future, and the Lebanon war has proved them right. So why should they not continue with their old methods of persuading other Israelis?

In the United States a very similar situation exists, at least until now. The more or less serious commentators take their information about Israel, and much of their opinions about it, from two sources. The first is from articles in the “liberal” American press, written almost totally by Jewish admirers of Israel who, even if they are critical of some aspects of the Israeli state, practice loyally what Stalin used to call “the constructive criticism.” (In fact those among them who claim also to be “Anti-Stalinist” are in reality more Stalinist than Stalin, with Israel being their god which has not yet failed). In the framework of such critical worship it must be assumed that Israel has always “good intentions” and only “makes mistakes,” and therefore such a plan would not be a matter for discussion–exactly as the Biblical genocides committed by Jews are not mentioned. The other source of information, The Jerusalem Post, has similar policies. So long, therefore, as the situation exists in which Israel is really a “closed society” to the rest of the world, because the world wants to close its eyes, the publication and even the beginning of the realization of such a plan is realistic and feasible.

Israel Shahak, June 17, 1982 Jerusalem

About the Translator

Israel Shahak is a professor of organic chemistly at Hebrew University in Jerusalem and the chairman of the Israeli League for Human and Civil Rights. He published The Shahak Papers, collections of key articles from the Hebrew press, and is the author of numerous articles and books, among them Non-Jew in the Jewish State. His latest book is Israel’s Global Role: Weapons for Repression, published by the AAUG in 1982. Israel Shahak: (1933-2001)

Notes

 1. American Universities Field Staff. Report No.33, 1979. According to this research, the population of the world will be 6 billion in the year 2000. Today’s world population can be broken down as follows: China, 958 million; India, 635 million; USSR, 261 million; U.S., 218 million Indonesia, 140 million; Brazil and Japan, 110 million each. According to the figures of the U.N. Population Fund for 1980, there will be, in 2000, 50 cities with a population of over 5 million each. The population ofthp;Third World will then be 80% of the world population. According to Justin Blackwelder, U.S. Census Office chief, the world population will not reach 6 billion because of hunger.

 2. Soviet nuclear policy has been well summarized by two American Sovietologists: Joseph D. Douglas and Amoretta M. Hoeber, Soviet Strategy for Nuclear War, (Stanford, Ca., Hoover Inst. Press, 1979). In the Soviet Union tens and hundreds of articles and books are published each year which detail the Soviet doctrine for nuclear war and there is a great deal of documentation translated into English and published by the U.S. Air Force,including USAF: Marxism-Leninism on War and the Army: The Soviet View, Moscow, 1972; USAF: The Armed Forces of the Soviet State. Moscow, 1975, by Marshal A. Grechko. The basic Soviet approach to the matter is presented in the book by Marshal Sokolovski published in 1962 in Moscow: Marshal V. D. Sokolovski, Military Strategy, Soviet Doctrine and Concepts(New York, Praeger, 1963).

 3. A picture of Soviet intentions in various areas of the world can be drawn from the book by Douglas and Hoeber, ibid. For additional material see: Michael Morgan, “USSR’s Minerals as Strategic Weapon in the Future,” Defense and Foreign Affairs, Washington, D.C., Dec. 1979.

 4. Admiral of the Fleet Sergei Gorshkov, Sea Power and the State, London, 1979. Morgan, loc. cit. General George S. Brown (USAF) C-JCS, Statement to the Congress on the Defense Posture of the United States For Fiscal Year 1979, p. 103; National Security Council, Review of Non-Fuel Mineral Policy, (Washington, D.C. 1979,); Drew Middleton, The New York Times, (9/15/79); Time, 9/21/80.

 5. Elie Kedourie, “The End of the Ottoman Empire,” Journal of Contemporary History, Vol. 3, No.4, 1968.

 6. Al-Thawra, Syria 12/20/79, Al-Ahram,12/30/79, Al Ba’ath, Syria, 5/6/79. 55% of the Arabs are 20 years old and younger, 70% of the Arabs live in Africa, 55% of the Arabs under 15 are unemployed, 33% live in urban areas, Oded Yinon, “Egypt’s Population Problem,” The Jerusalem Quarterly, No. 15, Spring 1980.

 7. E. Kanovsky, “Arab Haves and Have Nots,” The Jerusalem Quarterly, No.1, Fall 1976, Al Ba’ath, Syria, 5/6/79.

 8. In his book, former Prime Minister Yitzhak Rabin said that the Israeli government is in fact responsible for the design of American policy in the Middle East, after June ’67, because of its own indecisiveness as to the future of the territories and the inconsistency in its positions since it established the background for Resolution 242 and certainly twelve years later for the Camp David agreements and the peace treaty with Egypt. According to Rabin, on June 19, 1967, President Johnson sent a letter to Prime Minister Eshkol in which he did not mention anything about withdrawal from the new territories but exactly on the same day the government resolved to return territories in exchange for peace. After the Arab resolutions in Khartoum (9/1/67) the government altered its position but contrary to its decision of June 19, did not notify the U.S. of the alteration and the U.S. continued to support 242 in the Security Council on the basis of its earlier understanding that Israel is prepared to return territories. At that point it was already too late to change the U.S. position and Israel’s policy. From here the way was opened to peace agreements on the basis of 242 as was later agreed upon in Camp David. See Yitzhak Rabin. Pinkas Sherut, (Ma’ariv 1979) pp. 226-227.

 9. Foreign and Defense Committee Chairman Prof. Moshe Arens argued in an interview (Ma ‘ariv,10/3/80) that the Israeli government failed to prepare an economic plan before the Camp David agreements and was itself surprised by the cost of the agreements, although already during the negotiations it was possible to calculate the heavy price and the serious error involved in not having prepared the economic grounds for peace.

The former Minister of Treasury, Mr. Yigal Holwitz, stated that if it were not for the withdrawal from the oil fields, Israel would have a positive balance of payments (9/17/80). That same person said two years earlier that the government of Israel (from which he withdrew) had placed a noose around his neck. He was referring to the Camp David agreements (Ha’aretz, 11/3/78). In the course of the whole peace negotiations neither an expert nor an economics advisor was consulted, and the Prime Minister himself, who lacks knowledge and expertise in economics, in a mistaken initiative, asked the U.S. to give us a loan rather than a grant, due to his wish to maintain our respect and the respect of the U.S. towards us. See Ha’aretz1/5/79. Jerusalem Post, 9/7/79. Prof Asaf Razin, formerly a senior consultant in the Treasury, strongly criticized the conduct of the negotiations; Ha’aretz, 5/5/79. Ma’ariv, 9/7/79. As to matters concerning the oil fields and Israel’s energy crisis, see the interview with Mr. Eitan Eisenberg, a government advisor on these matters, Ma’arive Weekly, 12/12/78. The Energy Minister, who personally signed the Camp David agreements and the evacuation of Sdeh Alma, has since emphasized the seriousness of our condition from the point of view of oil supplies more than once…see Yediot Ahronot, 7/20/79. Energy Minister Modai even admitted that the government did not consult him at all on the subject of oil during the Camp David and Blair House negotiations. Ha’aretz, 8/22/79.

 10. Many sources report on the growth of the armaments budget in Egypt and on intentions to give the army preference in a peace epoch budget over domestic needs for which a peace was allegedly obtained. See former Prime Minister Mamduh Salam in an interview 12/18/77, Treasury Minister Abd El Sayeh in an interview 7/25/78, and the paper Al Akhbar, 12/2/78 which clearly stressed that the military budget will receive first priority, despite the peace. This is what former Prime Minister Mustafa Khalil has stated in his cabinet’s programmatic document which was presented to Parliament, 11/25/78. See English translation, ICA, FBIS, Nov. 27. 1978, pp. D 1-10.

According to these sources, Egypt’s military budget increased by 10% between fiscal 1977 and 1978, and the process still goes on. A Saudi source divulged that the Egyptians plan to increase their militmy budget by 100% in the next two years; Ha’aretz, 2/12/79 and Jerusalem Post, 1/14/79.

 11. Most of the economic estimates threw doubt on Egypt’s ability to reconstruct its economy by 1982. See Economic Intelligence Unit, 1978 Supplement, “The Arab Republic of Egypt”; E. Kanovsky, “Recent Economic Developments in the Middle East,” Occasional Papers, The Shiloah Institution, June 1977; Kanovsky, “The Egyptian Economy Since the Mid-Sixties, The Micro Sectors,” Occasional Papers, June 1978; Robert McNamara, President of World Bank, as reported in Times, London, 1/24/78.

 12. See the comparison made by the researeh of the Institute for Strategic Studies in London, and research camed out in the Center for Strategic Studies of Tel Aviv University, as well as the research by the British scientist, Denis Champlin, Military Review, Nov. 1979, ISS: The Military Balance 1979-1980, CSS; Security Arrangements in Sinai…by Brig. Gen. (Res.) A Shalev, No. 3.0 CSS; The Military Balance and the Military Options after the Peace Treaty with Egypt, by Brig. Gen. (Res.) Y. Raviv, No.4, Dec. 1978, as well as many press reports including El Hawadeth, London, 3/7/80; El Watan El Arabi, Paris, 12/14/79.

 13. As for religious ferment in Egypt and the relations between Copts and Moslems see the series of articles published in the Kuwaiti paper, El Qabas, 9/15/80. The English author Irene Beeson reports on the rift between Moslems and Copts, see: Irene Beeson, Guardian, London, 6/24/80, and Desmond Stewart, Middle East Internmational, London 6/6/80. For other reports see Pamela Ann Smith, Guardian, London, 12/24/79; The Christian Science Monitor 12/27/79 as well as Al Dustour, London, 10/15/79; El Kefah El Arabi, 10/15/79.

 14. Arab Press Service, Beirut, 8/6-13/80. The New Republic, 8/16/80, Der Spiegel as cited by Ha’aretz, 3/21/80, and 4/30-5/5/80; The Economist, 3/22/80; Robert Fisk, Times, London, 3/26/80; Ellsworth Jones, Sunday Times, 3/30/80.

 15.  J.P.  Peroncell  Hugoz,  Le  Monde,  Paris  4/28/80;  Dr.  Abbas  Kelidar,  Middle  East  Review,  Summer  1979;

Conflict Studies, ISS, July 1975; Andreas Kolschitter, Der Zeit, (Ha’aretz, 9/21/79) Economist Foreign Report, 10/10/79, Afro-Asian Affairs, London, July 1979.

 16. Arnold Hottinger, “The Rich Arab States in Trouble,” The New York Review of Books, 5/15/80; Arab Press Service, Beirut, 6/25-7/2/80; U.S. News and World Report, 11/5/79 as well as El Ahram, 11/9/79; El Nahar El Arabi Wal Duwali, Paris 9/7/79; El Hawadeth, 11/9/79; David Hakham, Monthly Review, IDF, Jan.-Feb. 79.

 17. As for Jordan’s policies and problems see El Nahar El Arabi Wal Duwali, 4/30/79, 7/2/79; Prof. Elie Kedouri, Ma’ariv 6/8/79; Prof. Tanter, Davar 7/12/79; A. Safdi, Jerusalem Post, 5/31/79; El Watan El Arabi 11/28/79; El Qabas, 11/19/79. As for PLO positions see: The resolutions of the Fatah Fourth Congress, Damascus, August 1980. The Shefa’amr program of the Israeli Arabs was published in Ha’aretz, 9/24/80, and by Arab Press Report 6/18/80. For facts and figures on immigration of Arabs to Jordan, see Amos Ben Vered, Ha’aretz, 2/16/77; Yossef Zuriel, Ma’ariv 1/12/80. As to the PLO’s position towards Israel see Shlomo Gazit, Monthly Review; July 1980; Hani El Hasan in an interview, Al Rai Al’Am, Kuwait 4/15/80; Avi Plaskov, “The Palestinian Problem,” Survival, ISS, London Jan. Feb. 78; David Gutrnann, “The Palestinian Myth,” Commentary, Oct. 75; Bernard Lewis, “The Palestinians and the PLO,” Commentary Jan. 75; Monday Morning, Beirut, 8/18-21/80; Journal of Palestine Studies, Winter 1980.

 18. Prof. Yuval Neeman, “Samaria–The Basis for Israel’s Security,” Ma’arakhot 272-273, May/June 1980; Ya’akov Hasdai, “Peace, the Way and the Right to Know,” Dvar Hashavua, 2/23/80. Aharon Yariv, “Strategic Depth–An Israeli Perspective,” Ma’arakhot 270-271, October 1979; Yitzhak Rabin, “Israel’s Defense Problems in the Eighties,” Ma’arakhot October 1979.

 19. Ezra Zohar, In the Regime’s Pliers (Shikmona, 1974); Motti Heinrich, Do We have a Chance Israel, Truth Versus Legend (Reshafim, 1981).

 20. Henry Kissinger, “The Lessons of the Past,” The Washington Review Vol 1, Jan. 1978; Arthur Ross, “OPEC’s Challenge to the West,” The Washington Quarterly, Winter, 1980; Walter Levy, “Oil and the Decline of the West,” Foreign Affairs, Summer 1980; Special Report–“Our Armed Forees-Ready or Not?” U.S. News and World Report 10/10/77; Stanley Hoffman, “Reflections on the Present Danger,” The New York Review of Books 3/6/80; Time 4/3/80; Leopold Lavedez “The illusions of SALT” Commentary Sept. 79; Norman Podhoretz, “The Present Danger,” Commentary March 1980; Robert Tucker, “Oil and American Power Six Years Later,” Commentary Sept. 1979; Norman Podhoretz, “The Abandonment of Israel,” Commentary July 1976; Elie Kedourie, “Misreading the Middle East,” Commentary July 1979.

 21. According to figures published by Ya’akov Karoz, Yediot Ahronot, 10/17/80, the sum total of anti-Semitic incidents recorded in the world in 1979 was double the amount recorded in 1978. In Germany, France, and Britain the number of anti-Semitic incidents was many times greater in that year. In the U.S. as well there has been a sharp increase in anti-Semitic incidents which were reported in that article. For the new anti-Semitism, see L. Talmon, “The New Anti-Semitism,” The New Republic, 9/18/1976; Barbara Tuchman, “They poisoned the Wells,” Newsweek 2/3/75.

 

[Links to Parts I to X are provided at the bottom of this article.]

I am for peace. And I am for a negotiated peace. But this accord is not a just peace.” (Edward W. Said)[1]

Over the last 50 years, achieving peace in the Middle East region through the “two-state solution” – i.e., carving out two sovereign Israeli and Palestinian states living side by side – to the irreconcilable century-long Israeli-Palestinian conflict, has consistently been endorsed by the “international community” as the best, if not the only, option. However, so far, it has been impossible for the two protagonists to reach an agreement, in particular since the collapse of the talks brokered by John Kerry in 2014 and the continuing, indeed the accelerated expansion of the illegal Israeli settlements established on Palestinian land in the West Bank and annexed East Jerusalem since 1967.  As a result, world powers and leaders have contented themselves with “crisis management”. 

Yet, before[2] – and even more so since – the attacks of 7 October, 2023 and the ensuing unprecedented death toll and destruction caused by the blind and vengeful Israeli reaction to them, as well as the high risk of regional and global conflagration, the international community was still faced with the unescapable reality that there cannot be lasting peace and stability without an agreement that speaks to the national and political aspirations, the security needs, and the human dignity of all the peoples of the region.

Paradoxically enough, both proponents and opponents of the two-state solution are finding new arguments to revive the debate on the way out of a disheartening and bloody situation in the most volatile region of the world. Meanwhile, the “one-state solution” is steadily gaining more and more traction, particularly among Palestinians and their supporters around the world.[3]

The Genesis and Enduring Adverse Consequences of a Bad and Unjust Idea

The idea of establishing two states for two peoples in historic Palestine came together in 1936 when Lord William Robert Wellesley Peel was appointed by the British government to head a commission of inquiry, formally known as “Palestine Royal Commission”, with a view to investigating the causes of unrest among Palestinians and Jews in Palestine, following a six-month-long Arab general strike. The unrest intensified after the April 1920 San Remo Conference awarded the United Kingdom a mandate to control Palestine, which had for centuries been part of the Ottoman Empire, until its dismemberment in the wake of its defeat in the First World War.

In a widely-acclaimed book[4] containing a wealth of untapped archival material and primary sources, Israeli journalist and historian Tom Segev reconstructs in vivid detail the tumultuous three decades of the British mandate in Palestine, when “anything seemed possible and everything went awry”. Tom Segev argues that the British, far from being pro-Arabist as commonly thought, consistently favored the Zionist position, thereby ensuring the creation of the “Jewish state”; and that they did so out of the mistaken and anti-Semitic belief – “a uniquely modern blend of classical antisemitic preconceptions and romantic veneration of the Holy Land and its people” – that the “Jews turned the wheels of history”. At first, he writes, the British were received as an army of liberation, and both Arabs and Jews wished for independence and assumed they would win it under British sponsorship. The Promised Land had, by the stroke of a pen, become “twice-promised”, and as a result, “confusion, ambiguity, and disappointment were present at the very beginning”. In sum, although the British took possession of “one Palestine, complete”, as noted in the receipt signed by British High Commissioner Sir Herbert Louis Samuel, “Palestine was riven, even before His Majesty’s Government settled in”.

Therefore, as it unavoidably turned out, Britain was caught in the middle of a bloody fight between two competing national movements. There were those in the British administration who identified with the Arabs and those who identified with the Jews; and there were also those who found both repugnant: “I dislike them all equally” wrote General Sir Walter Norris “Squib” Congreve, emphasizing that “Arabs and Jews and Christians, in Syria and Palestine, they are all alike, a beastly people. The whole lot of them is not worth a single Englishman.” For his part, High Commissioner Sir Arthur Grenfell Wauchope (from 20 November 1931 to 1 March 1938) compared himself to a circus performer trying to ride two horses at the same time. Of these two horses, he said in a lecture[5], “one cannot go fast and the other would not go slow”. 

In fact, as Chaim Weizmann rightly observed, the British were fooling the Arabs, fooling the Jews, and fooling themselves[6]. And Segev was equally right to conclude that from the start there were, then, only two possibilities: that the Arabs defeat the Zionists or that the Zionists defeat the Arabs; “War between the two was inevitable”.

With its formal approval by the League of Nations in 1922, the mandate incorporated the Balfour Declaration of 1917, which provided for both the establishment of a Jewish national home in Palestine for a minority Jewish population and the preservation of the civil and religious – but not the political or national – rights of non-Jewish indigenous Palestinian majority. Desiring political autonomy and resenting the continued Jewish immigration into their ancestral land, Palestinian Arabs disapproved of the British mandate, and by 1936 their dissatisfaction had grown into open rebellion.

The Peel Commission published its report in July 1937, admitting that the mandate was unworkable and, therefore, proposed that Palestine be partitioned into three zones: an Arab state, a Jewish state, and a neutral territory containing the holy places. Even though it initially accepted these proposals, by 1938 the British government recognized that such partitioning would not be feasible, and ultimately rejected the Commission’s report. And by the time the post-World War Two newly-created United Nations Organization voted the infamous Resolution 181 devising the partition of Palestine, in 1947 – giving 56% of historic Palestine along with 80% of the coast and the most fertile land to the Jewish minority side, and only 43% to the Palestinian majority side –  the binational idea, and its array of supporting factions, had dissolved, soon to be followed by a civil war in Mandatory Palestine, the confirmation of the termination of the British mandate on 14 May 1948, the Israeli “Declaration of Independence” on the same day, and the outbreak, the following day, of the first Arab-Israeli war on 15 May 1948 – which ended with a final armistice agreement concluded in July 1949, also demarcating the so-called “Green Line” which separated Arab-controlled territory from Israeli-occupied territories until the 1967 Arab-Israeli war.

.

undefined

Israeli reconnaissance forces from the “Shaked” unit in Sinai during the war (Attribution: Rafi Rogel)

.

In the aftermath of the Six-Day (June) War, UN Security Council adopted Resolution 242, on 22 November 1967, in an effort to secure a “just and lasting peace” in the Middle East. The Israelis willingly supported the resolution because it called on the Arab states to accept Israel’s “right to live in peace within secure and recognized borders free from threats or acts of force.” For their part, Arab states reacted in a very disparate way: Egypt and Jordan accepted it from the outset because it called for Israel to withdraw from “territories occupied in the recent conflict”, and the Palestine Liberation Organization (PLO), headed by Yasser Arafat rejected it until 1988 for the main reason that it lacked explicit references to Palestinians and their inalienable national rights. As far as the League of Arab States is concerned, it convened a Summit in Khartoum, Sudan, on 1 September 1967, and adopted the “Khartoum Resolution”, famously known for its “Three Noes” contained in its third operative paragraph[7], namely: no peace, no negotiation, no recognition of Israel. 

Although Resolution 242 – and UNSC’s Resolution 338 adopted on 22 October 1973 following the Yom Kippur/Ramadan War, and calling for a ceasefire and for the implementation of Resolution 242 “in all of its parts” – was never fully implemented, it nevertheless constituted the basis of international diplomatic efforts to end the Arab-Israeli conflict until the 1978 Camp David Accords and remains, to this day, at least theoretically, an important touchstone in any negotiated resolution to this longstanding conflict. 

The United States Takes Over the Steering of International Peace Efforts

As history teaches us, efforts aimed at re-building peace almost always follow destructive wars. The two Iraq Wars of 1991 and 2003 paved the way for renewed peace efforts, first within the framework of the 1991 “Madrid Peace Conference”[8] and the 1993 Oslo Accords, and then through such initiatives as “The Middle East Peace Summit” at Camp David[9] in 2000, “The Roadmap to Peace” of the “Quartet”[10] in April 2003, the “Geneva Accord”[11] published in October 2003, the Bush administration-convened “Peace Conference at Annapolis”[12] in November 2007, the “Kerry Initiative”[13] in 2013-2014, and the “Paris Conference”[14] of January 2017 intended to “preserve the two-state solution and create incentives that would move the parties closer to direct negotiations.”[15]

The Madrid Conference, co-chaired by George H.W. Bush and Soviet President Mikhail Gorbachev, marked the first time that Israelis had sat down at a conference table with Arabs since the Geneva Conference in December 1973, and the first time in which all four of the frontline Arab states, as well as Palestinian representatives, sat down with Israelis since the Lausanne Conference of 1949. With the defeat of Iraq at the hands of an American-led military coalition in the Gulf War of January-March 1991 and the end of the Cold War between the United States and the Soviet Union that same year, the George Bush administration “felt that it had to ‘reward’ the Arab countries, especially Syria, for their participation in the coalition against the Iraqi regime and that ‘the time was right to put an end to Arab-Israeli conflict’, using the immense power and prestige of the United States in the Middle East. To do so, the United States proposed reconvening the international conference provided for by UN Security Council Resolution 338 of 1973, but which had been held in abeyance ever since.”[16]

Contrary to the commonly held belief, the Oslo Accords of 1993 (Oslo I)[17] and 1995 (Oslo II)[18] were not a peace treaty; they were in fact a profoundly asymmetric and imbalanced interim agreement in favor of the disproportionately stronger Israeli side.  However, their historic signing, first on the lawn of the White House in Washington D.C, was a moment of great optimism, raising hopes worldwide that a long-sought settlement to a bitter conflict was finally within reach. 

.

undefined

Israeli Prime Minister Yitzhak Rabin, U.S. president Bill Clinton, and PLO chairman Yasser Arafat. (From the Public Domain)

.

While the seemingly promising negotiations were still ongoing, Edward Said wrote an important collection of fifty essays, later forming the contents of a fascinating book[19] in which he questioned the very foundation of the Accords and incisively cut through the hyperbole in the press surrounding the Accords almost unanimously hailed as a success and a breakthrough for peace.

Very early on thus, Said realized that the imbalance of power between the signees of what he called a “permanent interim agreement” would set up a problematic dynamic that can neither lead to a real peace nor likely provide for one in the future. He also vehemently criticized the “repressive leadership and inflated bureaucracy” of Yasser Arafat, a leadership which has “in a cowardly and slavish way, tried to forget its own people’s tragic history in order to accommodate their American and Israeli mentors”. 

Later events proved him right, starting with the interim agreements of Taba, Hebron, and the Wye Plantation that would already limit the next phase, that is to say the infinitely more sensitive and complex postponed issues of refugees, status of Jerusalem, exact borders, settlements, and water. Said believed the “peace process” was an “expedient” and a “foolish gamble that has already done far more harm than good”, because, he added, “Peace requires sterner measures than Arafat, Clinton, and company have, or are ever likely to have, taken. And so, some of us must try to make the effort that our leaders will not make”. 

Three decades later, the consensus is that the Oslo accords have failed. Indeed, today’s Israeli-Palestinian reality is marked by “a massive expansion of Israel’s settlement project, a gradual erasure of the Green Line, a symbiosis between Israeli security forces and the settlers, and an authoritarian and divided Palestinian leadership, with the Palestinian Authority acting as Israel’s sub-contractor. Israel’s regime of control also separates between Palestinian groups, with each group given a different set of limited rights. While the Oslo process had the potential to transform a predominantly ethnic struggle into a conflict over land and borders, the ramifications of the one single regime that has replaced the Oslo order cannot be underestimated”.[20]

With the failure of the two sides to reach a peace agreement despite – or perhaps more accurately, because of – the role played by the partial U.S. mediator, the Accords allowed Israel to maintain full control over more than 60 percent of the West Bank (marked in the Oslo I agreement as Area C), including over its settlements and army bases. The PA retained administrative control in Area A, a mere 18 percent of the West Bank, where the majority of West Bank Palestinians live. Since the interim agreement did not include any moratorium on settlement expansion, Israel created facts on the ground. A close examination of settlement growth shows that “in 1993, the year of the first Oslo accord, 273,900 Israeli settlers lived in the occupied Palestinian territories: 116,300 in the West Bank, 4,800 in the Gaza Strip, and 152,800 in East Jerusalem. In 2000, the year of the failed Camp David summit, this number had grown to a total of around 372,000 Israeli settlers. In 2016, when the Kerry mission talks broke down, the total number of settlers in Palestinian territories had more than doubled compared to the beginning of Oslo: from 273,900 to around 613,700 settlers. Notably, in the same time span, the number of Israeli settlers in the West Bank had more than tripled (from 116,300 to 399,300). Today, over 465,000 Israeli settlers live in the West Bank and another 230,000 live in East Jerusalem. Whether the massive expansion of the settlement project was an Israeli negotiating tactic during Oslo or a response to pressures from the Israeli right, the fact remains that since the Oslo Accords, Israel has constantly expanded its settlements and their population on a massive scale – independently of whether negotiations were taking place or not”.[21]

Thereafter, against the backdrop of the seismic shift in the global geopolitical landscape brought about by the September 11th, 2001 events, and the dismal failure of the Oslo Agreements to achieve the hoped-for “two-state solution” within the intended time frame, the collective Arab stance toward Israel evolved dramatically. Thus, in 2002, during their annual summit in Beirut, Lebanon, the twenty-two members of the Arab League proposed the Arab Peace Initiative (API), which called for normalizing relations with Israel on the condition of the establishment of a viable Palestinian state. The API was initially meant to be a framework to peacefully end the decades-old conflict. While that framework still remains intact today, “the API has played a different function since the Arab Spring jolted the region into an intense zero-sum game between Saudi Arabia and Iran. From then on, Saudi official discourse treated the API as a focal point in the Kingdom’s pragmatic policy toward Israel. It gained a simultaneous function that allowed the Saudis to express their willingness for cooperation, yet still distance themselves from such willingness by emphasizing the centrality of Palestinian rights”.[22]

Later on, with successive bilateral (Israeli-Palestinian), regional, and international peace efforts failing and falling to the wayside, the API was eventually overshadowed, if not clinically dead, when the United Arab Emirates (UAE), Bahrain, Morocco and Sudan – with regional political mastodon Saudi Arabia programmed to be next – signed normalization agreements with Israel in 2020 and 2021 within the framework of President Trump-brokered Abraham Accords[23], without guarantees for Palestinian rights. 

The UAE showed the way in this regard. On the pretext of stopping Israel’s plan to annex 30% of the West Bank, in July 2020, Abu Dhabi engaged in negotiations with Tel Aviv to normalize relations, further encouraged by and “sweetened” with a US offer to sell the wealthy pro-Western emirate 50 F-35 combat jets; an offer that has not materialized so far, while hundreds of those highly technologically advanced fighter jets have been sold by Washington to its other allies around the world, including, of course, Israel.

The tiny and vulnerable kingdom of Bahrain quickly followed suit. And in December 2020, in a joint declaration between the US, Morocco, and Israel, Rabat and Tel Aviv agreed to normalize relations; and to “recompense” the Alawite monarchy, President Donald Trump, having lost the re-election one month earlier and just a few days before he left office, decided unilaterally, through a simple tweet[24], that the U.S. recognizes Morocco’s sovereignty over the illegally occupied territory of Western Sahara, thus acting one of the most shocking U-turns in American foreign policy.[25]

As for the internally torn and externally fragilized Sudan, it was, in the same month of December, removed from Washington’s sanctions list against “state sponsors of terrorism”, and in January 2021, signed the Abraham Accords Declaration, but has yet to formally sign a bilateral agreement with Israel, deeply engulfed as it is in a devastating and unending civil war.

Finally, as is well-known today, the prospect of the signing of a groundbreaking – and far greater prize for Israel than the other Gulf emirates – Saudi-Israeli agreement within the same framework was only thwarted by the 7 October 2023 assaults, to the great dismay of the “Arab normalizers” and their Western backers and protectors. 

By all accounts, as observed by Ambassador Chas freeman: “Israel has essentially exhausted its military options. It can do more of the same but more of the same will not bring it peace. Only a reconciliation with the Palestinians and Israel’s Arab neighbors can do that. In this context, it must be said, the so-called Abraham accords are a diversion, not a path to peace.”[26]

The Knesset Writes the Epitaph of the Two-State Solution’s Grave

Less than two months before he died, the famous statesman and veteran of American diplomacy Henry Kissinger did an interview[27] – most probably the last he would ever do. In it, he said the two-state solution to the Israeli-Palestinian conflict was no longer viable and that it “doesn’t guarantee that what we saw in the last weeks [the 7th of October attacks] won’t happen again”. He added: “I believe the West Bank should be put under Jordanian control rather than aim for a two-state solution which leaves one of the two territories determined to overthrow Israel”.

And on 18 July 2024, the Knesset put the final nail in the coffin of the two-state solution.

Indeed, Israel’s parliament passed a resolution[28] that overwhelmingly and firmly opposes the establishment of a Palestinian state. Such a state in the heart of the Land of Israel, the motion reads,

“will pose an existential danger to the State of Israel and its citizens, perpetuate the Israeli-Palestinian conflict and destabilize the region”, and  “Promoting the idea of a Palestinian state at this time will be a reward for terrorism and will only encourage Hamas and its supporters to see this as a victory, thanks to the massacre of October 7, 2023, and a prelude to the takeover of jihadist Islam in the Middle East.”

The resolution was co-sponsored by parties in Netanyahu’s coalition together with right-wing parties from the opposition. It passed with 68 votes in favor, and only 9 lawmakers, all from the Arab-majority Ra’am and Hadash-Ta’al parties, voted against it.

Commenting on the resolution put forward by his own right-wing opposition party New Hope-United Right faction, Party chairman Gideon Sa’ar said that the resolution decision is intended to express the blanket opposition that exists among the [Israeli] people to the establishment of a Palestinian state, which would endanger Israel’s security and future, and that it “signals to the international community that pressure to impose a Palestinian state on Israel is futile”.[29]

Also, expressing the exact same mindset and feelings, albeit in a more candid and crude manner in a clip[30] from an English-language Israeli podcast, hosts Naor Meningher and Eytan Weinstein discussed the idea of eradicating all Palestinians in the occupied West Bank and Gaza. Weinstein said: “If you gave me a button to just erase Gaza, every single living being in Gaza would no longer be living tomorrow. I would press it in a second”, claiming that “most Israelis” would do the same. Meningher added that they would also want to wipe out Palestinians in “the territories” because “that’s the reality we live in, it’s us or them, and it has to be them.” In a later episode, the two discussed what they deemed to be Israel’s failures in its ongoing war on Gaza, with Weinstein saying that the government should stop “trying to get international acceptance” and “instil sovereignty over and annex the West Bank, Gaza… make it all Israel”. Weinstein went on to say that Israel’s “50-year plan” should involve conquering Lebanon. CBC journalist Evan Dyer shared the clip on X, pointing to Meningher’s former media roles in Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu’s last five political campaigns. “This is not a fringe show or fringe people… the show is as mainstream as it gets,” Dyer wrote, citing a review of the podcast by Times of Israel that billed it as a “platform for free and open conversations”. In response, the podcast posted a gif of a finger pressing a red button.

Image: Mustafa Barghouti (Licensed under CC BY-SA 3.0)

undefined

Mustafa Barghouti, the Secretary-general of the Palestinian National Initiative, slammed the passing of this resolution and summed up what that move really means in practice, highlighting the fact that “No Zionist party from both the government and the opposition voted against the resolution”[31], which “represents a rejection of peace with Palestinians and an official declaration of the death of [the] Oslo agreement.”

Similarly, senior Palestinian Authority official Hussein al-Sheikh condemned the resolution, saying the Knesset’s rejection “confirms the racism of the occupying state and its disregard for international law and international legitimacy, and its insistence on the approach and policy of perpetuating the occupation forever”.

For his part, United Nations Secretary-general António Guterres declared that “Recent developments are driving a stake through the heart of any prospect for a two-state solution (…) We must change course. All settlement activity must cease immediately.”, adding that the settlements were a flagrant violation of international law and an obstacle to peace with Palestinians.

In trying to plan for a post-7 October 2023 future, world leaders are obstinately looking to and seeking inspiration from the outmoded and ineffectual visions and initiatives of the past. Joe Biden is calling for a new peace process:

“When this crisis is over, there has to be a vision of what comes next, and in our view, it has to be a two-state solution”[32], he said in one of his many public statements about the nearly year-long war on Gaza. British prime minister Rishi Sunak and French president Emmanuel Macron have made similar comments, and so have several League of Arab States and Organization of Islamic

Cooperation summits. Most recently, the Spanish government hosted a meeting[33] with the Arab-Islamic contact group and European officials bringing together the Secretary-general of the Arab League, the EU Foreign Policy Chief, the Minister of State for Qatar, and the foreign ministers of Palestine, Saudi Arabia, Norway, Türkiye, and Egypt. Speaking to journalists, Spanish foreign minister Jose Manuel Albares emphasized that the contact group is currently “united in implementing the two-state solution.”

All things considered, however, the “peace process” through the two-state solution is well and truly dead; and it is past time for everyone to carry it to the graveyard of failed ideas, and there to whisper “requiescat in pace”![34]

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Get Your Free Copy of “Towards a World War III Scenario: The Dangers of Nuclear War”!  

Amir Nour is an Algerian researcher in international relations, author of the books “L’Orient et l’Occident à l’heure d’un nouveau Sykes-Picot” (The Orient and the Occident in Time of a New Sykes-Picot) Editions Alem El Afkar, Algiers, 2014 and “L’Islam et l’ordre du monde” (Islam and the Order of the World),  Editions Alem El Afkar, Algiers, 2021. 

Notes

[1] Edward W. Said, “Power, Politics and Culture: Interviews with Edward W. Said”, Pantheon Books, New York, 2001.

[2] A Pew Research Center survey (Sarah Austin and Jonathan Evans, “Israelis have grown more skeptical of a two-state solution”: https://www.pewresearch.org/short-reads/2023/09/26/israelis-have-grown-more-skeptical-of-a-two-state-solution/) conducted in September 2023 found that only 35% of Israelis believe “a way can be found for Israel and an independent Palestinian state to coexist peacefully” – a decline of 15 percentage points since 2013. And a Gallup poll (Jay Loschky, “Palestinians Lack Faith in Biden, Two-State Solution”:

https://news.gallup.com/poll/512828/palestinians-lack-faith-biden-two-state-solution.aspx?utm_source=google&utm_medium=rss&utm_campaign=syndication#:~:text=Generational%20Divide%20on%20the%20Two,Palestinians%20aged%2046%20and%20older) conducted between July and September 2023 found that only 24% of Palestinians (of whom a majority of young people) living in the West Bank, East Jerusalem and Gaza supported a two-state solution, down from 59% in 2012.

[3] Harriet Sherwood, “Israel-Palestine: Is the two-state solution the answer to the crisis?”, The Guardian, 4 November 2023.

[4] Tom Segev, “One Palestine, Complete: Jews and Arabs Under British Mandate”, Little, Brown and Company, London, 2000; originally published in Hebrew as “Yeme Ha-Kalaniyot: Erets Yisrael bi-tekufat ha-Mandat”, by Keter Publishers, Jerusalem, 1999.

[5] Lecture by Arthur Wauchope, 1 November 1923, Central Zionist Archive, CZA S25/10006.

[6] Chaim Weizmann to the JAE, 7 March 1939, Central Zionist Archive, CZA Z4/303/32.

[7] Paragraph 3 reads as follows: “The Arab Heads of State have agreed to unite their political efforts at the international and diplomatic level to eliminate the effects of the aggression and to ensure the withdrawal of the aggressive Israeli forces from the Arab lands which have been occupied since the aggression of 5 June. This will be done within the framework of the main principles by which the Arab States abide, namely, no peace with Israel, no recognition of Israel, no negotiations with it, and insistence on the rights of the Palestinian people in their own country.”

[8] For more information on the Conference: https://history.state.gov/milestones/1989-1992/madrid-conference

[9] Akram Hanieh, “The Camp David Papers”, articles, published in al-Ayyam in seven installments between 29 July and 10 August 2000, Journal of Palestine Studies XXX, no. 2 (Winter 2001):

https://www.palestine-studies.org/sites/default/files/attachments/jps-articles/jps.2001.30.2.75.pdf

[10] The Quartet, set up in 2002, consists of the United Nations, the European Union, the United States and Russia. Its mandate is to help mediate Middle East peace negotiations and to support Palestinian economic development and institution-building in preparation for eventual statehood. It meets regularly at the level of the Quartet Principals (United Nations Secretary General, United States Secretary of State, Foreign Minister of Russia, and High Representative of the European Union for Foreign Affairs and Security Policy) and the Quartet Special Envoys.

[11] The “Geneva Accord: A Model Israeli-Palestinian Peace Agreement”: https://geneva-accord.org/the-accord/

[12] To read the “Joint Understanding Read by President Bush at Annapolis Conference”, Office of the Press secretary, the White House, 27 November 2007:

https://georgewbush-whitehouse.archives.gov/news/releases/2007/11/20071127.html

[13] Secretary of State John Kerry, “Remarks on the Middle East Peace”, U.S. Department of State, 28 December 2016: https://2009-2017.state.gov/secretary/remarks/2016/12/266119.html

[14] To learn more about the Conference:

https://www.diplomatie.gouv.fr/en/country-files/israel-palestinian-territories/peace-process/initiative-for-the-middle-east-peace-process/article/conference-for-peace-in-the-middle-east-15-01-17

[15] Greg Shapland and Professor Yossi Mekelberg, “Israeli-Palestinian Peacemaking: What We Can Learn from Previous Efforts?”, Chatham House, 24 July 2018 (updated on 14 December 2020).

[16] Michael Fischbach, “Madrid and the Oslo Agreement, 1991-1993: Short-Lived Promises of a Negotiated Settlement”, Interactive Encyclopedia of Palestinian Question, Institute for Palestine Studies, 13 September 2023.

[17] To read the Declaration of Principles: https://temp.org/resource/declaration-of-principles-oslo-accords/

[18] The Oslo II Accord, signed in Taba, Egypt, on 28 September 1995, gave the Palestinian Authority self-governing powers in Area A and shared responsibilities with Israel in Area B of the West Bank, with the prospect of negotiations on a final settlement based on UN Security Council Resolution 242 and 338. Area A corresponds to all major Palestinian population centers and Area B encompasses most rural centers. Area C constitutes the territory outside of the enclaves of Areas A and B (representing about 60 percent of the West Bank) that was to remain under full Israeli control but that was to be gradually transferred to PA jurisdiction.

[19] Edward Said, “The End of the Peace Process: Oslo and After”, Pantheon Books, New York, 2000.

[20] Rafaella A. Del Sarto and Menachem Klein, “Oslo: Three Decades Later”, Israel Studies Review, Volume 38, Issue 2, Summer 2023.

[21] Figures provided by the Foundation for Middle East Peace 2012 and Peace Now 2023a, 2023b.

[22] Aziz Alghashian, “A Revived Arab Peace Initiative from Saudi Arabia Could Save the Middle East”, The Cairo Review of Global Affairs, Winter 2024.

[23] U.S. Department of State, “The Abraham accords”: https://www.state.gov/the-abraham-accords/

[24] https://x.com/realDonaldTrump/status/1337067019385057290?ref_src=twsrc%5Etfw

[25] To read the official “Proclamation On Recognizing The Sovereignty Of The Kingdom Of Morocco Over The Western Sahara”, The White House, 10 December 2020: https://trumpwhitehouse.archives.gov/presidential-actions/proclamation-recognizing-sovereignty-kingdom-morocco-western-sahara/

[26] Sharmine Narwani, “Ambassador Chas Freeman: ‘The Abraham accords are a diversion, not a path to peace’”, The Cradle, 26 August 2024.

[27] Rolf Dobelli, “Henry Kissinger’s (Maybe) Last Interview: Drop the 2-State Solution”, Politico magazine, 12 February 2023.

[28] Jacob Magid, “Knesset votes overwhelmingly against Palestinian statehood, days before PM’s US trip”, The Times of Israel, 18 July 2024.

[29] Noa Shpigel, “With Gantz’s Backing, Israel’s Parliament Passes Resolution Opposing Palestinian Statehood”, Haaretz, 18 July 2024.

[30] Katherine Hearst, “Popular Israeli podcasters call to ‘erase every living being in Gaza and West Bank’”, Middle East Eye, 4 September 2024: https://www.middleeasteye.net/news/israeli-podcast-hosts-call-erase-every-living-being-gaza-and-west-bank

[31] Mustafa Barghouti was likely referring to the lawmakers from opposition Leader Yair Lapid’s center-left Yesh Atid and the more left-leaning Labor Party, who left the plenum to avoid backing the measure, even though they had previously spoken in favor of a two-state solution.  

[32] The White House, “Remarks by President Biden and Prime Minister Anthony Albanese of Australia in Joint Press Conference”, 25 October 2023.

[33] Sertac Aktan, “Spain hosts high-level meeting on Israel-Palestine two-state solution”, Euronews, 19 September 2024.

[34] Latin phrase for a familiar prayer in the Church’s liturgy meaning “may (the deceased) rest in peace”, to which the response is “Amen”. It is customarily abbreviated R.I.P.

Featured image source


Links to Parts I to X:

By Amir Nour, December 01, 2023

The War on Gaza: How the West Is Losing. Accelerating the Transition to a Multipolar Global Order?

By Amir Nour, December 04, 2023

The War on Gaza: Debunking the Pro-Zionist Propaganda Machine

By Amir Nour, December 11, 2023

The War on Gaza: Why Does the “Free World” Condone Israel’s Occupation, Apartheid, and Genocide?

By Amir Nour, December 22, 2023

The War on Gaza: How We Got to the “Monstrosity of Our Century”

By Amir Nour, January 25, 2024

The War on Gaza: Towards Palestine’s Independence Despite the Doom and Gloom

By Amir Nour, February 02, 2024

The War on Gaza: Whither the “Jewish State”?

By Amir Nour, April 17, 2024

The Twilight of the Western Settler Colonialist Project in Palestine

By Amir Nour, August 17, 2024

The War on Gaza: Perpetual Falsehoods and Betrayals in the Service of Endless Deception. Amir Nour

By Amir Nour, August 25, 2024

The War on Gaza: Why the Sustainability of the Western-Zionist Colony Is Nigh on Impossible. Amir Nour

By Amir Nour, September 07, 2024

This article was first published on March 19, 2022 prior to the release of Michel Chossudovsky’s book in August 2022.

The focus is to refute the Covid narrative by examining the timeline, the (official) data and definitions pertaining to the Covid-19 pandemic. The data presented in this article pertain to January 2020-March 2022.

 

Introduction 

March 11, 2024: Four Years Ago the Covid-19 Lockdown was imposed in one fell swoop by national governments Worldwide. 

The Lockdown implied: “Confining the Labour Force” and “Freezing the Work Place”. 

Not a single economist has acknowledged this relationship. From their standpoint, it was the virus which triggered economic and social collapse. What nonsense. 

What does this imply. The most serious economic and social crisis in World history which four years later is still ongoing, leading to economic chaos and mass poverty Worldwide. 

Destabilizing the social, political and economic structure of 190 sovereign countries cannot constitute  a “solution” to combating the virus. 

But that was the imposed “solution” which was implemented in several stages from the very outset of the corona crisis in January 2020.  

It’s the destruction of people’s  lives. It is the destabilization of civil society.

Fake science was supportive of this devastating agenda. The lies were sustained by a massive media disinformation campaign. 24/7, Incessant and Repetitive “Covid alerts” in the course of the last four years.

The  historic March 11, 2020 lockdown triggered economic and social chaos Worldwide. It was an act of “economic warfare”: a war against humanity. 

This diabolical agenda has undermined the sovereignty of nation states. 

It has contributed  to a wave of bankruptcies. It has impoverished people Worldwide.

It has led to a spiralling dollar denominated global debt. 

The powerful structures of global capitalism, Big Money coupled with its intelligence and military apparatus were the driving force.

Using advanced digital and communications technologies, the lockdown and “closure” of the global economy is unprecedented in World history.

The video below was produced by Global Research in December 2020 prior to the launching of the vaccine. It was released in early 2021. 

It was the object of immediate censorship. It was taken down.

Thanks to Vaccine Choice Canada, this version on Rumble was saved.  

Start the video production at 6′.30′

Click Here to access the Video on Rumble and/or Leave Comment

Our thanks to Vaccine Choice Canada


For a more detailed and comprehensive analysis (Book released in August 2022)

The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’État Against Humanity

Destroying Civil Society, Engineered Economic Depression

By Michel Chossudovsky

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0, Year: 2022, Product Type: PDF File, Pages: 164 (15 Chapters)

Translations in several languages are envisaged. The book is available in print form in Japanese. 仕組まれたコロナ危機:「世界の初期化」を目論む者たち

As a means to reaching out to millions of people worldwide whose lives have been affected by the corona crisis, we have decided to distribute the eBook for FREE.

***

Price: $11.50. FREE COPY Click here to download.


The Central Role of the Reverse Transcription Polymerase Chain Reaction Test (RT-PCR)

From the very outset, both the media and the governments have overlooked and ignored the flaws and falsehoods pertaining to the RT-PCR test as a means to detecting the spread of the virus and identifying SARS-CoV-2.

The PCR is a Process. It does not tell you that you are sick”.

Dr. Kary Mullis, Nobel Laureate and Inventor of the RT-PCR, passed away in August 2019.

This misuse of the RT-PCR technique is applied as a relentless and intentional strategy by some governments to justify excessive measures such as the violation of a large number of constitutional rights, … under the pretext of a pandemic based on a number of positive RT-PCR tests, and not on a real number of patients. .

Dr. Pascal Sacré, Belgian physician specialized in critical care and renowned public health analyst.

The Entire Data Base of “Covid-19 Confirmed Cases” is Invalid.

Media disinformation has prevailed  for more than two years despite the fact that both the WHO and the CDC (with the usual innuendos) have confirmed what was known from the very outset in January 2020, namely that the RT-PCR test used to justify every single policy mandate including lockdowns, social distancing, the mask, confinement of the labor force, closure of economic activity, etc. was flawed and invalid. 

The WHO issued its Mea Culpa more than a year ago on January 20, 2021. A few months later, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC)  (July 21, 2021) called for the withdrawal of the PCR test as a valid method for detecting and identifying SARS-CoV-2.  Moreover, the WHO in January 2020, did not possess an isolate and purified sample of the novel 2019-nCov virus. The Berlin Virology team (headed by Drosten):

“recommended to the WHO, that in the absence of an isolate of the 2019-nCoV virus, a similar 2003-SARS-CoV should be used as a “proxy” (point of reference) of the novel virus” (See Michel Chossudovsky, E-Book, Chapter III)

As of December, 31 2021, the PCR test is no longer considered valid by the CDC in the U.S.  For more details see: CDC No Longer Recognizes the PCR Test As a Valid Method for Detecting “Confirmed Covid-19 Cases”?

The CDC has now firmly acknowledged that the PCR test does not effectively differentiate between Covid-19 and Seasonal Influenza. A PCR positive does not imply a “Covid-19 Confirmed Case”. It could be influenza or a corona common cold. The CDC called for its withdrawal effective December 31, 2021.

Fake Data: 465 Million So-Called “Confirmed Covid-19 Cases” [March 2022]

If the PCR test is invalid (confirmed by numerous studies as well as WHO, CDC), the 465 Million so-called “Confirmed Covid-19 Cases” (see diagram below, MARCH 18, 2022) collected and tabulated Worldwide since the outset of the Covid-19 crisis are meaningless. Click here to get the latest figures.

The Pandemic Treaty and the QR Verification  Code 

In early March 2022 an Intergovernmental Negotiating Body (INB) was established with a mandate to  create “A Pandemic Treaty”, i.e. a global health governance entity under WHO auspices, which would override the authority of the WHO member states:

, “The INB held its first meeting to draft and negotiate an international instrument on pandemic prevention, preparedness and response under the authority of the WHO” (Mercola)

The Pandemic Treaty  is tied into the WHO’s QR Verification Code project, which is intent upon creating a global digital data bank of 7.9 billion people. Both initiatives are to be carried out concurrently by  the WHO in liaison with ID2020 and the Gavi Alliance, both of which are funded by the Gates Foundation.

Peter Koenig describes the QR Code as

“an all-electronic ID – linking everything to everything of each individual (records of health, banking, personal and private, etc.).”

According to David Scripac  “A worldwide digital ID system is in the making. [The aim] of the WEF—and of all the central banks [is] to implement a global system in which everyone’s personal data will be incorporated into the Central Bank Digital Currency (CBDC) network.”

The QR Verification Code potentially sets the stage for the instatement of “a global police state” controlled by the financial establishment. It’s part of what the late David Rockefeller entitled “the march towards World Government”.

The  legitimacy of both the Pandemic Treaty and the QR Verification Code under WHO auspices rests on the presumption that the alleged “Covid-19 Pandemic is Real” and that the “mRNA vaccine constitutes a SOLUTION to the alleged Covid-19 pandemic.”

Both initiatives are based on outright fraud and corruption. What is the evidence:

1. The Number of  “Covid-19 Cumulative Confirmed Cases” resulting from the RT-PCR test did not  justify the WHO’s decision to officially launch a pandemic on March 11, 2020. The numbers were ridiculously low. There was no evidence that SARS-CoV-2 was spreading nationally or internationally.

2. The Lockdown instructions transmitted in March 2020 to more than 190 member states of the UN are totally invalid.

3. The methodology using the PCR test to detect and identify the SARS-CoV-2 and its alleged variants has been acknowledged by the WHO and the CDC as being totally dysfunctional as outlined above.

4. All the data pertaining to Covid-19 Cumulative Confirmed Cases compiled by national governments and tabulated by the WHO since January 2020 are invalid and meaningless.

5. The Covid-19 Vaccine launched in November 2020 has resulted in an upward Worldwide tide of mortality and morbidity

In this article I will distinguish between several phases in the evolution of this crisis.

Phase I: Ridiculously Low Numbers of  “Covid-19 Confirmed Cases” Used to Justify the Launching of the Covid-19 Pandemic

From the very outset, the estimates of “confirmed positive cases” have been part of a “Numbers Game”.

The first stage of this crisis was the launching of a Public Health Emergency of International Concern (PHEIC) by the WHO on January 30th. While officially it was not designated as a “Pandemic”, it nonetheless contributed to spearheading the fear campaign. The number of [cumulative] “confirmed cases” based on faulty estimates (PCR) used to justify this far reaching decision was ridiculously low.

The Worldwide population outside China is of the order of 6.4 billion. On January 30, 2020 outside China there were:

83 cases in 18 countries, and only 7 of them had no history of travel in China. (see WHO, January 30, 2020).

83 Cases outside China: There was no “scientific basis” to justify the launching of a Worldwide Public Health Emergency of International Concern.

Screenshot of WHO table, January 29, 2020,

On the following day January 31, 2020:  President Trump Suspends Air Travel with China, which contributed to the broader crisis in air travel and commodity trade. The five so-called “confirmed cases” in the US were sufficient to “justify” President Trump’s January 31st 2020 decision.

February 20th, 2020: At a press conference on Thursday the 20th of February afternoon (CET Time) in a briefing in Geneva, the WHO Director General. Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus, said that he was

“concerned that the chance to contain the coronavirus outbreak was “closing” …

“I believe the window of opportunity is still there, but that the window is narrowing.”

Those statements were based on 1076 “confirmed cases” outside China for a population of 6.4 billion

These “shock and awe” statements contributed to heightening the fear campaign, despite the fact that the number of confirmed cases outside China was exceedingly low.

February 20-21, 2020 marks the beginning of the 2020 Financial Crash which was Spearheaded by Dr. Tedros’ Statement. 

March 11, 2020: The Lockdown. 44,729 [cumulative] “Confirmed Cases” As a Justification to Close Down 190 National Economies

A Pandemic is broadly defined as

“An outbreak of a disease occurring over a wide geographic area (such as multiple countries or continents) and typically affecting a significant proportion of the population”  (Webster-Merriam, emphasis added)

Assuming that the PCR test is valid (which it is not), the number of cumulative confirmed cases on March 11 was ridiculously low. 44,279 PCR positive cases Worldwide out of China.

IT’S A FRAUD. THERE WAS NO PANDEMIC ON MARCH 11, 2020

The WHO Director General had already set the stage in his February 21st Press Conference .

“the world should do more to prepare for a possible coronavirus pandemic”. The WHO had called upon countries to be “in a phase of preparedness”.

The WHO officially declared a Worldwide pandemic at a time when the number of confirmed cases outside China (6.4 billion population) was of the order of  44279 and 1440 deaths (figures recorded by the WHO for March 11, (on March 12) (see table right). These are the figures used to justify the lockdown and the closing down of 190 national economies.

(The number of deaths outside China mentioned in Tedros’s press conference was 4291).

In the US, recorded on March 11, 2020, there were according to John Hopkins: 1,335 “cases” and 29 deaths (“presumptive” plus PCR confirmed).

According to the WHO,On March 9 there were 3457 cases in the US.

In the US on March 9, 2020, there were 3,457 “confirmed cases” out of a population of  329.5 million people

Screenshot of WHO graph Interactive WHO graph.

In Canada on March 9, 2020, there were 125 “confirmed cases” out of a population of 38.5 million people

  Screenshot of WHO graph Interactive WHO graph.

In Germany on March 9, 2020, there were 2948 “confirmed cases” out of a population of 83.2 million people

These were the figures used to justify the “closing down” of the U.S., Canada and Germany, among more than 190 countries in March, 2020.

IT’S A FRAUD. A BIG LIE.  

Immediately Following the March 11, 2020 WHO Announcement: A Worldwide Fear Campaign

Yet it was on the basis of these 44,729 cases that sweeping lockdown policies were imposed on 190 sovereign countries through a complex decision-making procedure which inevitably required corruption and bribing of senior government officials.

The March 11 Lockdown was followed by “Black Thursday“, a second major Financial Crash, which immediately followed the pandemic announcement.

Phase II. March-December 2020: Fear Campaign. PCR Test Goes Into High Gear

From March 2020 up until the launching of the mRNA COVID-19 vaccine in November 2020, the PCR test goes into high gear.

As of March 11, 2020, following the lockdown,  national governments were urged to implement the PCR-RT test on a massive scale, with a view to pushing up the numbers of covid positive cases Worldwide.

Test, Test, Test: The numbers started to climb with a view to generating more and more fake statistics.

Look at the table below. A very small number of positive cases in early March. And then, Covid positive cases going fly high as of April, May and June 2020.

Phase III. Early November 2020. Commencement of the Worldwide Covid Vaccination Program

Sustained by media disinformation, the mRNA vaccine was put forth as a solution to curbing the pandemic. Amply documented, the Vaccine has triggered from the outset in December 2020 an upward trend in mortality and morbidity

In many countries, there was a significant shift in mortality following the introduction of the mRNA vaccine

69,053 Covid-19 injection related deaths and 10,997,126 reported as at 3 April 2022 for the EU, US and UK combined.

Official sources, namely EudraVigilance (EU, EEA, Switzerland), MHRA (UK) and VAERS (USA), have now recorded many more deaths and injuries from the COVID-!9 “vaccine” roll-out than from all previous vaccines combined since records began.

It is important to be aware that the official figures above (reported to the health authorities) are but a small percentage (1 to 10%) of the actual figures.

But only a small fraction of the victims or families of the deceased will go through the tedious process of reporting vaccine-related deaths and adverse events to the national health authorities.

It’s the Covid-19 mRNA “Vaccine” rather than the SARS-CoV-2 virus which is “the killer”.  

For further details see: The “Killer Vaccine” Worldwide. 7.9 Billion People

Media Disinformation: The Virus is a “Hit and Run Killer”, “The Vaccine Saves Lives!”

SARS-CoV2 detected by the PCR test is relentlessly portrayed as  a “killer virus”.

there are many crucial unknowns about this virus, including how exactly it kills, whether it will evolve into something more — or less — lethal … . (Nature)

A sensationalist BBC report under the title: “Why is the Virus such a Threat” contends (quoting and misquoting “scientific opinion”) that the virus’ has a “hit and run killer evolutionary tactic” to spread the Covid-19 infection far and wide.  Timely report  published two weeks prior to the November 2020 launching of the mRNA vaccine:

“Master of Deception. In the early stages of an infection the virus is able to deceive the body. …

It [the virus] behaves like a ‘hit and run’ killer

The amount of virus in our body begins to peak the day before we begin to get sick. …

But it takes at least a week before Covid progresses to the point where people need hospital treatment. “This is a really brilliant evolutionary tactic – you don’t go to bed, you go out and have a good time,” says Prof Lehner.

So the virus is like a dangerous driver fleeing the scenethe virus has moved on to the next victim long before we either recover or die.

In stark terms, “the virus doesn’t care” if you die, says [Cambridge] Prof Lehner, “this is a hit and run virus”.  ….

It does peculiar and unexpected things to the body (BBC, James Gallagher, October 22, 2020, emphasis added)

What rubbish! The BBC personifies the killer virus, with a view to creating panic. Not only are these sensationalist reports based on the results of the flawed PCR tests, they also contradict the official WHO definition of Covid-19:

“The most common symptoms of COVID-19 are fever, dry cough, and tiredness. … These symptoms are usually mild and begin gradually. Some people become infected but only have very mild symptoms. Most people (about 80%) recover from the disease without needing hospital treatment. Around 1 out of every 5 people who gets COVID-19 becomes seriously ill and develops difficulty breathing.”

Moreover, rarely mentioned by the media or by politicians: The CDC (which is an agency of the US government) confirms that Covid-19 is similar to Influenza

Influenza (Flu) and COVID-19 are both contagious respiratory illnesses, but they are caused by different viruses. COVID-19 is caused by infection with a new coronavirus (called SARS-CoV-2) and flu is caused by infection with influenza viruses. Because some of the symptoms of flu and COVID-19 are similar, it may be hard to tell the difference between them based on symptoms alone, and testing may be needed to help confirm a diagnosis. Flu and COVID-19 share many characteristics, but there are some key differences between the two.”

If the public had been informed and reassured that Covid is “similar to Influenza”, the fear campaign would have fallen flat. And the vaccine program would have been rejected outright.

It is worth noting that the mRNA vaccine presented to public opinion as a solution to curbing the killer virus relied on the the PCR test as a valid means to assessing the spread of the disease. In the United States, the mRNA vaccine was launched on December 14, 2020. Six weeks later (January 20, 2021), the WHO repealed the validity of the PCR test. In turn on July 21, 2021 the CDC declares the PCR as invalid as a means to detecting the virus.

Phase IV: November 26, 2021, “Black Friday”. The Omicron Variant

Remember the Omicron crisis, still ongoing. Scary. A novel Covid variant allegedly discovered in South Africa  which has been spreading Worldwide. How was it detected? The PCR test?

It started on Black Friday, the day after Thanksgiving, 26th of  November 2021.

It triggered a renewed fear campaign as well as instability on the stock markets with the shares of Big Pharma vaccine producers going fly high. It incited people to get their vaccine booster shots.

The omicron announcement was a carefully prepared fraud. Two days later, the WHO politely repealed the statement of  its own advisory task force:

There is currently no information to suggest that symptoms associated with Omicron are different from those from other variants.”  

In turn,  Dr. Angelique Coetzee, Chair of the South African Medical Association (SAMA) described the omicron variant  as “extremely mild,  for us [these are] mild cases. … I’ve spoken to other colleagues of mine and they give the same picture.” (See Video Interview on CNBC)

These rectifications did not in any way impede the 24/7 fear campaign sustained by media disinformation. In fact it created panic.

Meanwhile, a massive home testing campaign was initiated.

Phase V: Billions of Home and Antigen Tests Distributed  Worldwide

Massive Home Testing: Fear is “Good For Business”

Literally billions of antigen and home test kits have been distributed Worldwide. In the U.S. more than a billion test kits were made available for a population of 340 million Americans.

In Canada, 291 million test kits were distributed. Canada’s population is of the order of 38.5 million.

In many countries, the “deadly” Omicron variant became the pretext for implementing renewed partial lockdowns, the speeding up of the vaccine mandate, restrictions on travel as well as confinement and stay at home mandates over the Christmas and New Year holiday period.

Below are the figures for so-called “Covid-19 Confirmed Cases” Worldwide in early November 2021. (11/01/21)

Pushing up the Numbers of  FAKE “Covid-19 Confirmed cases”

Coinciding with the Omicron crisis, the surge in the import and distribution of literally billions of home and antigen test kits Worldwide has contributed to pushing up the number of  FAKE “Covid-19 confirmed cases”.

In the course of less than 5 months (November 1st, 2021 to March 18, 2022), the cumulative confirmed cases have almost doubled.

Joe Biden’s Purchase of More than A Billion Home and Antigen Test Kits  

In the US  the White House announced in January that it was buying at tax payers expense:

One Billion Tests to Give to Americans for Free with Online Ordering of a Half-Billion Tests Begins on January 19th”. 

This purchase was in addition the earlier deliveries of several hundred million home kits.

Starting in late November, the home test kits contributed to hiking up the so-called “Confirmed Cases” in the US. (See graph below)

These figures are fake because the WHO and the CDC have categorized the PCR test as totally invalid.

And the home tests are categorized as less reliable than the PCR test which is upheld as the gold standard.

Justin Trudeau’s Purchase of 291 Million Home and Antigen Test Kits

In Canada, Prime Minister Justin Trudeau ordered the delivery of 94 million rapid home test kits (self testing and antigen testing kits) back in November 2021 which were delivered and distributed to the provinces.

Another 140 million were ordered by the federal government in early January 2022 at a cost of 1.7 billion (Canadian) dollars at tax payers’ expense.

Canada has a population of 38.5 million and we now have 291 million antigen rapid test kits (See table below). In other words exactly 7 tests per person. 

This process has  contributed in the course of the last few months to creating fear and havoc within Canadian families while hiking up the number of so-called “Covid-19 confirmed cases”

The estimated cost to Canadian tax payers is of the order of 3.5 billion Canadian dollars. (February 2022). A recent update (December 6, 2022), confirms that “the federal government has provided $4.28 billion to the provinces and territories to help them”:

  • conduct testing (up to 200,000 tests per day across Canada)
  • perform contact tracing
  • share public health data to help fight the pandemic

Needless to say this 4.28 billion dollar budget sustained by a mounting public debt has created havoc in the Canada’s fiscal structure, to the detriment of routine expenditures on infrastructure in the areas of health, education, transport etc, etc.


 

See Health Canada (Table Below)


“The Gold Standard” PCR Test

Ironically the home tests are compared to the flawed PCR test which is currently upheld as the so-called gold standard. According to the NYT (Updated Nov. 10, 2021) the rapid antigen and home test kits are less effective than the PCR test:

The rapid antigen tests are less reliable for finding Covid-19 in people with low viral loads compared to the “gold standard” P.C.R. tests you’d get from a health care provider. One study found that a rapid home antigen test had a 64 percent chance of correctly spotting the virus in people with symptoms who had tested positive on a P.C.R. test. (The test caught only about 36 percent of those who had the virus but didn’t have symptoms.)

What the NYT fails to acknowledge is that the CDC had called for the “Gold Standard” PCR test to be discontinued on July 23, 2021 before it’s official withdrawal on December 31, 2021. (see analysis above)

The CDC directive tacitly admits is that the PCR test does not effectively differentiate between “SARS-CoV-2 and influenza viruses”. We have known this from the outset. While it has taken them almost two years to recognize that the PCR test is totally flawed and invalid, the PCR test is upheld as the gold standard in relation to the antigen and home test kits.

  • December 31, 2021 CDC declares the PCR test as invalid
  • Invalid PCR Test Upheld as the Gold Standard
  • Billions and Billions of Antigen and Home Tests Push up the Numbers
  • March 12, 2022   452,201,564 cumulative cases 

The results of the home and antigen tests are meaningless. They do not under any circumstances confirm an increase in the so-called “COVID-19 confirmed cases”.

The surge in the numbers is largely attributable to the worldwide sale and distribution of billions of  home and antigen tests. This in turn has contributed to a new wave of fear and social disruption.

This engineered surge in so-called  “COVID-19 confirmed cases” has occurred at a time when a large percentage of the world’s population has been vaccinated.

“Fear is Good for Business”: Big Money Behind the Covid-19 Self Testing Kits

 .
Who owns the intellectual property rights? 
 .

“The FDA made this decision based on results from a study conducted by United Health Group. The Gates Foundation provided technical support on the design of this study” (Gates Foundation)

In August 2021, the Gates Foundation together with Soros’ Open Society Foundation invested in

“acquiring Mologic, a British company that specializes in the development of rapid-testing technology, including for Covid-19 and various tropical diseases”.

Mologic is described as  “a leader in rapid testing [which] presents a unique opportunity”

This initiative consisted in “rebranding” Mologic into “a non-profit social enterprise.” which would operate under the auspices of the Gates’ Foundation’s Global Access Health 

The stated purpose of GAH is to act as a “a social enterprise which expands access to affordable state-of-the-art medical technology such as diagnostic tests and manufacturing processes.”

 


Dear Readers, I am much indebted for your support.

For a more detailed and comprehensive analysis including the economic and social dimensions: Recently released Book.


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’État Against Humanity

Destroying Civil Society, Engineered Economic Depression

By Michel Chossudovsky

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0 Year: 2022

Product Type: PDF File

Pages: 164 (15 Chapters)

As a means to reaching out to millions of people worldwide whose lives have been affected by the corona crisis, we have decided to distribute the eBook for FREE.

You are welcome to forward it to family and friends.

***

Price: $11.50. FREE COPY Click here to download.

About the Author

Michel Chossudovsky is an award-winning author, Professor of Economics (emeritus) at the University of Ottawa, Founder and Director of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG), Montreal, Editor of Global Research.

He has undertaken field research in Latin America, Asia, the Middle East, sub-Saharan Africa and the Pacific and has written extensively on the economies of developing countries with a focus on poverty and social inequality. He has also undertaken research in Health Economics (UN Economic Commission for Latin America and the Caribbean (ECLAC),  UNFPA, CIDA, WHO, Government of Venezuela, John Hopkins International Journal of Health Services (1979, 1983)

He is the author of 13 books including The Globalization of Poverty and The New World Order (2003), America’s “War on Terrorism” (2005),  The Globalization of War, America’s Long War against Humanity (2015).

He is a contributor to the Encyclopaedia Britannica.  His writings have been published in more than twenty languages. In 2014, he was awarded the Gold Medal for Merit of the Republic of Serbia for his writings on NATO’s war of aggression against Yugoslavia. He can be reached at [email protected]

See Michel Chossudovsky, Biographical Note

Michel Chossudovsky’s Articles on Global Research

 

 

 

  • Posted in English, NO READ MORE LINK
  • Comments Off on March 11, 2020, Biggest Lie in World History: There Never Was A Pandemic. The Data Base is Flawed. The Covid Mandates including the Vaccine are Invalid

In two weeks, our government wants to agree to a global pact for digital coercion.

On September 22 and 23, a UN Future Summit prepared by the German and Namibian governments will take place in New York. A global digital pact is to be adopted, which has already been negotiated in almost complete secrecy and – as far as I know – in the absence of the public and parliaments. If you put aside the empty words in which the Global Digital Compact has been wrapped, you see an agreement to force everyone into a world controlled by digital corporations.

.

.

*

When I write about exclusion of the public, I do not mean secrecy.

The negotiations at the summit are taking place behind closed doors. But the Global Digital Compact in the versions of the 2nd revision and the 3rd revision is published on the UN’s Summit of the Future website.

However, neither the UN nor the German government, which was heavily involved in the preparations for the summit, have made any serious efforts to inform the public about what is planned or even to have it discussed in parliaments and the media. It is also not public which corporations, foundations and hand-picked representatives of so-called civil society will be allowed to sit at the negotiating table. The World Economic Forum will almost certainly be there, as will the Club of Rome, according to reports.

The text of the agreement begins by stating that digital technologies “offer immense potential benefits for human welfare and the advancement of societies” and that we must therefore eliminate any digital divide between and within countries. The stated goal is “a digital future for all”.

What is important is what the contract does not say. The word voluntary only appears in connection with the signing of the contract. For citizens, however, there is no right to choose a future for themselves other than a completely digitalized future. After all, that would open up a digital divide that should no longer exist.

There is no provision for the right to manage many of one’s affairs in the traditional way by interacting with other people rather than with computers.

No one should be able to choose to have their children taught by teachers instead of computers, or to keep conversations with their doctor and treatments a secret instead of being stored on the servers of IT companies. Nothing in the contract indicates that such a right has even been considered.

Risks are acknowledged, but without the text being specific. They are to be “mitigated”. Human oversight of the new technologies should also be ensured. International cooperation must be agile and adapt to the rapidly changing technological landscape. Then there is a lot of blah-blah with nice adjectives such as sustainable, fair, open, responsible, etc. It sounds good, but it has big feet.

The development of the digital technology “landscape” is thus presented as coming from above, as something that citizens and even governments have to adapt to.

Yet landscape is just another word for the digital corporations and what they come up with. It recognizes a leadership role for corporations. This, as I have shown in a previous post, is a common thread of the UN Summit on the Future and the UN’s actions over the last two decades.

Risks of digitalization should not be avoided in any way, but only “mitigated”.

“Human oversight” of new technologies is something quite different from democratic control and decision-making autonomy for users. If Elon Musk of X, Mark Zuckerberg of Meta, Sam Altman of OpenAI and the bosses of Google have sovereignty over the new technologies, this requirement of the treaty is fulfilled, but the interests of citizens are anything but safeguarded. The whole treaty reads as if the IT corporations and their foundations had drafted it, and that is probably not far from the truth. After all, the UN relies on corporate money, and the world’s richest and most powerful corporations are IT companies.

Conclusion

When the UN, which is heavily influenced by the IT companies, is working at an international level, away from the public and parliaments, to promote digitalization and encourage everyone – whether they want to or not – to make extensive use of digital devices and programs, it is no longer surprising why our federal government is so committed to subjecting citizens to digital coercion. Be it by abolishing the option of paying in cash, be it via the state-owned railroad company or the semi-state-owned DHL, or by arbitrarily linking state benefits such as the Deutschlandticket, cultural vouchers for 18-year-olds and one-off energy payments for students to the use of a smartphone. This is how our government earns marks in the international evaluation of progress in digitalization.

The fact that this subjects citizens to ever more intensive digital surveillance of their every move and utterance is an added bonus for our surveillance-hungry rulers, one increasingly gets the impression.

Do not accept this in silence! Let them know that you expect them to defend citizens’ right to a self-determined life with protected privacy.

Ask them why the Digital Pact does not mention an individual right to opt out of digitalization and ask them what they think about it.

Ask them whether they follow the maxim that everything that is good for IT companies is also good for Germany. Check whether they want to vote for parties that put the interests of the IT industry above those of the citizens. According to my assessment, which I have repeatedly backed up with examples on this blog, the parties with a digital compulsion are first and foremost the FDP, closely followed by the Greens and, at a short distance, the CDU and SPD.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Get Your Free Copy of “Towards a World War III Scenario: The Dangers of Nuclear War”! 

This is translated from German via AI translation.

Featured image is a screenshot from the video

There Never Was a “New Corona Virus”, There Never Was a Pandemic

September 21st, 2024 by Prof Michel Chossudovsky

Author’s Message to Readers

This article focussing on the alleged novel coronavirus is among the most important articles I have written. 

There is an element of simplicity and common sense in the text. My objective is that the article will be extensively read and debated at the grassroots of society, not only by scientists and medical doctors. The complexity of this crisis is overwhelming. This is not solely a “Public Health Crisis”.

The implications are far-reaching because the article refutes and invalidates ‘everything” pertaining to the Covid pandemic. These include the policies  related to The Lockdown and the  Covid-19 “Vaccine”, not to mention the infamous Pandemic Treaty and The World Economic Forum’s “Great Reset”. 

The official “corona narrative” is predicated on a “Big Lie” endorsed by corrupt politicians.

That “official consensus” is exceedingly fragile. Our intent is to precipitate its collapse “like a house of cards”. 

What is ultimately at stake is the value of human life and the future of humanity.

“‘You Were Right, Vaccines Are Killing Millions of Our Loved Ones”, Kazuhiro Haraguchi, Japan’s former Minister of Internal Affairs’s

Our objective is to save lives including those of newly born babies who are the victims of the Covid-19 “Vaccine”.

At this juncture in our history, the priority is to “Disable the Fear Campaign” and “Cancel the Vaccine” (including the repeal of the so-called “Pandemic Treaty”).

Hopefully this will set the stage for the development of a Worldwide movement of solidarity, which questions the legitimacy of the powerful “Big Money” financial elites which are behind this infamous project. 

Dear Readers, please forward this article and the video far and wide.

Michel Chossudovsky, Global Research, December 5, 2023, September 2, 2024

“Hell is Empty and the Devils are All Here”. William Shakespeare, “The Tempest”, 1623 

My response to Shakespeare: “Send the Devils Back to Where They Belong”

“When the Lie Becomes the Truth, There Is No Moving Backwards”

“Get off that crazy train. I know, it is scary, it can hurt. Take back your physical and intellectual autonomy and protect your children”. Dr. Pascal Sacré, Belgian author and Medical Doctor, November 2021. 

***

Introduction

Destabilizing the social, political and economic structure of 190 sovereign countries cannot constitute  a “solution” to combating a novel coronavirus  which mysteriously emerged in Wuhan, Hubei province (PRC) in late December 2019. That was the imposed “solution” —implemented in several stages from the very outset–, leading to The March 2020 Lockdown and the Rollout of a so-called Covid 19 “Vaccine” in December 2020, which since its inception has resulted in an upward trend in excess mortality. 

It’s the destruction of people’s lives Worldwide. It is the destabilization of civil society.

Fake science was supportive of this devastating agenda. The lies were sustained by a massive media disinformation campaign. 24/7, Incessant and Repetitive “Covid alerts” in the course of more than three years. In turn, the ongoing fear campaign had devastating impacts on people’s health

The  historic March 11, 2020 lockdown triggered economic and social chaos Worldwide. It was an act of “economic warfare”: a war against humanity. 

The New Virus: 2019-nCoV

The official story is that a dangerous NEW VIRUS was detected in Wuhan, Hubei Province, China in December 2019. It was entitled 2019-nCoV which stands for “2019 New (n) Corona (Co) Virus (V)”.

On  January 1, 2020, “the Chinese health authorities closed the Huanan Seafood Wholesale Market in Wuhan following Western media reports claiming that wild animals sold there may have been the source of the virus.

As of early January 2020, it was the object of extensive media coverage and an unfolding Worldwide fear campaign.  Media disinformation 24/7 went into high gear.

The Chinese authorities (allegedly) “identified a new type of virus” on January 7, 2020, using the RT-PCR test. No specific details were provided regarding the process of isolation of the virus.

Failed Identification of the Novel Coronavirus

In late January 2020, the WHO confirmed that: 

It did not possess an isolate of 2019-nCoV from a purified sample from an infected patient, which meant that they were unable to confirm the identity of the novel coronavirus.

February 11, 2020. The Alleged “New Virus” is Renamed 

In early February. 2020, following the failure to identify the novel coronavirus, a decision was taken to change its name to:

Severe acute respiratory syndrome corona virus”: SARS-CoV-2 which (according to the WHO) is “similar” to a 20 year old virus entitled:

2003-SARS-CoV.

A Twenty Year Old 2003 Coronavirus Categorized in February 2020 as a “New Virus”? 

Confirmed by the WHO and The New England Journal of Medicine, May 2003 (NEJM):

“A Novel Coronavirus Associated with Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome” 

which broke out in China’s Southern Guangdong Province in 2002 WAS identified and categorized as a “new virus” on May 15, 2003. (More than 20 years ago). 

See Screenshot 0f NEJM May 15 2003 article below: 

 

(Scroll down for analysis and details pertaining to the identification and renaming of 2019-nCoV)


Video: The Non-existent “New Corona Virus”?

Michel Chossudovsky, Interview with Caroline Mailloux, Lux Media

 


To leave a comment or Access Rumble click here or lower right hand corner of screen

 


 .

“Big Money” and “Big Pharma” Meet at Davos

The alleged new virus was actively debated at the World Economic Forum (WEF), meeting in Davos Switzerland (January 22, 2020).

Proposed by the Coalition for Epidemic Preparedness Innovations (CEPI) an entity financed by the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation, a 2019-nCoV vaccine program was put forth.  Announced at Davos,  Seattle-based Moderna (with the support of CEPI) was to manufacture an mRNA vaccine to build immunity against 2019-nCoV.

The evidence as well as the statements at Davos suggest that the 2019-nCoV vaccine project was already underway in early 2019. And CEPI had foreknowledge regarding the announcement of the 2019-nCoV. (Michel Chossudovsky, Chapter VIII).

The development of a 2019 nCoV vaccine was announced at Davos, 2 weeks after the January 7, 2020 announcement, and barely a  week prior to the official launching of the WHO’s Worldwide Public Health emergency on January 30.  The WEF-Gates-CEPI Vaccine Announcement precedes the WHO Public Health Emergency (PHEIC) which was predicated on 83 positive confirmed cases outside of China. 

Lies and Falsehoods

All of this was unfolding at a time when the alleged new coronavirus named 2019-nC0V had not been isolated, it’s identity had not been confirmed and the number of reported cases in China was exceedingly low: “As of 3 January 2020, there were 44 cases reported, 11 are severely ill, while the remaining 33 patients are in stable condition” (WHO Report).

There was no evidence of an unfolding epidemic in China, nor was there evidence of a lab leak, CEPI’s statement at Davos regarding “The Rapid Global Spread of the Novel Coronavirus” is a bold face lie. (See image above)

And then on January 30th, 2020, the Director General of the WHO Dr. Tedros declared a Public Health Emergency of  International Concern (PHEIC) with absolutely no evidence of a threatening epidemic.

On that same day there were 83 positive cases Worldwide out of China for a population of 6.4 billion people. See table below: 5 positive cases in the U.S, 3 in Canada, 4 in France and 4 in Germany. Ask yourself does that constitute a Worldwide emergency? 

And those (cumulative) cases were based on the RT-Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR) Test which does not detect the identity of the virus. (See Appendix). 

 

page25image363279504

Screenshot from WHO, January 29, 2020.

Number of confirmed positive cases in US, Canada, France and Germany 

page29image1161272480Three weeks later at a press conference on the 20th of February 2020 the WHO Director-General Dr. Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus intimated that the pandemic was imminent:

“[I am] concerned that the chance to contain the coronavirus outbreak was “closing”

“I believe the window of opportunity is still there, but that the window is narrowing.”

What was the evidence put forth by Dr. Tedros in support of his bold statement?

On February 20, 2020, there were only 1076 confirmed [cumulative] cases outside China (including those of the Diamond Princess Cruise Ship stranded in Japan’s territorial waters).

On that same day, the  WHO provided the data of confirmed cases “by countries, territories or areas outside China”15 in the U.S., 8 in Canada, 16 in Germany, 12 in France, 9 in the U.K.

 

Click Screenshot below to enlarge (Tedros’ opening remarks at media briefing)

 “Outside China there are now 1076 cases in 20 countries, with a total of seven deaths….

Of all cases outside China, more than half are among passengers on the Diamond Princess cruise ship

Official Statement of WHO Director General Dr. Tedros, Geneva, 20 February 2020

Wow! 

“Without the Diamond Princess data, the so-called confirmed cases worldwide outside China on February 20, 2020 were of the order of 452, out of a population of 6.4 billion.”( pages 18-19)

***

March 11, 2020: The historic COVID-19 pandemic lockdown, “Closing Down” of approximately 190 National Economies 

The WHO Director-General had already set the stage in his February 20th Press Conference.

 “The world should do more to prepare for a possible coronavirus pandemic.” 

The WHO officially declared a worldwide pandemic at a time when there were 44,279 (cumulative) positive PCR Covid cases outside China for a population of 6.4 billion. (For details and analysis see Michel Chossudovsky, Chapter II).

The 80,981 cases for China are also confirmed cumulative PCR positive cases. Note the new positive PCR-RT positive cases for China recorded on March 12, 2020: a modest “26 new” indicating that the pandemic in China was over on March 11, 2020. 

Even if the alleged 2019 nCoV had been detected and duly identified, the number of PCR-RT confirmed (cumulative) positive cases published on March 12, 2020 (44,279) used as a justification to enforce the Lockdown of more than 190 countries was ridiculously low, (and this without accounting for the failure of the PCR-RT test, which does not detect or identify the virus) (See Appendix for review of the PCR-RT Test.)

The WHO “Risk Assessment” Borders on Ridicule

And yet it was accepted by 190 Member Nation States of the United Nations

To access the WHO page click here

WHO RISK ASSESSMENT

GLOBAL LEVEL

The data below was released on March 12, 2020

Screenshot from WHO Report 

 

Confirmed by the WHO, in the United States, recorded on March 9, 2020, there were 3,457 “confirmed cases” (RT-PCR positive) out of a population of  329.5 million people  (Screenshot of WHO graph Interactive WHO graph) [The link on WHO is no longer available]

Screenshot from WHO Report

In Canada on March 9, 2020, there were 125 “confirmed cases” out of a population of 38.5 million people

  Screenshot of WHO graph Interactive WHO graphData for Canada

In Germany on March 9, 2020, there were 2948 “confirmed cases” out of a population of 83.2 million people

Screenshot of WHO Report

As a result of the Fear Campaign and the Worldwide expansion of  PCR-RT testing, the number of so-called ” PCR-RT  “Confirmed Cases” went Fly High.

For details, see Michel Chossudovsky, March 19, 2022)

 

The October 2019 “Event 201” Simulation of a “Dangerous Virus” entitled nCoV-2019

Event 201 was a table top simulation of a coronavirus epidemic, sponsored by John Hopkins and the Gates Foundation. 

The WHO initially adopted the same acronym, namely 2019-nCoV (to designate the novel coronavirus), as that of the Johns Hopkins simulated Pandemic Event 201 Exercise.

The name of the new coronavirus was (with the exception of the placement of 2019) identical to that of the Event 201 simulation.

Attended by prominent personalities, The Simulation was held on October 18, 2019, less than three months before the announcement  in early January 2020 of a new coronavirus.

Among the participants, were representatives (aka. decision-makers) from the WHO, US Intelligence, the Gates Foundation, the Global Alliance on Vaccines and Immunization (GAVI) (financed by the Gates Foundation), the Coalition for Epidemic Preparedness Innovations (CEPI), the World Economic Forum (WEF), the United Nations, the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), China’s Center for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC, Director Dr. George Fu Gao), Big Pharma, the World Bank, among others. 

These various organizations played a key role when the so-called pandemic went live in early 2020. Many features of the 201 “simulation exercise” did in fact correspond to what actually happened when the WHO Director-General launched a Global Public Health Emergency (PHEIC) on January 30, 2020. 
.

Moreover, the sponsors of Event 201 — including the WEF and the Gates Foundation — as well the participants were actively involved from the very outset in coordinating (and financing) COVID-19-related policies including the RT-PCR test, the March 2020 lockdown as well as as the mRNA vaccine, launched in December 2020

China’s CDC Director Dr. George Fu Gao –who participated in the Event 201 simulation– played a central role in overseeing the COVID-19 outbreak in Wuhan in early 2020, acting in close liaison with his mentor Dr. Anthony Fauci, as well as with the Gates Foundation, CEPI, et al. 

Dr. Gao Fu is an Oxford graduate with links to Big Pharma. He was also for several years a fellow of the Wellcome Charitable Foundation owned by GlaxoSmithKline (GSK, plc). 

The Mysterious “Identity of the New Virus”

The name of the virus was first identified: 

  • –October 2019: Event 201 Simulation Scenario, October 2020: nCoV-2019 
  • –December 2019, Wuhan: 2019 nCoV 

And then mysteriously another change in the name of the novel coronavirus took place on February 11, 2020.

from 2019-nCoV to SARS-CoV-2, which stands for “Severe acute respiratory syndrome”: SARS – Corona (Co) Virus(V)-2″.  

There was no longer a “n” prefix (indicating that it was a NEW VIRUS). The “n” prefix was replaced by a “2” suffix 

What is the meaning of SARS-CoV-2. More specifically what is the meaning of the mysterious “2” suffix? It pertains to a 20 year old virus entitled: 

2003 -SARS-CoV, which can by no means be categorized as a NEW VIRUS

“New Virus” versus “Old Virus”: the 2002-2003 “Severe acute respiratory syndrome” (SARS)

SARS-CoV-2  –which since February 11, 2020 had become the official name of the 2019 novel coronavirus– is by no means A NEW VIRUS.  

Flash Back to China, Guangdong Province 2002-2003. Confirmed by the WHO and peer reviewed reports: 

“A Novel Coronavirus Associated with Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome” broke out in Guangdong, Province, PRC in 2002. (NEJM, May 2003)

SARS was categorized as a Novel Coronavirus in 2003. i.e no longer NEW. It was detected and isolated 20 years ago in early 2003. 

.

The Essential Features of the 2003-SARS-CoV Virus

Confirmed by the WHO

“the Severe acute respiratory syndrome (SARS) is a viral respiratory disease caused by a SARS-associated coronavirus. It was first identified at the end of February 2003 [more than 20 years ago] during an outbreak that emerged in China and spread to 4 other countries. … 

A worldwide outbreak of severe acute respiratory syndrome (SARS) has been associated with exposures originating from a single ill health care worker from Guangdong Province, China. We conducted studies to identify the etiologic agent of this outbreak.

… a novel coronavirus was isolated from patients who met the case definition of SARS. …  Consensus coronavirus primers designed to amplify a fragment of the polymerase gene by reverse transcription–polymerase chain reaction (RT-PCR) were used to obtain a sequence that clearly identified the isolate as a unique coronavirus only distantly related to previously sequenced coronaviruses.

What is significant in this report is that the WHO confirmed that the novel 2003 coronavirus entitled 2003 SARS-CoV had been isolated from patients’ samples, identified and designated “severe acute respiratory syndrome” in May 2003. 

.


The identification of the virus adopted in the NEJM (May 15, 2003) is as follows: (emphasis added)
 
We received clinical specimens from patients in seven countries and tested them, using virus-isolation techniques, electron-microscopical and histologic studies, and molecular and serologic assays, in an attempt to identify a wide range of potential pathogens
.
RESULTS: None of the previously described respiratory pathogens were consistently identified. However, a novel coronavirus was isolated from patients who met the case definition of SARS. Cytopathological features were noted in Vero E6 cells inoculated with a throat-swab specimen. Electron-microscopical examination revealed ultrastructural features characteristic of coronaviruses. Immunohistochemical and immunofluorescence staining revealed reactivity with group I coronavirus polyclonal antibodies. 
.
Consensus coronavirus primers designed to amplify a fragment of the polymerase gene by reverse transcription–polymerase chain reaction (RT-PCR) were used to obtain a sequence that clearly identified the isolate as a unique coronavirus only distantly related to previously sequenced coronaviruses.”

.

In the course of the last twenty years it must have resulted in multiple variants of the original 2003-SARS-Coronavirus.

.


Absence of An Isolate of the “New 2019 Virus (2019-nCoV)” 

While the 2003 SARS-CoV was duly isolated, the WHO acknowledged in January 2020 that it did not have an isolate and purified sample of  the new 2019 coronavirus from an infected patient, which meant that they were unable to confirm the identity of the (“dangerous”) 2019 novel coronavirus entitled 2019-nCoV. That was the reason given. Sounds Absurd. 

How was this matter resolved. Following advice from the Gates Foundation, the WHO was in liaison with the Berlin Virology Institute at Charité Hospital.

Under the scientific guidance of Dr. Christian Drosten, the Berlin Virology study was entitled:

page40image1120979488

The Berlin Virology Institute study firmly acknowledged that:

[While]… several viral genome sequences had been released,… virus isolates or samples [of 2019-nCoV] from infected patients were not available …”

What the Berlin team recommended to the WHO was that in the absence of an isolate of the 2019-nCoV virus, a similar 2003 SARS-CoV virus should be used as a “proxy” (point of reference) of the novel 2019 coronavirus:

“The genome sequences suggest presence of a virus closely related to the members of a viral species termed severe acute respiratory syndrome (SARS)-related CoV, a species defined by the agent of the 2002/03 outbreak of SARS in humans [3,4].

We report on the the establishment and validation of a diagnostic workflow for 2019-nCoV screening and specific confirmation [using the RT-PCR test], designed in absence of available virus isolates or original patient specimens. Design and validation were enabled by the close genetic relatedness to the 2003 SARS-CoV, and aided by the use of synthetic nucleic acid technology.” (Eurosurveillance, January 23, 2020, emphasis added).

What this ambiguous statement suggests is that the identity of 2019-nCoV was not required and that “COVID-19 confirmed cases” (aka infection resulting from the 2019 novel coronavirus) would be validated by “the close genetic relatedness to the 2003 SARS-CoV.”

How could the new virus be categorized as similar without having been identified, i.e. without an “isolate”? Moreover, bear in mind that while the PCR test does not detect the virus, it detects genetic fragments (of numerous viruses)

Smoking Gun

What this means is that a coronavirus detected 20 years ago (at the time of writing) in Guangdong Province (2003 SARS-CoV) has been used to “validate” the identity of a so-called “novel coronavirus” first detected in China’s Hubei Province in late December 2019.

The recommendations of the Drosten study (financed with a grant of $249,550 from the Gates Foundation) were then transmitted to the WHO. 

They were subsequently endorsed by the Director- General of the WHO, Dr. Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus.

The WHO did not have in its possession the “virus isolate” required to identify the new virus.

“Never mind”. It was decided that an isolate of the new coronavirus was not required.

It stands to reason that if the PCR test uses the 2003 SARS-CoV virus as a proxy or “point of reference”, there can be no “confirmed” cases pertaining to the novel coronavirus 2019-nCoV.

The 2019 new coronavirus 2019 nCoV  was renamed SARS-CoV-2 on February 11, 2020 by the International Committee on Taxonomy of Viruses. That explains the 2 suffix.

The 2019 novel coronavirus is said to be “similar” to 2003-SARS-CoV, which was subsequently renamed SARS-CoV-1 (to distinguish it from SARS-CoV-2).

The NEW Virus (2019 nCoV) is “non-existent” (no RT-PCR confirmed cases). 

The RT-PCR Test Declared Invalid by the WHO

Amply documented, the RT-PCR test detects genetic fragments of numerous viruses without being able to identify the virus.

See the article below:

The WHO Confirms that the Covid-19 PCR Test is Flawed: Estimates of “Positive Cases” are Meaningless. The Lockdown Has No Scientific Basis

By Prof Michel Chossudovsky, December 10, 2023

See also our review of the RT- PCR in the Appendix of this article. 

The significance and ambiguity of the WHO decision –following the advice of the Berlin Virology Institute– namely the issue of the “isolate” of the novel coronavirus have been casually overlooked. “No Questions Asked”

The British Media reported on February 6, 2020 the change in the name of the virus:  

“[The] Deadly coronavirus will FINALLY get a name: Scientists plan to officially label the disease ‘within days’ – but it won’t be called after any places or animals. The International Committee on Taxonomy of Viruses has submitted a name. …

Big Money, Big Pharma. Patent Rights

Let’s bear in mind: The Covid Crisis which is still ongoing is a Big Money Operation Worldwide, with numerous Big Pharma products, extending from the global misuse of the RT-PCR test, to the multibillion dollar Big Pharma vaccine project, largely dominated by Pfizer.

Was the change in the name of the virus to SARS-CoV-2 an issue of “royalties” and intellectual property rights? The U.S Patent Rights, pertaining to 2003 SARS-CoV was filed in April 2004 and assigned in May 2007 to the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services:  

Patent No.: US 7,220,852 B1 Date of Patent: May 22 2007. (This is a matter for further investigation.)

“The Big Lie” and the “Non-Existent New Virus”. What are the Consequences?

As documented above (confirmed by the WHO) the new 2019 corona virus was never identified.

The use of  a 20 year old virus entitled 2003 SARS-CoV as a proxy for the alleged new virus confirms that there was NO PANDEMIC resulting from a NEW CORONAVIRUS in January-March 2020.

THERE WAS NO “NEW VIRUS”.

What this signifies is that both the Devastating Lockdown policies imposed on 190 countries (March 11, 2020) as well the Worldwide Rollout of the Covid-19 Vaccine (mid December 2020) are fraudulent. They are based on a “Big Lie”,  which has contributed in the course of almost four years to literally destroying people’s lives.

In turn the incessant fear campaign had a devastating impact on people’s health, their mental health, including a Worldwide wave of suicides. In several countries suicides among school children were recorded (See Michel Chossudovsky, Chapter VI)

“The Big Lie” Precipitates the Lockdown

The unspoken truth is that the novel coronavirus has provided a pretext and a justification to powerful financial interests and corrupt politicians to precipitate the entire world into a spiral of mass unemployment, bankruptcy, extreme poverty and despair.

The lockdown was an act of economic and social warfare. The labor force was confined, the work place was frozen, leading to an engineered Worldwide economic collapse.

This crisis is by no means over. The entire World is currently strangled in the Most Serious Debt Crisis is World history. All categories of indebtedness (private and public). US National Debt Tops $35 Trillion for the First Time in History, according to the US House of Representatives Budget Committee,  announced on July 29, 2024.

In the words of the WEF billionaires to those who are loosing their homes or cannot pay their monthly rent: their motto is: 

Own Nothing Be Happy”.  


“When the Lie Become the Truth, There is No Moving Backwards”

CENSORSHIP: The original Global Research video produced by Ariel Rodriguez in February 2021 was taken down by Vimeo on March 5, 2022

Below is the Version on Rumble

The Most Devastating Crisis in Human History 

***

Starts At 6’47”

Our thanks to Vaccine Choice Canada 


 

The mRNA “Vaccine” Intended to Protect People against a “Non Existent New Virus”

Amply documented the mRNA “vaccine” which was intended to protect people against this non-existent new coronavirus renamed SARS-nCoV-2 has resulted in an upward trend in excess mortality. 

The Pfizer Confidential Report released under Freedom of Information confirms based on their own data that the vaccine is a toxic substance.  To access the complete Pfizer report click here

The evidence is overwhelming:

See the carefully documented impacts of the “vaccine” by Dr. William Makis on people from all walks life: pilots, health workers, school children, students, athletes, pregnant women and new born babies (and many more). 

Excess Mortality Attributable to the Covid-19 “Vaccine”

There are numerous studies on vaccine related excess mortality. Below is a summary of an incisive study pertaining to Cancer Related Excess Mortality in England and Wales resulting from the mRNA Vaccine conducted by the team of Edward Dowd

Dowd’s method was to analyze the number of deaths attributed to cancer in England and Wales between 2010 and 2022 (based on the data of the U.K. Office for National Statistics). 

The table below pertains to excess deaths related to malignant neoplasm (cancerous tumor) in England and Wales, recorded in three consecutive years: 2020, 2021, and 2022 vs. a 10 year trend (2010-2019).

The data for excess mortality in 2020 (the year prior to the vaccine) are negative with the exception of “malignant neoplasm without specification of site”.

The COVID-19 vaccine was rolled-out in several phases in England and Wales starting on December 8, 2020  and extending into March-April 2021.

The upward movement in excess mortality (%) commences in 2021. The increase in excess mortality related to malignant neoplasm is tabulated for the two first years of the vaccine. 

 

England and Wales: Excess Mortality

 

Below is a similar table pertaining to Excess Mortality in Germany, which points to the Deviation of Observed Mortality from Expected Mortality (by age group) in 2020, 2021, and 2022.

Notice the upward shift in excess mortality in 2021 and 2022 following the rollout of the Covid Vaccine in December 2020

 

Germany: Excess Mortality 

Germany: Excess Mortality by Age Group (%)

Excess Mortality in Red by age group, Total Excess Mortality in Gray 

Japan:  Excess Mortality

Japan. Excess Mortality (2020-2022): Jump in Excess mortality in 2021 and 2022 (January-October 2022)

United States:
 .
 .
Official Figures for Vaccine Deaths. Official Data (click image below to access the VAERS website)
.
 .
The graph below: “All Deaths reported to Vaers by Year” starting in 1990. (e.g. reported by the Victim’s family to VAERS). These are official figures, deaths attributable to the Vaccine. Only a very small percentage of vaccine deaths is reported. Nonetheless the graph below indicates more than 19,000 Vaccine related deaths in 2021 in the U.S. Neither the media nor the U.S government have informed the public. 
 
What can be observed is that the number of reported vaccine deaths has increased dramatically in the course of 2021 corresponding to the first year of the Covid vaccine which was launched in the U.S. in mid December 2020.
.
 .

Media Disinformation, Boldface Lies 

There are numerous studies on excess mortality resulting from the vaccine, which are ignored by the media.

Invariably the Press reports state with authority that it is the virus which is “dangerous” or “deadly”, when in fact it is the “Vaccine” which has triggered an upward trend in mortality.

The Daily Mail (February 6, 2020) refers to a “deadly coronavirus” intimating that it is spreading Worldwide

The dangerous virus designation is a boldface LIE:

Confirmed by the WHO, the CDC and peer reviewed reports, the 2019 nCoV-19 is not dangerous. See the Appendix below.


“When the Lie Become the Truth, There is No Moving Backwards”

CENSORSHIP: The original Global Research video produced by Ariel Rodriguez in February 2021 was taken down by Vimeo on March 5, 2022

Below is the Version on Rumble

***

Starts At 6’47”

Our thanks to Vaccine Choice Canada 

.


Our analysis in this short article has provided evidence: 

  • that the alleged NEW CORONAVIRUS entitled 2019 nCoV was never isolated, 
  • the renamed new coronavirus entitled SARS-CoV-2 is NOT A NEW VIRUS. It is similar to an OLD VIRUS entitled 2003-SARS-CoV.

I should mention that there are many other issues which invalidate the “official narrative”, specifically the RT-PCR test which does not identify the virus.  

See sections 1, 2, 3 4 of the Appendix below as well as our review of The Reverse Transcription Polymerase Chain Reaction (RT-PCR) Test. 

Scroll down to consult the Appendix


Michel Chossudovsky’s Message

Dear Readers,

We stand in solidarity Worldwide.

My thanks for your support in the course of more than twenty two years.

You are welcome to download (free of charge) my Book (15  chapters) which provides a detailed analysis of a crisis which is still ongoing. First published in August 2022. Print version in Japanese. 

The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

Free of Charge for ALL our Readers. Click here to Download 


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

Reviews

This is an in-depth resource of great interest if it is the wider perspective you are motivated to understand a little better, the author is very knowledgeable about geopolitics and this comes out in the way Covid is contextualized. —Dr. Mike Yeadon

In this war against humanity in which we find ourselves, in this singular, irregular and massive assault against liberty and the goodness of people, Chossudovsky’s book is a rock upon which to sustain our fight. –Dr. Emanuel Garcia

In fifteen concise science-based chapters, Michel traces the false covid pandemic, explaining how a PCR test, producing up to 97% proven false positives, combined with a relentless 24/7 fear campaign, was able to create a worldwide panic-laden “plandemic”; that this plandemic would never have been possible without the infamous DNA-modifying Polymerase Chain Reaction test – which to this day is being pushed on a majority of innocent people who have no clue. His conclusions are evidenced by renown scientists. —Peter Koenig 

Professor Chossudovsky exposes the truth that “there is no causal relationship between the virus and economic variables.” In other words, it was not COVID-19 but, rather, the deliberate implementation of the illogical, scientifically baseless lockdowns that caused the shutdown of the global economy. –David Skripac

A reading of  Chossudovsky’s book provides a comprehensive lesson in how there is a global coup d’état under way called “The Great Reset” that if not resisted and defeated by freedom loving people everywhere will result in a dystopian future not yet imagined. Pass on this free gift from Professor Chossudovsky before it’s too late.  You will not find so much valuable information and analysis in one place. –Edward Curtin

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

We encourage you to support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page

The book is the object of censorship.

The book is available in print form in Japanese. 仕組まれたコロナ危機:「世界の初期化」を目論む者たち, April 2022

As a means to reaching out to millions of people worldwide whose lives have been affected by the corona crisis, we have decided in the course of the next few months to distribute the eBook for FREE.


About the Author

Michel Chossudovsky is an award-winning author, Professor of Economics (emeritus) at the University of Ottawa, Founder and Director of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG), Montreal, Editor of Global Research.

He has undertaken field research in Latin America, Asia, the Middle East, sub-Saharan Africa and the Pacific and has written extensively on the economies of developing countries with a focus on poverty and social inequality.

He has also undertaken research in Health Economics on.behalf of the UN Economic Commission for Latin America and the Caribbean (ECLAC),  UNFPA, UNDP, CIDA, WHO, etc. Government of Venezuela, John Hopkins International Journal of Health Services (1979, 1983). 

He is the author of 13 books including The Globalization of Poverty and The New World Order (2003), America’s “War on Terrorism” (2005),  The Globalization of War, America’s Long War against Humanity (2015).

He is a contributor to the Encyclopaedia Britannica.  His writings have been published in more than twenty languages. In 2014, he was awarded the Gold Medal for Merit of the Republic of Serbia for his writings on NATO’s war of aggression against Yugoslavia. He can be reached at [email protected]

See Michel Chossudovsky, Biographical Note, (refutes Wikipedia)

Michel Chossudovsky’s Articles on Global Research

 


Appendix

 

Our analysis above provides evidence: 

  • that the alleged NEW CORONAVIRUS entitled 2019 nCoV was never isolated and that
  • the renamed new coronavirus entitled SARS-CoV-2 is similar to a 20 year old virus entitled 2003-SARS-CoV 

It should be understood that there are many other issues which invalidate the “official narrative” which are not addressed in the article(See sections 1, 2, 3 4 below as well as our review of The Reverse Transcription Polymerase Chain Reaction (RT-PCR) Test

Of significance to our understanding of “fear campaigns”, the WHO and CDC confirm that the 2019 nCoV (SARS-CoV-2) is not a dangerous virus.

1. The WHO Statement Regarding 2019-nCoV

“The most recently discovered coronavirus causes coronavirus disease COVID-19. The most common symptoms of COVID-19 are fever, dry cough, and tiredness. … These symptoms are usually mild and begin gradually. Some people become infected but only have very mild symptoms. Most people (about 80%) recover from the disease without needing hospital treatment. Around 1 out of every 5 people who gets COVID-19 becomes seriously ill and develops difficulty breathing.” (For further details see Michel Chossudovsky, August 2022, emphasis added)

2. Dr. Anthony Fauci  Regarding SARS-CoV-2 in the NEJM

From the outset, Fauci has persistently warned of the imminent dangers of the SARS-CoV-2 (including its variants and sub-variants), while acknowledging in his peer reviewed article in the New England Journal of Medicine (together with H. Clifford Lane, M.D. and Robert R. Redfield, M.D. that:

“The overall clinical consequences of Covid-19 may ultimately be more akin to those of a severe seasonal influenza (which has a case fatality rate of approximately 0.1%) or a pandemic influenza (similar to those in 1957 and 1968)…” (See Covid-19 — Navigating the Uncharted, NEJM)

3. The WHO’s Definition of 2003-SARS

“SARS is an airborne virus and can spread through small droplets of saliva in a similar way to the cold and influenza. … SARS can also be spread indirectly via surfaces that have been touched by someone who is infected with the virus.

Most patients identified with SARS were previously healthy adults aged 25–70 years. A few suspected cases of SARS have been reported among children under 15 years. The case fatality among persons with illness meeting the current WHO case definition for probable and suspected cases of SARS is around 3%.  

One month prior to the change of name of the novel 2019 nCoV coronavirus to SARS-CoV-2 (On February 11, 2020), the WHO released, a detailed document pertaining to the 2003 Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome (Operational Support & Logistics Disease Commodity Packages pdf).

4. The CDC’s Comparison of SARS-CoV-2 with Seasonal Influenza 

“Influenza (Flu) and COVID-19 are both contagious respiratory illnesses, but they are caused by different viruses. COVID-19 is caused by infection with a new coronavirus (called SARS-CoV-2) and flu is caused by infection with influenza viruses.

Because some of the symptoms of flu and COVID-19 are similar, it may be hard to tell the difference between them based on symptoms alone, and testing may be needed to help confirm a diagnosis. Flu and COVID-19 share many characteristics, but there are some key differences between the two.”

If the public had been informed and reassured that COVID is “similar to Influenza”, the fear campaign would have fallen flat.

The lockdown and closure of the national economy would have been rejected outright, not to mention the subsequent imposition of the Covid-19 Vaccine.

 

The Reverse Transcription

Polymerase Chain Reaction (RT-PCR) Test

 

The slanted methodology applied under WHO guidance for detecting the alleged spread of the virus is the Reverse Transcription Polymerase Chain Reaction (RT-PCR) test, which has been routinely applied all over the world since February 2020. (This Text is an excerpt from Michel Chossudovsky’s book,  August 2022)

The RT-PCR test has been used worldwide to generate millions of erroneous “COVID-19 confirmed cases”, which are then used to sustain the illusion that the alleged pandemic is real.

This assessment based on erroneous numbers has been used in the course of three and and a half years to spearhead and sustain the fear campaign.

“Confirmed” is a misnomer. A “confirmed RT-PCR positive case” does not imply a “COVID-19 confirmed case”.

Positive RT-PCR is not synonymous with the COVID-19 disease! PCR specialists make it clear that a test must always be compared with the clinical record of the patient being tested, with the patient’s state of health to confirm its value [reliability]. (Dr. Pascal Sacré)

The procedure used by the national health authorities is to categorize all RT-PCR positive cases as “COVID-19 confirmed cases” (with or without a medical diagnosis). Ironically, this routine process of identifying “confirmed cases” is in derogation of the CDC’s own guidelines:

“Detection of viral RNA may not indicate the presence of infectious virus or that 2019-nCoV is the causative agent for clinical symptoms. The performance of this test has not been established for monitoring treatment of 2019-nCoV infection. This test cannot rule out diseases caused by other bacterial or viral pathogens.”8 (emphasis added)

The methodology used to detect and estimate the spread of the virus is flawed and invalid.

False Positives

The earlier debate at the outset of the crisis focused on the issue of “false positives.”

Acknowledged by the WHO and the CDC, the RT-PCR test was known to produce a high percentage of false positives. According to Dr. Pascal Sacré:

“Today, as authorities test more people, there are bound to be more positive RT-PCR tests. This does not mean that COVID-19 is coming back, or that the epidemic is moving in waves. There are more people being tested, that’s all.”9

The debate on false positives (acknowledged by health authorities) points to so-called errors without necessarily questioning the overall validity of the RT-PCR test as a means to detecting the alleged spread of the SARS-CoV-2 virus.

The PCR Test Does Not Detect the Identity of the Virus

The RT-PCR test does not identify/detect the virus. What the PCR test identifies are genetic fragments of numerous viruses (including influenza viruses types A and B and coronaviruses which trigger common colds).

The results of the RT-PCR test cannot “confirm” whether an individual who undertakes the test is infected with SARS-CoV-2.

The following diagram summarizes the process of identifying positive and negative cases. All that is required is the presence of “viral genetic material” for it to be categorized as “positive”. The procedure does not identity or isolate COVID-19. What appears in the tests are fragments of the virus.10

Failures of the PCR Test, Ridiculously Low Numbers

Even if the 2019 nCoV had been detected and duly identified, the numbers of PCR-RT confirmed (cumulative) positive cases in the period leading up to to March 11, 2020 used as a justification to enforce the Lockdown of more than 190 countries were ridiculously low. The 80,981 cases for China also pertains to confirmed (cumulative) PCR positive cases. Note the new cases in China   (PCR positive) on March 12, 2020 are of the order of “321 new”

 
page30image710502480

Image: Total cumulative cases on March 12, 2020 (Source: WHO)

 

 

 

In less than two weeks, the United Nations will present during a special session – 22 and 23 September — of their 2024 UN annual meeting in New York, the World of The Future. It is a fully digitized world. For the UN AG meeting, a “package” of global digitization was prepared by the governments of Germany and Namibia. Of course, with the “help” of Big Tech and Big Finance.

This digital enslavement package will be adopted under almost complete exclusion of the public, of people like you and me.

Most parliaments and governments worldwide have apparently already agreed to it, so that the presentation and the so-called discussion during the UN Annual Conference is a sheer fig leaf, a mere farce.

This is the new “rules-based” way of forcing an entire population into a compact of a digital straightjacket, escaping from which is almost impossible.

People nowhere have been consulted or even informed. Governments worldwide were forced by the unnamed powers-that-be to accept a complete digitization of our future – what the WEF calls the 4th Industrial Revolution.

People, it is here!

No waiting for the end of the UN Agenda 2030. The goals have conveniently been advanced. You – and me – will be confronted with cash elimination, already started in many European countries and to some extent in the US; and even in some “developing countries” like India, without people’s consent.

All will be controlled, our money-spending, health data, food and eating habits, travels, TV viewer preferences, radio favorites, friends with whom we regularly meet and communicate, as well as others from the opposition camp; shopping / spending habits – and so on – all will be controlled digitally by the IT-digital corporate control system.

See this (in German) for the full story.

The means to do so is the benign looking QR code which has been gradually and gently introduced over the last two decades or so – and today has become a common appearance in our daily life. In many cases you may not be able to read a restaurant menu without downloading it on your personal QR code.

Who do you guess will control all personal QR codes? 

Exactly, you guessed right.

QR stands for Quick Response. It is a barcode on steroids. While the barcode holds information horizontally, the QR code does so both horizontally and vertically. The two-dimensional matrix barcode was invented in 1994, by the Japanese company Denso Wave, originally meant for labelling automobile parts.

Western control freaks quickly discovered its potential and captured it for their evil “program for the future of mankind”, left to the corporate IT world (with a combined worth of about 3 to 4 trillion dollars) for administering and imposing it on humanity. An individual QR code has basically unlimited storage capacity. So, it may know you better than you know yourself.

The debate or “negotiations” for this digital compact, officially take/s place on 20 and 21 September behind closed doors, during the UNGA, but the context had been discussed and agreed upon in several clandestine iterations, also called Revisions 2 and 3, which are published on the UN website for “The Summit of the Future”. See this.

Unfortunately, hardly anyone knows this page and even fewer read it. If people were better and more informed or would care to inform themselves, we might not stand before the digital abyss, as we do today.

It is not clear what corporate / IT, and civil society representation was part of these secretive “negotiations”. But for sure the World Economic Forum (WEF) and the Club of Rome, both headquartered in “paradise” Switzerland (it cannot be repeated often enough how “neutral” Switzerland hosts the bulk of these evil organizations, whose purpose is to reduce and control humanity), were party to the original drafting and the subsequent revisions.

The digital compact has no space for human choices. There is no way a “voluntary option” is available. In other words, an individual cannot say, “Thanks, but no thanks, I prefer to opt out of this digital world”. People are forced into this system, come hell or high water. That is the plan.

Governments’ choice to participate was equally blocked, as they were told it is a MUST, or else. We know what “or else” means.

There are no exceptions allowed in “full digitization” because they would throw global control, or Globalist Control, out of the window, or to the wolves, so to speak.

Exceptions would be a definitive hindrance for the impending One World Order.

The compact clearly explains the enormous advantages offered for the human wellbeing by digital technologies. Therefore, it is imperative that no gaps remain between people and countries, that ALL navigate on the same wavelength – namely full-digitally.

The goal of overall human wellbeing, as explained in the compact – no wars, no conflicts, no pollution, no noise, diseases under control, and more — justifies the rapid move towards full or ALL digitization.

Without directly saying so, this is the first step to a One World Order, and a One World Government. The latter executed by the UN, with a policy framework established by the WEF, and a GESTAPO-like tyranny imposed by WHO.

The UN has been fully co-opted into this humanity destroying enterprise which in hindsight can be traced back over the last 20-some years, while humanity was lulled into a deep slumber. It was finally made official, with a Cooperation Agreement between the UN and the WEF, signed in June 2019. Illegal as such, as the UN may not enter into agreements with NGOs, but de facto irrelevant in a rules-based-ordered world.

Besides, the UN’s resources and budget, currently depending mostly on contributions from member countries, could be easily replaced by the ruling paymasters, Big Tech and Big Finance, who eventually will call the shots. Deservedly in today’s world, where “who pays decides” mandates.

Future UN Annual Meetings could be considered as pro-forma shareholders meetings, or in WEF terms “stakeholder’s meetings”, without in fact having any power to change direction, or chart a different, more human course.

Digital Management is in control, with voiceless (trans)humanity following almost blindly. Those who are not blind and may resist can easily be digitally removed. Nobody cares. Mr. “digital” cannot be accused of murder. The rules-based order has no concept of killing; it is simply a digital disappearance.

In the ranks of the closer UN advisory services, we are to be expected finding the Big Tech IT corporations. They will decide in terms of digital directions, as they are given the playscript by so far unnamed Big Finance.

Do we, humanity, have a choice, an alternative, a way to get out of this digital stranglehold? We have, but only when we realize what is being planned, when we recognize the implications, and when we act not as individuals but when we are ready for shedding “system-imposed” individualism and adopt “Together we Can”.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Get Your Free Copy of “Towards a World War III Scenario: The Dangers of Nuclear War”! 

Peter Koenig is a geopolitical analyst and a former Senior Economist at the World Bank and the World Health Organization (WHO), where he worked for over 30 years around the world. He is the author of Implosion – An Economic Thriller about War, Environmental Destruction and Corporate Greed; and co-author of Cynthia McKinney’s book “When China Sneezes: From the Coronavirus Lockdown to the Global Politico-Economic Crisis” (Clarity Press – November 1, 2020).

Peter is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG). He is also a non-resident Senior Fellow of the Chongyang Institute of Renmin University, Beijing.

Featured image: United Nations General Assembly hall in New York City. (Licensed under CC BY-SA 2.0)

あなたは正しかった、ワクチンは私たちの愛する人の何百万人もの人を殺している」

“You Were Right, Vaccines Are Killing Millions of Our Loved Ones”,  Kazuhiro Haraguchi, Former Minister of Internal Affairs (emphasis added)

You will find diseases of the heart, kidney, thyroid, diabetes, liver, skin, eyes, blood, nerves, systemic diseases, brain, lungs”.  Professor Masayasu Inoue, Osaka City University School of Medicine, emphasis added)

“The mRNA vaccine disperses throughout the body and is not contained in the shoulder like most vaccines.

“It doesn’t know where to go. If it goes into the bloodstream, it goes to the brain, liver and kidneys,” Professor Masanori Fukushima, Kyoto University (emphasis added)

 

Introduction 

Global Research has recently published several articles on the Covid vaccine in Japan, confirming its lethality. This report by the Western Standard below pertains to the Press Conference of Medical doctors and scientists held in January 2024.

The evidence is overwhelming. It potentially affects 96 million vaccinated people in Japan. I should mention that the vaccines distributed in Japan are identical to those marketed Worldwide, namely Pfizer/BioNTech, Moderna Spikevax Bivalent, AstraZeneca, etc. 

The question yet to be confirmed is whether there are differences in the composition of the vaccine distributed in different countries and regions of the World. 

There are numerous studies published in the course of the last three years which confirm the nature of the Vaccine. The results of the Japanese studies confirm unequivocally that the Covid “Vaccine” is a dangerous substance which should immediately be withdrawn Worldwide. 

The Confidential Pfizer Report

The impact on mortality and morbidity of the Pfizer-BioNtech vaccine has been confirmed by a Pfizer Confidential Report — released and made public under Freedom of Information in October 2021. The Confidential Pfizer Report –barely acknowledged by the media– was known to national governments and health authorities Worldwide. It confirms that the so-called Covid Vaccine is a killer.

The negotiation between Pfizer and the President of the EC Mrs. Ursula von Der Leyen was initiated in October 2022, for 4.5 billion doses of Pfizer BioNtech, (namely 10 doses per person). A contract for one billion doses was subsequently reached for a population of 450 million people who in large part had already been vaccinated. 

What was carefully overlooked was the Pfizer report which confirms the impacts (mortality and morbidity) of the Pfizer-BioNtech vaccine to be distributed to the EU’s 450 million people.

“The Confidential report is a bombshell. The vaccine was launched in mid-December 2020. By the end of February 2021, Pfizer had already received more than 1,200 reports of deaths allegedly caused by the vaccine and tens of thousands of reported adverse events”

COVID “Vaccine” Triggers Excess Mortality Worldwide

(See diagrams below)

Below is a summary of several studies on excess mortality pertaining to the vaccine including Japan. 

England and Wales

“The table below pertains to excess deaths related to malignant neoplasm (cancerous tumor) in England and Wales, recorded in three consecutive years: 2020, 2021, and 2022 vs. a 10 year trend (2010-2019).

The data for excess mortality in 2020 (the year prior to the vaccine) are negative with the exception of “malignant neoplasm without specification of site”.

The COVID-19 vaccine was rolled-out in several phases in England and Wales starting on December 8, 2020  and extending into March-April 2021.

The upward movement in excess mortality (%) commences in 2021. The increase in excess mortality related to malignant neoplasm is tabulated for the two first years of the vaccine. 

Germany

Below is a similar table pertaining to Excess Mortality in Germany, which points to the Deviation of Observed Mortality from Expected Mortality (by age group) in 2020, 2021, and 2022.

Notice the upward shift in excess mortality in 2021 and 2022 following the rollout of the Covid Vaccine in December 2020

Germany: Excess Mortality by Age Group (%)

Japan

Excess Mortality in Red by age group, Total Excess Mortality in Gray 

Japan. Excess Mortality (2020-2022): Jump in Excess mortality in 2021 and 2022 (January-October 2022)

 United States

The graph below: “All Deaths reported to Vaers by Year” starting in 1990. (U.S.)

What can be observed is that the number of deaths has increased dramatically in the course of 2021 corresponding to first year of the Covid vaccine which was launched in the U.S. in mid December 2020.

 
 

For more details see:

There Never Was a “New Corona Virus”, There Never Was a Pandemic

By Prof Michel Chossudovsky, August 31, 2024
 

***

Today our thoughts are with people of Japan,  with the children of Japan.

In the words of the Former Minister of Internal Affairs Kazuhiro Haraguchi’s courageous statement:

“‘You Were Right, Vaccines Are Killing Millions of Our Loved Ones”

「あなたは正しかった、ワクチンは私たちの愛する人の何百万人もの人を殺している」

“They are trying to block our freedom, our resistance, our power. But we will never lose.” 

Of significance, the fraudulent narrative concerning the Covid “Vaccine” is collapsing in different parts of the World, with Japan in the lead. 

We call for the immediate cancellation and Worldwide withdrawal of the Covid “Vaccine”

Michel Chossudovsky, Global Research, August 31, 2024.


Japanese Researchers Say Side Effects of COVID Vaccines

Linked to 201 Types of Diseases

Lee Harding

15 January 2024

 

Professor Yasufumi Murakami from Tokyo University of Science at a press conference January 11, 2024Japanese researchers say their “shocking” systematic review of research papers on COVID-19 vaccines has discovered thousands of side effects “affecting every possible aspect of human pathology.”

The findings were laid out in a 93-minute press conference (see video below with English subtitles) in Japan held January 11 by the Vaccine Issues Study Group, a panel of esteemed medical experts. The findings followed six months of investigations into the side effects of COVID-19 vaccines.

Professor Emeritus Masanori Fukushima of Kyoto University, long a fierce critic of the vaccines, said the breadth of the harms is “unprecedented” for medical treatments.

“A systematic review of the literature has unveiled some shocking information. Thousands of papers have reported side effects after vaccination, affecting every possible aspect of human pathology, from ophthalmology to psychiatry,” he said.

“For example, the age-adjusted mortality rate for leukemia has increased. And there are significant findings for breast cancer, ovarian cancer and so on.”

VIDEO OF PRESS CONFERENCE TAKEN DOWN 

Fukushima said there were so many brain-related adverse events, its researchers probably hadn’t found all of them yet. “Mental disorders, psychiatric symptoms, depression, mania, anxiety, came up in abundance, but it’s endless,” he said.

Fukushima, who has 208 scholarly papers to his name on ResearchGate, said doctors who want to sound the alarm find their message is suppressed. Last February, he launched a lawsuit against the government for allegedly hiding vaccine harms.

“Japanese doctors are trying hard, but they face various obstructions,” Fukushima said.

Professor Yasufumi Murakami from Tokyo University of Science said the responsible course of action would be to halt the administration of such vaccines.

“It’s very clear what happens when you administer a toxic gene to a human. There are cases that occur within one or two weeks after injection, but there are also many cases that appear after one or two years,” he said before laying out long-term risks.

“Vaccines that have failed are still being administered and the Ministry of Health, Labour and Welfare recognizes these failed vaccines. So I would like them to stop immediately. And even though I speak out in various places, they don’t stop at all. So we will clearly present evidence and publish it as articles, one by one.”

Murakami warned that “with the current messenger-type vaccines, a significant amount of IgG4 is being induced.”

He said this was in excess of a normal vaccine response and could interfere with immune functions.

The researchers found 201 types of diseases had been found among 3,071 papers on side effects. Professor Masayasu Inoue, Emeritus Professor at Osaka City University School of Medicine, said some harms are hitting entire families and are well-documented.

“It is unprecedented in human history for a single vaccine to have this much literature out on it,” said Masayasu.

“You will find diseases of the heart, kidney, thyroid, diabetes, liver, skin, eyes, blood, nerves, systemic diseases, brain, lungs.”

Fukushima said the mRNA vaccine disperses throughout the body and is not contained in the shoulder like most vaccines.

“It doesn’t know where to go. If it goes into the bloodstream, it goes to the brain, liver and kidneys,” he explained.

Fukushima said authorities preaching the safe and effective message ignored a wide body of evidence and should go back to school.

“With fragments of such knowledge, they exaggerate things and think they can go with this,” Fukushima said.

“So, honestly, they need to go back and redo from middle school biology to high school and university entrance exams. As I mentioned earlier, medicine is still immature.”


あなたは正しかった、ワクチンは私たちの愛する人の何百万人もの人を殺している」

「おっしゃる通り、ワクチンは何百万人もの私たちの大切な人を殺しています」、 原口一博元総務大臣(強調追加)

心臓、腎臓、甲状腺、糖尿病、肝臓、皮膚、目、血液、神経、全身疾患、脳、肺の 病気が見つかります 」。大阪市立大学医学部教授 井上正康、強調追加

「mRNAワクチンは体全体に拡散し、ほとんどのワクチンのように肩に留まりません。

「どこに行くか分からない。血流に入ると、脳、肝臓、腎臓に行く」京都大学教授、福島正則氏(強調追加)

 

導入 

グローバル・リサーチは最近、日本でのコロナワクチンに関するいくつかの記事を発表し、その致死性を確認した。以下のウエスタン・スタンダードによるレポートは、2024年1月に開催された医師と科学者の記者会見に関するものである。
証拠は圧倒的です。日本でワクチン接種を受けた 9,600 万人が影響を受ける可能性があります。日本で配布されるワクチンは、世界中で販売されているファイザー/ビオンテック、モデルナ スパイクバックス バイバレント、アストラゼネカなどのワクチンと同一であることを述べておきます。
まだ確認されていない疑問は、世界のさまざまな国や地域で配布されるワクチンの成分に違いがあるかどうかです。
 。
過去3年間に、ワクチンの性質を確認する多数の研究が発表されています。日本の研究結果は、Covid「ワクチン」が危険な 物質であり、世界中で直ちに撤回されるべきであることを明白に裏付けています。

ファイザーの機密レポート

 。
ファイザー-ビオンテックワクチンの死亡率と罹患率への影響は、 2021年10月に情報公開法に基づいて公開されたファイザーの機密報告書によって確認されました 。メディアではほとんど認知されていないファイザーの機密報告書は、世界中の政府や保健当局に知られていました。この報告書は、いわゆるCovidワクチンが殺人者であることを裏付けています。
ファイザー社と欧州委員会のウルズラ・フォン・デア・ライエン委員長との間で 、ファイザー・ビオンテックのワクチン45億回分(1人当たり10回分)の購入交渉が2022年10月に開始された。 その後、すでに大部分がワクチン接種を受けている4億5000万人を対象に、 10億回分 の契約が締結された。
 
注意深く無視されたのは、EUの4億5000万人に配布されるファイザー・ビオンテックのワクチンの影響(死亡率と罹患率)を確認するファイザーの報告書だった。
 。
「機密報告書は衝撃的だ。ワクチンは2020年12月中旬に発売された。2021年2月末までに、ファイザー社はすでにワクチンが原因とされる死亡報告1,200件以上と、数万件の有害事象報告を受けていた」

コロナ「ワクチン」が世界中で過剰死亡を引き起こす

(下の図を参照)

以下は日本を含むワクチンに関する 過剰死亡率に関するいくつかの研究の概要です。

イングランドとウェールズ

「以下の表は、イングランドとウェールズにおける悪性新生物(癌性腫瘍)に関連する 過剰死亡に関するもので、2020年、2021年、2022年の3年連続で記録され、10年間の傾向(2010~2019年)と比較したものです。」

2020年(ワクチン接種前の年)の超過死亡のデータは、「部位を特定しない悪性新生物」を除いてマイナスです。

COVID-19ワクチンは、2020年12月8日から2021年3月から4月にかけて 、イングランドとウェールズで段階的に導入されました。

過剰死亡率(%)の上昇は 2021 年に始まります。悪性腫瘍に関連する過剰死亡率の増加は、ワクチン接種の最初の 2 年間について集計されています。 

ドイツ

以下は、ドイツの超過死亡率に関する同様の表であり、 2020年、2021年、2022年の観測死亡率予想死亡率(年齢グループ別)の偏差を示しています。

2020年12月の新型コロナワクチンの導入後、2021年と2022年に死亡率が上昇していることに注目してください。

ドイツ: 年齢層別超過死亡率 (%)

日本

年齢層別の過剰死亡率は赤、総過剰死亡率は灰色 

日本。超過死亡率(2020年~2022年):2021年と2022年の超過死亡率の急増(2022年1月~10月)

 アメリカ合衆国
 。
 
注目すべきは、2020年12月中旬に米国で発売された新型コロナワクチンの初年度に相当する2021年を通じて死亡者数が劇的に増加したことだ。
 
 

詳細については以下を参照してください。

 

「新型コロナウィルス」は存在しなかった、パンデミックも存在しなかった

ミシェル・チョスドフスキー教授、2024年8月31日
 

***

今日、私たちの思いは日本の人々、日本の子供たちとともにあります。

元総務大臣の 原口一博氏の勇気ある発言を引用します。

「『あなたは正しかった。ワクチンは何百万人もの私たちの愛する人を殺している』」

「あなたは正しかった、ワクチンは私たちの愛する何百万人もの人を殺している」

「彼らは私たちの自由、抵抗、力を阻止しようとしている。しかし、私たちは決して負けない。」 

重要なのは、新型コロナウイルス「ワクチン」に関する虚偽の物語が世界各地で崩壊しつつあり、日本が その先頭に立っていることだ。 

私たちは、新型コロナ「ワクチン」の即時中止と世界的な撤回を求めます。

ミシェル・チョスドフスキー、グローバル・リサーチ、2024年8月31日

日本の研究者はCOVIDワクチンの副作用について語る

201種類の病気と関連

リー・ハーディング

2024年1月15日

 

2024年1月11日、東京理科大学の村上康文教授が記者会見に臨む日本の研究者らは、COVID-19ワクチンに関する研究論文の「衝撃的な」体系的レビューにより、「人間の病理のあらゆる側面に影響を及ぼす」数千の副作用が発見されたと述べている。

この研究結果は、著名な医療専門家のパネルであるワクチン問題研究会が1月11日に日本で開催した93分間の記者会見 (下記の英語字幕付きビデオを参照)で発表された。この研究結果は、 COVID-19ワクチンの副作用に関する6か月間の調査の結果である。

ワクチンを長年厳しく批判してきた京都大学の福島正則名誉教授は、医療におけるその害の広範さは「前例のない」ものだと述べた。

「文献の体系的なレビューにより、衝撃的な情報が明らかになった。数千の論文でワクチン接種後の副作用が報告されており、眼科から精神医学まで、人間の病理のあらゆる側面に影響を及ぼしている」と彼は語った。

「例えば、白血病の年齢調整死亡率は上昇しています。また、乳がん、卵巣がんなどについても重要な発見があります。」

フクシマ氏は、脳に関連する有害事象は非常に多く、研究者らはまだそのすべてを見つけていないだろうと述べた。「精神障害、精神症状、うつ病、躁病、不安症などが数多く挙げられましたが、それは終わりがありません」と同氏は語った。

リサーチゲートに208本の学術論文を投稿しているフクシマ氏は、警鐘を鳴らしたい医師たちのメッセージは抑圧されていると語る。フクシマ氏は昨年2月、ワクチンの害を隠蔽したとして政府を相手取って訴訟を起こした

「日本の医師たちは懸命に努力しているが、さまざまな障害に直面している」と福島氏は語った。

東京理科大学の村上康文教授は、責任ある行動はそのようなワクチンの投与を中止することだと述べた。

「毒性遺伝子を人間に投与すると何が起こるかは非常に明白です。注射後1~2週間以内に発症するケースもありますが、1~2年後に発症するケースも数多くあります」と、彼は長期的なリスクについて説明する前に述べた。

「効果がないワクチンが今も接種されていて、厚労省もそれを認定している。だからすぐにやめてほしい。そして私がいろいろなところで声を上げているのに、全然やめない。だから一つずつ証拠をしっかり示して記事にして発表していきたい」

村上氏は「現在のメッセンジャー型ワクチンではIgG4が相当量誘導されている」と警告した。

これは通常のワクチン反応を超えており、免疫機能に影響を及ぼす可能性があると彼は述べた。

研究者らは、副作用に関する論文3,071件の中から201種類の病気が見つかったことを明らかにした。大阪市立大学医学部名誉教授の井上正康氏は、一部の害は家族全体に影響を及ぼしており、十分に文書化されていると述べた。

「一つのワクチンについてこれほど多くの文献が発表されているのは人類史上前例がない」と正安氏は語った。

「心臓、腎臓、甲状腺、糖尿病、肝臓、皮膚、目、血液、神経、全身疾患、脳、肺の病気が見つかります。」

福島氏は、mRNAワクチンは体全体に拡散し、ほとんどのワクチンのように肩に留まらないと述べた。

「どこに行くか分からないのです。血流に入ると、脳、肝臓、腎臓に行きます」と彼は説明した。

福島氏は、安全で効果的だというメッセージを説く当局は広範な証拠を無視しており、学校に戻るべきだと述べた。

「断片的な知識で物事を誇張し、これでいけると考えているのです」と福島氏は語った。

「だから正直に言って、中学校の生物学から高校、大学の入試までやり直す必要がある。先ほども言ったように、医学はまだ未熟だ」

 

The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

first published in Japanese in April 2022.

In English it is available in E-book form. (See below).

I remain indebted to the Japanese publisher who brought out and promoted my book despite political pressures  and an atmosphere of censorship.

My thanks to both the Publisher and the Translator.

Book in English released in August 2022

The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’État Against Humanity

Destroying Civil Society, Engineered Economic Depression

By Michel Chossudovsky

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0, Year: 2022, Product Type: PDF File, Pages: 164 (15 Chapters)

Translations in several languages are envisaged. The book is available in print form in Japanese. 仕組まれたコロナ危機:「世界の初期化」を目論む者たち

As a means to reaching out to millions of people worldwide whose lives have been affected by the corona crisis, we have decided in the course of the next few weeks to distribute the eBook for FREE.

***

Price: $11.50. FREE COPY Click here to download.

 

The Kiev regime’s use of terrorism is a well-documented fact. Worse yet, NATO aided its Neo-Nazi puppets in conducting horrendous massacres of hundreds of Russian civilians, including in the Crocus City Hall, Dagestan and Sevastopol. What’s more, the world’s most vile racketeering cartel even threatened to conduct further terrorist attacks within Russia in case the Kiev regime forces keep losing, a monstrous statement that Moscow certainly won’t forget anytime soon.

However, instead of de-escalating, the political West keeps fanning up tensions in what can only be described as an attempt to ignite WW3. Russia’s patience is now running out, as the Kremlin realizes that any displays of sanity on its part will be taken for a weakness in NATO. Obviously, the Neo-Nazi junta regularly goes furthest to get the world’s most vile racketeering cartel into the fight, as it thinks this is the only way to prevent complete defeat.

To that end, the Kiev regime is ready to do virtually anything, including ally itself with terrorist groups and even directly recruit them. Russian Foreign Minister Sergei Lavrov recently revealed disturbing details about the Neo-Nazi junta’s efforts to work together with extremists in Idlib, a NATO-backed terrorist-infested region that has been under Turkey’s control since the political West and its vassals and satellite states launched the crawling invasion of Syria back in 2011.

According to Lavrov, Moscow “recently received information that ’emissaries’ from the Ukrainian intelligence services are present in the Idlib de-escalation zone within the territory of the Syrian Arab Republic” and that “they are recruiting local militants from Jabhat Al-Nusra, now known as Hay’at Tahrir al-Sham [HTS], with the intention of involving them in nefarious operations”. The Kiev regime intelligence services are also focusing on the south, “towards the Sahara-Sahel zone in Africa”.

Lavrov also pointed out that “they team up with recruited extremists there to carry out terrorist attacks against the armed forces of multiple countries”.

Russian FM further stated that “the al-Qaeda linked militants are being recruited for new hideous operations planned“. Lavrov also mentioned the March 22 Crocus City Hall terrorist attack which resulted in at least 145 deaths and over 550 injuries, making it one of the worst massacres in modern Russian history. Investigation showed the direct involvement of both the Neo-Nazi junta and its NATO overlords, resulting in large-scale precision strikes on their intelligence assets across Ukraine. The terrorist attack was formally claimed by the NATO-backed ISIS-K which is based in Afghanistan, where the world’s most vile racketeering cartel is even conducting air strikes to support the terrorists in their fight against the Taliban (NATO keeps targeting them after they inflicted a crushing and humiliating defeat at it).

“The investigation is still underway, but it has already revealed evidence that the Main Directorate of Intelligence [GUR] of the Ukrainian Defense Ministry was involved in the preparation of the terrorist attack. In particular, the escape routes of the killers across the Russian–Ukrainian border were planned in detail,” Lavrov stated.

Moscow’s top diplomat is essentially warning that the Kiev regime is planning additional sabotage and terrorist attacks within Russia and it needs extremists ready to conduct them.

Idlib is a perfect recruitment ground for such groups, as they’ve been fighting the Russian military and allied forces in Syria for nearly a decade. NATO, particularly its major member Turkey, has been instrumental in preventing the total defeat of all Idlib-based terrorist groups, particularly after the Kremlin and Damascus conducted offensive operations in northwestern Syria. The mainstream propaganda machine launched the fake “save Aleppo” campaign that aimed to present allied anti-terrorist operations as an “invasion”. However, it soon became obvious that this was a pro-terrorist propaganda narrative that aimed to save extremist groups from the Syrian and Russian military and other allied forces (particularly Iranian-backed militias).

However, in recent years, the Neo-Nazi junta got directly involved in pro-terrorist operations in this highly contested area. Reports indicate that it’s working together with HTS and several other (mostly Turkish-backed) terrorist groups. Major sources in Turkey, such as the Istanbul-based Aydinlik, also covered this in a report that actually predates Lavrov’s statements.

The outlet claims that “Ukrainian government officials recently traveled to Idlib and met with members of HTS to discuss a drones-for-fighters deal”. The meeting with the terrorists was reportedly held in June. Worse yet, military sources report that the Kiev regime’s special forces (specifically GUR operatives of the Khimik Group) launched an attack on a Russian military outpost on the southeastern outskirts of Aleppo. The attack reportedly took place on September 15 and “saw a powerful explosion followed by secondary blasts causing serious damage to the site”.

As its battlefield performance keeps deteriorating, the Neo-Nazi junta is determined to escalate sabotage and terrorist attacks on Russian civilians in order to foment internal tensions and divisions, the end goal of which is to shift attention away from the actual frontline. This also includes efforts to provide advanced NATO-sourced weapons to radical Islamic groups. Certain reports suggest that Turkey is also supporting this, further indicating the danger of letting Neo-Ottomanist, pan-Turkist and pro-terrorist Ankara join the multipolar world.

What’s more, as previously mentioned, the Kiev regime is also working closely with terrorists in Africa. NATO also supports these groups, as the world’s most vile racketeering cartel is working on maintaining the remnants of the political West’s (neo)colonial system. This is particularly evident in attacks on the “Wagner” PMC (private military company)

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Get Your Free Copy of “Towards a World War III Scenario: The Dangers of Nuclear War”! 

This article was originally published on InfoBrics.

Drago Bosnic is an independent geopolitical and military analyst. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image source

“Through the release of atomic energy, our generation has brought into the world the most revolutionary force since prehistoric man’s discovery of fire. This basic power of the universe cannot be fitted into the outmoded concept of narrow nationalisms.”  Statement by the Emergency Committee of Atomic Scientists, presided by Albert Einstein, January 22, 1947.

“I know not with what weapons World War III will be fought, but World War IV will be fought with sticks and stones.” Albert Einstein (1879-1955), German-born theoretical physicist, (in an interview in ‘Liberal Judaism’, April-May, 1949)

“While defending our own vital interests, nuclear powers must avert those confrontations, which bring an adversary to a choice of either a humiliating retreat or a nuclear war. To adopt that kind of course in the nuclear age would be evidence only of the bankruptcy of our policy—or of a collective death-wish for the world.” John F. Kennedy (1917-1963), 35th U.S. President, 1961-1963, (in his commencement address titled “A Strategy of Peace” delivered at the American University in Washington, D.C., on Monday, June 10, 1963 

Introduction

During the fatidic year of 2024, the world’s attention was distracted, first by the on-going and expanding US-NATO provoked Ukraine war against Russia, “to weaken Russia” dixit Secretary of Defense, General Lloyd Austin, a proxy war planned a long time ago, in 1991, after the collapse of the Soviet Union.

As a matter of fact, this has been a proxy war from the start between the United States and Russia, promoted by American neocons. It is a war that officially started with the U.S. government financing the violent overthrow of the elected pro-Russian government of President Viktor Yanukovych, in February 2014.

Secondly, there is the on-going conflict between Israel and the Palestinians in Gaza, which began with an alleged attack by Hamas in October 2023. This was followed by the killing of more than 40,000 Palestinians by the Israeli Netanyahu government. Such widespread massacre of civilians and destruction have left thousands of children orphaned, shocked genocide historians and shamed the world’s conscience. Nevertheless, the modern-day massacre of the Palestinian people seems to have no end in sight.

On the other hand, we have also witnessed this year the holding of the grandiose Paris Summer Olympics. That great peace celebration among nations was followed by a political saga in the American presidential election campaign, when the incumbent Democratic President Joe Biden was pressured to withdraw his candidacy in favor of Vice President Kamala Harris.

However, other more scary developments have been taking place in the shadow. Indeed, the New York Times revealed on Tuesday, August 20, that last March, President Joe Biden, in a dangerous display of brinkmanship, secretly approved a new coordinated American nuclear strategy. It is about a plan for simultaneous nuclear confrontations of the United States with Russia, China and North Korea.

That there exists such a plan is not very reassuring, considering that the United States was the first and only country to have dropped nuclear bombs on cities, those of Hiroshima and Nagasaki, in August 1945, resulting in hundreds of thousands of deaths.

That a world nuclear war in this day and age could be viewed as possible, even likely, is mind-boggling. As the quote above from President John F. Kennedy in his June 1963 speech illustrates, to adopt that kind of course in the  nuclear age would be evidence only of the bankruptcy or our policy—or of a collective death-wish for the world.”

The Dire Consequences of Countries Preparing for a Nuclear War

Nuclear spending programs in the three largest nuclear powers—China, Russia, and the United States—threaten to trigger a three-way nuclear arms race, as the world’s arms control architecture collapses. Russia and China are expanding their nuclear capabilities, and pressure mounts in Washington, especially among supporters of the U.S. military-industrial complex (MIC), for the United States to respond in kind.

The lack of trust and willingness to control and limit the production of nuclear weapons may herald a new era of development of new nuclear weapons, including the deployment of offensive intercontinental-range nuclear weapons. This means that the main nuclear powers could expand the development of new nuclear weapons just as geopolitical tensions keep increasing. This is bound to place the security of all nations in jeopardy.

Humanity’s Doomsday Clock Is Getting Closer and Closer to Midnight

According to the Bulletin of the Atomic Scientists, its metaphor or symbol of the Doomsday Clock, created in 1947, was set to 90 seconds to midnight in January 2023. It was kept at that high point in January 2024, because humanity continues to face a high level of danger in three main areas: the greatest risk of nuclear warfare, the ongoing negative consequences of climate change and the new threat of Artificial Intelligence.

In July of 1991, at the end of the Cold War, the United States (Pres. George H. W. Bush) and the Soviet Union/Russia (Pres. Mikail S. Gorbatchev) signed the bilateral Strategic Arms Reduction Treaty (START I), designed to promote nuclear disarmament. 

It mandated both sides to reduce their strategic offensive nuclear weapons arsenals. The Atomic Scientists’ Doomsday Clock was then set at 17 minutes to midnight. (N.B.: START I was a success. It had the effect of removing about 80% of all strategic nuclear weapons then in existence, when its final implementation was completed, in late 2001.)

Today, however, with the world thrown into a new Cold War II, with heightened geopolitical tensions between US-EU-NATO, on one side and Russia-China-North Korea-Iran, on the other, the risks of a major global nuclear cataclysm are very high.

Since START I, Most Arms Control Agreements Have Failed

After the success of the START I treaty, there were two additional treaties signed between the U.S. and Russia to further reduce the stocks of nuclear armaments. Both failed.

First, in January 1993, American president George H. W. Bush and Russian president Boris Yeltsin signed a new Strategic Arms Reduction Treaty called START II, to expand what the START I treaty had accomplished. However, this new treaty never entered into effect.

This is because the George W. Bush administration decided, in June 2002, to withdraw from the Anti-ballistic Missile treaty (ABM) that had been in existence between the U.S. and the USSR since 1972, and which was one of the conditions for START II to go ahead.

Many observers considered the American withdrawal of the ABM treaty as the first step toward abandoning effective legal constraints on nuclear proliferation.

Second, President Barack Obama did attempt to revive the mutual reduction of offensive nuclear weapons for ensuring a safer world, when he signed a New START treaty, in April 2010, with then President Dmitry Medvedev of the Russian Federation. However, there was mounting skepticism over nuclear arms reductions among some U.S. Republican senators and from Washington DC think tanks, such as the Heritage Foundation.

The New START treaty was intended to last ten years, with an option to renew it for up to five years upon the agreement of both parties.

However, on February 2017, then President Donald Trump told Russian president Vladimir Putin that he was withdrawing from the New START treaty, expressing the view that it was too favorable to Russia and that this was a “bad deal negotiated by the Obama administration.”

All attempts between Trump and Putin to draft a replacement to the New START treaty before it expired in 2021 failed. Russia went as far as accusing the Trump administration of “deliberately and intentionally” dismantling international arms control agreements and referred to its “counterproductive and openly aggressive” approach in talks.

Nevertheless, in January 2001, the newly-elected Biden administration did accept a Russian proposal to extend the New START treaty of nuclear arms reduction for five years, i.e. until 2026.

That was the last attempt by the United States and Russia to increase their mutual nuclear safety through bilateral negotiations.

An Historical Precedent

Political relations between the United States and Russia have become increasingly strained, especially after Russia invaded neighboring Ukraine in February 2022.

The Russian government evoked two main reasons for its move: to protect the Ukrainian russophone minority from Kiev’s exactions, and to prevent the latter country from joining NATO, which would mean the deployment of American nuclear-armed missiles at Russia’s border.

This war has resulted in tremendous amounts of destruction, sufferings and numerous deaths. It is a war that could have been avoided with a minimum of good faith, diplomacy and a few concessions.

The conflict is reminiscent of the 1962 Cuban missile crisis. The Soviet Union had placed nuclear-armed missiles in Cuba, 90 miles from the U.S. coastline, in a response to American deployments of nuclear-armed missiles in Italy and Turkey. A compromise was eventually reached between President Kennedy and President Khrushchev: the Soviet government would dismantle their offensive weapons in Cuba and the U.S. government agreed, secretly, to dismantle all of the offensive weapons it had deployed in Turkey.

Conclusions

The world has increasingly become a more chaotic and dangerous place. This has a lot to do with the current lack of nuclear deterrence agreements between major nuclear powers. If one nuclear country were to launch an attack with a nuclear weapon in such a climate of mistrust, this could create an existential threat for hundreds of millions of inhabitants of the Planet.

A devastating nuclear war would not only have tragic human consequences, but also economic ones. It would be a huge waste of resources, but it could also create a nuclear winter with damaging fallouts on crops leading to famine, besides being a major source of air pollution.

A nuclear war could profit the military nuclear industry in some countries, but it would create chaos in the global economy, causing inflation in the countries involved and creating stagflation in the private sector of national economies.

If leaders of nations with nuclear weapons continue to trivialize the threat of a full-scale nuclear war and to fantasize the demential idea that they can ‘win’ a nuclear war, the world may be heading straight towards an existential catastrophe.

Therefore, it is incumbent upon all, leaders and citizens, to work towards the abolition of wars, which do not advance humanity, but rather set it back.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Get Your Free Copy of “Towards a World War III Scenario: The Dangers of Nuclear War”! 

This article was originally published on the author’s blogsite, Dr. Rodrigue Tremblay.

International economist Dr. Rodrigue Tremblay is the author of the book about morals “The code for Global Ethics, Ten Humanist Principles” of the book about geopolitics “The New American Empire“, and the recent book, in French, “La régression tranquille du Québec, 1980-2018“. He was Minister of Trade and Industry (1976-79) in the Lévesque government. He holds a Ph.D. in international finance from Stanford University. Please visit Dr Tremblay’s site or email to a friend here.

Prof. Rodrigue Tremblay is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG).

Featured image source


The Code for Global Ethics: Ten Humanist Principles

by Rodrigue Tremblay, Preface by Paul Kurtz

Publisher: ‎ Prometheus (April 27, 2010)

Hardcover: ‎ 300 pages

ISBN-10: ‎ 1616141727

ISBN-13: ‎ 978-1616141721

Humanists have long contended that morality is a strictly human concern and should be independent of religious creeds and dogma. This principle was clearly articulated in the two Humanist Manifestos issued in the mid-twentieth century and in Humanist Manifesto 2000, which appeared at the beginning of the twenty-first century. Now this code for global ethics further elaborates ten humanist principles designed for a world community that is growing ever closer together. In the face of the obvious challenges to international stability-from nuclear proliferation, environmental degradation, economic turmoil, and reactionary and sometimes violent religious movements-a code based on the “natural dignity and inherent worth of all human beings” is needed more than ever. In separate chapters the author delves into the issues surrounding these ten humanist principles: preserving individual dignity and equality, respecting life and property, tolerance, sharing, preventing domination of others, eliminating superstition, conserving the natural environment, resolving differences cooperatively without resort to violence or war, political and economic democracy, and providing for universal education. This forward-looking, optimistic, and eminently reasonable discussion of humanist ideals makes an important contribution to laying the foundations for a just and peaceable global community.

Click here to purchase.

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Wants to Hear From You!

***

“What the secretary-general is trying to do is an end run around the United Nations charter and delegate to himself all the powers he can possibly assume.”Francis Boyle, J.D., Ph.D., professor of international law at the University of Illinois [1]

“The Pact is a dire threat to every nation, and it must be stopped.Dr. Meryl Nass [2]

LISTEN TO THE SHOW


Click to download the audio (MP3 format)

At the beginning of this week, Canadian Prime Minister Justin Trudeau announced on his website that next week, he would be attending the 79th Session of the United Nations Assembly and something called the Summit of the Future. [3]

The news that he would co-preside over the Summit of the Future in particular has gotten no attention in any of the country’s major newspapers as of this date. [4]

In fact, this writer has so far not been able to find the Summit of the Future mentioned in any of the major Western mainstream news outlets. Yet there has been significant concerns raised by critics about the dangers of the “Pact for the Future” to be presented at the Summit. [5][6]

Michael Nevradakis, writing for the Childrens Defense Network news and views site, The Defender, wrote that the document contains 11 policy proposals, including “proposals for the establishment of a U.N. “Emergency Platform” and a “Global Digital Compact,” and policy proposals on “Information Integrity” and “Transforming Education.””

Under these proposals, the secretary-general would have “standing authority” to declare “an Emergency Platform in the event of a future complex global shock of sufficient scale, severity and reach.” [7]

In spite of the lack of attention to such a predominantly significant move, the media stays silent. This step, like the attempts to pass the Pandemic Treaty is putting authority to authorize profound power in the hands of a privileged few unelected figures. On the Global Research News Hour, we will devote scrutiny to such initiatives, and try to determine ways to stop, or elude their impacts with two prominent independent journalists.

In our first half hour, we hear from Derrick Broze, a writer with The Last American Vagabond and Conscious Resistance Network about what people should be concerned about in the Pact for the Future. Derrick will be at the UN next week to cover the Summit of the Future.

In our second half hour, we are joined by James Corbett, host of the Corbett report. He will be highlighting his concerns about Pandemic Treaty in spite of it not being passed last spring at the World Health Assembly. He will also speak of other developments, including a “new generation of vaccines” to be introduced to the world in a few short weeks.

Derrick Broze is a freelance investigative journalist, documentary film maker, author, public speaker and, in 2019, a candidate for Mayor of his town Houston. Derrick is the author of 5 books and writer of 5 documentaries. He is currently a staff writer for The Last American Vagabond, co-host of Free Thinker Radio on 90.1 Houston, and the founder of The Conscious Resistance Network & The Houston Free Thinkers.

James Corbett started The Corbett Report website in 2007 as an outlet for independent critical analysis of politics, society, history, and economics. An award-winning investigative journalist, he has lectured on geopolitics at the University of Groningen’s Studium Generale, and delivered presentations on open source journalism at The French Institute for Research in Computer Science and Automation’s fOSSa conference, at TedXGroningen and at Ritsumeikan University in Kyoto.

(Global Research News Hour episode 441)

LISTEN TO THE SHOW


Click to download the audio (MP3 format)

Transcript of Derrick Broze, September 11, 2024

Global Research: So what, in a nutshell, is so troubling about this benign-sounding Pact for the Future?

Derrick Broze: So, yeah, in your intro there, you kind of outlined what has come before.

I’ll share a little more detail. So in 2020, it was the 75th anniversary of the United Nations. Obviously, COVID was going on.

It was a big year for the globalist, internationalist movement, you could say. And that was also around the time, of course, we heard the term, the Great Reset. At that same time, the UN was putting out a report calling for accelerating the race to the completion of the Agenda 2030, the race to the completion of the Sustainable Development Goals.

You had Secretary General Antonio Guterres putting out statements sort of lamenting the fact that, in the UN’s words, that we were falling behind and that we weren’t going to reach the targets for completing this environmental agenda, this transformation of the world, really, by 2030. And so at that time, there was a call for a report to be issued. And this report ended up becoming Our Common Agenda.

And it was at the Our Common Agenda report, when that was released, which called for two different meetings. One of them was the Sustainable Development Goals Summit, which took place in 2023. And the other was this Summit of the Future.

And so for the last four years, the United Nations, as well as the World Economic Forum, and then another lesser known group to at least the public, the Club of Rome, have been working towards this effort. And you can look at the United Nations websites and reference material, and you can see that they have been really pumping up that everything is going towards the Summit of the Future. Now, this doesn’t mean, of course, this will be the last meeting the UN ever holds, or that at the end of the summit, world government is going to magically appear or anything like that.

But it is absolutely a major step forward in that goal, just like we saw during the COVID-19 years. And I’ve been trying to raise the alarm bells about this for the last year, myself and a few other researchers who’ve been paying attention, because I’m sure your audience is aware there was a lot of resistance and pushback to the World Health Organization pandemic agreement to the pandemic treaty. And that has sort of stalled, it’s still in the background.

But for a moment, a lot of people were paying attention to that, both online and in the real world. People went to go rally in Geneva back in May. But there has been little to no attention paid to the Summit of the Future, which I think is an equal threat, if not a greater threat, than the WHO pandemic agreement was.

And I can outline the reasons for that. But the first reason is because of this Pact for the Future document that you mentioned. And there’s actually going to be three documents which will be signed by every single 193 member states of the United Nations at the Summit of the Future.

That includes the Pact for the Future, what they’re calling a global digital compact, and the Declaration on Future Generations. And so these three documents, in their own ways, really set the stage for the UN to grab more powers as we move forward. And there’s a few different key points that we can get deeper into.

And just briefly, they are that there’s calls for a “UN 2.0”, that it’s time to remake or reset the UN. There’s talks of potentially invoking the UN Charter to remake the United Nations Security Council. So that’s one big thing, this idea that the UN is no longer, in their terms, it’s no longer fit for purpose because it was created after World War II.

And well, at this point, we’re dealing with pandemics and wars and economic calamity. And so obviously, individual governments, nation states cannot handle these problems on their own. Thus, it’s time to remake the UN to make it stronger.

So that’s one of the big push that we’re seeing. The other thing is this call for resetting the financial systems. We keep seeing references to a new Bretton Woods moment.

And of course, Bretton Woods is the agreement that brought us the International Monetary Fund and the World Bank, which have been responsible for really extorting and taking resources from developing nations and putting them in debt and stealing their resources and things like that. So they’re calling for a new financial system, which will help accelerate the push to the SDGs. And then again, part of the Pact for the Future is also this potential for the declaration of a planetary emergency.

And this includes, based on the draft versions that we’ve seen of the pact, we’ve seen three of them so far. There more than likely will be one more released before the summit is happening next weekend, September 22nd and 23rd. But so far, the versions we have seen, both the zero draft and the first, second and third version, all include language about an emergency platform.

And this emergency platform is another, I think, piece of the puzzle that is a bit worrisome, because it essentially says, in the UN’s own words, that if there is an emergency which “shocks multiple regions of the world,” then the UN could invoke this emergency platform. And what comes next, none of us know for certain. But I do find it interesting that the UN is feeling the need to at least put in language that says, we promise the emergency platform won’t be a standing body.

It won’t be a standing institution. We promise it will respect national sovereignty. And I think that is because there’s this awareness, again, after the WHO pandemic agreement, that so many people are awake to the UN’s real intentions about global control.

And this definitely ties into the whole eugenics population reduction conversation as well. So I think because of this resistance, that they feel the need to kind of, okay, let’s throw a little caveat there about national sovereignty. And let’s make sure they know this isn’t going to be a standing body.

And I guess whether or not you believe that depends on whether or not you trust the UN.

GR: Yeah, well, when you talk about, I mean, the whole idea of being able to declare a planetary emergency and having an emergency platform, it seems to kind of intersect with the pandemic treaty when they were talking about it, because essentially, it would give them, they had room to declare a pandemic, like the snap of a finger, essentially. And I’m wondering if this is also a way of, you know, interacting at a larger level.

I mean, it’s giving the UN, essentially, because it gives them an opportunity to be a new governing system. You know, effectively, a new world order. I gotta ask how, when there actually are environmental threats, plaguing a region of the planet, whether it’s climate change, or some other environmental disaster, or whatever.

I guess I’m just wondering, how would you see it? What’s maybe a test example of this emergency situation affecting a certain region of the world?

DB: So the only examples they really provide, of course, they mentioned climate change, they do mention war, they mention, as I said, economic crises. There also is a whole section in the latest version of the Pact for the Future that deals with space, which I think is interesting because, you know, there’s been concerns about the recent discussions in the mainstream media about UFOs, and, you know, threats from beyond. And many folks, I think, in the Truth-Research-Freedom community have been concerned for years about the potential for some type of false flag involving claims of, you know, we’re being invaded from the stars or something.

I don’t know if that’s on the table, but there’s definitely a lot of attention paid to space and how we need to protect space. And we need to make sure that space is diverse and equitable and sustainable and all this sort of thing. And so the UN is mainly focused on the climate change narrative, but they absolutely do mention potential for new pandemics, potential for other events.

And I think they’re purposely keeping the language vague, because, again, it talks about global shocks, shocks to multiple regions of the world. And I want to make the point that there’s a few organizations that are really kind of been behind this. One of them is the Stimson Center, which I did some reporting on at the last American Vagabond.

The Stimson Center, that’s spelled S-T-I-M-S-O-N. They have been around for quite some time, but I don’t think they’ve gotten the attention that the Rockefeller Foundation or the Gates Foundation and others have. But they’re definitely tied to that whole nexus.

And they have been one of the biggest proponents of this idea of not only the summit for the future, but they’ve been one of the biggest groups calling on the UN to declare a planetary emergency. And the planetary emergency, again, you can find another organization also funded by the Rockefellers called the Climate Governance Commission that has been promoting this idea about the need to declare this planetary emergency. They put out a November 2023 report that actually came out at the UN Climate Change Conference COP28, and it was called Governing Our Planetary Emergency.

And with that report, which came out last year, they said, “we therefore urge the UN General Assembly at the 2024 Summit of the Future to declare a planetary emergency, recognizing that the triple planetary crisis poses a grave risk to global stability and security and to be reinforced in similar statements by bodies and agencies of the UN system.” And so, yeah, they talk about this triple planetary crisis, which is deforestation, biodiversity loss and climate change. And that sort of echoes statements and terms we’ve heard from the World Economic Forum who’ve been pushing this idea of polycrisis for a couple of years now.

We’re dealing with a polycrisis. And all of this is designed to get the public to believe that the Earth is in such a state of calamity, that the only way we can make it through this is to come together as a world government. There’s no way that France or Mexico or the United States or the UK or Canada can handle this on our own, because it’s a global, it’s global in scope.

And thus, we need to come together and use this Pact for the Future to either declare a planetary emergency. And I will say, I have less confidence that they’re actually going to do that at this event in terms of literally saying we now declare a planetary emergency. But 100%, the current version of the Pact for the Future does include this emergency platform I mentioned.

So even if they don’t outright declare the emergency yet, they’re putting in place the infrastructure so that if they later declare this planetary emergency, they can go ahead and kind of rapidly accelerate their plans and their goals. And one other point I’ll just mention here is that we can look back to the Club of Rome, and I encourage folks who are not familiar with the Club of Rome to become more familiar with them. They have deep ties, of course, to Henry Kissinger and to the World Economic Forum’s beginnings as well.

But the Club of Rome, they’ve actually been talking about this since before the Climate Governance Commission or the Stimson Center or the UN even. I found a report in 2019, which was called Planetary Emergency Plan, and it was just all about this whole idea. And then a year later, the Club of Rome updated the report in August 2020, of course, a few months after we were into the COVID-19 1984 nightmare.

And the Club of Rome described this report as, quote, a roadmap for governments and other stakeholders to shift our societies and economies to bring back balance between people, planet and prosperity. And so this all goes back to the Club of Rome. And for those who are unaware of their history, it absolutely is a eugenicist history.

You can look at their 1991 report titled The First Global Revolution, which was written by a man named Alexander King, who is one of the co-founders of the Club of Rome, who attended the 1973 meeting of the first meeting of the World Economic Forum. And it is in this report titled The First Global Revolution, which includes a section titled The Common Enemy of Humanity is Man. And it is this section which many of us point to and say, hey, look, the Club of Rome clearly are eugenicists, they believe in population reduction.

They claim that this has been misinterpreted, but I’ll just quote it for your audience really briefly, and then they can decide what they think on their own. So again, this is from a 1991 report titled The First Global Revolution. The section is titled The Common Enemy of Humanity is Man.

And it says, “in searching for a new enemy to unite us, we came up with the idea that that pollution, the threat of global warming, water shortages, famine and the like would fit the bill. In their totality and in their interactions, these phenomena do constitute a common threat, which demands the solidarity of all peoples. But in designating them as the enemy, we fall into the trap about which we have already warned, namely mistaking symptoms for causes.

“All these dangers are caused by human intervention, and it is only through changed attitudes and behaviour that they can be overcome. The real enemy then is humanity itself.” So this is really the root of the Summit of the Future, this call for a planetary emergency and everything else that we’re going to see happen in New York City next weekend.

GR: You mentioned a kind of a renewal of Bretton Woods as well, and bringing in the financial system. And I mean, because as you know, I mean, the Bretton Woods system, you know, instituted the International Monetary Fund, and essentially, you know, they got a system of essentially overruling the sovereignty of nations, you know, getting them to use Structural Adjustment Programs, you know, regardless of who was in power, or else they would not follow up with a, or if they wanted to get a loan that they needed. And I know we’re living in a world where just about everybody is really good using a loan.

I mean, is this this, the notion or the changes to the financial system? Is this essentially about becoming an enforcer to the UN? Because I mean, I’m looking at right now, the United Nations, I mean, they could say, you know, Israel has to stop their genocidal policies, and Israel can just say no. But I mean, this, you know, this financial mechanism could be a way or one of many ways, perhaps, of getting, you know, bringing power to the UN by restricting assets, funds, funding, and so forth. I mean, is that kind of what you’re talking about? Or is there more to it than that?

DB: No, that’s absolutely it right there.

I mean, this is, as you said, it’s, they keep saying, it’s time for a new Bretton Woods moment, etc. So they’re, you know, they’re doing, they’re trying to do the same thing we’ve already seen them do in the past. For those who are familiar, for example, with John Perkins’ work, Confessions of an Economic Hitman, it would be that same type of strategy.

And in the latest version of the Pact for the Future, they specifically mentioned Special Drawing Rights, or SDR, which you may be familiar with, or maybe some of your audience. I’m not an expert on it. But I know that this has been a discussion for over a decade now.

And essentially, it’s not a currency, it’s a, they call it like a basket of financial tools or something like, you know, they use this sort of legalese financial economic terms. But I do know that James Corbett, of course, a great researcher on his own, since at least 2013, has been warning that the Special Drawing Rights might be the sort of foundation for a potentially global currency. And it definitely appears that that is in the works because of this latest version of the Summit of the Future, the Pact for the Future draft, the third version, which just came out on August 27.

So it’s the most recent version we have, absolutely mentions using Special Drawing Rights as the way that nations could, you know, get access to money. And they talk about using multilateral development banks, well, multilateral development banks, that’s the World Bank, that’s the IMF. So whether it’s the same old systems that we’ve seen them using in the past to, you know, extort resources and, you know, put their thumb over nations, or it’s brand new institutions, we don’t know yet.

But it definitely appears to be the same old strategy at play here. But this time, they’re saying, because it’s so we’re so late in the game, and we might not accomplish the SDGs, we need all nations to step up their injection of financial cash. And of course, we’re also seeing the discussion around public private partnerships, which has been made really popular by the World Economic Forum.

And so the UN latest draft says something to the effect that we need both public private partnerships to inject money. And then we need individual nations to step up their, their, their funds that are coming in to the UN. Now, it does stop short, I will say it does stop short of saying, all nations are required to put in X amount of dollars, it’s still sort of couched in kind of like softer language of, we should suggest we should recommend.

And that’s been one of the major complaints that people who like the UN who think it could be a force for good have said for years is that it has no enforcement mechanism. Now, personally, I think that’s a good thing that it can enforce these, you know, these things I would like, but there are others who would like for it to have the ability to actually enforce this. So like I said, we’ll just have to see what happens in New York City next weekend.

As you mentioned, I will be there on the ground in person, I did get access for at least two of the days, they’re doing what they’re calling two action days, and then they’re doing the actual summit. I’ll be there for at least two of those days. And I’m going to try to get some interviews, maybe some confrontations and just get a feel for what’s going on on the ground.

Because one other thing I will mention is that we know that none of us have been consulted about the Summit of the Future, the Pact for the Future, the vast majority of people have no idea this is even going on. But they are absolutely going to trot out some younger folks, some Indigenous folks, some women, some marginalized communities, so that they can say, we’re considering all stakeholder viewpoints. And, you know, look, we brought in the youth, we’re going to listen to them.

And I’m really curious to see how that plays out. Because I definitely think the younger the younger generations are being heavily indoctrinated to believe that the world is about to end. So they want to create this illusion that the youth are demanding action, the youth are demanding this pact for the future.

And, you know, if you’re not taking steps, governments of the world, it’s you’re failing the younger generations. And I think, unfortunately, a lot of well meaning, probably very intelligent young people are being manipulated and brought into this, this event.


The Global Research News Hour airs every Friday at 1pm CT on CKUW 95.9FM out of the University of Winnipeg.

The programme is also broadcast weekly (Monday, 1-2pm ET) by the Progressive Radio Network in the US.

The programme is also podcast at globalresearch.ca .

Notes:

    1. https://www.globalresearch.ca/un-pact-future-digital-id-vaccine-passports-massive-censorship/5867744?utm_campaign=magnet&utm_source=article_page&utm_medium=related_articles
    2. https://merylnass.substack.com/p/the-disaster-that-is-the-pact-for
    3. https://www.pm.gc.ca/en/news/news-releases/2024/09/16/prime-minister-travel-new-york-city-attend-united-nations-general
    4. https://yandex.com/search/?text=media+trudeau+summit+of+the+future+2024&lr=21380
    5. https://www.globalresearch.ca/media-silence-un-pact-future/5868270
    6. https://www.activistpost.com/2024/09/summit-of-the-future-the-public-still-has-not-seen-the-final-draft-of-the-pact-for-the-future.html
    7. https://www.globalresearch.ca/un-pact-future-digital-id-vaccine-passports-massive-censorship/5867744?utm_campaign=magnet&utm_source=article_page&utm_medium=related_articles

 

 

Lebanon officials are now reporting that multiple home solar energy systems have reportedly exploded in various neighborhoods across Beirut.

This attack follows closely on the heels of Tuesday’s pager blasts, which claimed the lives of 12 and left nearly 4,000 wounded in what is rapidly becoming an unparalleled security nightmare for the terrorist organization.

On Wednesday, walkie-talkies exploded simultaneously at various Hezbollah-controlled locations across the country.

Now, reports emerged from Lebanon’s Official News Agency detailing how home solar systems—often touted as the solution to climate change—were also going up in flames.

Al Jazeera reported, “Several blasts took place simultaneously, Hashem said, similar to what happened on Tuesday. “But this time, it was mostly walkie-talkies or radios [that exploded],” he said, adding that reports suggested that solar devices and some batteries in cars also exploded. Lebanon’s official news agency reported that home solar energy systems exploded in several areas of Beirut.”

AP reported that Defense Minister Yoav Gallant has announced the beginning of a “new phase” in the conflict as the country redirects its attention to the northern front, where Hezbollah militants in Lebanon pose a growing threat.

Gallant made the announcement while addressing Israeli troops on Wednesday, praising the army and security agencies for their operational successes in recent months. “The results are very impressive,” he said, acknowledging the accomplishments of the military in the fight against Hamas but emphasizing the need to pivot to the north.

“We are at the start of a new phase in the war — it requires courage, determination, and perseverance,” Gallant stated. While he did not directly address the recent mysterious explosions of electronic devices in Lebanon, his comments suggest that Israel’s military strategy will now focus on combating Hezbollah.

This is a breaking story.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Get Your Free Copy of “Towards a World War III Scenario: The Dangers of Nuclear War”! 

Jim Hᴏft is the founder and editor of The Gateway Pundit, one of the top conservative news outlets in America. Jim was awarded the Reed Irvine Accuracy in Media Award in 2013 and is the proud recipient of the Breitbart Award for Excellence in Online Journalism from the Americans for Prosperity Foundation in May 2016.

Zelensky apela abertamente ao terrorismo contra os russos comuns.

September 20th, 2024 by Lucas Leiroz de Almeida

O regime de Kiev já não esconde a sua natureza terrorista e extremista. Numa entrevista recente aos meios de comunicação ocidentais, o Presidente ucraniano, Vladimir Zelensky, apelou abertamente à promoção do terror contra os cidadãos russos. Segundo ele, esta seria a melhor forma de colocar o povo russo contra o governo de Vladimir Putin.

Zelensky comentou sobre este tema durante uma entrevista à CNN. Ele disse que é necessário lançar ataques profundos à sociedade russa, destruindo a suposta “vida confortável” dos cidadãos russos. Ele espera trazer as consequências da guerra para toda a sociedade russa, incluindo civis e pessoas comuns em regiões distantes da zona de conflito.

O presidente ucraniano afirma que Putin não quer negociar o fim do conflito e, portanto, não há possibilidade de um acordo diplomático entre a Rússia e a Ucrânia na situação atual. Assim, para forçar o presidente russo a mudar a sua posição, seria necessário tornar os próprios cidadãos russos hostis ao governo. Zelensky acredita que a maneira mais fácil de o povo russo deixar de apoiar o governo é espalhar o medo e a insegurança.

Na sua declaração, Zelensky defendeu abertamente colocar os russos “em risco”. Na sua narrativa, Putin é visto como uma pessoa que não se preocupa com questões como o apoio internacional ou a diplomacia, temendo apenas a opinião pública e a pressão popular. Neste sentido, só se os cidadãos russos estiverem em perigo constante haveria uma oportunidade para o presidente russo mudar de ideias e começar a negociar a paz com os ucranianos.

“Tenho certeza de que ele só tem medo de uma coisa. Sem líderes, sem países, sem nada. Ele tem medo da sua sociedade, do povo russo (…) Se o povo russo estiver em perigo, se não tiver uma vida confortável, se viver sem energia, como o nosso povo, compreenderá o preço da guerra . Eles não ficarão felizes com isso e começarão a pressiona-lo”, afirmou.

A retórica de Zelensky é totalmente falaciosa. Desde 2022, apenas o lado russo se mostrou repetidamente disposto a negociar. Moscou apresentou diversas propostas de paz que poderiam ter encerrado o conflito, evitando mais mortes. No entanto, Kiev recusou ou ignorou todas estas propostas, aceitando subservientemente ser utilizado pela OTAN num plano de guerra por procuração contra Moscou. Portanto, o lado culpado pelo fracasso diplomático não é a Rússia.

É verdade que os russos cancelaram recentemente todas as negociações de paz e decidiram resolver o conflito por meios militares. Mas esta decisão foi tomada precisamente porque Kiev, depois de boicotar todas as negociações de paz anteriores, lançou uma invasão ilegal da região de Kursk, assassinando sistematicamente civis russos numa área pacífica e indiscutível. O ato foi considerado terrorista pelas autoridades russas, impossibilitando novas negociações. A posição russa tem sido clara de que não tolerará ataques a civis e territórios indiscutíveis, sendo todas estas ações ucranianas vistas como terroristas.

Neste sentido, em vez de parar estes atos, retirando as tropas ucranianas de Kursk e pedindo a retomada das conversações diplomáticas, Zelensky está a fazer precisamente o oposto. Ele aposta ainda mais no uso do terrorismo, prometendo publicamente aumentar os ataques a áreas civis apenas para tentar, em vão, mudar a opinião pública russa. Obviamente, isto torna a diplomacia impossível, deixando a Rússia sem outra opção senão expandir as ações militares.

Além disso, deve ser sublinhado que o cálculo estratégico ucraniano está absolutamente errado. Zelensky espera fomentar a militância anti-Putin na Rússia, espalhando o terror. Contudo, quanto mais forem atacados, mais os russos apoiarão a operação militar especial. Os russos comuns não querem ser intimidados e ameaçados pela violência fascista. Tal como os seus antepassados ​​lutaram contra a Alemanha de Hitler, eles estão prontos para fazer todos os esforços necessários para impedir o crescimento da russofobia e o genocídio dos russos.

Na prática, os ataques ucranianos estão a fazer com que a opinião pública russa apoie ainda mais as ações contra Kiev. Zelensky só está acelerando o fim do seu próprio regime ao promover o terror, pois os russos continuam a ter abundante capacidade de mobilização, sendo capazes de expandir suas ações militares – enquanto a Ucrânia tem apenas alguns recursos restantes para resistir ao avanço russo. Em vez de “forçar Putin a negociar”, Zelensky apenas conseguirá prejudicar ainda mais a própria posição da Ucrânia no conflito.

Já é claro para todos os russos que não há possibilidade de negociação com o regime de Kiev. A operação militar especial é apoiada pela maioria do povo russo porque as ações cada vez mais agressivas do regime de Zelensky deixam claro que o lado ucraniano ocidental conhece apenas a linguagem da força.

Lucas Leiroz de Almeida

 

 

Artigo em inglês : Zelensky openly calls for terrorism against ordinary Russians, InfoBrics, 18 de Setembro de 2024.

Imagem : InfoBrics

*

Lucas Leiroz, membro da Associação de Jornalistas do BRICS, pesquisador do Centro de Estudos Geoestratégicos, especialista militar.

Você pode seguir Lucas Leiroz em: https://t.me/lucasleiroz e https://x.com/leiroz_lucas

The Mastermind of the Chemical Attacks in Syria

September 20th, 2024 by Steven Sahiounie

The man who orchestrated the chemical attacks in Syria has died in Idlib. Mohamed Amin Khalid al-Hamoud was a chemical engineer, who was in control of the chemical weapons for Hayat Tahrir al-Sham (HTS), headed by Mohamed al-Julani.

According to HTS’s media, al-Hamoud died of a heart attack, but other sources in Idlib say he was poisoned to death. He began with the Free Syrian Army (FSA), which has dissolved into the current HTS.

The Syrian armed conflict has been over for years.  The last terrorist-occupied territory is Idlib, west of Aleppo. Hayat Tahrir al-Sham (HTS) holds about 3 million residents as human shields. HTS runs Idlib like an Islamic State, and Julani was formerly a member of ISIS, before creating his own Al Qaeda branch in Syria, Jibhat al-Nusra.

When the US designated Jibhat al-Nusra a terrorist group, Julani changed the name of the group to HTS, and the act of re-branding allowed him to live in freedom in Idlib, despite the 10-million-dollar bounty the US had placed on his head.  But, that lucrative prize has not been awarded, even though American journalist Martin Smith of PBS interviewed him in Idlib, and UN and other international aid agencies hand-deliver millions of dollars in aid directly to Julani.

In the PBS interview in February 2021, Julani said,

“For example, till now there’s still international recognition of Bashar al-Assad, although he carried out tens of chemical attacks against his people. Actually, it was said over 100 attacks.”

In March 2011, the beginning of the US-NATO attack on Syria for regime change began in Deraa.

On August 21, 2012, US President Obama, the architect of the US-NATO attack on Syria, gave a speech in which he said that the US would consider the use of chemical weapons in Syria as a ‘red line’.  His threat was directed at the Syrian government in Damascus, but it was the US-supported armed opposition who took heed and began their plans.

Obama’s ‘red line’ speech was a ‘green light’ for the armed opposition, which had been trained, funded, supplied, and armed by the US.  The US media presented them as freedom fighters and Sen. John McCain lobbied for them in Congress to keep their funding. They called themselves the Free Syrian Army  (FSA).  Despite the billions of dollars poured into the group, by 2017 President Trump shut down the CIA program responsible for the FSA.

The very first use of chemicals in the Syrian conflict occurred on March 19, 2013, just seven months after Obama’s ‘red line’ threat.

Khan al-Assal is a village just west of Aleppo on the road to Idlib. The town was inhabited by farmers and livestock. The FSA had attacked the village previously, but the residents had fought back and repelled the attack. The second attack on the town utilized chemical weapons and marked the very first use of chemicals in the Syrian conflict.

Western media blamed the SAA, while the Syrian media blamed the FSA. Syrian TV news reporters were on the scene both at the site of the attack and among the survivors who were being treated at the hospital.  Eyewitnesses said a missile fell and a smell of chlorine was present and both people and livestock had died, which was filmed by the Syrian Arab News Agency (SANA).

The Syrian government wrote a letter of complaint to the UN requesting a UN delegation of chemical investigators to come to Syria to investigate the chemical attack.  The UN replied that it was too dangerous in that area to send a team of investigators.

On August 21, 2013, a chemical attack east of Damascus, in the suburbs of Ghouta, occurred. The video uploaded by the FSA showed horrific scenes of rows of dead children lying on the floor. The video was shown globally for days. There was no verification of the source of the video, or its authenticity. But, as the saying goes, “A picture is worth a thousand words.”

Immediately, most were unified in their conclusion that the SAA had carried out the chemical attack.  What was missing in their long-distance jump to conclusion, was the fact the Syrian government had been requesting the UN chemical investigators to come to Syria to investigate Khan al-Assal, and the investigators had just arrived finally in Damascus the day before the Ghouta attack. They had just unpacked their bags when a new chemical attack occurred very near where they were staying.

Fred Pleitgen, a journalist with CNN, was in Damascus to follow the UN investigation story, and he reported on going to all the hospitals in Damascus after the attack looking for victims or survivors and found none.

On April 17, 2014, Seymour Hersh published an expose in the London Review of Books, which explained why Obama had changed his mind, and not attacked the Syrian government in response to the Ghouta chemical attack.

According to Hersh,

“Obama’s change of mind had its origins at Porton Down, the defense laboratory in Wiltshire. British intelligence had obtained a sample of the sarin used in the 21 August attack and analysis demonstrated that the gas used didn’t match the batches known to exist in the Syrian army’s chemical weapons arsenal. The message that the case against Syria wouldn’t hold up was quickly relayed to the US joint chiefs of staff.”

On December 29, 2016, the SAA entered East Aleppo, which had been occupied by the FSA, Jibhat al-Nusra, and other allied international terrorists for years. The terrorists had been either killed or taken in a surrender deal to Idlib.

CNN’s Fred Pleitgen was with the SAA as they entered for the first time areas previously under occupation by the terrorists.  On camera, Pleitgen was interviewed by Christiane Amanpour. Pleitgen was in a dusty room, which he identified as a chemical workshop. Large barrels and supplies were seen in the room he stood in.  Amanpour asked him if that room of chemicals had been on the government side. Pleitgen answered equally directly, that no it could not, as the area was just recovered by the SAA moments ago.

The terrorists fighting the Syrian government realized that Obama had let them down, and had not delivered on his promise to them, that if chemicals were used the American military would take decisive action in Syria, and the terrorists took that to mean the Damascus government would fall.

The goal of the FSA and their allies has always been the downfall of the secular government in Damascus, and the formation of an Islamic State in Syria, governed by Islamic law. This is the global goal of the Muslim Brotherhood (MB), which has members throughout the US and Europe. During the Obama administration, the MB was elevated to key positions of power, after Trump tried to get the US Congress to designate the MB as a terrorist organization, he was stopped several times.

The terrorists refused to give up on their dream of a US response to the use of chemicals, and on April 17, 2014, they used chemicals in a small village of Khan Sheikhoun, near Idlib.

In a last-ditch, the ‘Hail Mary’ pass aimed at victory, the terrorists carried out the April 7, 2018 chemical attack in Douma, near Damascus.

The Organization for the Prevention of Chemical Weapons (OPCW) investigated the Douma attack and prepared a report.  But, Professor Emeritus of MIT, Theodore Postol received some leaked documents which caused Postol to say the “conclusion is clear; that the cylinder was placed near this hole that was already produced by a mortar shell or an artillery rocket in order to make it appear on the surface that this chlorine cylinder injected chlorine into the building. This is a staged event, no question about it, unambiguous.”

Postol took a look into a previous chemical attack report by OPCW and said, “And incidentally, the report on Khan Sheikhoun has similar problems. In the case of the Khan Sheikhoun report, which is an event that occurred a year earlier, they cite evidence that when you look at the evidence, it’s also inconsistent with what they claim.”

On May 19, 2024, protesters in Idlib were calling for the ouster of Julani and HTS.  Protests had been ongoing, Julani had stopped all aid going to the residents, and some people on the HTS payroll were cut off.

On May 25, 2024, the protests continued against Julani and HTS. The protesters told how their relatives had been imprisoned and tortured to death by HTS.  Julani is arresting members of HTS in a cover-up, preparing for the day when he would be captured, or perhaps escape.

His benefactor, President Recip Tayyip Erdogan of Turkey, had turned against HTS and in the summer of 2024 had been attacking HTS, as Erdogan prepared to normalize his relationship with President Bashar al-Assad.

Turkey, Russia, and Syria are united in their agreement to clear Idlib of terrorist control and open the M4 highway to Aleppo for civilians and commercial traffic.

On September 5, 2024, Robert Wood, a US official at the UN, issued a statement, “Resolution 2118 said those individuals responsible for the use of chemical weapons in Syria must be held accountable.”

Wood directs his statement at the Syrian government, but fails to mention the possibility that the US-supported armed opposition carried out the chemical attacks to elicit a military response from the US.

Mohamed Amin Khalid al-Hamoud is dead, and he cannot testify to his role as the mastermind of the chemical attacks in Syria.  He may have gotten a taste of his own medicine.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Get Your Free Copy of “Towards a World War III Scenario: The Dangers of Nuclear War”! 

This article was originally published on Mideast Discourse.

Steven Sahiounie is a two-time award-winning journalist. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from MD


The Globalization of War: America’s “Long War” against Humanity

Michel Chossudovsky

The “globalization of war” is a hegemonic project. Major military and covert intelligence operations are being undertaken simultaneously in the Middle East, Eastern Europe, sub-Saharan Africa, Central Asia and the Far East. The U.S. military agenda combines both major theater operations as well as covert actions geared towards destabilizing sovereign states.

ISBN Number: 978-0-9879389-0-9

Year: 2015
Pages: 240 Pages

Price: $9.40

Click here to order.

Power in Politics

Power is the ability to make people, states, movements, organizations, or things do what they would not otherwise have done. It is a matter of fact that politics is seen to be about might rather than right.  

It can be said that, in essence, politics is power or, in other words, the ability of some international actor to get the desired results of his/her political behavior by using whatever instruments (legal or not, moral or not, etc.). In the very broadest sense of its meaning, power can be understood as the ability to influence the results of certain political/historical events, from the point of view to have or control power to do something in the arena of world politics and international relations. 

The notion of power in world politics is usually attached to the nation-state and, therefore, power as an ability is prescribed to the country to direct its affairs but without the interference of other states or other international actors. As a consequence of such an understanding of the term, power in politics is, basically, a very close term if not even a synonym to autonomy or independence.   

Nevertheless, in academic literature, power in international politics is mostly understood as a relationship as the real ability to influence the behavior of other actors (states, organizations, movements, parties, persons, etc.) in a manner, not of their choosing.

That is the reason why the term power over others is becoming more and more used as a proper one. In other words, power in politics can be understood as a phenomenon that is exercised when one actor gets another actor to do something that, in fact, the latter would not otherwise have done. However, from a very practical point of view, distinctions exist between potential and actual power, relational and structural power, and finally between hard and soft power.[1]

Power is for sure a property of a structure which means that it is an ability to control the political moves and shape how things of the others are going to be arranged influenced by key factors through which one actor may influence another one or several of them at the same time (for instance, the relations between the USA and the rest of the member states of NATO). 

Soft Power 

For decades, power in international relations has been seen through the prism of capabilities, and consequently, power as a phenomenon was understood either as an attribute or a possession. From this point of view, power was often reflected in attempts to make a list of components of the power of a nation-state. However, those components usually are seen, in fact, as the real capabilities of one actor to achieve its aim by using some sort of power.[2]  The focal capabilities of nation-states in direct relation to their potential or real power are the next five:[3]

  1. Military capability: It is the question of how large military forces one actor has, how many weapons possesses, and of what kinds of weapons, and of what quality? In other words, the greater the military capability of one actor taking into consideration all of these dimensions, the greater is its real political and military power in the international arena. Many Great Powers reduce their army’s size when they get more sophisticated weaponry. The realist school understands the power in international relations almost exclusively attached to the military capacity of a nation-state. Military capacity is a basic force of power as it enables a state to protect its own borders, people, and territory from external aggression but as well as to impose its interests across its borders by a policy of occupation and expansion. From a very military viewpoint, the crucial factors are, therefore, the size of the army, its effectiveness in terms of morale, training, discipline, command, and its possession of the most advanced weaponry and equipment. 
  2. Economic resources: From an economic standpoint, the power of the nation-state depends on how large is a GNP, how much the nation-state is industrialized and technologically developed, and how much its economy is diversified? In other words, the weight of the nation-state in the international arena is closely connected to its wealth and economic resources. We cannot forget that in practice, military power directly depends on the economic development of the actor for the very reason that economic wealth enables nation-states (and other actors in international relations) to develop large military forces, possess sophisticated weapons, pay for the mercenaries or wage costly wars (for example, the US military intervention in Iraq in 2003). Modern technology with advanced industry is as well as an expression of the economic wealth of a nation which gives political power in relation to trading and other partners. It is true particularly in those cases when national currencies are very strong and stable to the extent that other nations are using them as tools of international exchange (for instance, a petrodollar).   
  3. Natural resources: It means, how much an actor has access to natural resources for the sake of supporting its own economic capabilities in general and in particular its military? 
  4. Population resources: The power of a nation-state very much depends on its population number what is of extreme importance for both national economy and military as a large population usually contribute to a larger military and labor force. However, in this matter, it is necessary to respect a population’s age, gender, level of literacy, skills, health, and education as all of these factors have a direct influence on the actor’s economy, technological advantage, and military strength. Modern economic, especially industrial, development requires mass literacy and certain levels of work-related skills. Today, a higher level of scientific and technical skills has become a crucial requirement for national economic success. However, politically, it is a question is the population of nation-state united around its Government, or there are political, ideological, confessional, etc. cleavages which are threatening internal national cohesion?  
  5. Geographic features: The chief significance of geographical elements as land area, location, climate, topography, and natural resources, are always stressed by human geographers and geopolitics to be of extreme importance for the national power. In other words, from a geographical point of view, it is important to how large the territory of a nation-state is, does it possess direct access to the sea/ocean, does the terrain of the state can provide natural defenses (mountains, marshes or rivers, for instance)? Finally, it is as well as a question do climate, geographic features, and terrain in general permit agriculture and strengthening a defense system in general?[4]

How Many Principal Forms of Power?

In political science usually, power is classified into five principal forms: Force, Persuasion, Authority, Coercion, and Manipulation. Nevertheless, most political sciences claim that only coercion and manipulation are undoubtedly forms of power in politics. 

  1. Force implies the control of some actors in politics because they oppose the will of those who use the force which is the real reason to use it. In other words, only when he complies because of the threat of force in the relationships can be labeled as power. However, in such a situation, this becomes coercion.   
  2. Persuasion means that the powerless (slave) may persuade the powerful (ruler). The offering, in this case, of ideas and wishes is not controlled until it creates a dependency and, therefore, the capacity to manipulate.
  3. Authority is understood as legitimate (according to the law) power that means in reality the existence of different (legal) rights to command duties to obey. Therefore, authority constitutes a significant resource for power. 
  4. Coercion is, in fact, a synonym for power as this form of power is controlling people by using the threats (open or hidden).  
  5. Manipulation as a form of power involves control exercised without direct use of threat or force but using resources of information and ideas/ideology. Manipulation is a more durable form of power – a kind of soft power.[5]

How Many Powers Are in IR?

We can say that almost all forms of politics are about power and, therefore, politics as an academic discipline is usually understood as the study of power. Contemporary political studies raise two focal questions concerning power:

1) Where power is located or who has it?; and

2) How many powers exist? That is the question regarding the changing nature of power. 

The actors in international relations (IR), especially those who belong to the Great Powers[6], can use capabilities in different ways in order to increase their political, economic, military or so influence on others.  

There are eight different and basic natures (types) of power used by actors in global politics and international relations but especially by those from the group of Great Powers in order to reshape World order:[7]

  1. Hard Power: This is the ability of an actor (in fact, a nation-state) to influence another actor or actors by using threats or rewards. The actor using hard power is involving military “sticks” (punishment) or economic “carrots” (reward). The policy of hard power predominantly focuses on the use of economic sanctions, military threats, and even military deployment in order to coerce the compliance of others.[8]
  2. Soft Power: This is the ability to influence other actors by convincing them by different means to follow or agree to certain norms, aspirations, and politics that produce the desired behavior. The term soft power is used in the studies of international relations to mark the use of economic, cultural, and diplomatic measures for the sake of attracting and shape the actions of other actors toward the desired direction.[9]
  3. Smart Power: The policy of smart power is to combine both hard power and soft power to reinforce one another in the international arena. In other words, the main instrument used by smart power is, in fact, compelling and is a tactic/strategy used to force an actor to make concessions against its will by combining military threats with economic/financial rewards.   
  4. Relational Power: It means the ability of one actor to influence another actor or several of them in a direction that originally was not of their wish and choosing.
  5. Structural Power: It is an ability to shape the frameworks within which actors in global politics relate to one another. Therefore, the structural power used by the supreme actor determines how politics is going to be done for the rest of the group. Structural power operates through structures that shape the capacities and interests of actors in relation to one another.[10]
  6. Compulsory Power: Such power allows the actor to establish direct control over another by implying military, economic, or financial instruments. 
  7. Institutional Power: It is used when the actors exercise indirect control over as, for example, when states establish international institutions that work to their own long-term advantage and to the disadvantage of others (NATO, EU, IMF, ICJ, ICC, etc.).  
  8. Productive Power: This power is in essence inter-subjective power as it is the power that operates through the ability to shape an actor’s own traditional beliefs, values, or perceptions. Productive power is influenced by social constructivists, poststructuralists, and feminist thinking and works by defining the so-called “legitimate” knowledge and by determining whose knowledge matters.[11]

Closing Remarks

Politics, either domestic or international, in essence, is a power that means the ability to achieve desired results by using different instruments and policies. The quest for power and influence are basic points of any politics. Power as a phenomenon was all the time central to studies of conflict and security. Nevertheless, power is a very complex and multi-dimensional phenomenon. From a purely academic point of view, power as a concept is extremely disputed as there is no agreed notion of power. Instead, only exist different rival notions coming from different schools.[12]

However, almost all schools in global politics and international relations agree that power has to be understood in terms of capability – an attribute that an actor (mostly nation-state) possesses; relationship – the exercise of influence over other actors; and property of structure – the ability to control the political agenda and direct things to the proper direction.

To conclude, regarding global politics and international relations, power is “the ability to convince another state to do what it would not normally do”.[13] The first move of the state is to organize power domestically, and the second is to accumulate power internationally.[14]

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Get Your Free Copy of “Towards a World War III Scenario: The Dangers of Nuclear War”! 

Dr. Vladislav B. Sotirović is a former university professor in Vilnius, Lithuania. He is a Research Fellow at the Center for Geostrategic Studies. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.  

Notes

[1] Andrew Heywood, Global Politics, New York: Palgrave Macmillan, 2011, 210.

[2] Richard W. Mansbach, Kirsten L. Taylor, Introduction to Global Politics, Second Edition, London−New York: Routledge Taylor and Francis Group, 2012, 253.

[3] These five capabilities or the focal elements of national power are usually taken into consideration to rank nation-states within a global hierarchy especially those from the club of Great Powers.

[4] See more in [Paul Cloke, Philip Crang, Mark Goodwin, Introducing Human Geographies, Second Edition, Abington, UK: Hodder Arnold, 2005].

[5] See more in [Garrett W. Brown, Iain McLean, Alistair McMillan, eds., Oxford Concise Dictionary of Politics & International Relations, Fourth Edition, Oxford, UK, 2018, 446−448].

[6] Originally, in the 18th century, the term Great Power was related to any European state that was, in essence, a sovereign or independent. In practice, it meant, only those states that were able to independently defend themselves from the aggression launched by another state or group of states. Nevertheless, after WWII, the term Great Power was applied to countries that were regarded to be in the most powerful positions within the global system of international relations. Those countries are only countries whose foreign policy is „forward“ policy and, therefore, states like Brazil, Germany, or Japan, who have significant economic might, are not considered today to be members of the Great Power bloc for the only reason that they lack both political will and the military potential for the Great Power status (a partial exception is Germany after 1990 as Berlin, especially since 1999, forwarding its neo-imperialistic policy within the frameworks of both NATO and the EU). One of the fundamental characteristics and historical features of any member state of the Great Power club was, is, and will be to behave in the international arena according to its own adopted geopolitical concept(s) and aim(s). In other words, the leading modern and postmodern nation-states are „geopolitically“ acting in the global politics that makes a crucial difference between them and all other states. According to the realist viewpoint, global or world politics is nothing else than a struggle for power and supremacy between the states on different levels as regional, continental, intercontinental, or global (universal). Therefore, the Governments of the states are forced to remain informed upon the efforts and politics of other states, or eventually other political actors, for the sake, if necessary, of acquiring extra power (weapons, etc.) which is supposed to protect their own national security (Iran) or even survival on the political map of the world (North Korea) by the potential aggressor (the USA). Competing for supremacy and protecting national security, the national states will usually opt for the policy of balancing one another’s power by different means like creating or joining military-political blocs or increasing their own military capacity. Subsequently, global politics is nothing else but just an eternal struggle for power and supremacy in order to protect the self-proclaimed national interest and security of the major states or the Great Powers. As the major states regard the issue of power distribution to be fundamental in international relations and as they act in accordance with the relative power that they have, the factors of internal influence on states, like the type of political Government or economic order, have no strong impact on foreign policy and international relations. In other words, it is of the „genetic nature“ of the Great Powers to struggle for supremacy and hegemony regardless of their inner construction and features. It is the same „natural law“ either for democracies or totalitarian types of government or liberal (free-market) and command (centralized) economies. About Great Powers, see more in [Paul Kennedy, The Rise and Fall of the Great Powers: Economic Change and Military Conflict from 1500 to 2000, New York: Vintage Books, 2010; Matthew Kroenig, The Return of Great Power Rivalry: Democracy versus Autocracy from the Ancient World to the U.S. and China, Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press, 2020]. National interest is foreign policy goals, objectives, or policy preferences to be benefited by society. Public interest is, basically, a synonym for the national interest. 

[7] World order can be understood as the distribution of power between and/or among Great Powers or other focal actors in global politics by different means establishing a relatively stable framework of relationships and behaviors in international relations. See in more detail in [Stephen McGlinchey, Rosie Walters, Christian Scheinpflug (eds.), International Relations Theory, Bristol, England: E-International Relations Publishing, 2017]. 

[8] NATO military aggression on the Federal Republic of Yugoslavia in 1999 illustrates how hard power works in practice as the Yugoslav army stopped fighting primarily because of the threat of use of additional and more effective NATO strategy and military actions.  

[9] As one of the effective instruments used within the framework of soft power is, for instance, the NGOs [Karen A. Mingst, Essentials of International Relations, Third Edition, New York−London: W. W. Norton & Company, 2004, 180−185].

[10] Garrett W. Brown, Iain McLean, Alistair McMillan (eds.), The Concise Oxford Dictionary of Politics and International Relations, Fourth Edition, Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press, 2018.

[11] See more in [Sorin Baiasu, Sylvie Loriaux (eds.), Sincerity in Politics and International Relations, London−New York: Routledge Taylor & Francis Group, 2017].

[12] See in more detail in [Stephen McGlinchey (ed.), International Relations, Bristol, England: E-International Relations Publishing, 2017].

[13] Steven L. Spiegel, Jennifer Morrison Taw, Fred L. Wehling, Kristen P. Williams, World Politics in a New Era, Third Edition, Thomson Wadsworth, 2004, 702.

[14] John Baylis, Steve Smith, Patricia Owens, The Globalization of World Politics: An Introduction to International Relations, Fourth Edition, New York: Oxford University Press, 2008, 100.

Featured image is from the author

Washington does not support Brazil’s entry into the United Nations Security Council (UNSC) for fear that the country will adopt divergent positions in votes on issues critical to the United States and that it will be another BRICS member in the body.

Brazil’s demand for a seat in the UNSC is long-standing, but the US has resisted accepting expansion. The US ambassador to the UN, Linda Thomas-Greenfield, recently stated that Washington does not guarantee its support for Brazil in an eventual expansion. She stressed that the US would only endorse the candidacies of India, Germany and Japan, which, together with Brazil, form the G4 — a group that advocates the expansion of the organization.

“We have expressed our support for Japan and, Germany and India. We have not explicitly expressed support for Brazil,” she said on September 12 at a Moderated Conversation on the Future of Multilateralism and UN Reform at the Council on Foreign Relations.

The South American country has adopted diplomacy characterized by independence, often misaligned with Washington’s interests. This explains the support for strategic allies with whom Washington has more stable and predictable relations. Supporting Brazil’s inclusion could create an undesirable precedent, encouraging demands from other countries and leading to an expansion of the council that would exceed Washington’s desired limits. The US seeks to maintain its privileged position by resisting changes that could compromise the effectiveness of the veto power.

However, Brazil’s entry into the UNSC would add a Latin American perspective, a notoriously underrepresented region. As a leading emerging economy, Brazil would have the capacity to amplify the voices and demands of developing countries, contributing to a more inclusive balance.

In addition, Brazil could promote greater plurality on the council, favoring agendas focused on sustainable development and poverty eradication — issues that resonate with the priorities of developing nations.

The current composition of the UNSC no longer reflects the geopolitical reality of the 21st century, which is characterized by the rise of emerging powers that remain underrepresented. In this context, a more inclusive and diverse structure would bring greater legitimacy and acceptance to the international body’s decisions. Including new powers would, therefore, promote a fairer balance in international policymaking and ensure a more equitable implementation of decisions affecting the global system.

It must be noted that the expansion would also result in a more complex and less agile decision-making process, especially in crises that demand rapid responses. The inclusion of new permanent members would have implications for the council’s internal dynamics, altering alliances and negotiations and possibly generating new tensions between members. Nevertheless, an expansion that reflects the reality of a multipolar world would potentially foster more lasting and sustainable solutions to global challenges, giving greater legitimacy to the council.

Washington sees the issue of hemispheric security and the policies of the American continent as centred on the US. The idea of ​​another American country on the UNSC with a permanent seat would undermine the regional leadership that the US claims to have.

The reluctance towards Brazil’s entry is an idea of ​​maintaining inevitable political domination and providing a certain capacity to define agendas and policies for the US. Brazil joining the UNSC could bring another vision to security, defense, and geopolitical issues.

Of the G4 countries, Germany is the least relevant for a fundamental change in the UNSC since there are already European representatives. Instead, Germany should be replaced with an African country or consider a G5 with at least one African country — perhaps South Africa or Nigeria.

However, the expansion of the UNSC will only happen in the face of a very serious, fundamental threat to the current international geopolitical and geoeconomic order, greater than the current tension between NATO and Russia. There is a tendency towards ossification in the UNSC; for example, the US vetoes anything that is even minimally aimed at a ceasefire in Gaza.

Today, the countries that challenge the international order have been harmed by it, and Brazil, like many African countries, questions this order. In these discussions about policies for the Global South and articulations of the Global South, there is a discussion within the system. It is not known to what extent this action within the system can force a reform of the UNSC or if it will only be used as a symbol, but reform could contribute to more global stability if it sought a more representative reform that democratizes a little more the governance of security issues via the UNSC.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Get Your Free Copy of “Towards a World War III Scenario: The Dangers of Nuclear War”! 

This article was originally published on InfoBrics.

Ahmed Adel is a Cairo-based geopolitics and political economy researcher. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is by Ricardo Stuckert / PR

Contrarian analysis isn’t just a contrarian quirk; it boasts a rich intellectual heritage stretching back centuries.

Imagine a world of homogenous thought, where everyone chants the same tune.

Contrarian analysis throws a wrench into this echo chamber, refusing to accept the prevailing opinion at face value.

Instead, it acts as an intellectual spelunker, venturing into the dark caves of unconventional perspectives to unearth hidden gems of insight.

These insights often lie buried beneath the layers of conventional wisdom, waiting to be discovered by those brave enough to challenge the status quo. By delving into the philosophical underpinnings of contrarian analysis, we can illuminate the powerful forces that fuel its ability to disrupt and enlighten.

Epistemological Skepticism lies at the heart of contrarian analysis. This philosophical stance, rooted in the works of ancient Greeks like Pyrrho of Elis (c. 360-c. 270 BCE)[1], questions the very possibility of attaining absolute knowledge. Pyrrho and other skeptics argued that our senses and experiences can be deceiving, shaped by individual biases and limitations. This inherent uncertainty about the world around us makes claims of absolute truth suspect. Contrarians inherit this skeptical spirit, approaching the prevailing narrative with a healthy dose of doubt. They understand that popular opinion can be as much a product of perspective as it is a reflection of objective reality. This skepticism compels them to seek alternative explanations, venturing beyond the surface level to uncover hidden assumptions and potential blind spots.

Building on the foundation of skepticism, contrarian analysis finds further support in the concept of the “marketplace of ideas.”

This theory, championed by philosophers like John Stuart Mill (1806-1873) in his influential work On Liberty[2], suggests that truth emerges most readily from a vibrant exchange of diverse viewpoints. Imagine a marketplace bustling with ideas – the more stalls with unique wares, the greater the chance of finding something valuable. Contrarian analysis enacts this very principle by injecting a dissenting voice into the conversation. By challenging the dominant narrative, contrarians can expose potential blind spots and biases that might otherwise remain hidden. This open competition of ideas, much like the competition in a marketplace, allows the strongest arguments to rise to the top, fostering a more nuanced and accurate understanding of the truth.

Dialectical reasoning, a method honed by the likes of the ancient Greek philosopher Socrates (470-399 BCE)[3], provides another key pillar for contrarian analysis. This method emphasizes the critical examination of ideas through a rigorous back-and-forth exchange. Imagine Socrates in the agora, relentlessly questioning his interlocutors, exposing inconsistencies and forcing them to refine their arguments. Contrarian analysis adopts this same spirit. Rather than passively accepting the prevailing view, it dissects it with a sharp scalpel, identifying its underlying assumptions, potential logical fallacies, and any weaknesses in its supporting evidence. By proposing counter-arguments and forcing a reevaluation of the dominant narrative, contrarian analysis pushes for a more in-depth and robust understanding of the issue at hand.

The power of minority voices resonates deeply with contrarian analysis. This perspective finds strong support in the concept of “perspectivism,” championed by the iconoclastic philosopher Friedrich Nietzsche (1844-1900)[4]. Perspectivism posits that knowledge is inherently subjective, shaped by our unique experiences, values, and position in the world. There’s no single, objective truth waiting to be discovered; instead, we each navigate the world through our own unique lens. Contrarian analysis acknowledges this by recognizing the potential value of minority viewpoints, those often dismissed as outliers or eccentricities. Just as a single vantage point offers a limited view of a landscape, relying solely on the dominant perspective can obscure crucial details. By challenging the status quo and amplifying dissenting voices, contrarians can bring new information and alternative interpretations to light. These minority perspectives, though initially disregarded, might hold the key to unlocking a more comprehensive understanding of the situation at hand.

The inherent dangers of groupthink serve as a stark reminder of the importance of contrarian analysis. Groupthink, a term coined by social psychologist Irving Janis in the 1970s[5], describes the phenomenon where group members prioritize conformity over critical thinking. The desire for social cohesion and a fear of dissent can lead groups to make poor decisions, often overlooking crucial information or alternative perspectives in favor of maintaining a unified front. Disastrous historical events like the Bay of Pigs invasion are often attributed, at least in part, to the pitfalls of groupthink. Contrarian analysis acts as a powerful antidote to this group mentality. By questioning the status quo and challenging assumptions, even if it means facing social friction, contrarians can prevent catastrophic errors. Their dissenting voices can serve as a wake-up call, forcing the group to re-evaluate the evidence and consider alternative viewpoints before committing to a potentially disastrous course of action. In a world where consensus is often equated with truth, contrarian analysis reminds us of the critical role that dissent plays in ensuring sound decision-making.

The Challenge of Contrarianism

While contrarian analysis offers a valuable toolbox for dissecting popular narratives, it is crucial to recognize its limitations. Simply adopting a contrarian stance, a knee-jerk “against the grain” mentality, doesn’t equate to wisdom. Imagine a lone voice shouting dissent in a crowded room – without a well-reasoned argument, their message risks being dismissed as mere noise. Effective contrarians navigate this challenge by meticulously evaluating their dissent. This requires rigorous research and critical thinking to ensure their counter-arguments are grounded in sound reasoning and supported by credible evidence. They must distinguish between genuine counter-narratives with the potential to illuminate blind spots, and mere contrarianism – the pursuit of a dissenting view for the sake of being different. This discernment is essential, for unsubstantiated dissent can not only fail to challenge the status quo but also erode trust in legitimate contrarian voices. The true power of contrarian analysis lies in its ability to inject well-reasoned skepticism and alternative perspectives into the conversation, ultimately strengthening our collective pursuit of truth.

Conclusion

Contrarian analysis, with its intellectual heritage firmly planted in skepticism, the marketplace of ideas, and dialectical reasoning, emerges as a powerful philosophical tool. This approach, akin to swimming against the current, serves a critical function in the pursuit of truth. By challenging the comfortable dominance of prevailing narratives, it exposes potential biases and blind spots that might otherwise go unnoticed. This very act of dissent fosters the emergence of new perspectives, enriching the overall understanding of an issue. Imagine a stagnant pond – the surface appears clear, but unseen murk festers beneath. Contrarian analysis acts like a churning current, stirring up the depths and bringing hidden elements to the surface for examination. In today’s world, rife with echo chambers and confirmation bias, the contrarian voice remains a vital force. It prevents intellectual stagnation and ensures that our grasp of the world around us is not a shallow reflection of popular opinion, but a robust and well-examined tapestry woven from diverse threads of inquiry. This critical examination, this willingness to challenge the status quo, is the very essence of intellectual progress, and contrarian analysis stands as a vital tool in that ongoing endeavor.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Get Your Free Copy of “Towards a World War III Scenario: The Dangers of Nuclear War”! 

Prof. Ruel F. Pepa is a Filipino philosopher based in Madrid, Spain. A retired academic (Associate Professor IV), he taught Philosophy and Social Sciences for more than fifteen years at Trinity University of Asia, an Anglican university in the Philippines. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Notes

[1] Diogenes Laërtius, Lives and Opinions of the Eminent Philosophers, Book IX [A classic text on the lives of Greek philosophers, containing information on Pyrrho of Elis]

[2] John Stuart Mill, On Liberty (1859) [A foundational text in liberal philosophy, advocating for freedom of expression]

[3] Plato, Euthyphro, Apology, Crito, and Phaedo (early dialogues) [These classic Platonic dialogues showcase Socrates’ use of dialectical reasoning]

[4] Friedrich Nietzsche, Beyond Good and Evil (1886) [A foundational text in Nietzsche’s philosophy, exploring themes of perspectivism and morality]

[5] Irving L. Janis, Victims of Groupthink (1972) [A seminal work exploring the concept of groupthink and its historical consequences]

Featured image is from Rise Up Times

The Framers of the United States Constitution understood several things very clearly from their experience as a colonial vassal state with only limited legislative or self-governing authority under the rule of Britain’s King George III. That principle lesson learned, justifying a revolution, was that the leader or ruler of a nation must not be allowed to unilaterally initiate armed conflicts because war is the greatest calamity that can afflict a nation and its people. That was why the US president under the balance of powers had no ability under the Constitution to initiate a war on his or her own authority. It required an act of war approved by Congress with the legislature also providing the funding and most of the manpower through voluntary levies from the state militias as the national army was deliberately small.

And why might a revolution be needed apart from negating the propensity of kings to go to war? A constitutional government in this case was devised as a mechanism to protect fundamental rights and liberties, which at least some of the Founders considered to be inalienable and granted by the Creator to all human beings. The most important of those rights was freedom of speech, which rightly was featured as the First Amendment to the Constitution leading off the ten liberties that comprised the Bill of Rights. That American citizens should have the right to speak their minds was considered essential to their concept of freedom, particularly when it encompassed the right to protest at what the government was doing.

We all know how attempts to institutionalize the type of centralized control evident in eighteenth century Britain began to creep into the American democracy soon after the Revolutionary War ended, leading to a set of four federal laws called collectively the Alien and Sedition Acts enacted in 1798 that applied restrictions to immigration and free speech throughout the United States. The Naturalization Act required immigrants to obtain citizenship, the Alien Friends Act granted to the president the power to imprison and deport non-citizens, the Alien Enemies Act empowered the president to detain and even imprison non-citizens during times of war, and the Sedition Act criminalized false and malicious statements about the federal government, ending free speech. The Alien Friends Act and the Sedition Act expired after a set number of years, and the Naturalization Act was repealed in 1802. The Alien Enemies Act is still in effect.

The Alien and Sedition Acts were inevitably at that time controversial and the debate lined up along political lines. They were supported by the President John Adams’ Federalist Party which argued that the bills strengthened national security during the undeclared naval war with France from 1798 to 1800. Interestingly, the acts were denounced by the minority Democratic-Republicans as violations of free speech under the First Amendment as they were used to suppress publishers affiliated with the opposition, and several publishers were indeed arrested for criticism of the President and his party. Does that justification to strip citizens of their rights sound familiar? Substitute “war on terror” and Patriot Act plus the undeclared wars in Ukraine and Gaza that Washington appears to believe have something to do with national security.

The lessons to be learned ever since 1798 is that if you want to subvert the restraints on war and individual liberties you have to do it with a whole lot of lies coupled with penalties designed to make possible “complainers” shut up and go away.

I would point to the recent treatment of Scott Ritter, Dimitri Simes and Tulsi Gabbard by the Joe Biden Administration involving using “foreign agent” legislation drafted in 1938 to stretch the government’s ability to make claims of foreign interference in the upcoming election that it can hardly back up with facts.

The suggestion of criminality also at the same time sought to threaten and intimidate public figures who were critical of policy. And the government is not shy about what it has been doing. In 2022 the Biden Administration sought to establish a Disinformation Governance Board at the Department of Homeland Security and on Monday September 16th Hillary Clinton told her ideological soulmate Rachel Maddow that Americans who share political misinformation, which she called propaganda, should face potential civil – or even criminal – legal consequences.

Another even more powerful example of what will happen by continuing down the road that the United States is proceeding on comes from Britain, where the government has more tools in terms of terrorism, treason and “hate speech” type legislation. The relatively new Keir Starmer national government is as deeply embedded with Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu’s band of war criminals as in President Joe Biden and his gang of war enablers.

Lest there be any confusion about what the government is prepared to do to protect that relationship, there have been several arrests of journalists on “terrorism” charges whose only crime is being too outspoken about the genocide that is taking place openly day by day by the Israel Defense Force (IDF) in Gaza. On August 29th 16 police officers, including some from the UK’s elite and armed counter-terrorism unit, arrested pro-Palestinian journalist Sarah Wilkinson under the Terrorism Act 2000, charging her with “terrorist” content she had written and posted online. Her initial bail conditions included not being allowed to use any electronic devices or any form of public transportation. Wilkinson had been advocating for Palestine long before October 7th, but many believe that over the past eleven months the pressure to penalize voices like hers in the UK has increased. Other well-known outspoken figures such as freelance journalist Richard Medhurst and co-founder of Palestine Action Richard Barnard were also arrested in August under the same legislation.

Likewise, no matter who wins the election in the US in November, the Israeli tie that binds will continue to be in place controlling many policies and actions of the federal government as well as of many state and municipal administrations. And there are clear signs that those who choose to criticize Israel and the nation’s obsession with going to war will be targeted.

Critics of federal government policies defending the wars and specifically Israel will be under attack like never before, most particularly at the universities. Organizations like the Anti-Defamation League will also be using “lawfare” to criminalize as antisemitism any complaints about the behavior of the Jewish state under the Antisemitism Awareness legislation that will undoubtedly finish moving smoothly through Congress before being signed off on by either Donald Trump or Kamala Harris.

As has been true for the past eleven months, America’s universities have been the epicenter of the protests against both Israeli and US policies vis-à-vis Gaza, leading to mass arrests and demands led by billionaire Jewish donors that severe penalties against “antisemites” should be in place. Many universities, now that they are back in session, are adopting “institutional neutrality,” which means that they will not be taking a position on issues that do not impact directly on their educational mission. Alan Garber, the Harvard President to replaced Claudine Gay after her abrupt resignation declared that the university would no longer “issue official statements about public matters that do not directly affect the university’s core function.”

Jewish groups aren’t necessarily pleased at the change of course. Mark Yudof, chair of the pro-Israel Academic Engagement Network and former president of the University of California system, objected saying that what happens regarding Israel does directly affect Jewish members on campus.

“If Jewish students can’t cross campus safely, I expect presidents to speak out about that and I don’t want institutional neutrality to say they can’t look out for the best interests of students, faculty and staff.”

Many pro-Palestinian campus voices, meanwhile, are also opposed to institutional neutrality as it will continue to allow protesters to be arrested and expelled while denying them any voice on campus. Some argue that universities have already declared themselves not to be neutral on Israel because of their refusal to divest from it.

“It has enabled college presidents to foreclose public debate, while draping themselves in the mantle of a lofty moral principle,” Anton Ford, a University of Chicago professor who has urged U of C to divest from Israel, wrote in May. He added “In the midst of a national protest movement, nothing could be more convenient.”

Universities not embracing “institutional neutrality” are generally taking traditional harder lines against protesters which will pander to Israel and repress pro-Palestinian sentiment. University administrators across the United States have declared an indefinite state of emergency on college campuses. Schools are reshaping regulations and even the physical layouts of campuses in a process intended to suit this new normal. Nearly all recent university policy updates have intensified the already numerous bureaucratic hurdles for student organizations to gain approval to host an event. Some have gone further to capture complete administrative control of campus activities. Long before the Student Intifada, both private and public universities began to remove Students for Justice in Palestine (SJP) from their campuses. Last year, George Washington University and Rutgers University suspended their SJP chapters under the pretext of restoring order on campus. This year both universities have again targeted SJP. Other universities are following suit.

And then there is the Antisemitism Awareness Act which is now in the Senate after passing through the House by an overwhelming 320 to 91 vote in May. In a recent discussion at Columbia University, Representative Josh Gottheimer of New Jersey said that Senate Majority Leader Chuck Schumer has “assured” him that he plans to bring the Act to the Senate floor for a vote “before the end of the year.” The legislation directs the federal Department of Education to use the extremely controversial International Holocaust Remembrance Alliance definition of antisemitism, which considers any criticism of Zionism/and/or/Israel as antisemitic, when investigating claims of discrimination against Jews. In other words, any criticism of Israel will be ipso facto an act of antisemitism and subject to criminal penalties under hate speech and similar legislation.

If free speech ends in America there will be no mechanism to attack illegal or unconstitutional actions by the Federal government like the current wars being fought without a declaration of war or evidence of any imminent threat.

If criticism of Israel becomes criminalized then the cause of the most horrific war currently taking place on the planet will become normal practice any time when the Jewish state wants to expand its lebensraum at the expense of one of its neighbors. Neither situation should be tolerable in a constitutional democracy but there you have it and it will only get worse since the people have little enough voice as it is and the madmen in Washington are blithely speaking of a two-front war against Russia and China, both of which are nuclear powers and are prepared to use them in their own defense. Is there something gone seriously wrong here in this country? The answer is surely “Yes!”

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Get Your Free Copy of “Towards a World War III Scenario: The Dangers of Nuclear War”! 

This article was originally published on The Unz Review.

Philip M. Giraldi, Ph.D., is Executive Director of the Council for the National Interest, a 501(c)3 tax deductible educational foundation (Federal ID Number #52-1739023) that seeks a more interests-based U.S. foreign policy in the Middle East. Website is councilforthenationalinterest.org, address is P.O. Box 2157, Purcellville VA 20134 and its email is [email protected].

He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image: Workers World Party delegation at Democratic National Convention, Aug. 19, 2024. WW Photo

On Tuesday and Wednesday, thousands of mobile communication devices rigged with explosives by Israel detonated throughout Lebanon, killing dozens of people, including members of the Iranian-backed Hezbollah organization, and wounding thousands.

The mass terror bombings by Israel against the people of Lebanon are a flagrant war crime. They violate the laws of war regarding assassination, treachery and the prohibition of indiscriminate bombing.

“International humanitarian law prohibits the use of booby traps—objects that civilians are likely to be attracted to or are associated with normal civilian daily use—precisely to avoid putting civilians at grave risk and produce the devastating scenes that continue to unfold across Lebanon,” said Lama Fakih, Middle East and North Africa director at Human Rights Watch, in a statement.

The New York Times described the death of a nine-year-old victim of the attack:

“Fatima was in the kitchen on Tuesday when a pager on the table began to beep,” her aunt said. “She picked up the device to bring it to her father and was holding it when it exploded, mangling her face and leaving the room covered in blood,” she said. “Fatima was trying to take courses in English,” Ms. Mousawi said. “She loved English.”

While these crimes were committed by the Israeli government and military, they were orchestrated with the help of the limitless financial, military and political support of the United States and other imperialist powers for Israel as part of their drive to subjugate and dominate the Middle East.

At Wednesday’s White House press briefing, the usually composed White House spokesman John Kirby could not help visibly sneering as he denied US responsibility for or foreknowledge of the terrorist attack. “We were not involved,” Kirby said, grinning from ear to ear.

Meanwhile, officials of the Democratic Party openly gloated about this act of mass murder.

“I fully support efforts to target and neutralize any existential threat like Hezbollah,” wrote Democratic US Senator John Fetterman on X, after sharing a screenshot of the news report of the attack.

Israel’s attack on Lebanon aims to massively escalate its war with the country, in which hundreds of people have been killed since October of last year. Just hours before the start of the bombings, Israel’s security cabinet met to declare that it had “updated the objectives of the war” to include returning Israeli residents to northern Israel, a euphemism for escalating Israel’s war against Hezbollah in Lebanon.

On Wednesday, Israeli Defense Minister Yoav Gallant reported that the Army’s 98th Division, which includes commandos and paratroopers, is being transferred from Gaza to northern Israel.

“The ‘center of gravity’ is moving north, meaning that we are allocating forces, resources and energy for the northern arena,” Gallant said.

The transfer of Israeli forces to the north does not mean any let-up in the suffering of Gaza’s population, who are totally besieged and being systematically starved and denied access to water, electricity and medical care. Since October, more than 40,000 Palestinians have been killed by Israel, according to the official death toll, while a study published in The Lancet suggested the real death toll could be 186,000 or more.

The attack on Lebanon is the latest in a series of provocations by Israel, supported by the United States, with the aim of provoking war not only against Lebanon but also against Iran.

In April, an Israeli strike killed a group of Iranian military officers meeting in Damascus, to which Iran responded with a strike on Israel with 300 missiles and drones, nearly all of which were intercepted. In July, Israel assassinated Fuad Shukr, senior member of Hezbollah, with a strike in Beirut, followed by the assassination of Hamas political leader Ismail Haniyeh at a military guesthouse in Iran.

Israel’s terrorist attacks throughout Lebanon mark a new stage in the criminalization of imperialist foreign policy and set a precedent for the legitimization of terrorist attacks on both political leaders and the broader civilian population.

Hezbollah is one of the largest political parties in Lebanon and until 2022 held the dominant position in the country’s parliament. Many of those targeted were not soldiers but politicians, professionals and administrators. And with thousands of bombs detonating throughout the country, many bystanders with no connection to Hezbollah to begin with, including two children, were killed in the blasts.

A precedent is being set, by means of which the definition of war is being expanded to include what was previously defined as terrorism. The effect is to legitimize such prohibited methods as the booby-trapping of everyday objects with the aim both of assassinating individual members of the civilian population and causing mass indiscriminate killing and maiming.

This has implications far beyond the Middle East. Throughout the past 50 years, actions by the state of Israel have been used to set a precedent for US global policy. The most significant example is the doctrine of “targeted killing,” that is, state-sanctioned assassination.

In November 2000, Israel became the first state in the world to “openly acknowledge that it operated a policy of targeted killing,” wrote Nils Melzer, who served as United Nations Special Rapporteur on Torture, in 2009. Soon after, the United States moved “to openly adopt the method of targeted killing.”

The US conducted its first known drone strike outside a war zone, in Yemen, in 2002. In 2011, US-born cleric Anwar al-Awlaki and his son, both US citizens, were killed in separate drone strikes in Yemen. In 2020, a US drone strike in Iraq killed Qassem Soleimani, a high-ranking Iranian military official, while on an official visit to Iraq.

As with the adoption of “targeted killing,” the war crimes now being committed by Israel will become the new baseline for even greater crimes by the United States and other imperialist powers.

Israel’s terrorist attack was denounced, entirely hypocritically, by the pseudo-left enablers of the Gaza genocide.

“This attack clearly and unequivocally violates international humanitarian law and undermines US efforts to prevent a wider conflict,” wrote Democratic Representative Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez.

Far from conflicting with US policy in the Middle East, as Ocasio-Cortez claimed, Israel’s offensive against Lebanon is proceeding with the full support of the Biden-Harris administration.

In July, Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu delivered an address to both houses of Congress in which he vowed to expand the genocide in Gaza into a war against Lebanon and Iran. Following Netanyahu’s address to Congress, he met with Vice President Kamala Harris, who vowed,

“I will always ensure that Israel is able to defend itself, including from Iran and Iran-backed militias, such as Hamas and Hezbollah.”

American imperialism is expanding its war throughout the Middle East as part of a global military offensive targeting Russia and China. At the very moment when thousands of explosives were going off throughout Lebanon, the US was finalizing plans, expected to come into effect later this month, to allow Ukraine to carry out virtually unlimited strikes on Russia using NATO weapons, threatening an escalation into global nuclear war.

The US-Israeli terrorist attack against Lebanon is a warning. As the US embarks upon wars all over the world in order to defend its global hegemony, it is willing to use the methods of mass murder and terrorism to achieve its aims.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Get Your Free Copy of “Towards a World War III Scenario: The Dangers of Nuclear War”! 

About Ukraine’s use of long-range missiles, NATO Secretary General Jens Stoltenberg now says: “I welcome these developments and these decisions but it’s for individual allies to make the final decisions.” He means Europe. With US-led NATO, a pattern has clearly been emerging – one about shifting the burden (and blame) to Europe.

Some context is needed. I’ve written a number of times on how the Euro-American partnership and friendship consists of a rather strange alliance to the point of resembling a veiled enmity. Just consider this:

Washington does not refrain from openly employing terrorist operations against a major European power such as Germany, with no consequences – I am of course talking about the blowing up of Nord Stream, as promised by Joe Biden himself, a huge act of sabotage which, according to Pulitzer Prize-winning journalist Seymour Hersh, was Washington’s doing.

The US wages a “subsidy war” against Europe’s industry via the Inflation Reduction Act, while advancing its own energy interests to the detriment of the continent.

Even though this betrayal of Europe is in line with Washington’s historical record pertaining to partners, considering all the above, one can argue it is not far-fetched at all to describe the relationship between the United States and its transatlantic European “allies” as bearing a colonial character.

Hal Brands (Professor of Global Affairs at the Johns Hopkins University School of Advanced International Studies) describes the role played by an American “benign hegemon” by imagining the European continent “without Washington’s embrace” and then reverting to an “anarchic and illiberal past”. He describes such a scenario thusly:

“Which is the real Europe? The mostly peaceful, democratic, and united continent of the past few decades? Or the fragmented, volatile, and conflict-ridden Europe that existed for centuries before that? If Donald Trump wins… we may soon find out… A post-American Europe… might even revert, eventually, to the darker, more anarchic, more illiberal patterns of its past… Many people—Americans especially—have forgotten how hopeless the continent once seemed…. Europe was the land of “eternal wars” and endless troubles… [a] cursed continent…. U.S. military protection broke the doom loop of violence by safeguarding Western Europe from Moscow—and from its own self-destructive instincts…. Americans are the “best Europeans,” West German Chancellor Konrad Adenauer remarked in 1949… [The] transformation began with the forced democratization of West Germany under the Allied occupation. It involved using Marshall Plan aid to revitalize and stabilize fragile democracies…This was a uniquely U.S. solution to Europe’s problems… U.S. intervention helped turn a “dark continent”… into a post-historical paradise at the heart of an expanding liberal order”

It does sound almost like a defense of the American man’s burden, doesn’t it? It goes way beyond Pax American. Those European barbarians simply can’t get their act together and will naturally revert to their old illiberal ways, it seems.

It would be rather tempting to compare Brands’ rhetoric with European colonialist discourses on Eastern or New World peoples (I’ve commented on Hal Brands’s apocalyptic reasoning elsewhere). I believe that the point that I am trying to make by quoting Brand’s exercise of exceptionalism is quite self-evident. While some Western Europeans picture their civilization as a “garden” (and the rest of the world as a “jungle”), many figures within the American regime’s Establishment and Intelligentsia perceive Europe instead as a “dark continent”.

Again, this is not merely an exercise of rhetoric. Once one starts to understand the American hegemony over Europe as colonial in character, in a literal way, one can thus make much more sense of today’s world. For example, with regards to US actions pertaining to Georgia and Ukraine, we know that key European leaders such as former Chancellor of Germany  Angela Merkel and former French President Nicolas Sarkozy warned against it for several reasons – but ultimately then US President George W. Bush had his way, and American interest prevailed, as often happens.

The Atlantic Alliance 2008 Bucharest Summit Declaration then stated that “NATO welcomes Ukraine’s and Georgia’s Euro-Atlantic aspirations for membership in NATO.  We agreed today that these countries will become members of NATO” (23). The outcome back then was the 2008 Russo-Georgian conflict – one can argue 2014 and 2022 are also part of the outcomes of an ongoing trend, namely NATO expansion. And yet, paradoxically, strategic Russo-European energy cooperation kept going, as recently as 2021.

How can Europeans allow such a disaster? Why won’t they stand against the Americans? The answer can be quite simple. As John Mearsheimer, the renowned University of Chicago political scientist, put it, in quite blunt terms: “the United States runs NATO and the Europeans do what we tell them” (see video here, at around 1h59min).

Make no mistake – there shall be no real American “withdrawal” from Europe. All talk about European “strategic autonomy” aside, what is happening now is that Washington is skillfully shifting the Ukrainian crisis’ burden onto the shoulders of the European bloc (which will have an impact on European welfare and standard of living), while still benefiting from it – by having ever-more dependent European NATO members purchasing American weaponry to comply with NATO standards (alas, even Trump’s rhetoric is really about it).

It has become clear by now that the political, economic, and moral costs pertaining to the Ukrainian effort are becoming too high – not to mention the risk of uncontrolled escalation potentially leading to nuclear war. It is thus time to further “proxify” the American proxy attrition war against Russia (as Former US ambassador to Finland, Earle Mack described it), by turning Europe itself into a full-fledged American proxy. It is not just about “pivoting to the Pacific”.

Realizing that the European bloc today is a de facto American colony is part of the theoretical effort to come up with an accurate description of the current state of affairs. Reflecting on what to do about it, upon realizing this, would be the next logical step, especially from a European perspective. Such reflection is a kind of forbidden discourse in Europe today, and it has become a monopoly of the Populist camp and the so-called “far-right”. It doesn’t need to be this way. It is about time to decolonize Europe.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Get Your Free Copy of “Towards a World War III Scenario: The Dangers of Nuclear War”! 

This article was originally published on InfoBrics.

Uriel Araujo, PhD, is an anthropology researcher with a focus on international and ethnic conflicts. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Ryan Routh has been all over the news since Sunday after his arrest for attempting to assassinate Donald Trump.

The media has emphasized Routh’s previous criminal record and social media posts that echoed Democratic Party talking points regarding the 2024 election and Donald Trump.

Routh’s quixotic efforts to raise an Afghan mercenary force to fight in Ukraine were also spotlighted and fact that other mercenaries dismissed him as a “whack job” because of his “delusions of grandeur” and “messiah complex” combined with a lack of military training.

Amazon.com: Ukraine's Unwinnable War: The Fatal Flaw of Democracy, World Abandonment and the Global Citizen-Taiwan, Afghanistan, North Korea and the end of Humanity eBook : Routh, Ryan, Shaffer, Kathleen : Kindle Store

Routh recently published a book with his wife, Kathleen Shaffer, entitled Ukraine’s Unwinnable War: The Fatal Flaw of Democracies, World Abandonment and the Global Citizen: Taiwan, Afghanistan, North Korea, World War III and the End of Humanity, whose content has escaped media notice

It is among the most bizarre books that I have ever read that appears to be written by a CIA asset.

The reason I suspect the latter is because the author employs flowery rhetoric one would expect from an idealistic, hippie-type political activist mixed with glowing praise for CIA backed mercenary forces.

Routh furthermore takes political positions that directly align with the interests of the U.S. government and CIA.

Throughout the text, Routh warns about a growing U.S. isolationism and the lack of will of U.S. citizens and leaders in standing up to “Russian barbarian invaders.” He openly calls for Vladimir Putin’s assassination along with Belarusian socialist leader Alexander Lukashenko, whom the U.S. government and CIA have sought to overthrow.

Routh generally does not appear at all to be well informed about world politics. He provides no context for the outbreak of war in Ukraine or discussion of U.S. policies that helped to provoke the war and no larger analysis of world political developments.

Instead he offers pages of moralistic homilies that one might expect to read in a self-improvement book mixed in with Russophobia, valorization of the free enterprise system, denunciation of communism and other CIA talking points.

Along this latter vein, Routh calls Hillary Clinton a “gutsy leader,” and claims that NATO “stole Ukrainian nuclear warheads” after the collapse of the Soviet Union—alluding to the Lugar-Nunn initiative that got Ukraine to dismantle its nuclear weapons.

Blaming U.S. leaders for allowing “Hong Kong to be imprisoned” by the Chinese, Routh advocates for bombing all residences and burning every structure in Russian border towns and encircling Taiwan with military ships to protect it from the Chinese.

Lamenting how the Biden administration “left the Afghans to be beaten and killed by terrorists,” Routh defends Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelensky’s canceling of elections, writing that “Zelenskyy and the Ukrainian parliament will have to put reelection out of the picture and make the hard decision that makes the general public mad for the benefit of the whole.”

This latter statement is one that a CIA or State Department flunky would make rather than an independent citizen or political analyst, even one who is pro-war. Apart from the above statement, Routh never otherwise mentions Zelensky, or attempts to analyze political developments within Ukraine.

Towards the end of the book, Routh heaps praise on Peruvian President Dina Boularte, calling her a “pioneer for democracy” who supposedly  “stood with fellow Peruvians against Pedro Castillo” whose “wish to derail democracy was unsuccessful.”

Castillo, however, was overthrown in a right-wing coup led by Boularte after he had attempted to reassert Peruvian control over its natural resources. With U.S. backing, Boularte in turn ordered the violent suppression of anti-government protesters, resulting in over 70 deaths.[1]

So why is Routh invoking her as a great leader? Does anybody independent of the U.S. government think this is the case?

Routh issues praise for another dubious Latin American politician; Juan Guiadó, a right-wing extremist who backed a series of coups against the socialist government in Venezuela.

Guiadó had limited support within Venezuela but was championed by the Trump administration and CIA who anointed him Venezuela’s president-in exile. His organization was found to be thoroughly corrupt and the coup attempts that he launched miserably failed.

Yet Routh writes

“I would suggest to Juan Guiadó that he seize the leadership role that he won….When all is said and done with Putin, together you both can also eliminate Maduro from power, as it should be.”

These comments appear to have been written by someone in the CIA or State Department.

What private citizen—even one who may be conditioned to support U.S. foreign policy—thinks in this way? Why single out Maduro when the U.S. supports many tyrannical governments—like the Saudis, or Rwandans or Ugandans? Of course its because Maduro is socialist and a target of regime change by the U.S. government since Hugo Chavez died of cancer.

Elsewhere in his book, Routh praises the Syrian Free Army and Myanmar rebels; CIA backed forces that few Americans know much about. 

Since Routh offers no special insights into these groups, it appears he is just regurgitating CIA talking points. Almost nobody champions the cause of these groups outside of Washington and their dubious record can be easily researched.

Manchurian Candidate?

If I am correct, and Routh’s book is CIA disinformation, what would its purpose be in light of Routh’s involvement in the Trump assassination attempt?

I do not know the answer, however, can come up with a theory based on my study of past assassinations and CIA history.

That theory, far fetched as it may sound, is that Routh is a Manchurian candidate[2] who was groomed and programmed by CIA psychiatrists to commit political violence and to write a book that would at once a) cast him as a critic of Trump’s Ukraine/Russia policy, giving him a motive for his crime; and b) advance Democratic Party/CIA talking points on foreign policy.  

When the CIA sets up patsies, they invariably need to create a personae for that patsy which will match the crime and make him look crazy which they have clearly done with Routh. And since Routh is now famous, people will actually read his book.

The purpose of the political violence in his case may not have been to kill Trump as it is unlikely Routh could have successfully shot him from the bushes where he was found.

The purpose rather would have been to advance a “strategy of tension” whereby people are continuously put on edge by the threat of violence and prone to suspend rational judgment and support ever greater police state measures.

Some people might dismiss the above theory as “conspiracy theory” and it possibly is. However, these are historical precedents and the CIA has groomed Manchurian candidates before.

One was Sirhan Sirhan who was programmed to shoot at Robert F. Kennedy in June 1968 on command after seeing a woman with a polka dot dress. Sirhan’s shots diverted attention while the real assassin who worked for a CIA contractor, Thane Eugene Cesar, shot Kennedy from behind his ear.

Relevant to Routh’s case, Sirhan was programmed not only to shoot a Kennedy but to write a rambling and often incoherent diary in which he recorded his anger about Kennedy’s support for Israel—establishing a motive for him.

Another known example of the CIA creating Manchurian candidates is the Symbionese Liberation Afrmy (SLA), a radical group in the 1970s whose leader Donald DeFreeze was subjected to behavior modification and programming under the CIA’s MK-ULTRA at the California medical facility at Vacaville in the 1970s.

Brad Schreiber’s book, Revolution’s End: The Patty Hearst, Mind Control, and the Secret History of Donald DeFreeze and the SLA (Skyhorse Publishing 2016) shows that DeFreeze was programmed to commit violent criminal acts that would undermine left-wing movements in California. As part of the cover, he and his comrades wrote political manifestos whose aim was to spread public disinformation.

These and other historical precedents raise suspicion about Routh that he could very well be part of a covert operation of sinister intent.[3]

Adding to the suspicion is the fact that Routh was something of a “Forrest Gump of CIA paramilitary operations,” in the words of Mike Benz, a former State Department official.

Routh admits to having been in numerous countries where the CIA operated supporting paramilitary groups the CIA was backing and admits to being in contact with the U.S. embassy in Kyiv where he was involved in getting visas for jihadists terrorists who were brought in to fight the Russians in Eastern Ukraine.

Additionally Routh is known to have visited Fort Bragg, head of the U.S. Special Forces in North Carolina numerous times, somehow could afford a first-class plane ticket from Hawaii to Florida despite claiming to earn a limited income, and was given only misdemeanor charges for possessing Weapons of Mass Destruction.

All of this raises red flags about his background adding plausibility to the theory that he is a tool of the intelligence services.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Get Your Free Copy of “Towards a World War III Scenario: The Dangers of Nuclear War”! 

 

Notes

[1] These actions have resulted in a genocide inquiry being launched against Boularte. Peruvian security forces invaded the University of San Marcos and forced female students to strip naked in front of them.

[2] The term Manchurian candidate is a reference to a 1959 political novel by Richard Condon that was made into an award winning film by John Frankheimer about an American POW in the Korean War who was groomed by Communist China to carry out a coup in the U.S. and assassinate the President.

[3] Former CIA analyst Larry Johnson pointed out that Donald Trump’s schedule is not made public so someone on the inside must have tipped Routh off, raising further suspicion of some kind of covert operation designed either to kill Trump or advance a “strategy of tension” as discussed.

Featured image source

Failed Machismo: Israel’s Pager Killings in Lebanon

September 20th, 2024 by Dr. Binoy Kampmark

With each ludicrously diabolical move, Israel’s security and military services are proving that they will broaden the conflict ignited when Hamas breached the country’s vaunted security defences on October 7.  Notions such as ceasefire and peace are terms of nonsense and babble before the next grand push towards apocalyptic recognition.

The pager killings in Lebanon and parts of Syria on September 17 that left almost 3000 people injured and 12 dead were just another facet of this move.  On September 18, a number of walkie-talkies used by members of Hezbollah were also detonated, killing 14.  (The combined death toll continues to rise.)

In keeping with the small script that always accompanies such operations, the coordinated measure to detonate thousands of deadly pagers had Mossad’s fingerprints over it, though never officially accepted as such.  It featured the use of the Apollo AR924 pager, adopted by Hezbollah as a substitute for smartphone technology long compromised by Israeli surveillance.

The group had ordered 5,000 beepers made by the Taiwanese Gold Apollo manufacturer in the early spring, most likely via BAC Consulting, a Hungarian-based company licensed to use the trademark.  According to a Reuters report, citing a “senior Lebanese source”, these had been modified “at the production level.”  Mossad had “injected a board inside the device that has explosive material that receives a code.  It’s very hard to detect it through any means.  Even with a device or scanner.”

The manner of its execution stirred sighs of admiration.  Here was Israel’s intelligence apparatus, caught napping on October 7, reputationally restored.  French defence expert Pierre Servent suggested that, “The series of operations conducted over the last few months marks their big comeback, with a desire for deterrence and a message: ‘we messed up but are not dead.’”  A salivating Mike Dimino, former CIA analyst and plying his trade at Defense Priorities, a US-based think tank, admired the operation as one of “classic sabotage” that would have taken “months if not years” to put into play and proved to be “[i]ntelligence work at its finest.”

While admired by the security types as bloody, bold machismo, this venture remains politically stuntedHowever stunning a statement of power, it only promises temporary paralysis.  It’s true that Hezbollah is in disarray regarding its communications, the extent of the compromise, and pondering the nightmarish logistics of it all.  Its leader, Hassan Nasrallah, has every reason to feel rattled.  But the pretext for an escalation, the temptation to reassert virility and strength, has been set, thereby creating the broader justification for a move into Lebanon.

The broader war, the death, and the calamity, beckons, and an excited DiMino proposes that, “If you were planning a ground incursion into Lebanon to push Hezbollah N[orth] of the Litani, this is exactly the sort of chaos you’d sow in advance.”  An unnamed former Israeli official, speaking to Axios, confirmed that the modified pagers had been originally intended as a swift, opening attack “in an all-out war to try to cripple Hezbollah.”  Their use on September 17 was only prompted by Israeli concerns that their operation might have been compromised.

Nasrallah, in his September 19 speech, complemented the dark mood.  “Israel’s foolish Northern Command leader talks about a security zone inside Lebanese territory – we are waiting for you to enter Lebanese territory.”  He also promised that the only way 120,000 Israelis evacuated from the North could return safely “is to stop the aggression on the Gaza Strip and the West Bank.”

Every resort to force, every attempt to avoid the diplomatic table, is another deadly deviation, distraction and denial.  It is also an admission that Israel remains incapable of reaching an accord with the Palestinians and those who either defend or exploit their dispossession and grief.

On a granular level, the wide flung nature of the operation, while audacious in its execution, also suggests an absence of focus.  The target range, in this case, was violently expansive: not merely leaders but low-level operatives and those in proximity to them.  The result was to be expected: death, including two children, and broadly inflicted mutilations.  In humanitarian terms, it was disastrous, demonstrating, yet again, the callousness that such a conflict entails.  Bystanders at marketplaces were maimed.  Doctors and other medical workers were injured.  Lebanon’s hospital system was overwhelmed.

Human Rights Watch notes that international humanitarian law prohibits the use of booby-traps precisely because such devices could place civilians in harm’s way.  “The use of an explosive device whose exact location could not be reliably known,” opined Lama Fakih, Middle East and North Africa Director at HRW, “would be unlawfully indiscriminate, using a means of attack that could not be directed at a specific military target and as a result would strike military targets and civilians without distinction.”

Amended Protocol II of the Convention on Certain Conventional Weapons, to which both Lebanon and Israel are parties, offers the following definition of a booby-trap: “any device or material which is designed, constructed or adapted to kill or injure, and which functions unexpectedly when a person disturbs or approaches an apparently harmless object or performs an apparently safe act.”

Quibbling over matters of international humanitarian law is never far away.  Over the dead and injured in rarified air, disputatious legal eagles often appear.  While the use of such devices “in the form of harmless portable objects which are specifically designed and constructed to contain explosive material” is prohibited by Article 7(2) of Amended Protocol II, the legal pedants will ask what constitutes specific design and construction.  Ditto such issues as proportionality and legitimate targeting.

Jessica Peake of the University of California, Los Angeles School of Law, is mercifully free of quibbles in offering her assessment: “detonating pagers in people’s pockets without any knowledge of where those are, in that moment, is a pretty evident indiscriminate attack” and also a violation of the rule of proportionality.

The calculus of such killings and targeting enriches rather than drains the pool of blood and massacre.  Its logic is not one of cessation but replication.  No longer can Israel’s military prowess alone be seen as a reassurance against any retaliation and whatever form it takes.  October 7 continues to cast its dispelling shadow.  Deterrence through sheer technological power, far from being asserted, has been further weakened.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Get Your Free Copy of “Towards a World War III Scenario: The Dangers of Nuclear War”! 

Dr. Binoy Kampmark was a Commonwealth Scholar at Selwyn College, Cambridge.  He currently lectures at RMIT University.  He is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG). Email: [email protected] 

Featured image source

Geórgia teme interferência ocidental nas suas eleições.

September 20th, 2024 by Lucas Leiroz de Almeida

A Geórgia está a atravessar um ponto de viragem na sua história. O país resistiu recentemente a uma série de tentativas de sabotagem e mudança de regime devido à sua posição neutra no conflito entre a Rússia e a OTAN. Um grande grupo de sabotadores internos está a ser mobilizado pelo Ocidente para desestabilizar a política nacional, apesar dos esforços do parlamento para conter a ameaça. Agora, os políticos georgianos temem que o Ocidente interfira no processo eleitoral para fazer avançar os seus planos no país.

O primeiro-ministro georgiano, Irakli Kobakhidze, disse recentemente que teme a ação de agentes internacionais nas próximas eleições parlamentares georgianas, em 26 de outubro. No entanto, ao contrário do que afirma o Ocidente, não se espera que este intervencionismo venha de Moscou, mas de “outras forças” – o que parece ser uma forma velada de se referir ao Ocidente coletivo.

Obviamente, o líder georgiano não poderia fazer uma declaração abertamente hostil ao Ocidente, uma vez que a Geórgia ainda é um país alinhado com a UE e os EUA. No entanto, dados recentes deixam claro que a Geórgia está à beira de uma operação de mudança de regime orquestrada pelos seus próprios “aliados”. Por exemplo, em Julho, a agência de inteligência russa SVR publicou um relatório afirmando que os EUA e a UE estão a preparar um golpe de Estado no país, com o presidente georgiano nascido em França, Salome Zourabichvil, como principal agente.

O conflito entre Zourabichvil e o parlamento – atualmente controlado pelo partido “Georgian Dream” – tem sido comentado por vários especialistas. Zourabichvil tentou vetar a lei de restrição de agentes estrangeiros – o que é natural já que ela própria é agente estrangeira – mas foi derrotada pela coligação parlamentar, que aprovou a medida mesmo sem autorização presidencial.

A lei restringiu as atividades de grupos estrangeiros, especialmente de ONG ocidentais que investiram milhões no fomento da militância pró-Ocidente na Geórgia. Embora a posição internacional do país não tenha mudado, a coligação parlamentar no poder está a tentar limitar a influência estrangeira, principalmente para evitar que a Geórgia seja usada pela OTAN para abrir uma segunda frente contra a Rússia. Por esta razão, o Ocidente está a tentar retaliar tomando medidas para enfraquecer o governo.

A lei contra agentes estrangeiros não foi a única medida tomada pelo partido Georgian Dream para controlar a influência ocidental no país. Têm sido feitos esforços significativos para acabar de uma vez por todas com o conflito civil e restaurar a paz com as repúblicas separatistas – e, consequentemente, com a Federação Russa. Por exemplo, a antiga Primeira-Ministra Bidzina Ivanishvili, que também é membro do partido, sugeriu recentemente que Tbilisi pedisse desculpas publicamente por ter iniciado as hostilidades em 2008, admitindo o seu papel no início da guerra.

Além disso, Ivanishvili também recomendou a criação de um “Nuremberg georgiano” para condenar os crimes políticos e militares cometidos durante o regime do ex-presidente Mikhail Saakashvili – um político educado nos EUA que, depois de falhar na guerra com a Rússia na Geórgia, entrou em auto-exílio e iniciou uma carreira política na Ucrânia. Mais tarde, ele retornou à Geórgia e foi preso por suas atividades anteriores. Obviamente, tais medidas acabariam com as tensões no país, o que preocupa o Ocidente, incentivando medidas intervencionistas.

A paz no Cáucaso é uma das coisas que o Ocidente mais deseja evitar. Depois de não ter conseguido promover protestos e pressão popular, Washington ameaçou impor sanções à Geórgia e planeja agora sabotar as eleições. Deve ser mencionado que há também muitos militantes georgianos armados que poderiam ser mobilizados a favor dos interesses ocidentais em caso de conflito civil.

Muitos neonazistas georgianos estão atualmente lutando no conflito contra a Rússia. Recentemente, a milícia fascista ucraniana “Legião Caucasiana” foi relatada em combate na região de Kursk, onde foi vista cometendo crimes de guerra contra prisioneiros e civis russos. É claro que estes criminosos georgianos poderiam regressar ao seu país de origem se os seus patrocinadores ocidentais lhes ordenassem que o fizessem. Na verdade, se os EUA falharem mais uma vez em promover uma mudança “pacífica” de regime, é possível que comecem a apostar no uso da violência armada.

A única forma de a Geórgia evitar este destino é dar mais um passo na sua viragem soberanista. Não basta restringir as ações das ONG ocidentais e evitar a participação no conflito com a Rússia. Se Tbilisi quiser realmente preservar a sua soberania nacional, terá de mudar completamente a sua política externa, rompendo os laços com o Ocidente e aproximando-se estrategicamente da Rússia.

O cálculo é simples: a Rússia quer a paz no Cáucaso porque os territórios pós-soviéticos fazem parte do seu ambiente estratégico. O Ocidente, por outro lado, quer que a guerra no Cáucaso desestabilize as fronteiras da Rússia. Como a Geórgia é um país caucasiano, apenas a amizade com a Rússia parece interessante.

Lucas Leiroz de Almeida

 

 

Artigo em inglês : Georgia fears Western interference in its elections, InfoBrics, 17 de Setembro de 2024.

Imagem : InfoBrics

*

Lucas Leiroz, membro da Associação de Jornalistas do BRICS, pesquisador do Centro de Estudos Geoestratégicos, especialista militar.

Você pode seguir Lucas Leiroz em: https://t.me/lucasleiroz e https://x.com/leiroz_lucas

This Week’s Most Popular Articles

September 20th, 2024 by Global Research News

“A NATO invasion of nuclear Russia is currently underway, and the world is unaware that it is in World War III”. Has President Putin’s Patience Reached Its Limits?


Peter Koenig, September 14, 2024

Towards an “Oppressive Digital New World Order”. UN “World for the Future” Conference. 22-23 September 2024. Borderless “Enslavement Package”, Digital Control over 8 Billion People

Peter Koenig, September 11, 2024

Top Oncologist Raises Alarm: Every New Cancer Patient Is Under 45

Frank Bergman, September 16, 2024

Did Putin Just Issue the Most Serious Warning to Date?

Drago Bosnic, September 13, 2024

It’s a “Killer” Vaccine Worldwide: Japanese researchers say side effects of COVID vaccines linked to 201 types of diseases

Lee Harding, September 8, 2024

Russian Hypersonic Dominance Results in Hundreds of NATO Casualties in Ukraine

Drago Bosnic, September 13, 2024

Another September 11th, “I Wondered Where Dick Cheney Was”. Edward Curtin

Edward Curtin, September 15, 2024

What Does the Science Say About Alcohol Consumption?

Dr. Joseph Mercola, September 15, 2024

What is the Deep State? The Doomsday Project and Deep Events: JFK, Watergate, Iran-Contra, and 9/11. Prof. Peter Dale Scott

Prof Peter Dale Scott, September 14, 2024

Chemtrails and “Forever Chemicals”. Peter Koenig

Peter Koenig, September 16, 2024

Bill Gates Calls for ‘Vaccine Misinformation’ to be Censored in Real-Time by AI

Frank Bergman, September 17, 2024

French Politicians ‘Fearing’ Global Escalation. Has WWIII already Begun?

Lucas Leiroz de Almeida, September 17, 2024

Largest BlackRock Shareholders: Who Owns the Most BLK Stock in 2024?

Indrabati Lahiri, September 15, 2024

Biden Might Decide Today Whether or Not to Initiate WW3 Against Russia

Eric Zuesse, September 14, 2024

What Happened on the Planes on September 11, 2001? The 9/11 Commission “Script” Was Fabricated

Prof Michel Chossudovsky, September 14, 2024

Why Is Israel Bulldozing Cemeteries in Gaza? Mike Whitney

Mike Whitney, September 19, 2024

Surviving the UN Is Exiting the UN. 
Otherwise the Ways Are Charted Towards a Digital Gulag

Dr. Rima E. Laibow, September 19, 2024

Agenda to Depopulate the Planet Through COVID Vaccination. Revealed by Government Reports and Pfizer Documents

The Expose, September 14, 2024

Japan’s Most Senior Cancer Doctor: COVID Shots Are ‘Essentially Murder’

Emily Mangiaracina, September 16, 2024

Who is Ryan Routh? The “Ukrainian Trace” in the Trump Assassination Attempt

Andrew Korybko, September 16, 2024

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @globalresearch_crg.

 
 
First published on November 15, 2015, this incisive report was among Global Research’s most popular articles. As a result of media censorship it is no longer featured by the search engines.
 
.

Introductory Note by Michel Chossudovsky

Let us put this in a historical perspective: the commemoration of the War to End All Wars  acknowledges that 15 million lives were lost in the course of World War I (1914-18).

The loss of life in the second World War (1939-1945) was on a much large scale, when compared to World War I: 60 million lives both military and civilian were lost during World War II. (Four times those killed during World War I).

The largest WWII casualties  were China and the Soviet Union: 

  • 26 million in the Soviet Union,  
  • China estimates its losses at approximately 20 million deaths.

Ironically, these two countries (allies of the US during WWII) which lost a large share of their population during WWII are now under the Biden-Harris administration categorized as “enemies of America”, which are threatening the Western World.

Germany and Austria lost approximately 8 million people during WWII, Japan lost more than 2.5 million people. The US and Britain respectively lost more than 400,000 lives. 

This carefully researched article by James A. Lucas  documents the more than 20 million lives lost resulting from US led wars, military coups and intelligence ops carried out in the wake of WWII, in what is euphemistically called the “post-war era” (1945- ).

The extensive loss of life in Lebanon,  Syria, Yemen, Ukraine and Libya, Palestine is not included in this study.

Nor are the millions of deaths resulting from extreme poverty.

Acts of Economic Warfare 

In the post Cold War era, “shock and awe” IMF “economic medicine” applied in countries of the Global South as well as in Eastern Europe has resulted in mass poverty and an unprecedented process of economic and social destruction, under the helm of of the so-called Washington Consensus.

In the course of the last four years, 190 countries, member States of the United Nations have been subjected to the Covid 19 Lockdown which has resulted in extreme poverty and unemployment. In many regards this is an act of economic and social warfare against sovereign nation states.  

In turn, in response to a non-existent pandemic the Covid-19 “Vaccine” which was launched in mid-December 2020 has resulted in millions of deaths Worldwide.

Yes, It’s a killer vaccine. That message should be loud and clear. This is happening all over the world: children and adolescents are dying.

Crimes against humanity, crimes against our children.

Continuous US led warfare (1945- ): there was no “post-war era”.

And now, a World War III scenario is contemplated by US-NATO, in alliance with Israel.

A genocide is ongoing against the people of Palestine with the full support of Western countries.

NATO-US Forces are at Russia’s Doorstep. A so-called “preemptive nuclear war” against China, Russia and Iran is on the drawing board of the Pentagon. 

At no point since the first atomic bomb was dropped on Hiroshima on August 6th, 1945, has humanity been closer to the unthinkable. 

All the safeguards of the Cold War era, which categorized the nuclear bomb as “a weapon of last resort”, have been scrapped.

The Dangers of Nuclear War are Real. They are “Profit Driven”. 

Under Joe Biden, public funds allocated to nuclear weapons are slated to increase to 2 trillion by 2030 allegedly as a means to safeguarding peace and national security at taxpayers expense. (How many schools and hospitals could you finance with 2 trillion dollars?).

 

Michel Chossudovsky, Global Research,  Hiroshima Day, August 6, 2023, September 20, 2024

***

The U.S. Has Killed More Than 20 Million People in 37 “Victim Nations” Since World War II

by James  A. Lucas

 

After the catastrophic attacks of September 11 2001 monumental sorrow and a feeling of desperate and understandable anger began to permeate the American psyche. A few people at that time attempted to promote a balanced perspective by pointing out that the United States had also been responsible for causing those same feelings in people in other nations, but they produced hardly a ripple. Although Americans understand in the abstract the wisdom of people around the world empathizing with the suffering of one another, such a reminder of wrongs committed by our nation got little hearing and was soon overshadowed by an accelerated “war on terrorism.”

But we must continue our efforts to develop understanding and compassion in the world. Hopefully, this article will assist in doing that by addressing the question “How many September 11ths has the United States caused in other nations since WWII?” This theme is developed in this report which contains an estimated numbers of such deaths in 37 nations as well as brief explanations of why the U.S. is considered culpable.

The causes of wars are complex. In some instances nations other than the U.S. may have been responsible for more deaths, but if the involvement of our nation appeared to have been a necessary cause of a war or conflict it was considered responsible for the deaths in it. In other words they probably would not have taken place if the U.S. had not used the heavy hand of its power. The military and economic power of the United States was crucial.

This study reveals that U.S. military forces were directly responsible for about 10 to 15 million deaths during the Korean and Vietnam Wars and the two Iraq Wars. The Korean War also includes Chinese deaths while the Vietnam War also includes fatalities in Cambodia and Laos.

The American public probably is not aware of these numbers and knows even less about the proxy wars for which the United States is also responsible. In the latter wars there were between nine and 14 million deaths in Afghanistan, Angola, Democratic Republic of the Congo, East Timor, Guatemala, Indonesia, Pakistan and Sudan.

But the victims are not just from big nations or one part of the world. The remaining deaths were in smaller ones which constitute over half the total number of nations. Virtually all parts of the world have been the target of U.S. intervention.

The overall conclusion reached is that the United States most likely has been responsible since WWII for the deaths of between 20 and 30 million people in wars and conflicts scattered over the world.

To the families and friends of these victims it makes little difference whether the causes were U.S. military action, proxy military forces, the provision of U.S. military supplies or advisors, or other ways, such as economic pressures applied by our nation. They had to make decisions about other things such as finding lost loved ones, whether to become refugees, and how to survive.

And the pain and anger is spread even further. Some authorities estimate that there are as many as 10 wounded for each person who dies in wars. Their visible, continued suffering is a continuing reminder to their fellow countrymen.

It is essential that Americans learn more about this topic so that they can begin to understand the pain that others feel. Someone once observed that the Germans during WWII “chose not to know.” We cannot allow history to say this about our country. The question posed above was “How many September 11ths has the United States caused in other nations since WWII?” The answer is: possibly 10,000.

Comments on Gathering These Numbers

Generally speaking, the much smaller number of Americans who have died is not included in this study, not because they are not important, but because this report focuses on the impact of U.S. actions on its adversaries.

An accurate count of the number of deaths is not easy to achieve, and this collection of data was undertaken with full realization of this fact. These estimates will probably be revised later either upward or downward by the reader and the author. But undoubtedly the total will remain in the millions.

The difficulty of gathering reliable information is shown by two estimates in this context. For several years I heard statements on radio that three million Cambodians had been killed under the rule of the Khmer Rouge. However, in recent years the figure I heard was one million. Another example is that the number of persons estimated to have died in Iraq due to sanctions after the first U.S. Iraq War was over 1 million, but in more recent years, based on a more recent study, a lower estimate of around a half a million has emerged.

Often information about wars is revealed only much later when someone decides to speak out, when more secret information is revealed due to persistent efforts of a few, or after special congressional committees make reports

Both victorious and defeated nations may have their own reasons for underreporting the number of deaths. Further, in recent wars involving the United States it was not uncommon to hear statements like “we do not do body counts” and references to “collateral damage” as a euphemism for dead and wounded. Life is cheap for some, especially those who manipulate people on the battlefield as if it were a chessboard.

To say that it is difficult to get exact figures is not to say that we should not try. Effort was needed to arrive at the figures of six million Jews killed during WWII, but knowledge of that number now is widespread and it has fueled the determination to prevent future holocausts. That struggle continues.

The author can be contacted at [email protected]

37 VICTIM NATIONS

Afghanistan

The U.S. is responsible for between 1 and 1.8 million deaths during the war between the Soviet Union and Afghanistan, by luring the Soviet Union into invading that nation. (1,2,3,4)

The Soviet Union had friendly relations its neighbor, Afghanistan, which had a secular government. The Soviets feared that if that government became fundamentalist this change could spill over into the Soviet Union.

In 1998, in an interview with the Parisian publication Le Novel Observateur, Zbigniew Brzezinski, adviser to President Carter, admitted that he had been responsible for instigating aid to the Mujahadeen in Afghanistan which caused the Soviets to invade. In his own words:

According to the official version of history, CIA aid to the Mujahadeen began during 1980, that is to say, after the Soviet army invaded Afghanistan on 24 December 1979. But the reality, secretly guarded until now, is completely otherwise. Indeed, it was July 3, 1979 that President Carter signed the first directive for secret aid to the opponents of the pro-Soviet regime in Kabul. And that very day, I wrote a note to the President in which I explained to him that in my opinion this aid was going to induce a Soviet military intervention. (5,1,6)

Brzezinski justified laying this trap, since he said it gave the Soviet Union its Vietnam and caused the breakup of the Soviet Union. “Regret what?” he said. “That secret operation was an excellent idea. It had the effect of drawing the Russians into the Afghan trap and you want me to regret it?” (7)

The CIA spent 5 to 6 billion dollars on its operation in Afghanistan in order to bleed the Soviet Union. (1,2,3) When that 10-year war ended over a million people were dead and Afghan heroin had captured 60% of the U.S. market. (4)

The U.S. has been responsible directly for about 12,000 deaths in Afghanistan many of which resulted from bombing in retaliation for the attacks on U.S. property on September 11, 2001. Subsequently U.S. troops invaded that country. (4)

Angola

An indigenous armed struggle against Portuguese rule in Angola began in 1961. In 1977 an Angolan government was recognized by the U.N., although the U.S. was one of the few nations that opposed this action. In 1986 Uncle Sam approved material assistance to UNITA, a group that was trying to overthrow the government. Even today this struggle, which has involved many nations at times, continues.

U.S. intervention was justified to the U.S. public as a reaction to the intervention of 50,000 Cuban troops in Angola. However, according to Piero Gleijeses, a history professor at Johns Hopkins University the reverse was true. The Cuban intervention came as a result of a CIA – financed covert invasion via neighboring Zaire and a drive on the Angolan capital by the U.S. ally, South Africa1,2,3). (Three estimates of deaths range from 300,000 to 750,000 (4,5,6)

Argentina: See South America: Operation Condor

Bangladesh: See Pakistan

Bolivia

Hugo Banzer was the leader of a repressive regime in Bolivia in the 1970s. The U.S. had been disturbed when a previous leader nationalized the tin mines and distributed land to Indian peasants. Later that action to benefit the poor was reversed.

Banzer, who was trained at the U.S.-operated School of the Americas in Panama and later at Fort Hood, Texas, came back from exile frequently to confer with U.S. Air Force Major Robert Lundin. In 1971 he staged a successful coup with the help of the U.S. Air Force radio system. In the first years of his dictatorship he received twice as military assistance from the U.S. as in the previous dozen years together.

A few years later the Catholic Church denounced an army massacre of striking tin workers in 1975, Banzer, assisted by information provided by the CIA, was able to target and locate leftist priests and nuns. His anti-clergy strategy, known as the Banzer Plan, was adopted by nine other Latin American dictatorships in 1977. (2) He has been accused of being responsible for 400 deaths during his tenure. (1)

Also see: See South America: Operation Condor

Brazil: See South America: Operation Condor

Cambodia

U.S. bombing of Cambodia had already been underway for several years in secret under the Johnson and Nixon administrations, but when President Nixon openly began bombing in preparation for a land assault on Cambodia it caused major protests in the U.S. against the Vietnam War.

There is little awareness today of the scope of these bombings and the human suffering involved.

Immense damage was done to the villages and cities of Cambodia, causing refugees and internal displacement of the population. This unstable situation enabled the Khmer Rouge, a small political party led by Pol Pot, to assume power. Over the years we have repeatedly heard about the Khmer Rouge’s role in the deaths of millions in Cambodia without any acknowledgement being made this mass killing was made possible by the the U.S. bombing of that nation which destabilized it by death , injuries, hunger and dislocation of its people.

So the U.S. bears responsibility not only for the deaths from the bombings but also for those resulting from the activities of the Khmer Rouge – a total of about 2.5 million people. Even when Vietnam latrer invaded Cambodia in 1979 the CIA was still supporting the Khmer Rouge. (1,2,3)

Also see Vietnam

Chad

An estimated 40,000 people in Chad were killed and as many as 200,000 tortured by a government, headed by Hissen Habre who was brought to power in June, 1982 with the help of CIA money and arms. He remained in power for eight years. (1,2)

Human Rights Watch claimed that Habre was responsible for thousands of killings. In 2001, while living in Senegal, he was almost tried for crimes committed by him in Chad. However, a court there blocked these proceedings. Then human rights people decided to pursue the case in Belgium, because some of Habre’s torture victims lived there. The U.S., in June 2003, told Belgium that it risked losing its status as host to NATO’s headquarters if it allowed such a legal proceeding to happen. So the result was that the law that allowed victims to file complaints in Belgium for atrocities committed abroad was repealed. However, two months later a new law was passed which made special provision for the continuation of the case against Habre.

Chile

The CIA intervened in Chile’s 1958 and 1964 elections. In 1970 a socialist candidate, Salvador Allende, was elected president. The CIA wanted to incite a military coup to prevent his inauguration, but the Chilean army’s chief of staff, General Rene Schneider, opposed this action. The CIA then planned, along with some people in the Chilean military, to assassinate Schneider. This plot failed and Allende took office. President Nixon was not to be dissuaded and he ordered the CIA to create a coup climate: “Make the economy scream,” he said.

What followed were guerilla warfare, arson, bombing, sabotage and terror. ITT and other U.S. corporations with Chilean holdings sponsored demonstrations and strikes. Finally, on September 11, 1973 Allende died either by suicide or by assassination. At that time Henry Kissinger, U.S. Secretary of State, said the following regarding Chile: “I don’t see why we need to stand by and watch a country go communist because of the irresponsibility of its own people.” (1)

During 17 years of terror under Allende’s successor, General Augusto Pinochet, an estimated 3,000 Chileans were killed and many others were tortured or “disappeared.” (2,3,4,5)

Also see South America: Operation Condor

China An estimated 900,000 Chinese died during the Korean War.

For more information, See: Korea.

Colombia

One estimate is that 67,000 deaths have occurred from the 1960s to recent years due to support by the U.S. of Colombian state terrorism. (1)

According to a 1994 Amnesty International report, more than 20,000 people were killed for political reasons in Colombia since 1986, mainly by the military and its paramilitary allies. Amnesty alleged that “U.S.- supplied military equipment, ostensibly delivered for use against narcotics traffickers, was being used by the Colombian military to commit abuses in the name of “counter-insurgency.” (2) In 2002 another estimate was made that 3,500 people die each year in a U.S. funded civilian war in Colombia. (3)

In 1996 Human Rights Watch issued a report “Assassination Squads in Colombia” which revealed that CIA agents went to Colombia in 1991 to help the military to train undercover agents in anti-subversive activity. (4,5)

In recent years the U.S. government has provided assistance under Plan Colombia. The Colombian government has been charged with using most of the funds for destruction of crops and support of the paramilitary group.

Cuba

In the Bay of Pigs invasion of Cuba on April 18, 1961 which ended after 3 days, 114 of the invading force were killed, 1,189 were taken prisoners and a few escaped to waiting U.S. ships. (1) The captured exiles were quickly tried, a few executed and the rest sentenced to thirty years in prison for treason. These exiles were released after 20 months in exchange for $53 million in food and medicine.

Some people estimate that the number of Cuban forces killed range from 2,000, to 4,000. Another estimate is that 1,800 Cuban forces were killed on an open highway by napalm. This appears to have been a precursor of the Highway of Death in Iraq in 1991 when U.S. forces mercilessly annihilated large numbers of Iraqis on a highway. (2)

Democratic Republic of Congo (formerly Zaire)

The beginning of massive violence was instigated in this country in 1879 by its colonizer King Leopold of Belgium. The Congo’s population was reduced by 10 million people over a period of 20 years which some have referred to as “Leopold’s Genocide.” (1) The U.S. has been responsible for about a third of that many deaths in that nation in the more recent past. (2)

In 1960 the Congo became an independent state with Patrice Lumumba being its first prime minister. He was assassinated with the CIA being implicated, although some say that his murder was actually the responsibility of Belgium. (3) But nevertheless, the CIA was planning to kill him. (4) Before his assassination the CIA sent one of its scientists, Dr. Sidney Gottlieb, to the Congo carrying “lethal biological material” intended for use in Lumumba’s assassination. This virus would have been able to produce a fatal disease indigenous to the Congo area of Africa and was transported in a diplomatic pouch.

Much of the time in recent years there has been a civil war within the Democratic Republic of Congo, fomented often by the U.S. and other nations, including neighboring nations. (5)

In April 1977, Newsday reported that the CIA was secretly supporting efforts to recruit several hundred mercenaries in the U.S. and Great Britain to serve alongside Zaire’s army. In that same year the U.S. provided $15 million of military supplies to the Zairian President Mobutu to fend off an invasion by a rival group operating in Angola. (6)

In May 1979, the U.S. sent several million dollars of aid to Mobutu who had been condemned 3 months earlier by the U.S. State Department for human rights violations. (7) During the Cold War the U.S. funneled over 300 million dollars in weapons into Zaire (8,9) $100 million in military training was provided to him. (2) In 2001 it was reported to a U.S. congressional committee that American companies, including one linked to former President George Bush Sr., were stoking the Congo for monetary gains. There is an international battle over resources in that country with over 125 companies and individuals being implicated. One of these substances is coltan, which is used in the manufacture of cell phones. (2)

Dominican Republic

In 1962, Juan Bosch became president of the Dominican Republic. He advocated such programs as land reform and public works programs. This did not bode well for his future relationship with the U.S., and after only 7 months in office, he was deposed by a CIA coup. In 1965 when a group was trying to reinstall him to his office President Johnson said, “This Bosch is no good.” Assistant Secretary of State Thomas Mann replied “He’s no good at all. If we don’t get a decent government in there, Mr. President, we get another Bosch. It’s just going to be another sinkhole.” Two days later a U.S. invasion started and 22,000 soldiers and marines entered the Dominican Republic and about 3,000 Dominicans died during the fighting. The cover excuse for doing this was that this was done to protect foreigners there. (1,2,3,4)

East Timor

In December 1975, Indonesia invaded East Timor. This incursion was launched the day after U.S. President Gerald Ford and Secretary of State Henry Kissinger had left Indonesia where they had given President Suharto permission to use American arms, which under U.S. law, could not be used for aggression. Daniel Moynihan, U.S. ambassador to the UN. said that the U.S. wanted “things to turn out as they did.” (1,2) The result was an estimated 200,000 dead out of a population of 700,000. (1,2)

Sixteen years later, on November 12, 1991, two hundred and seventeen East Timorese protesters in Dili, many of them children, marching from a memorial service, were gunned down by Indonesian Kopassus shock troops who were headed by U.S.- trained commanders Prabowo Subianto (son in law of General Suharto) and Kiki Syahnakri. Trucks were seen dumping bodies into the sea. (5)

El Salvador

The civil war from 1981 to1992 in El Salvador was financed by $6 billion in U.S. aid given to support the government in its efforts to crush a movement to bring social justice to the people in that nation of about 8 million people. (1)
During that time U.S. military advisers demonstrated methods of torture on teenage prisoners, according to an interview with a deserter from the Salvadoran army published in the New York Times. This former member of the Salvadoran National Guard testified that he was a member of a squad of twelve who found people who they were told were guerillas and tortured them. Part of the training he received was in torture at a U.S. location somewhere in Panama. (2)

About 900 villagers were massacred in the village of El Mozote in 1981. Ten of the twelve El Salvadoran government soldiers cited as participating in this act were graduates of the School of the Americas operated by the U.S. (2) They were only a small part of about 75,000 people killed during that civil war. (1)

According to a 1993 United Nations’ Truth Commission report, over 96 % of the human rights violations carried out during the war were committed by the Salvadoran army or the paramilitary deaths squads associated with the Salvadoran army. (3)

That commission linked graduates of the School of the Americas to many notorious killings. The New York Times and the Washington Post followed with scathing articles. In 1996, the White House Oversight Board issued a report that supported many of the charges against that school made by Rev. Roy Bourgeois, head of the School of the Americas Watch. That same year the Pentagon released formerly classified reports indicating that graduates were trained in killing, extortion, and physical abuse for interrogations, false imprisonment and other methods of control. (4)

Grenada

The CIA began to destabilize Grenada in 1979 after Maurice Bishop became president, partially because he refused to join the quarantine of Cuba. The campaign against him resulted in his overthrow and the invasion by the U.S. of Grenada on October 25, 1983, with about 277 people dying. (1,2) It was fallaciously charged that an airport was being built in Grenada that could be used to attack the U.S. and it was also erroneously claimed that the lives of American medical students on that island were in danger.

Guatemala

In 1951 Jacobo Arbenz was elected president of Guatemala. He appropriated some unused land operated by the United Fruit Company and compensated the company. (1,2) That company then started a campaign to paint Arbenz as a tool of an international conspiracy and hired about 300 mercenaries who sabotaged oil supplies and trains. (3) In 1954 a CIA-orchestrated coup put him out of office and he left the country. During the next 40 years various regimes killed thousands of people.

In 1999 the Washington Post reported that an Historical Clarification Commission concluded that over 200,000 people had been killed during the civil war and that there had been 42,000 individual human rights violations, 29,000 of them fatal, 92% of which were committed by the army. The commission further reported that the U.S. government and the CIA had pressured the Guatemalan government into suppressing the guerilla movement by ruthless means. (4,5)

According to the Commission between 1981 and 1983 the military government of Guatemala – financed and supported by the U.S. government – destroyed some four hundred Mayan villages in a campaign of genocide. (4)
One of the documents made available to the commission was a 1966 memo from a U.S. State Department official, which described how a “safe house” was set up in the palace for use by Guatemalan security agents and their U.S. contacts. This was the headquarters for the Guatemalan “dirty war” against leftist insurgents and suspected allies. (2)

Haiti

From 1957 to 1986 Haiti was ruled by Papa Doc Duvalier and later by his son. During that time their private terrorist force killed between 30,000 and 100,000 people. (1) Millions of dollars in CIA subsidies flowed into Haiti during that time, mainly to suppress popular movements, (2) although most American military aid to the country, according to William Blum, was covertly channeled through Israel.

Reportedly, governments after the second Duvalier reign were responsible for an even larger number of fatalities, and the influence on Haiti by the U.S., particularly through the CIA, has continued. The U.S. later forced out of the presidential office a black Catholic priest, Jean Bertrand Aristide, even though he was elected with 67% of the vote in the early 1990s. The wealthy white class in Haiti opposed him in this predominantly black nation, because of his social programs designed to help the poor and end corruption. (3) Later he returned to office, but that did not last long. He was forced by the U.S. to leave office and now lives in South Africa.

Honduras

In the 1980s the CIA supported Battalion 316 in Honduras, which kidnapped, tortured and killed hundreds of its citizens. Torture equipment and manuals were provided by CIA Argentinean personnel who worked with U.S. agents in the training of the Hondurans. Approximately 400 people lost their lives. (1,2) This is another instance of torture in the world sponsored by the U.S. (3)

Battalion 316 used shock and suffocation devices in interrogations in the 1980s. Prisoners often were kept naked and, when no longer useful, killed and buried in unmarked graves. Declassified documents and other sources show that the CIA and the U.S. Embassy knew of numerous crimes, including murder and torture, yet continued to support Battalion 316 and collaborate with its leaders.” (4)

Honduras was a staging ground in the early 1980s for the Contras who were trying to overthrow the socialist Sandinista government in Nicaragua. John D. Negroponte, currently Deputy Secretary of State, was our embassador when our military aid to Honduras rose from $4 million to $77.4 million per year. Negroponte denies having had any knowledge of these atrocities during his tenure. However, his predecessor in that position, Jack R. Binns, had reported in 1981 that he was deeply concerned at increasing evidence of officially sponsored/sanctioned assassinations. (5)

Hungary

In 1956 Hungary, a Soviet satellite nation, revolted against the Soviet Union. During the uprising broadcasts by the U.S. Radio Free Europe into Hungary sometimes took on an aggressive tone, encouraging the rebels to believe that Western support was imminent, and even giving tactical advice on how to fight the Soviets. Their hopes were raised then dashed by these broadcasts which cast an even darker shadow over the Hungarian tragedy.“ (1) The Hungarian and Soviet death toll was about 3,000 and the revolution was crushed. (2)

Indonesia

In 1965, in Indonesia, a coup replaced General Sukarno with General Suharto as leader. The U.S. played a role in that change of government. Robert Martens,a former officer in the U.S. embassy in Indonesia, described how U.S. diplomats and CIA officers provided up to 5,000 names to Indonesian Army death squads in 1965 and checked them off as they were killed or captured. Martens admitted that “I probably have a lot of blood on my hands, but that’s not all bad. There’s a time when you have to strike hard at a decisive moment.” (1,2,3) Estimates of the number of deaths range from 500,000 to 3 million. (4,5,6)
From 1993 to 1997 the U.S. provided Jakarta with almost $400 million in economic aid and sold tens of million of dollars of weaponry to that nation. U.S. Green Berets provided training for the Indonesia’s elite force which was responsible for many of atrocities in East Timor. (3)

Iran

Iran lost about 262,000 people in the war against Iraq from 1980 to 1988. (1) See Iraq for more information about that war.

On July 3, 1988 the U.S. Navy ship, the Vincennes, was operating withing Iranian waters providing military support for Iraq during the Iran-Iraq war. During a battle against Iranian gunboats it fired two missiles at an Iranian Airbus, which was on a routine civilian flight. All 290 civilian on board were killed. (2,3)

Iraq

A. The Iraq-Iran War lasted from 1980 to 1988 and during that time there were about 105,000 Iraqi deaths according to the Washington Post. (1,2)

According to Howard Teicher, a former National Security Council official, the U.S. provided the Iraqis with billions of dollars in credits and helped Iraq in other ways such as making sure that Iraq had military equipment including biological agents This surge of help for Iraq came as Iran seemed to be winning the war and was close to Basra. (1) The U.S. was not adverse to both countries weakening themselves as a result of the war, but it did not appear to want either side to win.

B: The U.S.-Iraq War and the Sanctions Against Iraq extended from 1990 to 2003.

Iraq invaded Kuwait on August 2, 1990 and the U.S. responded by demanding that Iraq withdraw, and four days later the U.N. levied international sanctions.

Iraq had reason to believe that the U.S. would not object to its invasion of Kuwait, since U.S. Ambassador to Iraq, April Glaspie, had told Saddam Hussein that the U.S. had no position on the dispute that his country had with Kuwait. So the green light was given, but it seemed to be more of a trap.

As a part of the public relations strategy to energize the American public into supporting an attack against Iraq the daughter of the Kuwaiti ambassador to the U.S. falsely testified before Congress that Iraqi troops were pulling the plugs on incubators in Iraqi hospitals. (1) This contributed to a war frenzy in the U.S.

The U.S. air assault started on January 17, 1991 and it lasted for 42 days. On February 23 President H.W. Bush ordered the U.S. ground assault to begin. The invasion took place with much needless killing of Iraqi military personnel. Only about 150 American military personnel died compared to about 200,000 Iraqis. Some of the Iraqis were mercilessly killed on the Highway of Death and about 400 tons of depleted uranium were left in that nation by the U.S. (2,3)

Other deaths later were from delayed deaths due to wounds, civilians killed, those killed by effects of damage of the Iraqi water treatment facilities and other aspects of its damaged infrastructure and by the sanctions.

In 1995 the Food and Agriculture Organization of the U.N. reported that U.N sanctions against on Iraq had been responsible for the deaths of more than 560,000 children since 1990. (5)

Leslie Stahl on the TV Program 60 Minutes in 1996 mentioned to Madeleine Albright, U.S. Ambassador to the U.N. “We have heard that a half million children have died. I mean, that’s more children than died in Hiroshima. And – and you know, is the price worth it?” Albright replied “I think this is a very hard choice, but the price – we think is worth it.” (4)

In 1999 UNICEF reported that 5,000 children died each month as a result of the sanction and the War with the U.S. (6)

Richard Garfield later estimated that the more likely number of excess deaths among children under five years of age from 1990 through March 1998 to be 227,000 – double those of the previous decade. Garfield estimated that the numbers to be 350,000 through 2000 (based in part on result of another study). (7)

However, there are limitations to his study. His figures were not updated for the remaining three years of the sanctions. Also, two other somewhat vulnerable age groups were not studied: young children above the age of five and the elderly.

All of these reports were considerable indicators of massive numbers of deaths which the U.S. was aware of and which was a part of its strategy to cause enough pain and terror among Iraqis to cause them to revolt against their government.

C: Iraq-U.S. War started in 2003 and has not been concluded

Just as the end of the Cold War emboldened the U.S. to attack Iraq in 1991 so the attacks of September 11, 2001 laid the groundwork for the U.S. to launch the current war against Iraq. While in some other wars we learned much later about the lies that were used to deceive us, some of the deceptions that were used to get us into this war became known almost as soon as they were uttered. There were no weapons of mass destruction, we were not trying to promote democracy, we were not trying to save the Iraqi people from a dictator.

The total number of Iraqi deaths that are a result of our current Iraq against Iraq War is 654,000, of which 600,000 are attributed to acts of violence, according to Johns Hopkins researchers. (1,2)

Since these deaths are a result of the U.S. invasion, our leaders must accept responsibility for them.

Israeli-Palestinian War

About 100,000 to 200,000 Israelis and Palestinians, but mostly the latter, have been killed in the struggle between those two groups. The U.S. has been a strong supporter of Israel, providing billions of dollars in aid and supporting its possession of nuclear weapons. (1,2)

Korea, North and South

The Korean War started in 1950 when, according to the Truman administration, North Korea invaded South Korea on June 25th. However, since then another explanation has emerged which maintains that the attack by North Korea came during a time of many border incursions by both sides. South Korea initiated most of the border clashes with North Korea beginning in 1948. The North Korea government claimed that by 1949 the South Korean army committed 2,617 armed incursions. It was a myth that the Soviet Union ordered North Korea to attack South Korea. (1,2)

The U.S. started its attack before a U.N. resolution was passed supporting our nation’s intervention, and our military forces added to the mayhem in the war by introducing the use of napalm. (1)

During the war the bulk of the deaths were South Koreans, North Koreans and Chinese. Four sources give deaths counts ranging from 1.8 to 4.5 million. (3,4,5,6) Another source gives a total of 4 million but does not identify to which nation they belonged. (7)

John H. Kim, a U.S. Army veteran and the Chair of the Korea Committee of Veterans for Peace, stated in an article that during the Korean War “the U.S. Army, Air Force and Navy were directly involved in the killing of about three million civilians – both South and North Koreans – at many locations throughout Korea…It is reported that the U.S. dropped some 650,000 tons of bombs, including 43,000 tons of napalm bombs, during the Korean War.” It is presumed that this total does not include Chinese casualties.

Another source states a total of about 500,000 who were Koreans and presumably only military. (8,9)

Laos

From 1965 to 1973 during the Vietnam War the U.S. dropped over two million tons of bombs on Laos – more than was dropped in WWII by both sides. Over a quarter of the population became refugees. This was later called a “secret war,” since it occurred at the same time as the Vietnam War, but got little press. Hundreds of thousands were killed. Branfman make the only estimate that I am aware of , stating that hundreds of thousands died. This can be interpeted to mean that at least 200,000 died. (1,2,3)

U.S. military intervention in Laos actually began much earlier. A civil war started in the 1950s when the U.S. recruited a force of 40,000 Laotians to oppose the Pathet Lao, a leftist political party that ultimately took power in 1975.

Also See Vietnam

Nepal

Between 8,000 and 12,000 Nepalese have died since a civil war broke out in 1996. The death rate, according to Foreign Policy in Focus, sharply increased with the arrival of almost 8,400 American M-16 submachine guns (950 rpm) and U.S. advisers. Nepal is 85 percent rural and badly in need of land reform. Not surprisingly 42 % of its people live below the poverty level. (1,2)

In 2002, after another civil war erupted, President George W. Bush pushed a bill through Congress authorizing $20 million in military aid to the Nepalese government. (3)

Nicaragua

In 1981 the Sandinistas overthrew the Somoza government in Nicaragua, (1) and until 1990 about 25,000 Nicaraguans were killed in an armed struggle between the Sandinista government and Contra rebels who were formed from the remnants of Somoza’s national government. The use of assassination manuals by the Contras surfaced in 1984. (2,3)

The U.S. supported the victorious government regime by providing covert military aid to the Contras (anti-communist guerillas) starting in November, 1981. But when Congress discovered that the CIA had supervised acts of sabotage in Nicaragua without notifying Congress, it passed the Boland Amendment in 1983 which prohibited the CIA, Defense Department and any other government agency from providing any further covert military assistance. (4)

But ways were found to get around this prohibition. The National Security Council, which was not explicitly covered by the law, raised private and foreign funds for the Contras. In addition, arms were sold to Iran and the proceeds were diverted from those sales to the Contras engaged in the insurgency against the Sandinista government. (5) Finally, the Sandinistas were voted out of office in 1990 by voters who thought that a change in leadership would placate the U.S., which was causing misery to Nicaragua’s citizenry by it support of the Contras.

Pakistan

In 1971 West Pakistan, an authoritarian state supported by the U.S., brutally invaded East Pakistan. The war ended after India, whose economy was staggering after admitting about 10 million refugees, invaded East Pakistan (now Bangladesh) and defeated the West Pakistani forces. (1)

Millions of people died during that brutal struggle, referred to by some as genocide committed by West Pakistan. That country had long been an ally of the U.S., starting with $411 million provided to establish its armed forces which spent 80% of its budget on its military. $15 million in arms flowed into W. Pakistan during the war. (2,3,4)

Three sources estimate that 3 million people died and (5,2,6) one source estimates 1.5 million. (3)

Panama

In December, 1989 U.S. troops invaded Panama, ostensibly to arrest Manuel Noriega, that nation’s president. This was an example of the U.S. view that it is the master of the world and can arrest anyone it wants to. For a number of years before that he had worked for the CIA, but fell out of favor partially because he was not an opponent of the Sandinistas in Nicaragua. (1) It has been estimated that between 500 and 4,000 people died. (2,3,4)

Paraguay: See South America: Operation Condor

Philippines

The Philippines were under the control of the U.S. for over a hundred years. In about the last 50 to 60 years the U.S. has funded and otherwise helped various Philippine governments which sought to suppress the activities of groups working for the welfare of its people. In 1969 the Symington Committee in the U.S. Congress revealed how war material was sent there for a counter-insurgency campaign. U.S. Special Forces and Marines were active in some combat operations. The estimated number of persons that were executed and disappeared under President Fernando Marcos was over 100,000. (1,2)

South America: Operation Condor

This was a joint operation of 6 despotic South American governments (Argentina, Bolivia, Brazil, Chile, Paraguay and Uruguay) to share information about their political opponents. An estimated 13,000 people were killed under this plan. (1)

It was established on November 25, 1975 in Chile by an act of the Interamerican Reunion on Military Intelligence. According to U.S. embassy political officer, John Tipton, the CIA and the Chilean Secret Police were working together, although the CIA did not set up the operation to make this collaboration work. Reportedly, it ended in 1983. (2)

On March 6, 2001 the New York Times reported the existence of a recently declassified State Department document revealing that the United States facilitated communications for Operation Condor. (3)

Sudan

Since 1955, when it gained its independence, Sudan has been involved most of the time in a civil war. Until about 2003 approximately 2 million people had been killed. It not known if the death toll in Darfur is part of that total.

Human rights groups have complained that U.S. policies have helped to prolong the Sudanese civil war by supporting efforts to overthrow the central government in Khartoum. In 1999 U.S. Secretary of State Madeleine Albright met with the leader of the Sudan People’s Liberation Army (SPLA) who said that she offered him food supplies if he would reject a peace plan sponsored by Egypt and Libya.

In 1978 the vastness of Sudan’s oil reservers was discovered and within two years it became the sixth largest recipient of U.S, military aid. It’s reasonable to assume that if the U.S. aid a government to come to power it will feel obligated to give the U.S. part of the oil pie.

A British group, Christian Aid, has accused foreign oil companies of complicity in the depopulation of villages. These companies – not American – receive government protection and in turn allow the government use of its airstrips and roads.

In August 1998 the U.S. bombed Khartoum, Sudan with 75 cruise míssiles. Our government said that the target was a chemical weapons factory owned by Osama bin Laden. Actually, bin Laden was no longer the owner, and the plant had been the sole supplier of pharmaceutical supplies for that poor nation. As a result of the bombing tens of thousands may have died because of the lack of medicines to treat malaria, tuberculosis and other diseases. The U.S. settled a lawsuit filed by the factory’s owner. (1,2)

Uruguay: See South America: Operation Condor

Vietnam

In Vietnam, under an agreement several decades ago, there was supposed to be an election for a unified North and South Vietnam. The U.S. opposed this and supported the Diem government in South Vietnam. In August, 1964 the CIA and others helped fabricate a phony Vietnamese attack on a U.S. ship in the Gulf of Tonkin and this was used as a pretext for greater U.S. involvement in Vietnam. (1)

During that war an American assassination operation,called Operation Phoenix, terrorized the South Vietnamese people, and during the war American troops were responsible in 1968 for the mass slaughter of the people in the village of My Lai.

According to a Vietnamese government statement in 1995 the number of deaths of civilians and military personnel during the Vietnam War was 5.1 million. (2)

Since deaths in Cambodia and Laos were about 2.7 million (See Cambodia and Laos) the estimated total for the Vietnam War is 7.8 million.

The Virtual Truth Commission provides a total for the war of 5 million, (3) and Robert McNamara, former Secretary Defense, according to the New York Times Magazine says that the number of Vietnamese dead is 3.4 million. (4,5)

Yugoslavia

Yugoslavia was a socialist federation of several republics. Since it refused to be closely tied to the Soviet Union during the Cold War, it gained some suport from the U.S. But when the Soviet Union dissolved, Yugoslavia’s usefulness to the U.S. ended, and the U.S and Germany worked to convert its socialist economy to a capitalist one by a process primarily of dividing and conquering. There were ethnic and religious differences between various parts of Yugoslavia which were manipulated by the U.S. to cause several wars which resulted in the dissolution of that country.

From the early 1990s until now Yugoslavia split into several independent nations whose lowered income, along with CIA connivance, has made it a pawn in the hands of capitalist countries. (1) The dissolution of Yugoslavia was caused primarily by the U.S. (2)

Here are estimates of some, if not all, of the internal wars in Yugoslavia. All wars: 107,000; (3,4)

Bosnia and Krajina: 250,000; (5) Bosnia: 20,000 to 30,000; (5) Croatia: 15,000; (6) and

Kosovo: 500 to 5,000. (7)

NOTES

Afghanistan

1.Mark Zepezauer, Boomerang (Monroe, Maine: Common Courage Press, 2003), p.135.

2.Chronology of American State Terrorism
http://www.intellnet.org/resources/american_
terrorism/ChronologyofTerror.html

3.Soviet War in Afghanistan
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Soviet_war_in_Afghanistan

4.Mark Zepezauer, The CIA’S Greatest Hits (Monroe, Maine: Common Courage Press, 1994), p.76

5.U.S Involvement in Afghanistan, Wikipedia
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Soviet_war_in Afghanistan)

6.The CIA’s Intervention in Afghanistan, Interview with Zbigniew Brzezinski, Le Nouvel Observateur, Paris, 15-21 January 1998, Posted at globalresearch.ca 15 October 2001, http://www.globalresearch.ca/articles/BRZ110A.html

7.William Blum, Rogue State (Monroe, Maine: Common Courage Press, 2000), p.5

8.Unknown News, http://www.unknownnews.net/casualtiesw.html

Angola

1.Howard W. French “From Old Files, a New Story of the U.S. Role in the Angolan War” New York Times 3/31/02

2.Angolan Update, American Friends Service Committee FS, 11/1/99 flyer.

3.Norman Solomon, War Made Easy, (John Wiley & Sons, 2005) p. 82-83.

4.Lance Selfa, U.S. Imperialism, A Century of Slaughter, International Socialist Review Issue 7, Spring 1999 (as appears in Third world Traveler www. thirdworldtraveler.com/American_Empire/Century_Imperialism.html)

5. Jeffress Ramsay, Africa , (Dushkin/McGraw Hill Guilford Connecticut), 1997, p. 144-145.

6.Mark Zepezauer, The CIA’S Greatest Hits (Monroe, Maine: Common Courage Press, 1994), p.54.

Argentina : See South America: Operation Condor

Bolivia

1. Phil Gunson, Guardian, 5/6/02,
http://www.guardian.co.uk/archive /article/0,4273,41-07884,00.html

2.Jerry Meldon, Return of Bolilvia’s Drug – Stained Dictator, Consortium,www.consortiumnews.com/archives/story40.html.

Brazil See South America: Operation Condor

Cambodia

1.Virtual Truth Commissiion http://www.geocities.com/~virtualtruth/ .

2.David Model, President Richard Nixon, Henry Kissinger, and the Bombing of Cambodia excerpted from the book Lying for Empire How to Commit War Crimes With A Straight Face, Common Courage Press, 2005, paperhttp://thirdworldtraveler.com/American_Empire/Nixon_Cambodia_LFE.html.

3.Noam Chomsky, Chomsky on Cambodia under Pol Pot, etc.,http//zmag.org/forums/chomcambodforum.htm.

Chad

1.William Blum, Rogue State (Monroe, Maine: Common Courage Press, 2000), p. 151-152 .

2.Richard Keeble, Crimes Against Humanity in Chad, Znet/Activism 12/4/06http://www.zmag.org/content/print_article.cfm?itemID=11560&sectionID=1).

Chile

1.Parenti, Michael, The Sword and the Dollar (New York, St. Martin’s Press, 1989) p. 56.

2.William Blum, Rogue State (Monroe, Maine: Common Courage Press, 2000), p. 142-143.

3.Moreorless: Heroes and Killers of the 20th Century, Augusto Pinochet Ugarte,

http://www.moreorless.au.com/killers/pinochet.html

4.Associated Press,Pincohet on 91st Birthday, Takes Responsibility for Regimes’s Abuses, Dayton Daily News 11/26/06

5.Chalmers Johnson, Blowback, The Costs and Consequences of American Empire (New York: Henry Holt and Company, 2000), p. 18.

China: See Korea

Colombia

1.Chronology of American State Terrorism, p.2

http://www.intellnet.org/resources/american_terrorism/ChronologyofTerror.html).

2.William Blum, Rogue State (Monroe, Maine: Common Courage Press, 2000), p. 163.

3.Millions Killed by Imperialism Washington Post May 6, 2002)http://www.etext.org./Politics/MIM/rail/impkills.html

4.Gabriella Gamini, CIA Set Up Death Squads in Colombia Times Newspapers Limited, Dec. 5, 1996,www.edu/CommunicationsStudies/ben/news/cia/961205.death.html).

5.Virtual Truth Commission, 1991

Human Rights Watch Report: Colombia’s Killer Networks–The Military-Paramilitary Partnership).

Cuba

1.St. James Encyclopedia of Popular Culture – on Bay of Pigs Invasionhttp://bookrags.com/Bay_of_Pigs_Invasion.

2.Wikipedia http://bookrags.com/Bay_of_Pigs_Invasion#Casualties.

Democratic Republic of Congo (Formerly Zaire)

1.F. Jeffress Ramsey, Africa (Guilford Connecticut, 1997), p. 85

2. Anup Shaw The Democratic Republic of Congo, 10/31/2003)http://www.globalissues.org/Geopolitics/Africa/DRC.asp)

3.Kevin Whitelaw, A Killing in Congo, U. S. News and World Reporthttp://www.usnews.com/usnews/doubleissue/mysteries/patrice.htm

4.William Blum, Killing Hope (Monroe, Maine: Common Courage Press, 1995), p 158-159.

5.Ibid.,p. 260

6.Ibid.,p. 259

7.Ibid.,p.262

8.David Pickering, “World War in Africa, 6/26/02,
www.9-11peace.org/bulletin.php3

9.William D. Hartung and Bridget Moix, Deadly Legacy; U.S. Arms to Africa and the Congo War, Arms Trade Resource Center, January , 2000www.worldpolicy.org/projects/arms/reports/congo.htm

Dominican Republic

1.Norman Solomon, (untitled) Baltimore Sun April 26, 2005
http://www.globalpolicy.org/empire/history/2005/0426spincycle.htm
Intervention Spin Cycle

2.Wikipedia. http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Operation_Power_Pack

3.William Blum, Killing Hope (Monroe, Maine: Common Courage Press, 1995), p. 175.

4.Mark Zepezauer, The CIA’S Greatest Hits (Monroe, Maine: Common Courage Press, 1994), p.26-27.

East Timor

1.Virtual Truth Commission, http://www.geocities.com/~virtualtruth/date4.htm

2.Matthew Jardine, Unraveling Indonesia, Nonviolent Activist, 1997)

3.Chronology of American State Terrorismhttp://www.intellnet.org/resources/american_terrorism/ChronologyofTerror.html

4.William Blum, Killing Hope (Monroe, Maine: Common Courage Press, 1995), p. 197.

5.US trained butchers of Timor, The Guardian, London. Cited by The Drudge Report, September 19, 1999. http://www.geocities.com/~virtualtruth/indon.htm

El Salvador

1.Robert T. Buckman, Latin America 2003, (Stryker-Post Publications Baltimore 2003) p. 152-153.

2.William Blum, Rogue State (Monroe, Maine: Common Courage Press, 2000), p. 54-55.

3.El Salvador, Wikipediahttp://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/El_Salvador#The_20th_century_and_beyond)

4.Virtual Truth Commissiion http://www.geocities.com/~virtualtruth/.

Grenada

1.Mark Zepezauer, The CIA’S Greatest Hits (Monroe, Maine: Common Courage Press, 1994), p. 66-67.

2.Stephen Zunes, The U.S. Invasion of Grenada,http://wwwfpif.org/papers/grenada2003.html .

Guatemala

1.Virtual Truth Commissiion http://www.geocities.com/~virtualtruth/

2.Ibid.

3.Mark Zepezauer, The CIA’S Greatest Hits (Monroe, Maine: Common Courage Press, 1994), p.2-13.

4.Robert T. Buckman, Latin America 2003 (Stryker-Post Publications Baltimore 2003) p. 162.

5.Douglas Farah, Papers Show U.S. Role in Guatemalan Abuses, Washington Post Foreign Service, March 11, 1999, A 26

Haiti

1.Francois Duvalier,http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Fran%C3%A7ois_Duvalier#Reign_of_terror).

2.Mark Zepezauer, The CIA’S Greatest Hits (Monroe, Maine: Common Courage Press, 1994), p 87.

3.William Blum, Haiti 1986-1994: Who Will Rid Me of This Turbulent Priest,http://www.doublestandards.org/blum8.html

Honduras

1.William Blum, Rogue State (Monroe, Maine: Common Courage Press, 2000), p. 55.

2.Reports by Country: Honduras, Virtual Truth Commissionhttp://www.geocities.com/~virtualtruth/honduras.htm

3.James A. Lucas, Torture Gets The Silence Treatment, Countercurrents, July 26, 2004.

4.Gary Cohn and Ginger Thompson, Unearthed: Fatal Secrets, Baltimore Sun, reprint of a series that appeared June 11-18, 1995 in Jack Nelson-Pallmeyer, School of Assassins, p. 46 Orbis Books 2001.

5.Michael Dobbs, Negroponte’s Time in Honduras at Issue, Washington Post, March 21, 2005

Hungary

1.Edited by Malcolm Byrne, The 1956 Hungarian Revoluiton: A history in Documents November 4, 2002http://www.gwu.edu/~nsarchiv/NSAEBB/NSAEBB76/index2.htm

2.Wikipedia The Free Encyclopedia,
http://www.answers.com/topic/hungarian-revolution-of-1956

Indonesia

1.Virtual Truth Commission http://www.geocities.com/~virtualtruth/.

2.Editorial, Indonesia’s Killers, The Nation, March 30, 1998.

3.Matthew Jardine, Indonesia Unraveling, Non Violent Activist Sept–Oct, 1997 (Amnesty) 2/7/07.

4.Sison, Jose Maria, Reflections on the 1965 Massacre in Indonesia, p. 5.http://qc.indymedia.org/mail.php?id=5602;

5.Annie Pohlman, Women and the Indonesian Killings of 1965-1966: Gender Variables and Possible Direction for Research, p.4,http://coombs.anu.edu.au/SpecialProj/ASAA/biennial-conference/2004/Pohlman-A-ASAA.pdf

6.Peter Dale Scott, The United States and the Overthrow of Sukarno, 1965-1967, Pacific Affairs, 58, Summer 1985, pages 239-264.http://www.namebase.org/scott.

7.Mark Zepezauer, The CIA’S Greatest Hits (Monroe, Maine: Common Courage Press, 1994), p.30.

Iran

1.Geoff Simons, Iraq from Sumer to Saddam, 1996, St. Martins Press, NY p. 317.

2.Chronology of American State Terrorismhttp://www.intellnet.org/resources/american_terrorism/ChronologyofTerror.html.

3.BBC 1988: US Warship Shoots Down Iranian Airlinerhttp://news.bbc.co.uk/onthisday/default.stm )

Iraq

Iran-Iraq War

1.Michael Dobbs, U.S. Had Key role in Iraq Buildup, Washington Post December 30, 2002, p A01 http://www.washingtonpost.com/ac2/wp-dyn/A52241-2002Dec29?language=printer

2.Global Security.Org , Iran Iraq War (1980-1980)globalsecurity.org/military/world/war/iran-iraq.htm.

U.S. Iraq War and Sanctions

1.Ramsey Clark, The Fire This Time (New York, Thunder’s Mouth), 1994, p.31-32

2.Ibid., p. 52-54

3.Ibid., p. 43

4.Anthony Arnove, Iraq Under Siege, (South End Press Cambridge MA 2000). p. 175.

5.Food and Agricultural Organizaiton, The Children are Dying, 1995 World View Forum, Internationa Action Center, International Relief Association, p. 78

6.Anthony Arnove, Iraq Under Siege, South End Press Cambridge MA 2000. p. 61.

7.David Cortright, A Hard Look at Iraq Sanctions December 3, 2001, The Nation.

U.S-Iraq War 2003-?

1.Jonathan Bor 654,000 Deaths Tied to Iraq War Baltimore Sun , October 11,2006

2.News http://www.unknownnews.net/casualties.html

Israeli-Palestinian War

1.Post-1967 Palestinian & Israeli Deaths from Occupation & Violence May 16, 2006 http://globalavoidablemortality.blogspot.com/2006/05/post-1967-palestinian-israeli-deaths.html)

2.Chronology of American State Terrorism

http://www.intellnet.org/resources/american_terrorism/ChronologyofTerror.html

Korea

1.James I. Matray Revisiting Korea: Exposing Myths of the Forgotten War, Korean War Teachers Conference: The Korean War, February 9, 2001http://www.truman/library.org/Korea/matray1.htm

2.William Blum, Killing Hope (Monroe, Maine: Common Courage Press, 1995), p. 46

3.Kanako Tokuno, Chinese Winter Offensive in Korean War – the Debacle of American Strategy, ICE Case Studies Number 186, May, 2006http://www.american.edu/ted/ice/chosin.htm.

4.John G. Stroessinger, Why Nations go to War, (New York; St. Martin’s Press), p. 99)

5.Britannica Concise Encyclopedia, as reported in Answers.comhttp://www.answers.com/topic/Korean-war

6.Exploring the Environment: Korean Enigmawww.cet.edu/ete/modules/korea/kwar.html)

7.S. Brian Wilson, Who are the Real Terrorists? Virtual Truth Commissonhttp://www.geocities.com/~virtualtruth/

8.Korean War Casualty Statistics www.century china.com/history/krwarcost.html)

9.S. Brian Wilson, Documenting U.S. War Crimes in North Korea (Veterans for Peace Newsletter) Spring, 2002) http://www.veteransforpeace.org/

Laos

1.William Blum Rogue State (Maine, Common Cause Press) p. 136

2.Chronology of American State Terrorismhttp://www.intellnet.org/resources/american_terrorism/ChronologyofTerror.html

3.Fred Branfman, War Crimes in Indochina and our Troubled National Soul

www.wagingpeace.org/articles/2004/08/00_branfman_us-warcrimes-indochina.htm).

Nepal

1.Conn Hallinan, Nepal & the Bush Administration: Into Thin Air, February 3, 2004

fpif.org/commentary/2004/0402nepal.html.

2.Human Rights Watch, Nepal’s Civil War: the Conflict Resumes, March 2006 )

http://hrw.org/english/docs/2006/03/28/nepal13078.htm.

3.Wayne Madsen, Possible CIA Hand in the Murder of the Nepal Royal Family, India Independent Media Center, September 25, 2001http://india.indymedia.org/en/2002/09/2190.shtml.

Nicaragua

1.Virtual Truth Commission
http://www.geocities.com/~virtualtruth/.

2.Timeline Nicaragua
www.stanford.edu/group/arts/nicaragua/discovery_eng/timeline/).

3.Chronology of American State Terrorism,
http://www.intellnet.org/resources/american_terrorism/ChronologyofTerror.html.

4.William Blum, Nicaragua 1981-1990 Destabilization in Slow Motion

www.thirdworldtraveler.com/Blum/Nicaragua_KH.html.

5.Wikipedia, the Free Encyclopedia,
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Iran-Contra_Affair.

Pakistan

1.John G. Stoessinger, Why Nations Go to War, (New York: St. Martin’s Press), 1974 pp 157-172.

2.Asad Ismi, A U.S. – Financed Military Dictatorship, The CCPA Monitor, June 2002, Canadian Centre for Policy Alternatives http://www.policyaltematives.ca)www.ckln.fm/~asadismi/pakistan.html

3.Mark Zepezauer, Boomerang (Monroe, Maine: Common Courage Press, 2003), p.123, 124.

4.Arjum Niaz ,When America Look the Other Way by,

www.zmag.org/content/print_article.cfm?itemID=2821&sectionID=1

5.Leo Kuper, Genocide (Yale University Press, 1981), p. 79.

6.Bangladesh Liberation War , Wikipedia, the Free Encyclopediahttp://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bangladesh_Liberation_War#USA_and_USSR)

Panama

1.Mark Zepezauer, The CIA’s Greatest Hits, (Odonian Press 1998) p. 83.

2.William Blum, Rogue State (Monroe, Maine: Common Courage Press, 2000), p.154.

3.U.S. Military Charged with Mass Murder, The Winds 9/96,www.apfn.org/thewinds/archive/war/a102896b.html

4.Mark Zepezauer, CIA’S Greatest Hits (Monroe, Maine: Common Courage Press, 1994), p.83.

Paraguay See South America: Operation Condor

Philippines

1.Romeo T. Capulong, A Century of Crimes Against the Filipino People, Presentation, Public Interest Law Center, World Tribunal for Iraq Trial in New York City on August 25,2004.
http://www.peoplejudgebush.org/files/RomeoCapulong.pdf).

2.Roland B. Simbulan The CIA in Manila – Covert Operations and the CIA’s Hidden Hisotry in the Philippines Equipo Nizkor Information – Derechos, derechos.org/nizkor/filipinas/doc/cia.

South America: Operation Condor

1.John Dinges, Pulling Back the Veil on Condor, The Nation, July 24, 2000.

2.Virtual Truth Commission, Telling the Truth for a Better Americawww.geocities.com/~virtualtruth/condor.htm)

3.Operation Condorhttp://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Operation_Condor#US_involvement).

Sudan

1.Mark Zepezauer, Boomerang, (Monroe, Maine: Common Courage Press, 2003), p. 30, 32,34,36.

2.The Black Commentator, Africa Action The Tale of Two Genocides: The Failed US Response to Rwanda and Darfur, 11 August 2006http://www.truthout.org/docs_2006/091706X.shtml.

Uruguay See South America: Operation Condor

Vietnam

1.Mark Zepezauer, The CIA’S Greatest Hits (Monroe, Maine:Common Courage Press,1994), p 24

2.Casualties – US vs NVA/VC,
http://www.rjsmith.com/kia_tbl.html.

3.Brian Wilson, Virtual Truth Commission
http://www.geocities.com/~virtualtruth/

4.Fred Branfman, U.S. War Crimes in Indochiona and our Duty to Truth August 26, 2004

www.zmag.org/content/print_article.cfm?itemID=6105&sectionID=1

5.David K Shipler, Robert McNamara and the Ghosts of Vietnamnytimes.com/library/world/asia/081097vietnam-mcnamara.html

Yugoslavia

1.Sara Flounders, Bosnia Tragedy:The Unknown Role of the Pentagon in NATO in the Balkans (New York: International Action Center) p. 47-75

2.James A. Lucas, Media Disinformation on the War in Yugoslavia: The Dayton Peace Accords Revisited, Global Research, September 7, 2005 http://www.globalresearch.ca/index.php?context=
viewArticle&code=LUC20050907&articleId=899

3.Yugoslav Wars in 1990s
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Yugoslav_wars.

4.George Kenney, The Bosnia Calculation: How Many Have Died? Not nearly as many as some would have you think., NY Times Magazine, April 23, 1995

http://www.balkan-archive.org.yu/politics/
war_crimes/srebrenica/bosnia_numbers.html
)

5.Chronology of American State Terrorism

http://www.intellnet.org/resources/american_terrorism/
ChronologyofTerror.html.

6.Croatian War of Independence, Wikipedia
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Croatian_War_of_Independence

7.Human Rights Watch, New Figures on Civilian Deaths in Kosovo War, (February 7, 2000) http://www.hrw.org/press/2000/02/nato207.htm.

  • Posted in English, Mobile
  • Comments Off on The U.S. Has Killed More Than 20 Million People in 37 “Victim Nations” Since World War II

Políticos franceses temem escalada global.

September 19th, 2024 by Lucas Leiroz de Almeida

O medo de uma guerra nuclear está aparentemente a afetar alguns Estados europeus, apesar das ações profundamente irresponsáveis ​​tomadas pelos seus governos. Um importante jornal francês publicou recentemente um artigo afirmando que os políticos franceses estão preocupados com a possibilidade de uma “terceira guerra mundial”. É curioso ver este tipo de “preocupação” entre os franceses, dado que Paris tem sido um dos agentes mais beligerantes no conflito por procuração em curso entre a OTAN e a Rússia.

O artigo expõe as razões pelas quais os políticos franceses temem uma escalada global de violência. Citando diplomatas anónimos, o Le Monde afirma que os franceses não querem ver um confronto aberto entre Moscou e a OTAN, alegadamente procurando tomar medidas para evitar uma escalada. Diplomatas disseram que a Rússia poderia expandir as suas ações militares em retaliação a certas ações tomadas pelo Ocidente, o que significaria o início de uma guerra global.

Obviamente, a principal medida de escalada ocidental seria autorizar ataques contra alvos russos longe da zona de conflito. Os receios europeus de uma guerra mundial são especialmente intensificados neste momento devido ao debate generalizado sobre se deve ou não autorizar a Ucrânia a usar mísseis de longo alcance contra alvos na “Rússia profunda”, o que explica a narrativa do Le Monde.

“[Permitir ataques contra a ‘Rússia profunda’] significaria que os países da OTAN, os EUA e os países europeus estão em guerra com a Rússia (…) Tudo deve ser feito para evitar uma terceira guerra mundial (…) Não se pode simplesmente descartar a possibilidade de os russos expandirem o âmbito da guerra”, disse uma das fontes diplomáticas do Le Monde.

Por enquanto, todos os países ocidentais recusam-se a permitir tais ataques. Havia expectativas entre os militantes pró-ucranianos de que a autorização fosse anunciada durante a recente visita conjunta de responsáveis ​​americanos e britânicos a Kiev, mas isso não aconteceu. No que diz respeito aos europeus, parece haver um medo ainda maior de uma escalada, razão pela qual os franceses e os alemães (que são supostamente os “líderes” conjuntos da União Europeia) não planejam mudar a sua posição em relação aos ataques profundos. .

“Pensamos que deveríamos permitir-lhes neutralizar os locais militares a partir dos quais os mísseis são disparados, e basicamente os locais militares a partir dos quais a Ucrânia está a ser atacada, mas não devemos permitir que atinjam outros alvos na Rússia, capacidades civis naturalmente, ou outros alvos militares”, disse Macron durante uma recente declaração conjunta com Scholz na Alemanha.

É curioso ver esse tipo de medo por parte dos franceses. Por um lado, o receio parece absolutamente racional, uma vez que a Europa seria o lado mais afetado numa guerra direta entre a Rússia e a OTAN. É natural que os europeus queiram fazer todo o possível para evitar que o conflito avance para uma guerra total. Com a possível excepção da Polônia e dos Bálticos, que são Estados extremamente afetados pela loucura anti-russa, todos os países europeus temem tornar-se alvos numa situação de conflito global.

Contudo, até recentemente, a própria França era o maior agente desestabilizador do conflito. Macron foi o líder ocidental que mais intensificou a retórica anti-russa, prometendo mesmo enviar tropas oficiais francesas para lutar ao lado de Kiev. Foi precisamente o medo de uma guerra direta que fez Macron reduzir as suas atitudes anti-russas nos últimos meses, quando Moscou deixou claro que todos os militares franceses em solo ucraniano seriam alvos legítimos e prioritários. Agora, Macron já não depende das suas próprias decisões para evitar uma guerra direta – está à mercê da consciência dos americanos, que lideram a OTAN.

É importante que os analistas e responsáveis ​​ocidentais compreendam que a Terceira Guerra Mundial já começou “de facto”. Há uma coligação internacional liderada pelo Ocidente que ataca a Federação Russa há dois anos. A natureza do conflito atual é absolutamente internacional, e existem até outras frentes fora da Ucrânia – como é o caso dos terroristas apoiados pelo Ocidente que atacam cidadãos russos em países africanos. Temer o início de uma fase aberta do conflito é razoável, mas é importante compreender que esta “guerra mundial” já é uma realidade – precisamente por causa das ações irresponsáveis ​​dos países ocidentais, incluindo a França.

Dado o receio de uma escalada, os europeus deveriam romper com os EUA e a OTAN, procurando libertar-se das consequências do conflito, restabelecendo os laços com a Rússia. Infelizmente, porém, a subserviência europeia é maior do que o seu medo. Se os EUA autorizarem ataques profundos, é provável que, apesar do seu receio, todos os países europeus aprovem imediatamente a medida.

Lucas Leiroz de Almeida

 

 

Artigo em inglês : French politicians ‘fearing’ global escalation, InfoBrics, 16 de Setembro de 2024.

Imagem : InfoBrics

*

Lucas Leiroz, membro da Associação de Jornalistas do BRICS, pesquisador do Centro de Estudos Geoestratégicos, especialista militar.

Você pode seguir Lucas Leiroz em: https://t.me/lucasleiroz e https://x.com/leiroz_lucas

The Media Silence Surrounding the UN Pact for the Future

September 19th, 2024 by Jacob Nordangard

On Sunday, the Pact for the Future will be signed by world leaders at the Summit of the Future in New York. The pact aims to “upgrade the multilateral system” (i.e. the UN system) and make it more adapted to “future challenges” (i.e. give it more power) with the help of technology and AI systems (which will give it “foresight capabilities”).

Despite the world-changing significance of this historic Summit, reporting on the Pact has been non-existent in Swedish media. In our leading daily papers such as Dagens Nyheter and Svenska Dagbladetnot a word. Nor from our public broadcasting company SVT.

(The same silence surrounded the adoption of Agenda 2030 at the UN Summit in September 2015—until after the fact, when there has been no escape from the Sustainable Development Goal propaganda. The historic signing of the strategic partnership between the UN and the World Economic Forum in June 2019 also managed to slip completely under the radar.)

What about in the political arena?

The only reference that can be found on the Swedish parliament’s website is a meeting of the European Union Committee (EU-nämnden) where State Secretary Diana Janseinformed the members that the preparations for the Summit of the Future would be discussed by the EU’s High Representative for Foreign Affairs, Josep Borell, during a meeting of the Foreign Affairs Council in Brussels on 7 May.[1]

At this meeting, the Swedish government was expected to give an account of its priorities. The Swedish representative was the Swedish diplomat Mikaela Kumlin Granit, head of Sweden’s EU representation in Brussels since 2023.[2]

In other words, foreign affairs are not dealt with by any of our ministers, but by the diplomatic corps.

We can therefore assume that there are probably very few of our elected politicians who have any knowledge of the Pact.

Even on the government’s website, there is a surprising lack of information about the Pact and the Summit. This, despite the fact that Sweden (together with Zambia) has had the main responsibility for negotiating the text of the annex Global Digital Compact. Sweden’s task has been led by UN diplomat Anna Karin Eneström.[3]

.

.

A few days ago, our Prime Minister Ulf Kristersson gave a short speech during the UN Summit of the Future Global Call where he read from the teleprompter that:

The Pact for the Future represents our joint commitment to ensuring an inclusive, equitable, and effective multilateral system that is fit for purpose and for the future.

The speech contained all the standard platitudes and buzzwords repeated by the puppets acting as our “leaders”. According to Kristersson’s speechwriter, the pact should “promote an inclusive, sustainable, fair and secure digital future for everyone” with the aim of protecting us from climate disasters and achieving the sustainability goals.

Ironically, Kristersson also mentioned that democracy is in decline across the world, but probably does not reflect on the fact that he himself is a representative of the undemocratic world order that will be cemented by the signing of the Pact. This is also illustrated by him addressing his speech to “excellences and colleagues” and not to the people he has been chosen to represent. The speech has not been published in any of the government’s official channels and there is no information about whether Kristersson will participate at the Summit in New York this weekend.

As the leader of the (formerly conservative) Moderate Party, Kristersson was invited to the Bilderberg meeting in 2019, while his predecessor as prime minister, Magdalena Andersson, participated in the meeting in Portugal in 2023 (together with, among others, the previously mentioned Josep Borell).[4] It is these interests that our leaders ultimately serve. They are the actual originators of the Pact.

The Swedish electorate has not been asked what they think about this Pact but has been kept completely in the dark. This, in an era where information can be spread at lightning speed across the world. Instead, we are flooded with nonsense and scaremongering while slowly being transformed into controllable units under the watchful eye of the digital world brain.

And now a question for my readers. How is the situation in your country? Has there been any media coverage and/or political debates about the Pact? Please share your information in the comment section.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Get Your Free Copy of “Towards a World War III Scenario: The Dangers of Nuclear War”! 

Notes

[1] riksdagen.se/sv/dokument-och-lagar/dokument/eu-namndens-uppteckningar/fredagen-den-3-maj_hb0a36/html/

[2] consilium.europa.eu/media/hqdfmchq/20240507facdevpresslist.pdf

[3] un.org/techenvoy/sites/www.un.org.techenvoy/files/231010-PGA-letter-Co-facilitators-and-co-chairs.pdf

[4] bilderbergmeetings.org/meetings/meetings-overview/2020

In a dramatic twist, pro-Russia posters have flooded Italy, bearing messages like “Russia is not our enemy.”

These posters, seen across major cities, call for peace and an end to weapons funding for Ukraine and Israel.

The Ukrainian government is outraged, urging Italy to take action.

Watch to find out more.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Get Your Free Copy of “Towards a World War III Scenario: The Dangers of Nuclear War”! 

Featured image is a screenshot from the video

Surviving the UN Is Exiting the UN. 
Otherwise the Ways Are Charted Towards a Digital Gulag

By Dr. Rima E. Laibow and Peter Koenig, September 19, 2024

We realized that there was indeed a plan to cull the population and to diminish it genetically and in every other way and compress it into transit villages, take away property rights, parental rights, human rights, the right of informed consent, judicial rights, the age of consent concept, and so on.

“The UK Has Criminalized Dissent”: The Transition of Britain and the West Into Tyranny. Former British Ambassador Craig Murray

By Craig Murray and Dr. Paul Craig Roberts, September 19, 2024

The UK has criminalized dissent. A new Public Order Act makes it illegal to hold a rally or demonstration if it “inconveniences” anyone. This gives the state unlimited power to clamp down on any demonstration.

The Exploding Pagers in Lebanon May be Israel’s Response to the Attack on Israel’s Spy HQ, Unit 8200

By Dr. Ali Hamie and Steven Sahiounie, September 19, 2024

On Tuesday afternoon, thousands of pagers exploded in Lebanon killing at least nine and injuring 2,800, including Iran’s Ambassador to Lebanon, Mojtaba Amani. More details will emerge in time, but it appears Israel, through their intelligence services, had planted explosives in the hand held communication devices used by the Lebanon resistance group Hezbollah.

A “False Flag” Operation to Justify the Israel-U.S. Genocide Against the People of Palestine

By Prof Michel Chossudovsky, September 19, 2024

From the outset on October 7, 2023, “A Tissue of Lies” has served to justify the killings in the Gaza Strip of more than 30,000 civilians, of which 70% are women and children. The atrocities committed against the People of Palestine are beyond description.

Scholz Disavows Kiev Over Using German Weapons to Attack Russian Territory

By Ahmed Adel, September 18, 2024

German Chancellor Olaf Scholz will insist on refusing to allow Kiev to use long-range weapons received from Germany to attack targets on Russian territory, German newspaper Welt reported on September 14. At the same time, Berlin has continued to ignore Israel’s weapons purchase request since last year.

Media Conference in Russia, Leading Up to BRICS+ October Summit, Beijing Forum on China-Africa Cooperation (FOCAC) and the Battle for the Global South

By Abayomi Azikiwe, September 18, 2024

The approach by the western capitalist news sources labels the resistance forces operating inside Lebanon, Syria, Iraq and Yemen as being only the proxies of the Islamic Republic of Iran which is accused of being an aspiring nuclear weapons power with the intent to eliminate the State of Israel and its backers in the West Asia and North Africa regions.

Washington Sanctioning Russia and China – Enhanced Monetary Independence?

By Peter Koenig, September 18, 2024

Those who know some basics about Russia – China relations, understand US sanctions are not doing anything to Russia anymore – as Russia is fully dedollarized by now.

Aspirin’s Forgotten Anticancer Function

September 19th, 2024 by Dr. Joseph Mercola

Aspirin, traditionally used for pain relief, shows promising anticancer properties. Recent research highlights its potential in cancer prevention and treatment, with a more potent analog, 2,6-dihydroxybenzoic acid, showing even greater promise

Combining aspirin with vitamin C demonstrates superior results in shrinking tumors and extending survival times compared to either compound alone or conventional chemotherapy drugs, while being gentler on healthy cells

Long-term, low-dose aspirin use (75 mg+ daily for several years) can significantly reduce colorectal cancer incidence and mortality, with benefits most pronounced for proximal colon cancers and after 20+ years of use

Aspirin’s cancer-fighting potential extends beyond colorectal cancer, showing promise in reducing risks for esophageal, stomach, lung, prostate and breast cancers, with overall cancer incidence potentially reduced by 20% to 30% after three to five years of use

For maximum benefit, choose immediate-release aspirin without additives. Optimal dosage ranges from 82 mg to 325 mg daily, taken with meals. Genetic testing may help personalize aspirin use for cancer prevention in the future

*

Aspirin is a staple in medicine cabinets worldwide, known primarily for its pain-relieving and anti-inflammatory properties. However, recent research is shedding light on a potentially game-changing role for this common medication: cancer prevention and treatment.1

While aspirin’s anticancer properties have been hinted at in various studies over the years,2 this function has largely been overlooked in favor of newer, more expensive drugs. Now, groundbreaking experiments are not only reaffirming aspirin’s potential in fighting cancer but also uncovering a more potent analog that could revolutionize our approach to cancer treatment.

This forgotten function of aspirin, and its even more powerful cousin, may offer new hope in the battle against one of humanity’s most persistent health challenges. Let’s explore the exciting developments that are causing researchers to take a fresh look at this familiar drug.

Aspirin and Cancer: Introducing 2,6-Dihydroxybenzoic Acid

In my interview with Georgi Dinkov, above, he discusses his experiments with mice using a combination of B vitamins — B1, B3 and B7 — and aspirin to combat a highly lethal form of human mantle cell lymphoma. He found that while the vitamins alone stopped tumor growth, adding aspirin at a human-equivalent dose of about 1.5 grams per day led to complete tumor regression in all three test subjects.

Building on the success with aspirin, Dinkov introduced a more potent analog of aspirin known as 2,6-dihydroxybenzoic acid. Not only is it much stronger, it’s also much more lipophilic, meaning it has a greater affinity for lipids (fats) than water. Lipophilic compounds tend to be more easily absorbed through cell membranes.

Dinkov explains the theoretical basis for using this compound, which is based on lowering intracellular pH to induce cancer cell death:3

“One of Ray [Peat]’s main theories was that … cancer cells … [are] metabolically dysfunctional, we all know that, and typically a cell like that commits apoptosis. But in order to commit apoptosis, that mechanism is controlled almost entirely by the intracellular pH. And in order for apoptosis to occur, it needs to be in the acidic range.

But the cancer cells are alkaline due to exporting lactate and hydrogen ions. So, if anything can drop the intracellular pH, those cancer cells, because they’re deranged, should actually disappear by themselves.

And one of Peat’s suggestions at the time was, ‘Why don’t you use the drug acetazolamide?’ which as a carbonic anhydrase inhibitor, increases carbon dioxide. Carbon dioxide is acidic, and then that should allow cancer cells to commit apoptosis.

There are some studies in vitro and in vivo showing that acetazolamide may work, but it didn’t really cure the tumors. It was a slower growth, partial regression, but it showed that the idea was on the right track.

So, I said, ‘Let’s find something that’s much more acidic than carbon dioxide.’ And that is this 2,6-dihydroxybenzoic acid, which is just one extra hydroxyl group on top of aspirin. Salicylic acid, really, which is 2-hydroxybenzoic acid. And then this thing is about 10 times more potent than aspirin.”

Follow-up studies have yielded promising results, with tumors regressing after one week. Dinkov notes that 2,6-dihydroxybenzoic acid is, “Freely available. No patent, nothing on it. Quite a few studies back in the day, but really a very generic molecule … Dirt cheap, too. Cheaper than aspirin.”4

Just as aspirin was developed from a natural source (willow bark), other natural compounds, including those derived from the leaves of the medicinal plant Lithraea molleoides,5 also show cytotoxic effects, adding to the growing body of evidence that plant-derived compounds can have significant anticancer potential. Compounds isolated from Mangifera zeylanica, a species of mango tree native to Sri Lanka, also have cytotoxic and apoptotic effects.6

Aspirin-Vitamin C Combination Treats Solid Tumors Better Than Chemo

While research suggests 2,6-dihydroxybenzoic acid could be a promising tool against cancer, aspirin also shows immense promise. Your body may benefit even more when aspirin is combined with vitamin C, which also has antitumor effects. Recent studies have shown that this combination can be more effective against cancer cells while remaining gentler on healthy cells compared to conventional chemotherapy drugs like doxorubicin.7

In laboratory tests, the aspirin-vitamin C combination showed a strong cytotoxic effect on liver cancer cells but was much less harmful to normal lung cells.8 This selectivity is crucial for reducing the side effects associated with cancer treatments. The synergy between these two common substances appears to enhance their individual anticancer properties, offering a safer alternative to harsh chemotherapies.

The potential of aspirin and vitamin C extends beyond the lab, with encouraging results in animal studies. When tested on rats with chemically induced liver cancer, the combination therapy showed remarkable results.9 After 90 days of treatment, the livers of treated rats had significant improvement in both appearance and function.

Importantly, most of the liver tissue appeared normal under microscopic examination. This combination therapy outperformed doxorubicin in restoring liver health and reducing tumor markers.

Aspirin Works Synergistically with Vitamin C

In another study, the combination of aspirin, also known as acetylsalicylic acid (ASA), and vitamin C, or ascorbate (AS), showed superior results in shrinking tumors compared to either compound alone.10 When mice with solid tumors were treated with the combination, their tumor volume decreased by 46%, versus 40% with ASA alone and 36% with AS alone.

This synergistic effect likely stems from combining aspirin’s anti-inflammatory properties with vitamin C’s potent antioxidant capabilities. The two compounds appear to work together to create a more hostile environment for cancer cells, impeding their growth and proliferation.

By attacking tumors through multiple mechanisms simultaneously, the aspirin-vitamin C combination may overcome some of the adaptations cancer cells typically develop to evade single-compound treatments.

Beyond just shrinking tumors, the aspirin-vitamin C combination significantly extended survival times and appeared to improve overall health in the tumor-bearing mice. Mice treated with the combination survived an average of 93.5 days, compared to just 54 days for untreated tumor-bearing mice — a 73% increase in lifespan.11

The combination also outperformed either compound alone in normalizing various biomarkers of liver, kidney and heart function that had been disrupted by the cancer. Notably, the combination was able to increase hemoglobin levels, potentially alleviating the anemia often associated with cancer.

These improvements in organ function and blood parameters suggest the aspirin-vitamin C treatment may have wide-ranging benefits for overall health and quality of life, beyond just its antitumor effects.

A key mechanism behind the aspirin-vitamin C combination’s effects appears to be its powerful modulation of oxidative stress and inflammation in the body. The study found that tumor-bearing mice had significantly elevated levels of oxidative stress markers like malondialdehyde (MDA) and nitric oxide (NO), along with depleted antioxidant defenses.

Treatment with aspirin and vitamin C dramatically reversed these imbalances, decreasing MDA and NO while boosting total antioxidant capacity, glutathione and catalase activity. By creating a less inflammatory, less oxidative environment in the body, the combination may make it harder for cancer cells to thrive and spread.

This rebalancing of the redox state could have far-reaching effects throughout the body, potentially explaining the improvements seen in multiple organ systems. The study’s findings underscore the importance of addressing chronic inflammation and oxidative stress as part of a comprehensive approach to cancer treatment and prevention.

Aspirin’s Promising Role in Colorectal Cancer Prevention

Aspirin may also significantly reduce the risk of colorectal cancer (CRC), one of the leading causes of cancer-related deaths worldwide. Studies have shown that taking at least 75 milligrams (mg) of aspirin daily for several years can decrease both the incidence and mortality of CRC.12

Interestingly, the beneficial effect appears to be most pronounced for proximal colon cancers, which are typically harder to prevent through standard screening methods like colonoscopy or sigmoidoscopy. Long-term aspirin use, particularly for over 20 years, has been associated with a remarkable 35% reduction in CRC incidence.13

These findings suggest that incorporating low-dose aspirin into your long-term health strategy could offer significant protection against this common form of cancer.

Beyond its preventive effects, aspirin may also improve outcomes for those already diagnosed with colorectal cancer. Research indicates that regular aspirin use after a CRC diagnosis is linked to reduced risks of both overall and CRC-specific mortality. This benefit appears to be particularly pronounced in tumors that overexpress cyclooxygenase-2 (COX-2).14 Moreover, aspirin’s protective effects aren’t limited to colorectal cancer alone.

Studies have shown that long-term aspirin use can reduce the 20-year risk of death from any cancer by 20%, with an even more substantial 35% reduction in gastrointestinal cancer deaths.15These findings suggest that if you’re at increased risk for cancer or have already been diagnosed, aspirin use could be a valuable part of your treatment and prevention strategy.

Studies suggest aspirin may help suppress tumor growth, reduce metastasis and even enhance the effectiveness of other cancer treatments.16 This multi-pronged approach makes aspirin a particularly promising agent in the fight against colorectal cancer. For individuals at higher risk of CRC, such as those with a history of colorectal neoplasia or genetic predisposition, aspirin may offer even more promise.

A systematic review of studies involving people with previous colorectal neoplasia found a non-statistically significant reduction in advanced neoplasia with low-dose aspirin use.17 Additionally, for carriers of Lynch syndrome genes, high-dose aspirin for two years was associated with a decreased risk of colorectal cancer.18

Individuals with Lynch syndrome have a significantly higher lifetime risk of developing colorectal cancer. The National Institute for Health and Care Excellence recommends patients diagnosed with Lynch Syndrome begin daily aspirin therapy to reduce the risk of colorectal cancer.19

Aspirin’s Broad Cancer-Fighting Potential

Analyses of long-term cardiovascular trials have also revealed aspirin’s unexpected power in fighting cancer across multiple sites.20 Studies show significant reductions in deaths from esophageal and stomach cancers among long-term aspirin users, and data indicate it may also lower your risk of lung, prostate and breast cancers.

Perhaps most exciting is the potential for a 20% to 30% reduction in overall cancer incidence after just three to five years of daily low-dose aspirin use.21 Further, studies consistently show that low doses — as little as 75 mg to 100 mg daily — are just as effective as higher doses in reducing cancer risk.22

The effectiveness of low-dose regimens also points to a unique mechanism of action. Rather than directly affecting tissues throughout your body, aspirin may work by inhibiting platelets, which play a crucial role in both early cancer development and later metastasis.23 While some benefits of aspirin use may appear within a few years, other reductions in cancer risk emerge with long-term use.

Studies tracking participants for 20 years or more have found that aspirin’s protective effects against gastrointestinal cancers become more pronounced over time. For colorectal cancer, significant reductions in incidence and mortality were observed 10 to 20 years after the start of aspirin use.24 This long-lasting effect suggests that aspirin may be altering fundamental processes in cancer development, offering enduring protection against this disease.

Aspirin’s potential as a repurposed drug for cancer therapy is another exciting area of research.25Aspirin works by inhibiting COX enzymes, particularly COX-1 and COX-2. This mechanism not only helps prevent heart attacks but may also combat cancer in multiple ways. By inhibiting COX-1, aspirin reduces platelet aggregation around tumor cells, making these malignant cells more visible to your immune system.26 This could help prevent cancer from spreading throughout your body.

Additionally, aspirin’s effect on COX-2 may directly impact tumor growth. COX-2 produces prostaglandin E2, which stimulates tumor cell growth. By reducing prostaglandin E2 production, aspirin could slow or prevent tumor development.27

The future of aspirin in cancer prevention may lie in personalized medicine. Emerging research has identified several genetic markers that could help predict who will benefit most from aspirin therapy. For example, certain variations in genes like UGT1A6 and ALOX12 have been associated with enhanced aspirin efficacy in reducing colorectal cancer risk.28

Additionally, your expression levels of enzymes like 15-PGDH may influence how well you respond to aspirin’s cancer-fighting properties.29 These genetic insights open up exciting possibilities for tailoring aspirin use to your individual genetic profile. In the coming years, genetic testing could become a routine part of determining whether aspirin is right for you and at what dose.

Willow Bark: Nature’s Time-Tested Pain Reliever

For those with aspirin sensitivity, salicylic acid or willow bark supplements may be alternatives worth considering. When you consume aspirin, your body converts the acetylsalicylic acid into salicylic acid, which is responsible for aspirin’s anti-inflammatory, analgesic and antithrombotic properties. Willow bark naturally contains this compound.

This ancient medicinal plant carries with it centuries of therapeutic wisdom, offering a compelling alternative to modern pharmaceuticals. Willow bark’s efficacy stems from its long-standing relationship with human physiology. Unlike laboratory-created drugs, the active compounds in willow bark have been interacting with our biochemistry for thousands of years.

This extended coexistence has fostered a natural compatibility that many synthetic medications struggle to achieve.

Our ancestors’ consistent, albeit minimal, consumption of these compounds over generations has allowed our bodies to develop an efficient means of processing and utilizing them. This evolutionary adaptation underscores the potential advantages of natural remedies over their synthetic counterparts. Further, research suggests that some of willow bark’s therapeutic properties are due to synergistic effects,30 offering benefits beyond those of salicylic acid alone.

The pharmaceutical industry’s development of aspirin in the 19th century marked a significant shift from nature-based to laboratory-derived medicine.31 While this transition led to the creation of a patentable product, it didn’t necessarily improve upon the original source material. In fact, the enduring popularity of willow bark serves as a testament to the power of plant-based remedies.

For those considering willow bark as an alternative to aspirin, particularly individuals with aspirin sensitivity, understanding proper dosage is important. While willow bark and aspirin share similar active compounds, their metabolism and bioavailability differ, necessitating distinct dosing strategies.

So, while 240 mg to 600 mg of willow bark extract (15% salicin) is often estimated to provide a salicin dose that is roughly equivalent to 325 mg of aspirin, the total amount of willow bark extract needed is typically larger:

  • To approximate the effects of 81 mg of aspirin, a dose of 400 mg to 800 mg of willow bark extract (standardized to 15% salicin) is typically required.
  • For effects similar to 111 mg of aspirin, a dose of 500 mg to 1 gram of willow bark extract (standardized to 15% salicin) is generally needed.

Tips for Aspirin Dosage and Duration

When selecting aspirin, choose immediate-release formulations rather than coated extended-release versions to avoid unnecessary additives. Immediate-release aspirin is available on Amazon. Examine the inactive ingredients list carefully; ideally, corn starch should be the only additive listed.

After extensive research, I identified a product meeting these specifications. The appropriate dosage ranges from 82 mg to 325 mg daily, taken with your largest meal, depending on your individual needs.

Based on my research into aspirin’s preventive benefits, I personally take 111 mg daily using Health Natura’s USP grade 60 gram aspirin powder, which costs less than $20. This 99% pure USP aspirin powder appeals to me due to its prometabolic, antilipolytic, anti-inflammatory, anticortisol and anti-estrogen effects. Its safety profile is well-established.

When it comes to cancer prevention, the dosage and duration of aspirin use appear to be crucial factors. Low doses of aspirin (75 to 300 mg/day) have been shown to be as effective as higher doses in reducing CRC-related mortality,32 suggesting that you don’t need to take large amounts to reap the potential benefits. However, consistency and long-term use seem to be key.

Studies indicate that the benefits of aspirin increase with duration of use, with the most significant reductions in cancer risk observed after five to 7.5 years of regular use.33 As research progresses, aspirin may prove to be a powerful new tool in your cancer prevention and treatment arsenal — one that’s been in your medicine cabinet all along.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Get Your Free Copy of “Towards a World War III Scenario: The Dangers of Nuclear War”! 

Notes

1 Drugs R D. 2024 Jul 16. doi: 10.1007/s40268-024-00479-1. Online ahead of print

2, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24 Nature Reviews Clinical Oncology, 9(5), 259–267. doi: 10.1038/nrclinonc.2011.199

3, 4 Brighteon, Mercola, Exploring How Aspirin and 2,6-Dihydroxybenzoic Acid Impact Tumor Growth – Interview with Georgi Dinkov

5 Phytomedicine January 10, 2005

6 Biomedicine & Pharmacotherapy May 2017, Volume 89, Pages 194-200

7, 8, 9 BMC Cancer. 2023; 23: 175

10, 11 Drugs R D (2024). doi: 10.1007/s40268-024-00479-1

12, 13, 14, 15, 32, 33 Cureus. 2024 Feb; 16(2): e54658

16, 28, 29 Int J Mol Sci. 2023 Apr; 24(8): 7597

17, 18, 19 Aspirin Use to Prevent Cardiovascular Disease and Colorectal Cancer: An Evidence Update for the U.S. Preventive Services Task Force […]

25, 26, 27 Eur J Med Res. 2023; 28: 345

30 Front. Microbiol., 08 November 2023, Sec. Virology, Discussion

31 National Library of Medicine, The Story of Aspirin

Featured image is licensed under Creative Commons

On Tuesday afternoon, thousands of pagers exploded in Lebanon killing at least nine and injuring 2,800, including Iran’s Ambassador to Lebanon, Mojtaba Amani.

More details will emerge in time, but it appears Israel, through their intelligence services, had planted explosives in the hand held communication devices used by the Lebanon resistance group Hezbollah.

Some experts feel this may be Israel’s response to Hezbollah’s attack on August 25, which targeted the elite ‘cyber-spy’ unit 8200 in Glilot, which killed 22 operatives and wounded 74, according to a Lebanese news agency, which was confirmed by European security sources.

The Israeli Intelligence Corps Unit 8220 of the Israel Defense Forces is responsible for spy operations, including collecting signal intelligence.

Israel refuses to publically address the attack at their most sensitive spy center. However, in a telling public announcement, the commander of 8200, Yossi Sariel, resigned on September 10. He will be the scapegoat needed for the government of Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu, who have valued killing Hamas and Palestinian civilians in Gaza, over the safe return of Israeli civilians and soldiers.

Steven Sahiounie of MidEastDiscourse interviewed Dr. Ali Hamie, a strategic analyst, concerning various issues facing Lebanon today.

Dr. Hamie mentioned the destruction of Israel’s unit 8200, and the fact that since Hezbollah makes their own weapons, the old land route through Syria is no longer necessary, although the Israeli airstrikes on Syria continue. Hamie also exposed how the US has prevented Lebanon from recovering from the worst economic crisis in the world, by standing in the way of Lebanon’s development of their rich off-shore oil resources.

Steven Sahiounie (SS):  Lebanon is in one of the worst economic crisis in modern history. In your opinion, would a ceasefire between Israel and Hamas have a role in recovering the Lebanese economy?

Ali Hamie (AH):  The whole world is heading towards recession and economic depression, and Lebanon is subject to a devastating economy as a result of mismanagement and internal corruption; however, the greater devastation comes by means of American sanctions by penal laws. This means the internal corruption is backed by American policy that protects the corrupt up to the point they no longer serve their purpose before exposing their corruption and plays the part of ‘protector against the corrupt’. The direct imposition of sanctions on some Lebanese figures and indirect sanctions, are suffocating Lebanon.  Such as those imposed on Syria through the Caesar Act which harms Lebanon more than it does Syria. Just as the United States prevents Lebanon from benefiting from international donations regarding oil and food, the foolish American control of economic policies against most countries that reject it, it’s as if the United States crossed into the sea borders and oil-rich Lebanese beaches, and placed obstacles to stall Lebanon from extracting their oil.

Today we have an additional, sensitive, and essential factor that has entered the economic equation. War and offensive by the Zionist entity against the occupied Gaza Strip. This factor, however, has an impact on both sides of the conflict, and everyone wants to get out of it. Even as an achievement, it comes after the Israeli economy has been devastated just as our economy has endured. Therefore, call for a ceasefire, withdrawal from Gaza, and stopping the fighting to call for a temporary truce may give breathing space to restore the collapsed economy for everyone.

SS:   Israeli is threatening a full-scale war against the resistance in South Lebanon.  In your opinion, will Benjamin Netanyahu take this kind of action, even though he is unable to achieve military victory in Gaza?

AH:  Until now, the Israeli enemy has not been able to achieve any goal or military objective on the Gaza front, apart from the destruction of the infrastructure of hospitals, schools, retirement homes. So, how can they open a new expanded front with Lebanon while they are aware that the Northern front has been tried with some of the most powerful air force in the Middle East, with the largest squadron of 100 fighter jets, and carried out sixty raids, but could not destroy any major targets? Meanwhile, Hezbollah has responded to the Israelis and destroyed unit 8200 Security Division Serial Mektel North of Tel Aviv. Therefore, despite the military might of the Israeli forces, they have proven unable to expand the circle of war on the Northern front except by foolish strategies that could cost them the demise of their entity.

SS:   Amos Hochstein visited the Middle East on Monday. In your opinion, was his visit to pressure Benjamin Netanyahu to not start a war with Lebanon?

AH:  As usual, Hochstein visits the region once again bearing ideas and conditions of the Israeli enemies to impose on us. But, that is no longer useful because the superiority of the military security of the Israelis is no longer as it was, now 12 months since the war began.

SS:  According to Israeli media, the IDF is planning to do a military operation to cut the road between Lebanon and Syria, to prevent Hezbollah from getting weapons. In your opinion, is that possible, and what would be the consequences?

AH:  It’s the same old story of offensives against Syria with the excuse of transporting weapons and ammunition to Hezbollah, and Israel knows that the resistance in Lebanon develops their own weapons and does not need to use that route to obtain them. And, in the case that there was a need for arms, after the announcement of the facility ‘Imad 4’ and that ‘our mountains are our storage’, then perhaps there are enough routes through the tunnels.

SS:   Media reports say that the UNIFIL troops in south Lebanon are giving information to the Israelis.  In your point of view, is this accusation correct, and if so, what is the response of the Lebanese military and government?

AH:  Many of the eyewitnesses have reported suspicious cases in areas where some UNIFIL units have entered and exited, and a few minutes afterwards the areas have been targeted and bombed by the Israelis which has given some people the impression that some of those UNIFIL units had provided the enemy with coordinates for areas that drones could not reach. But, this report remains under speculation, it could be true or not.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Get Your Free Copy of “Towards a World War III Scenario: The Dangers of Nuclear War”! 

This interview was originally published at Profile News.

Steven Sahiounie is a two-time award-winning journalist. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image source

[This can be read in 51 languages via the “Translate Website” dropdown menu above. This can also be downloaded as PDF by clicking the PDF button above the featured image.]

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

World War III Is “On” But the Empire Has Already Lost.

An American Civil War Looms.

Spiritual transformation is the only way to prevent extinction.

 

 

By Richard C. Cook

 

 

Global Research E-Book, September 2024


This eBook is dedicated to the memory of the millions of human lives lost in WWI, WWII, and now WWIII.


 

Featured photo: “Sacred Ground”

Dunker Church remained standing at the center of the Antietam Battlefield, Sharpsburg, Maryland, on September 17, 1862, “the bloodiest day in American history.”

Photo courtesy Karen Tintle-Cook

Based on an article originally published on VT Foreign Policy. 

Copyright 2024 by Richard C. Cook. 

Copying, printing, transmission, and translation are authorized under Fair Use. 

Direct all inquiries to [email protected] including notification of reprinting or translation.

 


 

About the Author

 

Richard C. Cook is co-founder and lead investigator for the American Geopolitical Institute.  Mr. Cook is a retired U.S. federal analyst with extensive experience across various government agencies, including the U.S. Civil Service Commission, FDA, the Carter White House, NASA, and the U.S. Treasury. As a whistleblower at the time of the Challenger disaster, he exposed the flawed O-ring joints that destroyed the Space Shuttle, documenting his story in the book “Challenger Revealed.” After serving at Treasury, he became a vocal critic of the private finance-controlled monetary system, detailing his concerns in “We Hold These Truths: The Hope of Monetary Reform.” He served as an advisor to the American Monetary Institute and worked with Congressman Dennis Kucinich to advocate for replacing the Federal Reserve with a genuine national currency. See his new book, Our Country, Then and Now, Clarity Press, 2023. Also see his Three Sages Substack at https://montanarcc.substack.com and his American Geopolitical Institute articles at https://www.vtforeignpolicy.com/category/agi/

“Every human enterprise must serve life, must seek to enrich existence on earth, lest man become enslaved where he seeks to establish his dominion!” Bô Yin Râ (Joseph Anton Schneiderfranken, 1876-1943), translation by Posthumus Projects Amsterdam, 2014. Also download the Kober Press edition of The Book on the Living God here. 

 


Table of Contents

 

Preface 

Chapter 1:

Introduction 

Chapter 2:

How Did We Get Here? 

Chapter 3:

Key Dates: 1880-1990 

Chapter 4:

Key Dates: 1991-2024 

Chapter 5:

The Plan is Population Reduction 

Chapter 6:

American Civil War II? 

Chapter 7:

Spiritual Transformation 

Addendum 1:

The Fourteen Holy Helpers 

Addendum 2:

Richard Wagner (1813-1883) 

Addendum 3:

Jesus on a White Horse 

 

A Note on Documentation: Major sources have been indicated, but every statement made in this eBook has documentary backing which may or may not be cited. Of course, the author takes responsibility for the entire content. Also, while some of the statements in the text may be shocking to some readers, it is still necessary that they be made. Finally, the text has been reviewed in its entirety by several responsible experts, so that it is in this sense the product of a community of individuals that has been interacting for some time. 


 

Preface

 

I was born in 1946 in Missoula, Montana, then the heart of one of the most wild and remote parts of the continental U.S. Mom had grown up in the wilderness around Seeley Lake, where her dad worked in the lumber camps. My dad was attending Montana State College on the GI Bill. My memories are impressionistic: a small house at the foot of a mountain, dressing up like an Indian, wandering off one night and being found by neighbors. 

Dad was hired by Dow Chemical, so we lived in Midland, Michigan, until the summer of 1960. It was a typical family life in a small Midwestern factory city: School and church. Baseball and football seasons. A chemistry set for Christmas. Howdy Doody on TV. But also an awakening to American history around the 8th grade, especially Civil War history. The question of the day: Should Communist China be allowed to join the UN? The shock of Sputnick. 

When I was 13, Dad was transferred to a Dow/Badische plant near Williamsburg, Virginia, and life suddenly changed. We lived near the Restored Area of Colonial Williamsburg (CW) that had been created through the philanthropy of John D. Rockefeller, Jr. High school had two social classes: the town kids coming mainly from families associated with CW or the College of William and Mary, and the country kids whose families went back to Confederate days or even earlier. Of course, the schools were segregated.

And moving from a place in Michigan where there were lakes, farms, and forests surrounding the town, I now lived a mile from the CIA “farm” and close to one of the largest conglomerates of Army, Navy, Air Force, and Aerospace facilities in the world. Military-industrial-complex-land!

Our high school sent its top students to Ivy League universities, so I was on track for Yale. But the morning of November 22, 1963, I was called to the office, where I learned President John F. Kenney had been shot. Maybe it was a coincidence, but my life seemed like it was falling apart after that. I later started at Yale but dropped out after six weeks. Nothing there resonated. But I ended up making Phi Beta Kappa at the College of William and Mary and a career with the federal government. 

I’d like to mention a peculiar incident from my senior year. 

I was then the student head of the James Blair High School International Relations Club. Our faculty adviser had gotten us an invitation to a conference being held at the Williamsburg Lodge. We showed up, but before our group was able to attend any sessions, I got word that we had been disinvited due to the “bad behavior” of some of our student members. It was a surprise. I had never witnessed any of this. The date was April 11, 1964. 

Or maybe someone was hiding something. 

Many years later I learned that the conference was being put on by the Bilderberg Group. At this conference there took place the first meeting between Club of Rome founder Aurelio Peccei and mega-banker David Rockefeller. It was the start of the merger between globalist finance and worldwide population reduction that is still going on and ruling world events today. 

From the assassination of JFK and the meeting between Peccei and Rockefeller, there is a straight line that marks the trajectory of the catastrophe that I characterize in this eBook as the start of World War III and possibly the American Civil War II. 

I have been a close-up witness to that trajectory, including 32 years as a federal government analyst and the years of writing I have done since then. It’s what I have witnessed that this eBook is about. 

Thanks for reading. I hope you get something out of the pages that follow. Many thanks to Michel Chossudovsky and his colleagues at Global Research for publishing them. Let me know what you think. 

“Be Not Afraid.” 

 


 

Chapter I:

Introduction

 

We have seen many dire warnings that the crises in Ukraine and the Middle East risk escalation into World War III, a war between the U.S. and its “allies” vs. Russia, Iran, and China (RIC), three nations labeled by U.S. military doctrine as “threats” or “adversaries.” Not far behind on the hit list are North Korea, Syria, Venezuela, and a host of fence-sitting nations from the “Global South.”

I contend that the hot phase of World War III actually began with the inauguration of U.S. President Joe Biden on January 20, 2021.

A more accurate name for what the U.S. is fronting for is the Anglo-American-Zionist Empire, whose aim for over a century, as we shall discuss, has been total world conquest. 

In today’s warnings, World War III is equated with a global nuclear conflict. Of course, since the end of World War II, a nuclear “first strike” on Russia by U.S. military planners has never been off the table. 

But a global nuclear conflict lies at the far extreme of the potential for devastation. If we can acknowledge that World War III has already begun, I contend further that the Empire and its signature globalist ideology have already lost. The Empire in fact is imploding. The globalists are in a panicked retreat, trying to cover their rear ends with noise, threats, provocations, lies, and bluster. The number of people fooled by all this shrinks by the day. 

The question then becomes, what happens next? I contend that the sequel has also already begun and is revealing itself within the U.S. as a possible American Civil War II, which is arguably a continuation of the first Civil War of 1861-1865. This should not be surprising, as history repeats itself in long waves that engage the same underlying forces. 

Along with many Americans, Europe has also begun to liberate itself from the Empire to which it has been subservient for over a century. Even staunch backers of NATO and its pretentions, like Polish foreign minister Radoslaw Sikorski, have stated that, as quoted by Simplicius, “There is no willingness in Europe to have a war with Russia. This is an absolute red line.” 

Besides Russia, the focal point of the next phase of European history is likely, as we shall further discuss, the German-speaking world, where even German Chancellor Olaf Scholz, long viewed as a U.S. lapdog, is now calling for negotiations to end the crisis in Ukraine. 

But will the Empire blow up the world first? 

Where Is the “Declaration of War”?

The more-than-semantic difficulty is that even though the U.S. has been at war with somebody almost continuously since World War II, “war” has never been declared by Congress, such declaration seeming to naïve people as being required for armed conflict by that relic of bygone days, the U.S. Constitution. 

Instead, there have been various congressional “resolutions” authorizing force, such as the Gulf of Tonkin Resolution during the Vietnam War or the 2001Authorization for Use of Military Force (AUMF), days after 9/11. (Here we’ll refrain from talking about “false flags.”)

Following 9/11, the U.S. invaded Afghanistan and Iraq, bombed Libya, and inserted proxy jihadist forces into Syria against its legitimate government, with no congressional declaration of war. These conflicts came after the U.S./U.K./NATO destroyed Yugoslavia, finishing it off with Bill Clinton’s 1999 bombing campaign against Serbia. 

Not to mention U.S. sponsorship of a mind-numbing quantity of “color revolutions” fomented by the CIA and other Deep State agencies, including NGOs run by the Soros gang and multiple “think tanks” like RAND, to overthrow insufficiently-compliant regimes via “democratic” street demonstrations, etc. U.S. support of jihadist groups like ISIS has also been part of the mix, including in Syria and against Russia in Georgia and Ukraine.  

So how in this environment of lunacy and ambiguity do you tell when a war has really begun? The problem became worse when initiatives like the Wolfowitz Doctrine (1992—see below) opened the door to preemptive attacks on countries that just might be plotting harm to U.S. “interests.” How could you even get a congressional resolution to justify that? With the aforesaid “first strike” on Russia, for instance, it would be difficult to gain the needed surprise while the action was being debated in Congress! 

Semantics aside, many aver that a full-blown hot world war may be in the offing, with the customary practice of the U.S. picking off what they think are low-hanging fruit not possible against the RIC. Journalist Pepe Escobar defines what is happening as a final showdown between the Empire, which he calls the “Hegemon,” and Eurasia, with the RIC at its core and the growing BRICS+ community also coming into play. 

Escobar writes from the standpoint of the Middle East crisis: “The Hegemon is calculating for a World War to halt multipolarity. It supports Israel’s Gaza genocide as a necessary evil to win hard in West Asia, figuring who’s going to care once the war goes global? 

Conflict in Ukraine

The Ukrainian conflict is a proxy war by the U.S. and its NATO allies against Russia, most vociferously the U.K., with Ukrainian soldiers dying by the hundreds of thousands in a vain attempt to weaken Russia and bring about regime change against the leadership of Vladimir Putin. Russia would then be Balkanized into a collection of “statelets” subservient to Western economic power. 

The Ukrainian conflict is an extension of the West’s desire to bring about a strategic defeat of Russia and thereby gain final victory in a rivalry that began with the post-World War II Cold War, was extended through the collapse of the Soviet Union during the 1990s, and continued with the push of NATO to the borders of Russia. Next to join NATO were to be Ukraine and Georgia, with Belarus also targeted, opening the door to the stationing of nuclear weapons on Russia’s doorstep.

Actually, the rivalry with Russia dates to the British “great game,” where Britain saw the expanding Russian Empire as endangering British hegemony in the Middle East and India. Napoleon tried to harness Russia in his own series of wars against Britain, an attempt which failed. The bitterly-fought Crimean War of 1853-1856 saw Russia’s southward expansion thwarted by a coalition of Britain, France, Piedmont-Sardinia and the Ottoman Empire, but Russia recovered quickly and was able to send its fleet to New York and San Francisco as a show of strength in support of the Union during the American Civil War. 

.

undefined

State flag of Ukraine behind a wall of anonymous protesters in Kyiv, Ukraine. Events of February 18, 2014 (Licensed under CC BY-SA 3.0)

.

Fast forwarding to today, the current war began with the U.S.-sponsored overthrow of Ukraine’s neutral regime in the pro-Western “Maidan” coup of 2014. Then came the arming and training of Ukraine’s armed forces (AFU) by NATO, then the AFU’s assault on the Russian-speaking Donbas region of eastern Ukraine, all taking us into 2022. With this provocation, and the refusal of Ukraine, Germany, and France to uphold the UNSC-approved Minsk Accords, came the Russian invasion of Donbas in its Special Military Operation starting in February 2022. Russia had annexed Crimea in 2014, location of its Black Sea port of Sevastopol, but now followed-up with four eastern Ukrainian oblasts in 2022. Each annexation was approved locally by an overwhelming popular vote.

U.S. President Joe Biden labeled the Russian invasion as “unprovoked.” It has been longstanding practice of the U.S. in war to goad the adversary into attacking first in order to persuade the voting public that the U.S. or its military was not at fault. This was done, for instance, by the Roosevelt administration when it beguiled Japan into attacking at Pearl Harbor on December 7, 1941. Something similar was done in provoking the 2022 Russian attack on Ukraine. These events are documented in my recent book Our Country, Then and Now (Clarity Press, 2023). 

The U.S. and its NATO partners deny that they are “parties” to the Ukraine war. But the massive amount of money, munitions, and other forms of support, including multiple anti-Russian economic sanctions, make it clear that without continual U.S. and NATO complicity, the war would be lost by Ukraine within weeks or even days. Sanctions against Russia, along with sabotage of the Nord Stream pipelines, have weakened the economies of Germany, Britain, and the E.U., while Russia has actually benefitted from increased economic self-reliance and the opening of new markets for Russian gas and oil. 

The claim that the U.S. and NATO are not parties to the war is a lie perpetrated by the U.S., the U.K., and their echo-chamber media. And the fact that the war has brought two nuclear-armed superpowers face-to-face in what for Russia at least is an existential conflict may confirm us in asserting that World War III in fact is underway. It can also be said that if Ukraine falls, so does NATO, and without NATO, the U.S. must revert to being an insular power. The best assessment of the military aspects of the Ukraine conflict has come from Andrei Martyanov, whose book America’s Final War (Clarity Press, 2024) I am in process of reviewing. 

Israel and the Middle East

This brings us to Israel and the Middle East. 

Yours truly, along with many others, were taken by surprise by the attack by Hamas against Israel, carried out on October 7, 2023. Some have stated that October 7 was a preemptive attack against an Israel already plotting a genocidal assault against the Palestinians in order to hasten the creation of Eretz Israel, the seizure of oil and gas resources along the Gazan coastline, and the building of a new canal from the Red Sea to the Mediterranean. 

The massive IDF retaliation, seen by much of the world as confirming its genocidal intentions against the Palestinians both in Gaza and the West Bank, showed a level of desperation unknown in Israel since the 1973 Yom Kippur War. As with Ukraine, neither Israel nor the IDF could survive a day without U.S. financial and military support, always guaranteed to be approved by the U.S. government—the president and Congress—due to the overwhelming clout of AIPAC and the rest of the Israel Lobby. This lobby is just as strong, though less overt, in the U.K.

What is new to Western public consciousness is the presence in and around Israel of the “Axis of Resistance,” made up not only of Hamas, but also of non-state actors in Lebanon—Hezbollah, and in Yemen—the Houthis (Ansar Allah), plus PMU militias in Iraq, all backed by the governments of Syria and Iran. Since October 8, 2023, Hezbollah, Yemen, and Iran have exposed Israel’s vulnerability to missile assault. Emigration by its citizens out of Israel is growing by the day, with tens of thousands displaced from their homes in the north and in the south, while meanwhile the Israeli economy is collapsing.

Image: President Joe Biden participates in a restricted bilateral meeting with Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu at the Hotel Kempinski in Tel Aviv, Israel, Wednesday, October 18, 2023. (Official White House Photo by Cameron Smith)

As Pepe Escobar has indicated, the Israel government headed by Benjamin Netanyahu, seems to be trying to provoke a major regional war between the U.S. and Iran, thereby leading to a hot regional or world war. Netanyahu is backed by the U.S. Neocons, who have been agitating ferociously for war with Iran for decades. 

My own personal contacts with informants in the region have made it clear that they have no doubt whatsoever, that the “settler state” of Israel is on the cusp of being destroyed. For definitive detail, see Fadi Lama’s article: Israel: The Jewish Settler State in the Levant: A Prognosis. Fadi Lama is one of the principals of the Three Sages Substack. Also see the on-line publication The Cradle and its series of commentaries on the war.

Presently in dire jeopardy is the project some believe has been in place during the entire history of Zionism, whereby those who control the Rabbinic Talmud believe they will someday become the rulers of mankind. After all, they have already conquered America, Great Britain, and much of Western Europe ideologically. What irony if their home base—Israel—were now to cease to exist, an outcome ranked as possible, if not likely, by numerous commentators. For a more complete explanation of the historical roots of the crisis, the classic source is the late British journalist Douglas Reed’s The Controversy of Zion. 

So Has World War III Really Begun?

In my estimation, the obviously pre-planned proxy war against Russia in Ukraine, combined with the shock of the surprise conflagration in Israel and the Middle East, with both reaching the boiling point before completion of Biden’s single term of office, do in fact mark the start of WWIII. 

I would go further by stating that the reason the U.S. “establishment” was so anxious to prevent Donald Trump from becoming president in 2016, to impeach him after he was elected, to defeat him in his bid for reelection in 2020, to disrupt his administration through the COVID “plandemic,” and to prevent him from running again in 2024, has been because he was not fully on-board with the overall plan in the way Obama and Hillary Clinton were, Biden has been, and Kamala Harris is now. 

Fully aligned with the plan are the Neocons, the legacy mainstream media, the Hollywood “stars,” and the past and present leaders of the National Security State, all bought and paid for over decades. Trump’s background is as a businessman, not a war machine mouthpiece, who proved his “unreliability” in office by refusing to engage in the long-planned assault on Syria, much to the chagrin of the war-mongers even within his own national security team. 

But with the U.S. behind the 8-ball with the coming collapse in Ukraine and the failure of Israel to gain the upper hand after almost a year of screamingly hideous genocidal conflict not just on its borders but within its own territory, the crazies, including Ukraine’s Zelensky, the U.K.’s Keir Starmer, and Netanyahu very well could instigate pushing of the nuclear button rather than face the nightmarish consequences of the Empire’s threatened collapse. Among the most terrifying of these consequences is the ongoing loss of U.S. dollar hegemony at the hands of BRICS+ and other nations. 

Slippage of the dollar strikes at the heart of the Empire’s usury-based global financial dominance and is indeed the writing on the wall. Once the U.S. government can no longer sell its debt, the fat lady has sung. The billionaires know this, which is why they are scarfing up all the derivatives in sight. 

The circumstances that incite the West to its present state of growing panic have been documented by Fadi Lama in his book WHY THE WEST CAN’T WIN: From Bretton Woods to a Multipolar World (Clarity Press, 2019).

For additional background, see my own analyses on VT Foreign Policy: Is World War Three About to Start? and Is World War Three About to Start or Has It Already?

 


 

Chapter 2: 

How Did We Get Here?

 

We cannot understand the present dilemma without reference to history. This was why I wrote my most recent book, Our Country, Then and Now. Encompassing American history from the first Puritan settlers, with extensive reference to Native Americans and blacks brought first as slaves, the story focuses on the gradual descent from various peoples’ search for freedom to today’s almost total submission to the globalists and the financial oligarchy. This oligarchy derives its power from the 500-year course of Western fractional reserve banking and the reign of usury. 

The following narrative is based on the sections of Our Country, Then and Now which begin in the late 19th and early 20th centuries. It was then that the U.S. succumbed to its own greed and fear in becoming a major component of the Anglo-American-Zionist Empire; namely, that component charged with fighting and dying in the Empire’s wars. Remember what Henry Kissinger said: “Military men are just dumb, stupid animals to be used as pawns in foreign policy.” The same might be said of America’s ruling class. 

Characteristics of the Empire

The Anglo-American-Zionist Empire embodied the convergence of two major historical currents:

1) the transformation of the British Empire into a larger global enterprise knit together at first by British maritime power until this expanded by the mid-20th century into a gigantic naval/air complex managed primarily by the U.S. military; and

2) the development of a nihilist social-political construct exemplified by the Terror of the French Revolution; the appearance and growth of Communist internationalism after Marx’s publication in 1848 of the Communist Manifesto and in 1867 of Kapital; the conquest of Tsarist Russia by Rabbinic Judaism, aka, the “Russian Revolution”; and the subversion of American consciousness by the commercialism and philistinism of a social, educational, medical, and media system controlled by the Rockefellers and other British and American oligarchs. Many were Jewish, including many in the U.S. who controlled Hollywood, liquor, and gambling. 

It may be puzzling to some that I include communist influences in the above list, but if you consider the concept of capitalism for the rich and communism for everyone else, this may be more clear.   

The net effect of these developments is today’s reign of the billionaires, combined with the near-complete subservience of the individual to the power of state/corporatist tyranny. The underlying purpose is violent world-conquest and massive larceny of all planetary resources. The best literary depiction of this apparatus remains the epochal novel 1984. 

These developments began to emerge by around 1905, and through the agency of the British “clubs” and the monetary power of Cecil Rhodes and Nathaniel Rothschild and their “Round Table,” the Empire that now came into existence set out:

1) in Rhodes’s words, “to recover American for the British Empire”; and

2) to annihilate Britain’s main continental rival: Germany. 

Side-by-side with these measures was the growth of Zionism, which began to influence world events after the Balfour Declaration issued by the British government in 1917 granted the region of Palestine, then part of the Ottoman Empire, to the Jews as a perpetual “homeland.” 

It is essential to emphasize that even though the creation of Israel in 1947-1948 was claimed to be a reaction to the WWII “Holocaust,” the decision to implant a Jewish national state in Palestine was made long before. Indeed, it was part of British foreign policy well before the turn of the 20th century. 

Among the reasons the British brought the U.S. into World War I was to free a large portion of the British army stationed on the Western Front to be sent to seize Palestine from the Ottomans, with the intention of future Jewish occupation. 

Geopolitically, this seizure would secure the southern terminus of the “Mackinder Line,” named for a British professor, Sir Halford Mackinder, by which Britain planned to control the world’s “Heartland”; i.e., Eurasia. This line starts in the Baltic region, runs south along Poland and through Ukraine, then across the Dardanelles and Turkey to the Levantine coast. 

Of course, this is precisely the locale where WWIII has now commenced. (Speaking of the Dardanelles, will Turkey flip and leave NATO to join BRICS+?)

Later, during World War II, British Prime Minister Winston Churchill made a secret deal with Hitler, whereby Germany would recall its North African army poised to seize the Suez Canal and Palestine, in exchange for British acquiescence in Germany’s invasion of the Soviet Union. The bringing about of this invasion with full knowledge that Germany would thereby be destroyed, was the cornerstone of Churchill’s World War II strategy. These historical facts have been explained in Guido Giacomo Preparata’s masterful Conjuring Hitler: How Great Britain and America Created the Third Reich and Destroyed Europe.

It was the destruction of Christian Europe, with the German-speaking world at its core, that became the overriding objective of the Anglo-American-Zionist Empire and has remained so to this day. An early key to this strategy was the so-called “Russian Revolution,” carried out by Jewish forces controlled by Rabbinic Talmudism and financed by Western bankers. Again, the best source on this aspect of the world conspiracy is British journalist Douglas Reed’s The Controversy of Zion.

In fact, through World War I alone, the British-led coalition (with the paid-for help of the Bolsheviks) succeeded in destroying four empires with strong religious heritage: the German, the Austro-Hungarian, the Russian, and the Ottoman.

We can also observe that the creation of an oligarchical anti-Christian state based on banking and finance—usury—was at the core of a long-term project of transferring priorities and practices from the Italian city-state of Venice to the rest of Western Europe that began to influence England around the year 1520. For more detail see Francis Leader’s Substack of September 3, 2024, based on a lecture by Gerry Rose entitled The Venetian Takeover of England. Also see Francis Leader’s Substack of September 18, cross-posting “The Venetian Virus: How England Was Conquered from Within,” by H. Graham Lowry in The Duke Report. See here.

Speaking of Venice, William Shakespeare wrote The Merchant of Venice around 1596-1598 based on Italian sources. Shakespeare was wired into the highest echelons of English society, and we may take his drama as a warning of what was going on at a time when usury was becoming widespread. Many of England’s aristocratic youth were falling victim to both Jewish and gentile money-lenders operating freely in Renaissance London. Shylock’s “pound of flesh” was an effective symbol of the deadly stakes of the game.

Financial Hegemony

In the field of economics, the Empire’s program is to secure economic, social, and political control of the world through financial hegemony, based, as stated above, on fractional reserve banking and usury. This system, originating in Venice and now over 500 years in the making, was intended to assure the constant flow of all money (spending power/liquidity/means of exchange) into the hands of the Western bankers. The door was opened to this historical disaster when the Papacy rescinded its centuries-long prohibition on usury under pressure from the wealthy class. 

The money thence stolen from society would be valued in terms of gold, with fractional reserve banking multiplying the gold into the amount of desired paper money—credit—released into circulation. The gold itself would be held by the bankers in their vaults. In time, every weekday morning a group of the wealthiest men in England would meet at the Rothschild Bank in the City of London to set the price of gold during the upcoming day’s trading. They thus controlled the monetary value of every article bought or sold in the world.

The modern-day London Gold Fix was first held on September 12, 1919, to kick-start London’s gold market after the end of the First World War. For 85 years until 2004 the five member banks of the London Gold Fix would meet face-to-face at the offices of N.M. Rothschild on St. Swithins Lane in the City of London. 

The money thus accumulated as bankers’ profits would be selectively doled out to proxies, including the mass media to control the minds of the masses, then their incomes, living conditions, health care, food supply, etc., even their life span. The following article discloses what is likely the tip of the iceberg, or close to it. See here.

A key part of population control would become the manufacture and distribution of addictive drugs by the CIA and other Deep State agencies. Closely related was the prescription drug regime of Big Pharma. The profits from both legal and illegal drug sales today support the Deep State’s “black” agenda, enrich the monetary centers, especially the City of London and Wall Street, and prop up the global financial system, always on the verge of over-extension and collapse as happened with the Global Financial Crisis of 2008-2009.

Targeting of Germany

Germany was the original target of the Empire once it had consolidated itself. Germany was targeted not only because, as everyone knows, the German Empire, formed in 1870 but with deep historic roots, was Britain’s chief naval and commercial rival, but also because Germany, during the 19th century, had become the focal point within Europe of numerous profound spiritual currents related to Europe’s Christian heritage. 

.

undefined

The German colonial empire and its protectorates in 1914 (Licensed under CC BY-SA 4.0)

.

These currents not only promised to revitalize Christianity, but also hoped to attain breakthroughs in spiritual fields related to study of Eastern religions, including those of India, China, and Japan, tolerance and unity with Islam sheltered by a budding alliance between Germany and the Ottomans, and the appearance of advanced teachings of comparative spirituality. 

The latter were exemplified, for instance, by the discourses of Rudolf Steiner and the even more important teachings of Bô Yin Râ (Joseph Anton Schneiderfranken, 1876-1943), whose books garnerned over a million readers in the German-speaking world. 

The way had been paved by the rich traditions of German music, culminating in the works of composer Richard Wagner, German literature exemplified by Goethe, Schiller, and the Grimm Brothers, and scientist/historians like Gottfried Wilhelm Leibnitz. In the words of H. Graham Lowry. “Leibniz’s writings, particularly his essays on justice and happiness, profoundly influenced republican movements in both England and the American colonies. His ideas of universal benevolence and happiness as central to human purpose directly challenged the Venetian model of imperialism and financial control.” 

German philosophy had also made major breakthroughs. Immanuel Kant “had enshrined the principle of autonomous reason, of ‘always thinking for oneself,’ as the essence of the Enlightenment. G.W.F. Hegel, Kant’s commanding successor, unveiled a grandiose theory of progress, in which a World Spirit guides history toward a utopian future.” (Alex Ross, Wagnerism: Art and Politics in the Shadow of Music, p.24)

Further back in history were the treasures of medieval and Renaissance mysticism, exemplified by Meister Eckhart and religious reformers like Martin Luther and the German Anabaptists. Thousands of German artists, musicians, and writers carried these teachings forward around the world, with special impact in Japan and America. The brilliant fiction of America’s greatest woman writer, Willa Cather, testifies to this movement with her persistent motifs of German thought and spirit, especially regarding Wagner. 

It took World Wars I & II to reduce Germany to ashes, but the German economic miracle of the 1950s and 1960s showed that nation’s irrepressible spirit. Once again today, the Empire has targeted Germany by forcing it to buy into “Project Ukraine” at the cost of its own cheap energy sources from Russia. But the failure of the Empire’s assault on Russia in Ukraine may also lead to the liberation of Germany and the rest of the E.U. from the shackles the Empire so painstakingly forged through the wars of the 20th century. 

Uniqueness of Wagner

The great German composer Richard Wagner (1813-1883), persecuted in his youth as a social radical, had figured out the bankers’ tricks. In the Ring of the Nibelung, Wagner portrayed the evil dwarf that sought to control the world through the power of the gold ring that he stole from the safekeeping of the Rhine Maidens. This ring gave power over everything in the world. Tolkien’s Lord of the Rings is the English-language version of the story. The Star Wars sagas also draw heavily on Wagner’s story lines, as well as the thematic music. 

The British bankers knew they were the evil dwarves Wagner had highlighted and that the rest of the world was finding out too. So Germany had to go. Wagner had also discovered, through his production of Parsifal, that there existed in the world an order of high spiritual guardians who kept the secret of the Holy Grail—Christ’s path to the Spirit. 

Access to the Grail’s sacred potency had been interrupted by human failings, but a new community of innocents was discovering it, so Wagner had to be eliminated on these grounds too. Young people especially were not to be allowed to realize that a new spiritual age was dawning, one free from the curse of materialism.  

Of course, today’s money masters have attempted to scare people away from Wagner by harping on the fact that Hitler liked to listen to his music. But so have millions of people around the world for almost two centuries now. 

Similarly, the Empire felt compelled to destroy Russian culture along with the German. A quick look at American “streaming” TV tells you what they replaced these classics with and why a majority of people today are without bedrock values.  

 


 

Chapter 3:

Key Dates—1880-1990

 

The Anglo-American-Zionist Empire is, above all, the Empire of the bankers, the financiers, the hedge fund owners, and the stock brokers. Everyone else slaves for them—including the managerial and professional classes, government workers, and the military—besides, of course, the workers. Among the key dates marking the modern history of the Empire, since just before the turn of the 20th century, are as follows:

1880-1902: Boer Wars complete theft of South African gold and diamond wealth by British Empire from Dutch and native occupants, with African colonies now under control of the Rothschild banking conglomerate and the Cecil Rhodes-funded Round Table. At the same time, the Zionist movement, originating in Eastern Europe, joins with the British government in advancing plans for creation of the state of Israel. Prior to Zionism, three million European Jews had successfully migrated to the U.S. and were peacefully assimilating as hardworking law-abiding citizens with no thought of a Jewish national state. For them the “Promised Land” was America. While some later donated money to the settlement of European Jews in Palestine, virtually none had an interest in ever moving there, much less a terrorist war to seize the land from its occupants.  

1902-1909: Anglo-American Pilgrim Society is formed to advance imperial agenda and assure Cecil Rhodes’ dream of “recovering America for the British Empire.” Program implemented to control U.K./U.S. mainstream media as instrument of mass propaganda in support of imperial financial hegemony and worldwide colonialism and wars of conquest. Key U.S. imperial propaganda organ was, and remains, the New York Times. 

1913: Federal Reserve Act and Revenue Act are passed by Congress through influence of Rothschild interests combined with U.S. Money Trust run by Morgans and Rockefellers. (The Rothschilds wrote the Federal Reserve Act.) Main purpose is to channel U.S. industrial wealth into credit advanced to Britain and France to fight war of annihilation against Germany. These measures transfer monetary and financial policy and consequently economic policy in the U.S. to private bankers. Thus, effectively, the U.S. was no longer a sovereign state, but a vassal of the money powers. Additional purpose is to finance Rabbinic Talmud assault against the Russian monarchy, aka, the “Bolshevik” or “Russian” Revolution. Era of mass multigenerational genocide against Russian Christian population follows, with tens of millions killed. 

1914: World War I begins. British diplomacy has created the Triple Entente, consisting of Britain, Russia, and France, to assure that the planned “Great War” will force Germany to fight on both Eastern and Western fronts. Germany attacks westward through Belgium to assure a quick knock-out, but conflict bogs down into trench warfare protracted to bleed Germany economically. Britain manipulates U.S. into joining war in Europe so it can send its army to take over Palestine from the Ottomans. U.S. propaganda machine goes full-bore to paint Germans as the “Hun” and imprisons dissenters. U.S. peace movement is led by Republican politicians like Charles Lindbergh, Sr., but is suppressed. Wall Street speculator Bernard Baruch takes over and runs U.S. war economy. 

1916: President Woodrow Wilson, a bankers’ puppet who signed the Federal Reserve Act, is reelected on the campaign slogan, “He kept us out of war.” U.S. enters war on Allied side soon afterwards. 

1917-1919: Britain issues Balfour Declaration promising Palestine to the Zionists as a future Jewish “homeland” and assures through the Treaty of Versailles that Britain will control Palestine as a League of Nations “mandate.” The treaty imposes a crushing peace on Germany, setting the stage for another world war with Germany still the target. 

1921-1929: U.S. profits from financing the war have caused large amounts of gold to be transferred from Britain and Europe that now fuel the “Roaring Twenties” buoyed by banks lending “on margin” to inflate the stock market. The Bank of England crashes the market when the Federal Reserve agrees to restore gold to Britain. The Great Depression follows. Franklin D. Roosevelt, elected president in 1932, confiscates privately-owned gold, removes the U.S. from the gold standard, and finances social and economic recovery programs with large infusions of government debt. 

1933: Hitler is named chancellor of Germany as the Depression hits, following a lengthy preparatory period where Anglo-American capital provides means to rebuild Germany’s war machine. Britain and the U.S. also secretly arm the Soviet Union. The aim is to finish off Germany by instigating a German attack on the Soviet Union. British deceptive diplomacy leads Hitler on by appearing to “appease” territorial ambitions. Hitler swallows the bait. 

1939-1941: As World War II starts in Europe, the American “internationalists” assert themselves by tarring the anti-war movement with the label “isolationist.” Meanwhile, the U.S. arms Britain, France, and the Soviet Union through Lend-Lease, while goading Japan to attack in the Pacific. Government debt and war budgets eliminate unemployment while creating huge standing army of uniformed military, defense contractors, bureaucrats living off the federal budget deficit, and ordinary citizens dependent for a living on government payments. Enough of these people vote Democratic to assure Roosevelt’s election in four consecutive presidential contests. 

1940-1941: Using Rockefeller Foundation funding, the Council on Foreign Relations develops a series of studies that it submits to the government advocating that the U.S. establish a permanent policy of gaining and maintaining global military supremacy. This policy is implemented as the central U.S. war aim and is never rescinded. Nevertheless, Roosevelt himself favors downsizing of the British Empire and a global balance of power among the U.S. and its Western allies, with the Soviet Union in Europe, and China in Asia. This policy is implemented through the U.N. charter and Security Council membership for the U.S., Britain, France, the Soviet Union, and China. However, Roosevelt dies, and Truman drops atom bombs on Japan, sets up the National Security State, commences the Cold War against the Soviets, recognizes Israel, and goes to war in Korea. 

1945: World War II leaves Germany and Japan in ruins, while the U.S. and Soviet Union share the spoils of war. The U.S. now has the world’s greatest industrial plant, while the Soviet Union controls much of Europe. The Soviets also prepare to transfer fighters and weapons for Jewish gangs to conquer Palestine with financial help from U.S. Jews. Britain facilitates the founding of NATO and induces the U.S. to rebuild Germany via the Marshall Plan. World financial control continues to rest with the City of London, which backs U.S. dollar hegemony through Bretton Woods, the IMF, and the World Bank. The U.S. will need dollar hegemony to finance the war machine. 

1948: Israel expels 700,000 Palestinians in its terrorist Nakba and declares its statehood as a Jewish settler state. Israel is recognized immediately by the Soviet Union and the U.S. With Churchill having declared the existence of the “Iron Curtain,” the Soviets are now pushed out of the “Western Alliance.” The Anglo-American-Zionist Empire has taken its final form, with the U.S. creating the CIA and the National Security State to engage the Soviets in what will become the Cold War. The U.S. and the Soviets jostle for position in Korea, the Middle East, Africa, and along the East-West divide in Europe. 

1953: U.S. inaugurates era of CIA “regime change” operations by overthrowing the elected president of Iran, Mohammad Mossadegh. U.S., Britain, and France divide up Iran’s oil assets. 

1961: President Dwight Eisenhower warns of the growth in power of the “military-industrial-complex.” Election of John F. Kennedy as president is followed by Bay of Pigs invasion, Kennedy’s vow to “break the CIA into a million pieces,” Cuban Missile Crisis, and Kennedy’s American University address for world peace. Victory of the National Security State over the last semblance of authentic American democracy is assured by its assassination of President Kennedy in 1963. Not by coincidence, Kennedy was coming out in opposition to a U.S. war in Vietnam and in the acquisition by Israel of nuclear weapons. 

1963-1974: Vietnam War leaves Southeast Asia in ruins and American society profoundly divided between the establishment war machine and a growing anti-war movement. CIA attacks youth with MK Ultra mind-control program and promotion of illicit drugs like LSD. CIA sponsors illegal drug epidemic in American cities. CIA Project Mockingbird fastens ironclad control on mass media in favor of war and financial exploitation worldwide. 

1964: Club of Rome founder Aurelio Peccei and banker David Rockefeller meet in Williamsburg, VA, at Bilderberg Conference to begin the merger between globalist finance and worldwide population reduction.

1965-1968: Assassinations of Malcolm X, Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr., and Robert Fitzgerald Kennedy, Jr., profoundly affect American society and culture and cement growing control by globalists and Deep State.  

1974: Resignation of President Richard Nixon after CIA set-up. Nixon had been trying to rein in power of CIA after working with National Security Adviser Henry Kissinger in reaching rapprochement with Russia and “Opening to China.” 

1973: David Rockefeller founds the Trilateral Commission to begin movement toward globalist control of world economy via division among U.S., Europe, and Japan. This is the era of growing power of secret societies and behind-the-scenes control of events by shadow groups like Bilderberg, the Rockefeller and other tax-exempt foundations, “think tanks” like RAND and the Council on Foreign Relations, the World Economic Forum (founded in 1971), National Endowment for Democracy, NGOs like George Soros’s Open Society Foundations, etc. Combined with secret maneuvering of Deep State agencies like the CIA and NSA, secrecy by the Federal Reserve and globalist corporations, plus massive involvement of the U.S. military in development of biological and chemical weapons, the U.S. population, along with much of the world, is under near-total influence and control of hidden forces accountable to no one except hidden financial, military, and intelligence power centers.   

1979: Islamic Revolution takes place in Iran, whereby Iran becomes the first major nation to break away from control by the Empire. In Afghanistan, CIA begins funding of Al Qaeda to fight Soviet presence. CIA funding started before Soviets entered Afghanistan to create a Vietnam for the Soviets. The Soviets were subsequently invited to enter by the Afghan government. Beginning of large-scale funding of jihadist groups by Empire to launch terrorist attacks against its enemies in the Islamic countries of Southwest Asia, the Caucasus, Central Asia, and North Africa, most recently being ISIS in Iraq and Syria. 

1980s-1990s: Era of financial deregulation—leveraged buyouts, stock buybacks, explosion of hedge funds, Michael Milken junk bond scandal, repeal of Glass-Steagall, etc. Monetary assaults take place against SE Asia, Africa, and Latin America, particularly Mexico. We now see the complete conversion of the U.S. economy to one of Wall Street financial control and the corresponding takeover of governance by the rentier class. Middle class wealth also shifts from home ownership to stock market assets with conversion of savings and retirement accounts to tax-deferred programs. 

1981: “Reagan Revolution” and formation of Neocons through merger of two cadres: Staff members of Senator Henry Jackson (Rumsfeld, Cheney, etc.) and “Straussians”—revolutionary followers (Trotskyites) of University of Chicago professor Leo Strauss who avers that only with U.S. global conquest will Israel be safe. The Neocons begin today’s rule of U.S. foreign policy in support of the doctrines of endless war, globalist economic control, and repression of traditional Christian faiths and nationalistic socio-economic ideals. Conversion of U.S. to Venetian finance-usury model is complete. 

1986: Murder of Barry Seal, chief CIA drug and weapons smuggler out of Mena, Arkansas, after Governor Bill Clinton opened state to be drug and arms conduit between U.S. and Central America. Clinton, a Rockefeller favorite and Rhodes Scholar, told by CIA operatives that he was in line to become president. 

1988: Former CIA director George H.W. Bush elected president. Neocons cement control of U.S. military and foreign policy with Dick Cheney as secretary of defense. 

1990: Iraqi attack on Kuwait becomes casus belli for first Iraq War when U.S. under Bush invades in “Operation Desert Storm.” Invasion halted before reaching Baghdad, leaving Saddam Hussein in power.

1990s: Simultaneously with takeover of U.S. foreign policy by Neocons, the Israel Lobby, headed by AIPAC (founded 1954), takes effective control of U.S. Congress. Representatives entering Congress swear fealty to Israel and are assigned a “minder” to assure compliance. Rep. Thomas Massie has stated he is the only current Member of Congress without a “minder.”

1990s: Rapid development of vaccines as what billionaires view as a means of societal control, Big Pharma enrichment, and population reduction through a vast drop in male fertility, threatening mankind. Also, growth of stress-related chronic illness, deaths from iatrogenic causes, and deaths and injuries from adverse drug reactions, including explosion of autism in children. 

 


 

Chapter 4: 

Key Dates: 1991-2024

 

1991: Fall and breakup of Soviet Union as U.S.-managed “shock therapy” leads to massive sell-off of Russian state assets to oligarchs and Western bankers. Russian economy and standard of living crash under CIA-sponsored Boris Yeltsin presidency. Empire’s dream of destruction of Russia now in sight. 

1992: Wolfowitz Doctrine promulgated in expurgated and unexpurgated editions, stating U.S. intentions for world military domination in Neocon update and extension of earlier CFR pre-World War II declarations. Paul Wolfowitz is deputy secretary of defense under Secretary of Defense Dick Cheney and a leading Neocon ideologue. With the Soviet Union now defunct, the Empire moves a giant step toward planned world conquest. 

1992: Bill Clinton elected president. North American Free Trade Agreement commences major period of U.S. industrial outsourcing to Third World nations. By the end of Clinton’s term, China is included as outsourcing haven, launching era of global supply chains as determining factor in world economy. U.S. and U.K. have now completed their shift to financialized service economy. E.U. nations follow suit, except for Germany, which remains Europe’s only manufacturing hub. 

1993: Clinton signs National Voter Registration Act mandating that all social service programs include a voter registration component that opens the door for large numbers of legal and illegal immigrants to become voters. Later Obama opens social service programs to non-citizens. Combined with today’s open borders and unlimited illegal immigration presided over by Biden Administration, the stage is set for endless stealing of elections by the Democratic Party. Padding the voter rolls with immigrants is a time-honored Democratic ploy. 

1994: Articles 8 and 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code (UCC) which are concerned with investment securities in the U.S. are modified in all 50 states. The modifications effectively remove personal ownership of securities and allow “Protected Class” to have first rights to collateral. This is explained in detail by David Rogers Webb in The Great Taking. Similar commercial laws are enacted in the E.U. by 1998. 

1996: Telecommunications Act allows consolidation of media companies to the point where five now own 90 percent of U.S. communications media. Today the consolidation extends to the internet where Facebook and Google account for over 70 percent of users directed to the websites of major news publishers. U.S. mainstream media, including social media, now under complete control of Deep State. 

1998: Military funding of Google and start of the National Surveillance State. Hidden government infiltration of the internet and social media lead to ongoing long-term societal degradation of education, religion, and individual consciousness, along with disappearance of personal privacy. 

1999: John F. Kennedy, Jr., along with his wife and her sister, die in crash of his private plane while approaching a landing at Martha’s Vineyard airport. Government claims the crash resulted from pilot error, but allegations persist that the plane had been sabotaged and that Kennedy had been assassinated as he was about to start a political career. 

1999: Vladimir Putin succeeds Yeltsin as president of Russia. Rebuffed in trying to join NATO, Russia under Putin begins long-term program of state-sponsored economic recovery and military rebuilding. 2000s arms race with the U.S. leaves Russia ahead in missile technology, industrial weapons production, and other elements of land warfare, nuclear weaponry, and strategic air defense. Undercurrent of cyberwarfare grows steadily with increased reach of internet, spy satellites, etc. 

2001: Shanghai Cooperation Organization (SCO) forms as a Eurasian political, economic, international security, and defense organization established by China and Russia. Other member states are Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Tajikistan, Uzbekistan, India, Pakistan, Iran, and Belarus. 15 other states are observers or “dialogue partners,” and six more have applied for membership. U.S. application for observer status rejected in 2005.

2001: U.S. Full Spectrum Dominance is first defined in April 2001 as: “The cumulative effect of dominance in the air, land, maritime, and space domains and information environment, which includes cyberspace, that permits the conduct of joint operations without effective opposition or prohibitive interference.” This is the operative iteration of the 1939-1941CFR plan for total U.S. global military dominance and the Wolfowitz Doctrine of 1991. Full Spectrum Dominance has not been achieved. 

2001: Project for a New American Century (PNAC) had called for a new “Pearl Harbor,” followed by 9/11 “terrorist” attacks and the plan for regime change against seven Middle Eastern countries, to culminate with Iran. U.S. Secretary of State General Colin Powell lies to U.N. about Iraq’s alleged possession of weapons of mass destruction. 2001-2003, wars against Afghanistan and Iraq begin. 

2006: Former Vice-President Al Gore publishes An Inconvenient Truth, advancing the Climate Change/Global Warming hoax which spreads the deception that “Global Warming” is caused by release of man-made emissions into the atmosphere, threatening a CO2 overload that will result in global extinction. This lie forms the basis for proposals of massive societal changes with the outlook of crashing the global food supply and causing worldwide famine. The WEF and related elite groups seize on Climate Change/Global Warming as a primary means of population reduction planning. 

2006: Christians United for Israel incorporated by Rev. John Hagee, completing Christian Zionist support of Israel. Christian Zionists, their leaders often funded by Israel, fully swallow “dispensationalist” hoax, causing them in many cases to become cheerleaders for Armageddon.  

2006: Julian Assange founds Wikileaks. In 2010, Assange publishes leaks about military war crimes from former U.S. Army intelligence analyst Chelsea Manning. After gaining refuge in Ecuador’s London embassy, Assange is arrested by British police and detained until 2024, when he is released through a plea deal with the U.S. Edward Snowden leaks documents in 2013 from his job with the NSA showing massive illegal government surveillance of individuals. Snowden gains refuge and later citizenship in Russia. 

2007: Anticipating election of a Democratic president, former Bill Clinton DOD staffers found Center for a New American Security (CNAS) “to restore America’s credibility, influence, and power in the world and, in so doing, strengthen America’s national security.” Founders state: “The next president will have to convince the American people and their representatives in Congress to reject the neo-isolationist impulses they may feel in the wake of Iraq in order to embrace a smarter and more selective form of engagement….The United States has been and will continue to be the preeminent leader in the international community, and we cannot protect or advance our interests in a globalized world if we do not continue to serve in that role.” Funding for CNAS is provided by Boeing, General Dynamics, Lockheed Martin, Northrop Grumman, and Raytheon. See this.

2008: Housing bubble, caused largely by Federal Reserve and rating agencies’ promotion of “liars’ loans,” leads to a global financial crash that turns into the “Great Recession.” Barack Obama, elected U.S. president on slogan of “change,” oversees multi-trillion-dollar bailouts of banks and financial corporations like AIG. Federal Reserve reduces interest rates to near-zero while buying massive amounts of U.S. government debt under program of “quantitative easing” that continues today. With $35 trillion in debt, much held in limbo by the Federal Reserve, the U.S. government is functionally bankrupt. 

2009: The “Good Club,” a gathering of U.S. billionaires led by Bill Gates, David Rockefeller, and George Soros meets at Rockefeller University in New York to continue planning for worldwide population reduction. Group has been meeting for a decade. (See Our Country, Then and Now, p. 428.)

2009: BRICS founded among Brazil, Russia, India, China, and South Africa, to create a new economic alliance among non-hegemonic nations. One goal of BRICS is to replace the U.S. dollar with trade in national currencies. Iran, Egypt, Ethiopia, and the UAE have subsequently joined, leading to BRICS+, with many more nations applying. 

2009-2017: President Barack Obama is awarded Nobel Peace Prize. Obama’s subsequent wars include  2011 attack on Libya with assassination of Gadaffi, 2014 Maidan coup in Ukraine, failed regime change in Syria, multiple color revolutions, including “Arab Spring,” targeted drone assassinations, etc. 

2013: Resignation of Pope Benedict XVI after U.S. cut off Vatican from SWIFT payment system. Benedict is forced out due to his conservative positions on theological and social issues and replaced by Jesuit neoliberal Pope Francis. Several key opponents of Pope Francis are expelled from the church.

2016: Republican candidate Donald J. Trump elected president through votes from what defeated candidate Hillary Clinton calls “Deplorables.” Clinton campaign falsely claims Russia threw the election to Trump. The “Shadow Men,” globalist enforcers identified in Our Country, Then and Now, start series of “lawfare” attacks on Trump, including two impeachments, that continue after Trump loses the presidency in 2020 to Joe Biden. 

2017: President Donald Trump announces that the United States would cease all participation in the 2015 Paris Agreement on “climate change” mitigation, contending that the agreement would undermine the U.S. economy, and put the U.S. at a permanent economic disadvantage.

2020: On January 30, the World Health Organization announces a global emergency due to spread of COVID-19. On March 13, President Donald Trump declares a nationwide emergency and issues an additional travel ban on non-U.S. citizens traveling from 26 European countries due to what many will later call the COVID-19 “Plandemic.” Introduction of mRNA vaccines results in millions of excess deaths worldwide. COVID lockdowns shatter U.S. economy, destroying small businesses and causing massive unemployment. 

2020: Death of George Floyd in Minneapolis followed by BLM and Antifa-instigated riots across U.S.  

2020: Election of Joe Biden as president. FBI lies about authenticity of “Hunter Biden laptop” with incriminating content as Biden campaign solicits claims by former security officials that the existence of the laptop is Russian disinformation. 

2020: Consumer price inflation hits hard, especially in food and housing, fed by $2 trillion in COVID relief payments to individuals and businesses. Not by coincidence, stock market soars with huge capital gains accruing to individual investors, Wall Street, retirees, and non-profits with stakes in the financial markets. Federal deficit pushes to $35 trillion, including nearly $200 billion in arms and aid to Ukraine and Israel. Rising Federal Reserve interest rates add to deficit.

2021: January 6 pro-Trump rally at U.S. Capitol turns violent with Trump then charged in his second impeachment. In April, Biden withdraws U.S. forces from Afghanistan but supports large-scale Ukrainian artillery attacks on Russian-speaking civilians in east of country.

2021: Biden opens southern border to deliberate influx of millions of illegal immigrants, large numbers being military-age men. Vice-President Kamala Harris called “Border Czar” by media but takes no effective action.

2022: Russia commences its Special Military Operation against Ukraine. U.S. stands accused of surreptitiously blowing up German-Russian Nord Stream pipelines in Baltic Sea or at least allowing it to happen. Conflict in Ukraine becomes largest European military conflict since World War II. Europe slips toward recession due to skyrocketing energy costs resulting from loss of cheap Russian gas and oil. U.S./U.K./E.U. decree vast number of sanctions against Russia, including expulsion from SWIFT, in failed attempt to destroy Russian economy. 

2022: Russia announces discovery of U.S.-funded bioweapons labs in Ukraine that conduct research into microbes specifically targeting Slavic gene pools. 

2022: Ukraine and U.S. hedge fund BlackRock, world’s largest asset manager, announce joint plan to “focus in the near term on coordinating the efforts of all potential investors and participants in the reconstruction of our country, channeling investment into the most relevant and impactful sectors of the Ukrainian economy.” Ukrainian President Zelensky thanks BlackRock CEO Larry Fink “for the work of the professional team that BlackRock has allocated to advise on structuring the reconstruction projects.” BlackRock investments start with preparations to purchase vast quantities of prime Ukrainian farmland.

2023: Robert F. Kennedy, Jr., launches campaign for the presidency of the U.S., seeking first the Democratic nomination but switching to becoming an independent after being blocked from participation in Democratic Party primaries. Kennedy had published best-selling exposé of the misdeeds of Anthony Fauci in his book, The Real Anthony Fauci, Bill Gates, Big Pharma, and the Global War on Democracy, and Public Health. 

2023: Hamas attacks Israel in Gaza region on October 7. Israel retaliates with genocidal attacks against Palestinians in Gaza and West Bank. 

2024: Biden withdraws from presidential campaign in favor of Vice President Kamala Harris, completing a coup d’etat by Democratic Party managers. As Dr. Naomi Wolf wrote on her “Outspoken” Substack on August 21, 2024, advocating for RFK, Jr. to merge his campaign with that of Donald Trump: “But since a coup has taken place in the United States of America, with between 18 and 30 million military-age men deployed around our nation, including at strategic locations, likely awaiting direction; and since the coup was engineered by the DNC, with help from our enemies, I no longer think that it is partisan for me to advocate for those leaders and alliances that can restore our Republic and our freedoms.” 

2024: Looming Russian victory in Ukraine, coinciding with U.S. loss of arms race to Russia, especially in strategic air power and air defense. 

2024: Failure of U.S. weapons in support of Ukraine explodes myth of U.S. Full Spectrum Dominance, followed by the Gaza war, internal collapse of Israeli economy, looming IDF defeat at hands of Axis of Resistance, including Hezbollah in Lebanon and Houthis in Yemen, and pending civil war between Netanyahu reactionary government backed by orthodox militants vs. liberal elements of IDF and Israeli political elite. Large-scale emigration out of Israel continues by Jewish citizens, with close to 100,0000 residents displaced by fighting. 

2024: Evidence continues to mount worldwide that billions of people have been poisoned by COVID vax, leading to rising death tolls from turbo-cancers, myocarditis and heart failure, amyloidosis, and “Long-COVID” effects. See this. Deaths and injuries have also resulted from COVID medical treatment protocols, denial of known COVID remedies, and Draconian lockdown policies. Evidence also rises of aggressive globalist plans to crash world economy via carbon-capture, banning of meat, sequestering of farmland, and other attacks on the world food supply. See here.

2024: USDA prepares policy to implement the Sustains Act, determining who will own “environmental services” like the air we breathe, plant photosynthesis and pollination, and the health benefits of “open space.” Viewed critical for UN “sustainable development” agenda.

2024: Attempted assassination of Donald Trump during campaign rally in Butler, Pennsylvania, on July 13. RFK, Jr., suspends campaign and endorses Trump, as does former Democrat and presidential candidate Tulsi Gabbard. 

2024: “Debate” between Donald Trump and Kamala Harris on ABC Network discloses Democratic Party intention to use biased mainstream media to steal 2024 election, combined with growing reports of use of illegal immigrants as fronts for election fraud. Col. Douglas McGregor forms group called Our Country Our Choice to contest expected fraud along with other citizens’ groups fearing a “Black Swan” event. Trump refuses any further “debates.” 

2024: In response to threats by U.S. Secretary of State Antony Blinken and British Prime Minister Keir Starmer, Russian President Vladimir Putin announces that any Western aid to Ukraine in launching long-range missiles into Russian territory will be considered an act of war. Putin said: “This would mean that NATO countries, the United States, European countries, are at war with Russia. And if that is the case, then bearing in mind the change in the very essence of this conflict, we will take appropriate decisions based on the threats that will be posed to us.” In the spirit of “Let’s you and him fight,” Starmer is reading from the same script in trying to provoke war between the U.S. and Russia as was followed by British leaders in their actions of getting the U.S. to fight World War I and World War II against the Germans. 

2024: An employee of ABC News who blew the whistle on the Trump-Harris debate being “rigged” is killed in a car accident near Bethesda, MD, the morning of September 13. Employee had filed a sworn affidavit the day before the debate alleging that Harris had been provided questions in advance, certain topics had been ruled off-limits, Trump but not Harris would be “fact-checked,” Harris’s podium would be smaller than Trump’s, certain camera directions flattering to Harris would be followed, etc. For details See here.

2024: Second attempted assassination of Donald Trump with arrest of accused shooter at Trump’s West Palm Beach, Florida golf club where Trump was playing. Shooter, identified as Ryan Wesley Routh, age 58, a vehement Ukraine partisan, captured after fleeing the scene with shots fired by the Secret Service. Suspect reached 300-500 yards of the former president with a scoped AK-47 rifle. “As to why the would-be assassin was able to get that close to the former president despite a previous assassination attempt on him in June, the authorities said that the security perimeter could only be so wide due to him being a presidential candidate as opposed to a sitting president.” Was Routh part of a Deep State plot to kill Trump and blame it on Iran? See here.

2024: September 17-18 attack on Lebanon with thousands of exploding pagers attributed to Israel. Pagers originating in Hungary delivered to Hezbollah. Thousands injured or killed. 

2024: In obvious election ploys favorable to Democrats, Federal Reserve cuts interest rates and gasoline prices slashed. 

 


 

Chapter 5: 

The Plan Is Population Reduction

 

This brings us to the inescapable observation that the quintessence of the Empire’s plan has been to assure the permanent wealth and power of its ruling billionaires by drastic reductions in the world’s population. The process has been underway since the 1960s, when it was discovered that gain-of-function bioengineering could be performed on viruses to make them more lethal. The population could also then be frightened into taking an increasing diet of harmful vaccines. 

In a 1981 French book entitled L’Avenir De La Vie (“The Future of Life”), author Michel Salomon, a journalist and doctor, quoted Jacques Attali, who at the time was an adviser to socialist French President François Mitterrand, who said:

“In the future it will be about finding a way to reduce the population. We will start with the old, because as soon as he is over 60-65 years of age, man lives longer than he produced and costs society dearly. Then the weak and then the useless who do nothing for society because there will be more and more of them, and especially finally the stupid ones.”

This quote from Jacques Attali, adviser to a prominent left-wing European politician, exposes what is essentially an atheistic/materialistic perspective on human life. This reduces human beings to slaves working in a societal anthill controlled by the state. 1984 again. 

This is precisely the perspective that is projected today by the Western mass media and the military-industrial complex that rules the Anglo-American-Zionist Empire and its vassals in Europe and elsewhere. It is the perspective of the ruling billionaires. 

Attali continued:

“Euthanasia targeting these groups, euthanasia will have to be an essential instrument of our future societies, in all cases. Of course, we cannot execute people or set up camps. We will get rid of them by making them believe it is for their own good. Too large a population, and for the most part unnecessary, is something economically too expensive.”

The country that is furthest along in sponsoring state-supported euthanasia is Canada. In fact, one is inclined to think that this may be the best Trudeau’s totalitarian brand of globalism can offer. In other countries, including the U.S., hospitals clearly have a role in culling the elderly population, especially with the COVID “plandemic.” Death from iatrogenic illness is often facilitated or even planned, as happened during the “plandemic” with protocols handed down to hospitals by the CDC. There are ER nurses who call these protocols murder.  

More from Attali:

“We will find something to cause it, a pandemic that targets certain people, a real economic crisis or not, a virus that will affect the old or the big [sic], it doesn’t matter, the weak will succumb to it, the fearful and the stupid will believe it and ask to be treated. We will have taken care to have planned the treatment, a treatment that will be the solution. The selection of idiots will thus be done by themselves: they will go to the slaughterhouse on their own.” Source: Robin Westenra Substack: September 4, 2024.

Reportedly, Henry Kissinger said something similar at a 1990s conference: that once people are made to accept vaccines, it’s “game over.” Added to this horror since then would be the coming likelihood of famine induced by “Climate Change/Global Warming” hysteria and the move within Western nations toward deindustrialization.  

The attempt by Western nations to produce famine through deindustrialization has been exposed by the writings of Matthew Ehret, editor-in-chief of the Canadian Patriot Review and Director of the Rising Tide Foundation. See in particular Ehret’s September 17, 2024, article, BRICS+ vs. the WEF: The Clash of Two Green Paradigms.

Ehret starts by recalling China and India’s derailing of the 2009 COP14 agenda in Copenhagen, “which had promised to establish legally binding emission cuts to guide the de-carbonization (and deindustrialization) of much of society.”

Ehret continues:

“Amidst a supposed pandemic and economic meltdown, puppet leaders like Sarkozy, Merkel, and Obama championed a new era of green global governance and promised to consolidate a legally binding treaty to enforce decarbonization onto the nations of the globe. But it didn’t happen.”

Ehret goes on to contrast the plans of BRICS+ for sustainable development based on advanced technology, including nuclear, vs. the “neo-Malthusian” intent of the Western powers to kill off much of mankind by literally returning to the pre-industrial era. 

On the CO2 “carbon capture” hoax, see Dr. Lewis Coleman’s article Here. In Britain, thousands of elderly people are expected to die in the approaching winter due to the government’s having withdrawn the annual winter fuel allowance as part of its “green” agenda. See here.

In fact, disease, vaccines, and famine are the most favorable methods yet discovered by the elite to engineer massive population reduction in a short period of time without the people of the world become wise to what is going on until it is too late. War, while not eliminated, has been proven to be less effective, more expensive, and too risky to the perpetrators. 

Testimony of Robert F. Kennedy, Jr.

On COVID, presidential candidate Robert F. Kennedy Jr. has said, “The COVID pandemic was used to fundamentally change the relationship between U.S. citizens and their government. The government’s public health response was not a medical response, but instead a test of technocratic power to see how the population would respond to totalitarian edicts masked as medical interventions. The government also selected the lockdown winners and losers, transferring nearly four trillion dollars in wealth from the middle class and small business to Silicon Valley and big box stores.” 

Testimony of Dr. Francis Boyle

In a Florida case filed by Dr. Joseph Sansone involving an Emergency Petition for a Writ of Mandamus that seeks to compel Governor DeSantis to prohibit the distribution of COVID 19 injections in the state of Florida. Dr. Sansone stated: 

“Dr. Francis Boyle, the Harvard educated law professor that drafted the 1989 Biological Weapons and Antiterrorism Act, which passed both houses of Congress unanimously, provided an affidavit stating that COVID 19 injections and mRNA nanoparticle injections violate the law he wrote. Dr. Boyle asserted that ‘COVID 19 injections,’ ‘COVID 19 nanoparticle injections,’ and ‘mRNA nanoparticle injections’ are biological weapons and weapons of mass destruction and violate Biological Weapons 18 USC § 175; Weapons and Firearms § 790.166 Fla. Stat. (2023).”

Testimony of Dr. Meryl Nass

Dr. Meryl Nass is an internist residing in Maine whose medical license was suspended by the state for the entirely legal practices of prescribing ivermectin and hydroxychloroquine to COVID patients. While contesting the suspension, Dr. Nass has been publishing a massively popular Substack blog, attending major conferences worldwide, and has founded a 501c3 organization and website called Door to Freedom that states: “We exist to help people make sense of a rapidly changing world, to stop efforts by the WHO and UN to centralize control during emergencies, and to preserve traditional farming and the production of healthful foods.”

On the origin of COVID, Dr. Meryl Nass stated in her August 23, 2024, Substack: 

“I have always said that the two COVID origin issues are:

  1. Whether it was a lab leak or a deliberate release. I favor deliberate but I’m not certain. 
  2. Next question would be who did it, if deliberate. 

“I have pointed out that the humanized mice that probably were used to design SARS-CoV-2 came from [Ralph S.] Baric’s lab [in North Carolina] originally, but were shared with the Chinese. The ‘no-see-um’ technology came originally from Baric. Other U.S. coronavirus researchers who may have created part or all of the genome of SARS-CoV-2 include Stanley Perlman at Ames (U Iowa), Vince Munster at NIH’s Rocky Mountain lab, or Vineet Menachery in Galveston, Texas. I could be missing some. There are others scattered around the U.S. and the rest of the world. 

“There were so many interesting areas of the genome (by that I mean created/selected for inclusion by humans), I think it was stitched together from parts that probably were developed in multiple labs. Who put the finishing touches on it? I don’t know.

“If it leaked, it likely leaked from a Wuhan lab. If it was a deliberate spread, it could have come from the Americans or anywhere, originally, and may have been spread only in Wuhan or in multiple locations. 

“The issue is always cui bono. Who benefited if this was a crime, as I suspect it was, $4 trillion moved from the U.S. poor and middle classes to the billionaire class. Potentially quadrillions are up for grabs if you impoverish the world, tokenize nature, find ways to grab our property, etc., and the super elite take over the planet’s assets.”

Testimony of Dr. Lewis Coleman

In a personal communication, a summary of the current situation has been offered by Dr. Lewis Coleman, the third principal of the Three Sages, along with Fadi Lama and myself. Dr. Coleman is author of the seminal work 50 Years Lost in Medical Advance: The Discovery of Dr. Hans Selye’s Stress Mechanism.  

Dr. Coleman writes: “The only legitimate purposes of government are to protect its population from crime and other governments and provide a universal medium of exchange to optimize technological and economic advance. Unfortunately, government is little more than a disguised mafia on steroids that primarily serves the interests of those who control it. When it comes to their political mischief, anything is possible. 

“Starvation has often been employed to destroy populations for various reasons, none of which are justifiable. Eisenhower starved thousands of captured and surrendered German soldiers to death by penning them up in barbed wire enclosures without adequate food, clothing, and shelter. Mao Tse Tung starved more than 60 million Chinese to death in the early 1960s, apparently at the behest of Western ‘banksters’ to whom he was beholden for armaments and financial support. Pol Pot liquidated millions in Cambodia for unknown reasons. Stalin starved the Kulak farmers in Ukraine to eliminate their resistance to his communist plans (which didn’t work). Sherman slaughtered the buffalo to conquer the Indians after his infamous march through the South starved the Confederacy into submission. 

“However, I expect that the method of choice will be more versions of the COVID conspiracy, such as the ‘monkeypox’ and bird viruses that already lurk in government laboratories, along with their lethal mRNA injections that are being prepared even now. Never before has a government inflicted so devious and perverse a form of mass murder on its own population. The American public remains so innocent and naive that the majority of citizens are still totally trusting and unsuspecting. They are virtual ‘sitting ducks’ and lambs awaiting their slaughter. They will ignore the warnings.”

Dr. Coleman adds in a separate communication: “Big Pharma is committing mass murder by mass producing weaponized viral RNA and disguising this worthless and inherently lethal poison as ‘vaccines.’ They are using inexpensive enzyme technology to mass produce these toxic substances at negligible cost and reap outrageous profits. It is no accident that they are deliberately by-passing all vaccine safety testing standards and using their political influence to ‘legalize’ mass murder. They are committing the crime of the century, and its consequences will devastate civilization unless it is stopped. It is small wonder that these corporations have attempted to smother free speech. Corporations are government creations, and they should therefore be subject to the same constitutional restrictions as the government itself. Like Dracula, they live forever. Like Frankenstein, they have powers denied to living human beings. The ‘American Experiment’ to restrain government abuse has failed.”

See Dr. Coleman’s March 13, 2024, article on the genocidal intent of the COVID vaccinations here.

Also see Dr. Coleman’s Three Sages article, “COVID Mass Genocide Can Only Be Understood by Reference to Stress Theory.”

Nuclear Armageddon?

The plan for population reduction has been the overriding program of the controllers of the Anglo-American-Zionist Empire, with the mass media like the New York Times, etc., in collusion, to be carried out simultaneously with the military/economic project aimed at destroying Russia, keeping China in thrall as the supplier of consumer goods to the West, and ever-evolving forms of neocolonialism, dollar hegemony, and genocide toward the Global South. 

Within the U.S. alone, this enterprise costs well over a trillion dollars a year in direct costs. Most of this expenditure flows back to the billionaires and their corporations that produce the weapons, create the vaccines and other medications, pay the salaries of the millions of bureaucrats who do the “work,” and allocate fabulous sums to the stars and celebrities who act in the movies and TV shows or in sports arenas to keep the population in a depraved stupor. Today this entire apparatus has been “goosed up” to amplify the hysteria behind the Harris/Walz campaign. 

But with the humiliating loss by the U.S. of its proxy war in Ukraine now looming, combined with the failure of the Eretz Israel project in the Middle East, the Empire has been defeated in the opening stages of World War III. There is simply no place to which the Empire can now retreat, having been exposed in its pretensions to global conquest on two critical geopolitical flanks. The only “way out” would be for them to launch all-out nuclear war. 

I do not know whether we are heading toward nuclear Armageddon. 

One would think that the Empire’s elites are too concerned with their personal survival to sign their own death warrants. They are essentially parasites, living off other people’s labor. In fact, much of the Empire’s elites, including important segments of the U.S. Deep State and military, seem to have surreptitiously  realized the coming defeat on the global stage. 

But not everyone has accepted defeat. The top political leadership of the U.S. has no reverse gear. Nor do their Neocon cheerleaders. These people would destroy the world and every living thing upon it before admitting defeat. They are the domestic U.S. equivalent of Israel’s “Samson option.” 

But the real decision makers may be the leadership of the CIA and top military intelligence. Thus on September 13, 2024, during British Prime Minister Keir Starmer’s visit to Washington, President Biden was forced by the military top brass to read a statement set in front of him that Ukraine would not be allowed to fire long-range missiles at Russian territory. 

This possible glimmer of sanity reflects that Russia has won the arms race, and at least some within the Empire realize it cannot win a protracted Eurasian land war. U.S. air and sea power, always its military backbone, can today be neutralized by Russian air defense and missiles in a war anywhere in Europe. As Andrei Martyanov puts it, the U.S. Armed Forces “cannot fight a peer or better than peer opponent and win such a fight.” (America’s Last War, p. 167.) 

This means U.S. Full Spectrum Dominance has been defeated once and for all. It never came to pass and never will. This includes the intention of total control over all print and electronic communications. Unless what is meant by that term is a suicidal nuclear holocaust once all conventional means of warfare have been countered and checkmated by the rising BRICS+ powers.

Moreover, Russia at any time can provide the Axis of Resistance in the Middle East the weaponry needed to obliterate Israel entirely. But Israel too will disappear as a causus belli, as within five to ten years it will likely cease to exist in lieu of a new Palestinian state with freedom of settlement and religion. The Axis of Resistance is certain of such an outcome. 

Where we are clearly heading is toward a world divided between East and West with what remains of the Empire in competition with BRICS+ for control of the Global South. Thus we are likely looking at a lengthy era of border wars that may yet cause much upheaval and suffering. 

Or, as Pepe Escobar recently put it: “The War on Terror has been debunked; it is now dead. But get ready for serial wars of terror by a Hegemon unaccustomed to not owning the narrative, the seas, and the ground.”

See here. 

While these border wars will provide fodder for endless reams of commentary by cadres of fake analysts and endless opportunities for self-aggrandizement by politicians and grifters of every stripe, they are of no lasting importance. Much better would be a decision by the Empire to finally live in peace with the rest of the world. 

Fadi Lama has depicted the East-West split in his article The west’s Plan B: Secure the realm.

East Is East and West Is West

It is increasingly clear that the world is naturally divided between East and West as reflected, among other things, in their respective religious orientations. British poet Rudyard Kipling emphasized a profound truth by writing that, “East is East and West is West, and never the twain shall meet.” 

The West is definitely far more influenced by Christianity than the rest of the world. The East consists of a number of related religions, including Hinduism, Buddhism, Shintoism, Taoism, and Confucianism, with Islam a bridge between Eastern and Western persuasions. 

The Empire made its big mistake in trying to conquer the East and inflict upon the majority of the world’s population its materialistic obsessions. The hatred this has stirred up will take a long time to dissipate. The Empire is trying to maintain its grip on the Asian rim via the string of nations beginning with Australia and New Zealand and including the Philippines, Taiwan, Korea, and Japan. But cracks are developing in this scene of imperial hegemony also. 

While BRICS+ will see the development of nation-states along the lines of civilizational entities,

the West, stripped of its globalist pretentions, will be wise to look inward at what it has become, what it must atone for, and how it is to survive going forward. 

Survival of the West is not guaranteed, having completely lost its metaphysical center when everything its leaders do is an expediency justified by claims of reacting to imaginary external enemies. 

When governance is based on hysteria and paranoia, survival will not be an easy task. It involves a serious search within Western society for our civilizational roots, including the core ideas of the Christian religion that have been erected into dogmas of intolerance. It involves fighting the forces of dissolution: “Wokeism,” etc. It involves throwing the totalitarians out, such as the WHO, the WEF, etc. And it involves stripping the power of the billionaires. 

Behind all these lurk the cults of revolutionary nihilism. The nihilists still may win control over the West, but never over the entire globe. In the East, they are being defeated by the great historical civilizations. 

So what we now must deal with in the West is the still-lingering elite obsession with destroying the health and sanity of its own population. The right-to-exist of the Western peoples must be recognized and affirmed. Non-Western peoples living in the West should become law-abiding citizens or go back to where they came from. And the Zionists need to shut up, get real jobs, and get on-board with Western values and Western civilization. 

One other factor involves censorship and freedom of speech as specified in the First Amendment to the U.S. Constitution.

I have been engaged in a study of the Habsburgs and am now reading about Philip II of Spain. He had inherited the Philippines as part of the Spanish Empire and was contemplating using it as the springboard for the invasion and conquest of Indochina, followed by China itself. That is, after he conquered and took over England with his invincible Armada.

Well, we know what happened with that! But he also firmly backed the Spanish Inquisition, introducing it in Spanish America in 1570-1571. The historical result of the Inquisition was that the Spanish intelligentsia and nobility was so terrified of persecution that Spain was permanently stunted. Original thought and scholarship never returned. This was likely what was responsible for Spain’s permanent decline and its status today as a non-entity among nations. 

What we are now seeing in Europe and America, and especially the U.K., is the modern version of the Inquisition. It is going to have the same effect in that it will destroy the ability of those nations ever to mount any original thought or innovation out of fear of the “Woke” police like Keir Starmer. This above all is what is likely to ensure the permanent decline of the West and quite possibly the collapse and demise of the U.K. and U.S. themselves. By the time this happens, and it is happening now, Europe will have jumped off the sinking ship.   

 


 

Chapter 6:

American Civil War II?

 

Are we in a new American Civil War to resolve the above issues, if in fact they can be resolved? 

The conflict appears most clearly in the division between the Democratic and Republican Parties. The differences between the two parties have existed since they were created, dating back to the early 19th century when their modern versions came into existence—the Democrats in 1828 and the Whigs/Republicans around 1840.  

The modern Democratic Party was born with the victory of Andrew Jackson in the election of 1828 over incumbent John Quincy Adams, the last president of “The Era of Good Feeling.” The phrase “to the victor go the spoils” was attributed to Jackson and points to the longstanding practice of the Democrats of using the nation’s wealth to create a standing bureaucracy and military to assure its electoral dominance. Of course this is legalized bribery. 

The Republicans, by contrast, have been the party of limited government spending and promotion of private sector economic growth. Even when the Republicans created the army needed to win the Civil War, that army was disbanded soon afterwards. 

Much later it was the Democrats under Woodrow Wilson and Franklin D. Roosevelt who created the massive taxpayer-funded military machines that fought World Wars I and II and, in Roosevelt’s case, the bureaucracies of the alphabet agencies that put much of the nation on the “dole” during the Great Depression.

Andrew Jackson is famous for having destroyed the Second Bank of the United States, which, despite its benefits to oligarchic interests, had become the only engine of national economic development or means of stabilizing the currency that the country possessed in that era.

Jackson sequestered federal tax revenues in an “Independent Treasury,” where they were not available for infrastructure projects such as roads and canals under the Whigs’ proposed “American System.” The result of Jackson’s policies, which were carried forward under his successor Martin Van Buren, was the devastating Panic of 1837, known then as “the Great Depression.” 

At the same time, Jackson utilized as his personal banker the Rothschilds of London. Under Rothschild agent August Belmont, who emigrated to the U.S. in 1837, the Rothschilds gained a foothold in the New York banking community that they never relinquished. 

August Belmont became an immediate success by buying assets for pennies on the dollar during the Panic of 1837. Known as “King of the Money Changers,” Belmont became one of the richest men in America. 

The Democrats were the party of slavery and its expansion into the territories, and potentially into Cuba and Latin America, factors which loomed large in the run-up to the Civil War. The Republicans were emphatically the party of free labor. 

The Democrats, before the Civil War, were closely allied with the bankers of New York and London and favored low tariffs so they could purchase cheap manufactured goods from England. The Whigs and Republicans favored high tariffs to protect the growth of American domestic industry. This continued until the McKinley Tariff of 1890. By contrast, low tariffs and “free trade” have always been the program of the globalists whose policy is to reduce worker living standards to the lowest possible common denominator—to poverty and starvation if need be.  

Such is the case with the Democratic Party today. It is no accident that the Democrats under President Joe Biden and Vice President Kamala Harris have admitted millions of illegal immigrants, with many of those who have jobs working at wage-slave levels, while living in housing subsidized by local Democrat-controlled municipal governments. The crime waves that follow are brushed off by prosecutors elected with money from Soros and his ilk. 

By the time of the Civil War in 1861, with Lincoln having been elected to defend the Union, the Rothschild bankers controlled the Democratic Party behind the party chairmanship of August Belmont. Sounds incredible, but look it up; it’s a fact of history conveniently forgotten by the Democrats of today. 

Behind Belmont, and behind him the Rothschilds, they ran the disgraced Union General George McLellan against Lincoln in the 1864 election on a platform of compromise with the South but lost decisively. The voters could see the bankers’ snake in the grass.

After the war, the Democrats identified with the aristocrats of the defeated South who regained political power when Reconstruction ended by political compromise in 1876. Democratic senators formed the backbone of the “Solid South” until the election of 1968, when Richard Nixon’s “Southern Strategy” began to build Republican Party strength in Dixie in alliance with Republican conservatives elsewhere in the country.

From Lincoln onwards, the Republicans favored nationalistic economic policies, including a high tariff and infrastructure investment, all the way through to the presidency of William McKinley who was assassinated in 1900. The exception to the string of Republican presidencies was that of Democrat Grover Cleveland, a lawyer who had been governor of New York. It was Cleveland who went hat-in-hand to the J.P. Morgan/Rothschild banking syndicate for a bailout in 1893 when the U.S. government faced bankruptcy due to its gold deficit.

As indicated above, the Democrats are the party of unlimited immigration, which in the 19th century swelled the ranks of Democratic voters in cities like New York, Boston, and Chicago, where party machines handed out jobs and welfare benefits in exchange for votes. The same thing was done to get Woodrow Wilson and FDR elected and is happening today with the Democrats having opened the borders to a flood of would-be voters to get Biden and now Kamala Harris elected. In every respect, the Democrats are acting true to form, including their out-of-control spending and their globalist orientation and allegiances. 

Above all, the Democratic Party is a front for the billionaires who would destroy our nation for profit. Where do you think their fabulously wealthy donors come from who cover their tracks with “woke” platitudes?

It was a Democratic president, Woodrow Wilson, who signed the Federal Reserve Act of 1913 that opened the floodgates to control of U.S. finances by the international banking cartel run out of the City of London. In fact, it was the Rothschilds who actually wrote the Federal Reserve Act. See Our Country, Then and Now. 

It was FDR who took us into World War II by inducing the Japanese attack at Pearl Harbor. In both cases, the Republican Party included a strong anti-war element that was suppressed and vilified. In 1948, the Republican rank-and-file wanted to nominate Senator Robert Taft as president. Taft was a conservative senator who opposed Truman’s National Security State. But the Rockefellers threw their weight to get internationalist Dwight D. Eisenhower nominated and elected instead, so the Cold War moved along without a break. 

John F. Kennedy was an economic nationalist who broke the mold of Democratic presidents in 1960. But he was killed by the warmongers who moved ahead with their Vietnam project, followed later by the Neocon takeover under Reagan. 

Obviously influences change with the wind, with both political parties implicated in the era of endless wars we are now suffering through, but today there is no question that the Democrats have reverted to historical form by being the party of massive bureaucracies, the suffocating war machine, open borders and immigration without limits, the overwhelming power of the Deep State, censorship, erosion of constitutional rights, unlimited governmental surveillance, and corruption—in short, a continuing criminal enterprise vastly more powerful and dangerous than any we have ever had. 

The Democratic Party today is a Mafia gang disguised as a political party. In suppressing freedom of speech, the gang is deeply in cahoots with similar creatures from the U.K. See this. I don’t call it the ANGLO-American-Zionist Empire for nothing. 

Image: Tim Walz and Kamala Harris together in March 2024, prior to the start of the Harris 2024 campaign. Walz would go on to become the campaign’s vice presidential candidate. (From the Public Domain)

Heading the Democratic Party are two candidates—Kamala Harris and Timothy Walz—nominated by the leadership clique on the basis of identity politics and who have no qualifications whatsoever to govern a nuclear superpower with the respective arsenals of the U.S. and Russia on hair-trigger alert. To picture two such non-entities at the head of American government is beyond appalling. It points to a nation of criminals, lunatics—and traitors. 

The Republicans, by contrast, have nominated for president and vice-president two individuals—former President Donald Trump and Republican Senator J.D. Vance—who are clearly in the tradition of American economic nationalism similar to the Republicans of by-gone days. Now added to their support is another American nationalist—Robert F. Kennedy, Jr., who has been forced to leave the Democratic Party that nurtured his father and uncle.

It is interesting that the Democrats and their controlled press—led as always by the elitist New York Times—is attacking and ridiculing Trump much as Lincoln was attacked and ridiculed way back when. 

Cheerleading the attacks are millions of hangers-on who “work” at all levels of government, at NGOs, for the military, for the Deep State, for “think tanks,” for international institutions, or for “non-profits,” and who think nothing of bleeding taxpayers for the benefit of their own status, aggrandizement, and profiteering. 

Indeed, this class pays itself handsomely as it poses as America’s aristocracy.

I add to this list the vast cadres of “work-at-home” employees who have benefited from the tragedies of the COVID pandemic and the “virtual” workplaces appearing on internet platforms conjured up by Silicon Valley. What will become of all these people when someone pulls the plug like Russia is doing to Ukraine’s late, great power grid?

Then there is the mass of civil service, military, and Social Security retirees whose annual COLAs—compounded—are a huge source of inflation and also serve to create a permanent voting bloc to cover Democratic Party grift. 

Given all these factors, it is difficult to see how the Republicans will ever win another presidential election, but we shall see. The conflict between the two parties is permanent and endemic. But it is just as difficult to see how a nation governed by grift, backed by a military that has not won an actual war or proxy conflict since Japan surrendered in 1945, can survive in an age when BRICS+ is advancing at breakneck speed to make world commerce its own.

Unfortunately, Donald Trump is, and has always been, a political amateur, which was proven by the ease with which the Deep State manipulated and bamboozled him during his previous presidency. This included being conned by Israel to support moving the U.S. embassy to Jerusalem and Anthony Fauci blithely suckering him into actively promoting the fake pandemic through “Operation Warp Speed,” etc. 

J.D. Vance has the potential to become a master politician, but he is just getting started. Kennedy had trouble gaining traction throughout his truncated campaign. His loss of master-politician Dennis Kucinich as campaign manager was an early disaster, and his economic program which embraced Bitcoin as an economic panacea remained anemic. 

The opponents of this trio among the Shadow Men and intelligence operatives who now trot Harris-Walz across the stage are consummate professionals at assassination, false flags, and other mayhem and have their long knives at the ready, as already shown by the infamous January 6, 2021, set-up; the July 13 and September 15, 2024, Trump assassination attempts; the current unresolved “lawfare” attacks against Trump by Merrick Garland, Jack Smith, Fani Willis, et.al.; and the rigged travesty of the September 10, 2024 Harris/Trump “debate.”

Failure by Both Parties to Address the Banking System

Unfortunately, neither political party has addressed the financial system that lies at the root of so many problems. This is the system run by the central banks of the Western nations based on fractional reserve lending and usury. A strong case can be made that ultimate control over this system comes out of Europe and the ancient families that have ruled the Old World for centuries. The Bank for International Settlements in Basle, Switzerland, is often mentioned as the system’s institutional overseer. None of the presidential or vice-presidential candidates offer a clue that they have ever even heard of this system which is explained in my book Our Country, Then and Now and many other sources. 

Further, every utopian scheme put forth by such collectives as the UN, the WEF, NATO, or the respective governments of the Western nations presumes a “rules-based” order with the financial billionaires at the top. When I was at the U.S. Treasury Department post 9/11, we had meetings defining the banking system as “critical infrastructure,” meaning it was to be defended by all available means, including military force, and that any attempt to disrupt it was defined as “terrorism.”  

A better term than “rules-based” would be “usury-based.” And it’s this usury-based system that persists only through military power that is destroying humanity. As I wrote in a recent article: 

“The U.S. is in long-term economic decline due to geopolitical factors—the proxy war against Russia in Ukraine, for example—causing a major reduction in dollar hegemony internationally and an increase in the federal debt which now amounts to over $35 trillion.

“At the same time, the overall goal of the U.S. economy is to keep the stock market growing at an average rate of 3-5% compounded. Given an economy where economic growth is essentially stagnant; i.e., the only added value is through inflation, every company must cut costs even more. This means lowering wages relative to workers’ cost of living and reducing product quality, including that of food.”

Three Politicians Who Have Challenged the System

Our ruinous financial system has been challenged by only three living politicians. One is former U.S. representative Ron Paul, who has been calling for many years to “audit the Fed.” 

The second is former U.S. representative Dennis Kucinich, who proposed the National Emergency Employment Defense Act in 2011 that would replace the Federal Reserve with a system of national currency. I describe the NEED Act and my own role in helping to bring it to pass in the Appendix to Our Country, Then and Now. 

The third is representative Thomas Massie (R-KY), who proposed legislation on May 16, 2024, to abolish the Federal Reserve. Unfortunately, Mr. Massie has not given any indication of what he would replace it with. The NEED Act, which Mr. Massie must know about but failed to reference, would satisfy that concern. 

In the area of globalist banking, the willful ignorance of the U.S. political class is staggering. No wonder we are far along the path of losing our country altogether. Under the rubric “Wagging the Dog,” they used to start wars to distract attention from economic problems. I don’t think that will work anymore. 

Public Banking

There is a promising development in the field of public banking being led by the Public Banking Institute founded by Ellen Brown, author of the classic Web of Debt. Brown cites as an exemplar of public banking the century-old Bank of North Dakota, the only government-owned general-service bank in the U.S. It is the legal depository for all state funds in North Dakota, and uses these deposits to fund business development, farming, and small business. Florida has now come up with a plan for its own Florida State Sunshine Bank. One of its purposes is to keep private banks from “debanking” customers on political or religious grounds. 

Ellen Brown points out, however, that “Florida may run up against Federal Reserve and FDIC rules for obtaining a Fed master account, which is required for the Sunshine Bank to join the federal payment system.” See here. Thus, no matter what, the globalist central banking system controls access to the banking game. Any bank that is part of the system must adhere to the Fed’s interest rate policies, where any interest rate above 1%, which is the break-even point for banking expenses, should be considered usury, according to the late Stephen Zarlenga, head of the American Monetary Institute. The same applies to banks owned by Indian tribes on reservations, which is another form of public banking, but equally beholden to the globalist system. 

Trump’s Economic Program

On September 5, 2024, the Trump campaign introduced an eight-point plan “to defeat inflation, make America affordable again, and return the United States to explosive economic growth.” See Here. 

The centerpiece of the plan is to rebuild U.S. industry through protective tariffs, which is a time-honored Republican policy centerpiece that the globalist Democrats have always opposed vociferously. The plan also entails scrapping the “Green New Deal,” expanding extraction of fossil fuels, investing in a healthy food supply, creating new affordable housing, and setting up a Sovereign Wealth Fund for infrastructure investment. 

The plan also calls for “making America the world-capital for crypto and Bitcoin.” While this is far from comprehensive monetary reform, the provision mirrors RFK, Jr.’s, advocacy for a peoples’ currency free from the control of central banks. The next step would be to abolish the Federal Reserve altogether in favor of a new national currency as Rep. Kucinich proposed in 2011.

Meanwhile, the madcap Christian Zionists attribute our peril to their “God” and look forward to, or even call for, the very Armageddon that may be unavoidable. I attribute our peril to our own stupidity, greed, ignorance, and cowardice that may require many centuries to run its course. One thing seems certain: implosion and collapse. 

And what is the alternative to radically-enforced eugenics and genocide to making earth a happy home? It is to create a decent, wholesome society where all members of the Human Family can grow up as sane, productive, positive members of society. 

This does not mean a “perfect” world. 

Nor does it mean the massive “planning” documents such as Biden’s January 10, 2023, “Declaration of North America” or similar documents proclaimed by the UN, WEF, WHO, etc., which are written by bureaucrats in favor of more government “programs” to solve often non-existent problems by spending taxpayer money for salaries of even more “experts,” to solve even more non-existent problems ad infinitum, forever and ever, amen. 

To beat a dead donkey, let’s once again point out that all this grift is the staple of today’s Democratic Party. 

Real change would mean government and its “experts” getting out of the way so ordinary people can live their lives in peace according to the Golden Rule. 

Civil War Is Worldwide

While this section focuses on the U.S., civil war may be breaking out not only here but also in Israel and Europe. There too the battle may go violent as the Empire’s hegemony collapses worldwide. But individuals everywhere in the West also sense new opportunities alongside ramped up repression by the endangered elites. 

As stated earlier, crucial to the outcome is the war being waged by the globalists against freedom of speech, particularly freedom of expression on the internet and social media. Abolishment of free speech is one of their primary aims. Here the war is being fought daily by every individual who cares about the future of humanity. 

The war is also being fought with respect to attempts by globalist institutions like the UN, the WHO, the WTO, and others, to strip nation-states of sovereignty. These attempts are being opposed by figures within the Republican Party and groups like the Door to Freedom and Our Country Our Choice. 

 


 

Chapter 7:

Spiritual Transformation

 

What can bring about peace in the world? I don’t believe any “reforms” will ever do that without changes to the human personality which can only be self-directed. 

Nor will anything ever make life on earth “perfect,” because human beings are not in their essence earthly beings. All real religions point potentially to a higher spiritual state than mere terrestrial satiety or safety.  

But there is the possibility that through Spirit, people may learn to get along through cooperation and compromise instead of war. 

There can be a spiritual outcome, however, only when we see self-directed improvements in the lives of the individuals involved, regardless of race, religion, nationality, or ideology.  But each person’s spiritual path is unique. 

My Journey

Until age 16, I attended the Episcopal Church with my family. Things began to fall apart with the societal disintegration that came with the JFK assassination, the Vietnam War, and the CIA’s assault on young Americans, with the distribution of LSD on college campuses and the infliction on the population of crippling psychotropic medication. 

Doctors were giving it out like candy, emptying the mental hospitals by turning their patients into vegetables. I witnessed and suffered greatly from all this, but was still able to recover and get a job with the federal government. 

It was also the era of “cults,” Scientology being one notorious example. I’m not afraid to admit that for 12 years I was an active member of a cult operating out of Washington, D.C., at the same time that I was starting to work as a federal government analyst. This particular cult promised its followers they could “wake up” and not be just “automatons” reacting to “external influences.” Various complex “tasks” and mathematical exercises set to music were given.

The cult was highly placed within Washington, D.C., society. You can read something about it in a book called Mary’s Mosaic.  If you questioned the leaders, broke secrecy, or—heaven forbid—quit the organization, you were viewed as one who had “died.” I broke these rules and had to move out of a cult-owned residence after a fire I believed was set deliberately.

For the next few years our family lived in a run-down farmhouse a couple of hours commuting distance from work. I worked at several jobs to make ends meet. Efforts to join a local church proved pointless. I then began to study Islam and read the Koran. But I had long been interested in Eastern religions, so was able to get in touch with an ashram in India devoted to a deceased Hindu saint named Ramdas. 

This seemed like the real thing. I corresponded with Ramdas’s successor, a man named Satchitananda, and was given the name “Ramcharandas,” which means, “Servant of the Feet of God.” 

I began to feel a need to learn how to meditate, with the idea that only by going deeply within could I find the peace that had eluded me my whole life. In May 1998 I attended a retreat in the New York Catskill Mountains put on by a woman Indian teacher named Karunamayi. She had published a book where she said that the greatest living Indian meditation master was a guru named Shivabalayogi. I made contact and learned that a man named Shivabalayogi would be visiting Roanoke, Virginia, the coming September. 

I traveled with “Swamiji” on his U.S. summer tours for seven years. It was one thing to read about these teachings and another to spend time with people who lived them. I did in fact learn to meditate and continue to this day. My account of Swamiji’s teaching may be found in a book I wrote entitled, In the Footsteps of the Yogi.

What I learned during this period was life-changing, but by now I was 60 years old. In 2007 I retired from the federal government and published two books reflecting my government service: Challenger Revealed on the 1986 Challenger disaster that I witnessed at NASA and We Hold These Truths: The Hope of Monetary Reform on what I had learned about the U.S. monetary system while working for the U.S. Treasury.  

Both books were “off the beaten path”: way off. But I also continued my spiritual search, trying to relate what I had learned about meditation to Western spiritual teachings. This brought me to two books by the German spiritual teacher Eckhart Tolle: The Power of Now and The New Earth. 

An article I came across about Eckhart Tolle spoke of his childhood and youth when, as a post-World War II German, he was suffering deep depression and had gone to Spain to live with his father. It turned out that his father was a reader of the works of German spiritual master Bô Yin Râ (Joseph Anton Schneiderfranken, 1876-1943). I learned that books by Bô Yin Râ were becoming available in English translation through the Kober Press of Berkeley, CA, and another publisher in Amsterdam. 

I began reading everything by Bô Yin Râ I could find and have never looked back. I am now starting to read his books in German. My wife Karen and I visited his birthplace in Franconia, Germany, and I am in touch with his German Stiftung. 

Though Bô Yin Râ was raised a Roman Catholic, his teachings apply to all faiths and religions. His books are particularly inspiring, and intensely practical, when speaking of prayer. His book On Prayer is the best on the topic I have ever read, and I cannot recommend it too highly. Clearly prayer is desperately needed in today’s crisis. 

Here is an article I wrote for Three Sages on Bô Yin Râ’s teachings, focusing on his primary text, Book on the Living God. Also see this review of his The Book on Life Beyond.

Bô Yin Râ writes of a better time ahead as more people are born who have a spiritual orientation. He writes that even in his day, signs could be seen, and that was a century ago. 

 


 

Addendum 1:

The Fourteen Holy Helpers

 

In his book More Light, Bô Yin Râ speaks of the Fourteen Holy Helpers, who are saints that appeared in the 14th century to help people in Germany suffering from the Black Death. The presence of the Fourteen Holy Helpers is expressed in the following nighttime prayer:

When at night I go to sleep,
Fourteen angels watch do keep,
Two my head are guarding,
Two my feet are guiding;
Two upon my right hand,
Two upon my left hand.
Two who warmly cover
Two who o’er me hover,
Two to whom ’tis given
To guide my steps to heaven

I firmly believe in the help available to human beings from the heavenly realm. The names of the Fourteen Holy Helpers and the conditions they treat are said to be as follows. 

May you find some of the help you seek in our own plague-filled era by directing your prayers to one or more of these saints or to any others you choose to follow. I also know that St. Michael and St. Anthony always stand ready to help. I also know that for prayers to be answered, we first must ask.

.

 


 

Addendum 2:

Richard Wagner (1813-1883)

 

When citing German culture, we return to Richard Wagner, creator of The Ring of the Nibelung, the great 19th century prophecy of the coming of the modern age in which Wagner depicts allegorically the travails through which humanity must past to achieve its promised future. The Empire has been trying in vain to block this future from arising, as such a future has no place for the exploitation of humanity.  

.

File:Siegfried dans la forge de Regin.jpg

Siegfried at Regin’s forge to receive the sword he will use to slay Fafnir the dragon in Richard Wagner’s cycle Ring of the Nibelung: Painting 1880 by Wilhelm Ernst Ferdinand Franz Hauschild (1827-1887), Neuschwanstein Castle collection  (Source: Wikimedia Commons)

.

In contrast to the dwarves and dragons whose grip on the world is passing away, Wagner wrote:

“Love in its most perfect reality is only possible between the sexes; it is only as man and woman that human beings can truly love….It is an error to look on this as only one of the forms in which love is revealed, as if there were other forms coequal with it, or even superior to it….It is only in the union of man and woman by love (sensuous and supersensuous) that the human being exists…”

Perhaps the best source for Wagner’s adulation of the Eternal Feminine is his opera Tannhäuser. 

Source of quotation: George Bernard Shaw, “The Perfect Wagnerite: A Commentary on the Niblung’s Ring,” Dover edition, 1967, p. 99-100.

 


 

Addendum 3:

Jesus on a White Horse

 

See here.

Here is a summary of the speech (in the video below) of former British Ambassador Craig Murray describing the transition of Britain and the West in general into Tyranny.

The UK has criminalized dissent.

A new Public Order Act makes it illegal to hold a rally or demonstration if it “inconveniences” anyone. This gives the state unlimited power to clamp down on any demonstration.

A new National Security Act makes it illegal to accept funding if it comes from “a hostile state” (there is no definition of what qualifies as a “hostile state”).

A new Public Safety Act makes it a criminal offense to publish “misinformation” (there is no definition of “misinformation” — the government decides).

It is all about control of the narrative. Zionist lobbies have great influence on official narratives across the West.

Citizens of the West are not allowed to accuse Israel of genocide; this is increasingly being equated with being a “terrorist”.

Anti-terrorism powers are being used to prevent any criticism of Israel.

Murray, a former British Ambassador, was arrested at the airport under the “Terrorism Act” for attending a pro-Palestine demonstration in Iceland.

Under the Terrorism Act, if you are arrested at an airport, you have no right to remain silent, no right to a lawyer, you must turn over all your electronic devices with the passwords.

If you refuse to turn over your electronic devices, it is two years in prison.

Two years in prison for refusing to answer a question.

Many people are being detained under anti-terrorist legislation, including a professor from Paris and several independent journalists, who all have been detained as was Murray.

There is a continual attempt to connect people to Russia. The FBI detained an American professor who spoke with Murray at a pro-Palestine demonstration and had all his electronic devices confiscated.

Crackdowns on free speech, freedom of assembly, and any form of dissent are happening all across the Western world in an increasing frequency.

As the West trumpets the importance of “freedom and democracy”, it simultaneously limits the freedoms of its own peoples and moves towards complete totalitarianism.

Dr. Paul Craig Roberts, September 18 2024

Video: Former British Ambassador Craig Murray

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Get Your Free Copy of “Towards a World War III Scenario: The Dangers of Nuclear War”! 

Paul Craig Roberts is a renowned author and academic, chairman of The Institute for Political Economy where this article was originally published. Dr. Roberts was previously associate editor and columnist for The Wall Street Journal. He was Assistant Secretary of the Treasury for Economic Policy during the Reagan Administration. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Introduction by Peter Koenig

Dr. Rima Laibow, co-founder and medical director of Natural Solutions Foundation, makes an urgent appeal to the world population which may not be aware of what the United Nations have in store for the us, the People, during their ongoing General Assembly in New York.

September 22 and 23 are reserved for “debating” this topic to which in anticipation several governments, including Canada, have already given their approval. It is a plan for a borderless digital control in the future. In other words, towards a digital gulag — the first step towards a One World Order.

See also these two recent articles on the same subject: this and this.

As Dr. Laibow correctly points out, it is important that this information reaches as many people as possible and as soon as possible. Time is of the essence.

These are the various links, displaying the same video message – in case one or the other of the links has been censored out.

And below is the transcript of Dr. Rima Laibow’s video speech.

***

Surviving the UN Is Exiting the UN

by Dr. Rima Laibow, Presentation at the Chisinau, Moldova Forum 25-26 May 2024 (12 September 2024)

You may also watch the video here, here, and here.

See also this, Canada Threatened – Stop Bill C-293 – Emergency Action (4 September 2024)

If this bill is not stopped, Canada could become one of the first countries to adopt the UN Agenda for the Future of the World – A digital Gulag 

Transcript of Dr. Laibow’s presentation is below.

*

Hello, I am honoured and pleased to be with you today in the Chișinău Forum. This is a very important project bringing information and options and depth of understanding to people around the world and I’m honoured to be among the participants.

I want to talk as a physician.

The body politic is ailing and is under attack. There is a death machine which has been constructed slowly, carefully, beautifully, brilliantly with endless resources and the ability to create propaganda to a really unprecedented degree so that the angst of the tyranny through deep village enslavement and it’s an enslavement that is so profound that it begins with the deepening and then proceeds outward preaching subhuman species, not just suppressed. That process has been in play for at least 100 years.

Now, as a physician, I have because my goal as a doctor chose to come what the root cause of whatever their symptom was and to solve the root cause of the problem then the symptoms be alleviated. Now, if the symptoms were lethal and overwhelming, I would work to solve the symptoms but my goal was to find the root cause of the problem, fix that and then let the problem fix itself. In 2004, after having been alerted by a patient to the fact that a great culling was about to begin and the culling was to be of the useless eaters and after doing a great deal of research to find out what that meant, I realized that the patient was quite correct and that the culling of the useless eaters had been prepared for over a very long time and what I learned was that with Tory philanthropy, which we should have as the Rockefeller had used sources starting with John D. Rockefeller Sr., the world’s first billionaire and wealthiest person ever have lived on the planet.

The visionary and truly John D. Rockefeller Sr. was a great science of eugenics, getting rid of the people who live on this planet. It’s a great idea and in fact, it was John D. Rockefeller Jr. who introduced eugenics, setting up the Kaiser Wilhelm Institute to study the science of eugenics before, during and after the Second World War. Approximately 36, I’m sorry, approximately 36 scientists, scientists, even bringing them to the United States after the Second World Scholars Program.

Now at the same time, Rockefeller created the discipline of public health to take over the decision-making of countries and their subsidiary units down to individuals and created the structure that we now call the United Nations with its subsidiary organization, the World Health Organization and UNESCO and all of the other bits and pieces of the United Nations, each of which is robed in light and beauty and propaganda that says that this death machine called the United Nations, which is really a country club of unelected nobodies, it’s a private club, nothing more. And the World Health Organization, which is a nascent global tyranny through medical issues, basically a business plan to take over resources at every level, nothing more. And each of the other pieces is also robed in glory of education and humanitarian capture and so on.

And of course, all of it is nonsense. It’s all about tyranny. It’s all about a tyrannical system, which is so profound and so complete that it is in essence the apotheosis of what every dictator in the world has ever hoped for.

So laying their plans for about 140 years, these uber wealthy tyrants who believe that like Bill Gates and George Soros and Oprah Winfrey and the other modern predatory philanthropists, that they have the right because of their wealth to determine who lives, who dies and under what conditions and with what genetic makeup, these people live and die. The predatory trap is about to be fully sprung. Unfortunately, most of the attention that has been given to this geopolitical threat has been given to the World Health Organization.

Now, two and a half years ago, I thought that we had time for gradualism, that we could start with getting out of the World Health Organization and we could then take the momentum of our success and get out of the United Nations next. Seven months ago, however, I realized that that was a political, strategic and tactical error. And by the way, in 2004, I closed my practice of medicine in order to create with my husband, Major General Albert N. Sebelbaum III, the Natural Solutions Foundation, to deal with the disease of the body politic, which was the death intention being brought about by a death machine known as the UN.

And I urge you, whenever you hear the phrase UN, to think about its real meaning, which is unelected nobodies. We realized that there was indeed a plan to cull the population and to diminish it genetically and in every other way and compress it into transit villages, take away property rights, parental rights, human rights, the right of informed consent, judicial rights, the age of consent concept, and so on. And we decided that we had to help derail that process.

And that is the purpose of the Natural Solutions Foundation. My husband, a brilliant strategic analyst, was murdered in the course of doing this work, so we know that we’re on the right track. Otherwise, there wouldn’t be any point to that, would there? So the point is, now, if we focus on the United Nations, we can solve the problem, the underlying problem.

If, on the other hand, we focus entirely on the Pandemic Prevention Preparedness Accord, on the international health regulations, even if we were to get our countries out of those organizations tomorrow, even if we were to cancel our participation in the World Holocaust Organization, which would be a name for it, we are still facing Agenda 2030. We are still facing the digital gulag. We are still facing the Great Reset.

We are still facing the C40 program, where you own nothing, where you are happy because you’re drugged, where your biological activity is captured through piezoelectric farming, and you make the patent holder of your now transmuted genetic structure wealthy through your biological continued existence. That’s a kind of slavery that we’ve never, never encountered before. The biochemical genetic enslavement and destruction of an entire species dominant on the planet, for good or ill, for a very long time, until the predatory philanthropist said, well, no, I believe that I can be God, and articulate that, as Yuval Harari does, and decide what you will be, starting first with the two discriminators of alive or dead, and then moving second to the discriminator of master or subhuman delta in the brave new world sense.

Now, it was published by Algis Huxley of Fabian Socialist, which is the older name for globalists, in 1932, as a blueprint for where we are going. Recently, Klaus Schwab, now the former head of the World Economic Forum, said that all human reproduction would take place outside of the human body by 2030. That’s very close to the basic premise of brave new world, in which everyone is synthetically created and controlled externally.

After the details of how that is being enacted, what I can tell you is that we are wasting our time, but the World Health Organization, pushing back against atrocities, and they are atrocious, absolutely, World Health is unthinkably horrendous. We need to debate that. So is the pandemic, of course.

So all the things the World Health Organization does, including the public health emergency of international concern, those are atrocious. You’re playing out of what the patient was created to be, which is a global medical tyranny, but infection, the real cancer, is not done on the derriere of the monster, the Michigan, in the United Nations. Now, your country, in order to think of everything that the United Nations intends to do to your sovereignty, to your country, and to any decisions about your life whatsoever, including your life, the real question is, can your country leave the United Nations? And here’s where I bring you good news.

Every country in the world has fallen prey to a deception, and the deception is that it has treaty obligations with the United Nations, and because of those treaty obligations, they must do what the United Nations says they must do, in terms of health, in terms of land use, in terms of migration, in terms of economics through the World Trade Organization, and the World Bank, and the International Monetary Fund, and so on, and so on. It’s all a lie. It’s a deceit, and here’s why.

If you check out the Vienna Conference on the Law of Treaties, which had two main findings in 1961 and in 1969, you will find explicitly stated the treaties can only take place between sovereign states, parties, countries. That means that Moldova, for instance, which has in its constitution that it must participate in the United Nations, and the United States, which has in its constitution that the president can sign a treaty with the advice and consent of the Senate. Neither of those nations, nor any other nation in the world, is in a treaty relationship with the United Nations.

They are in a fraudulent deceit relationship, because the United Nations is a private country club, both in the sense of the old boys sitting around having fun and deciding what happens next, and in terms of an association of countries. That’s all that it is. It’s not a sovereign nation.

The United States is currently considering a bill in its Congress, both in the House and the Senate, called Disengaging Entirely from the United Nations Debacle Act of 2023, H.R.6645 and H.R.3428. Those two bills, I beg your pardon, which comprise the Disengaging Entirely from the United Nations Debacle Act of 2023 must pass both the House and the Senate with enough of a majority, a super majority, to override the inevitable veto that whoever happens to be sitting in the chair in the Oval Office will issue. Once the United States leaves the unelected nobody’s death machine, all of its parts and pieces, including the World Health Organization, once that happens, other countries will be free to do so. It is my prediction that the globalists will allow that body to collapse, and they’ll come back around again with something else, trying once again.

But the destruction of agriculture ceases. The uncontrolled migration ceases. The requirement for the comprehensive sexuality education, making sure that every child is confused and traumatized and degraded in their ability to move forward on a psychosexual developmental level, that ceases to be a requirement.

In fact, it is critically important that countries remove themselves from the non-treaty obligation that they never had in the first place. If you know anyone in the United States, I urge you to support their going to preventgenocide2030.org and take the action there to demand that the members of their Congress, whether they’re corrupt, whether they’re not corrupt, whether they’re intellectually in line with what we’re talking about or not, really doesn’t matter. We simply have to force them to act on our behalf.

I urge you to send anyone you know who has a residence or an address in the United States to take that action at preventgenocide2030.org, and then I urge you to force your country out of this death machine before September 23rd of this year, 2024. Why before then? Because on that day, the United Nations General Assembly is slated to approve the pact for the future, which makes absolutely and abundantly clear that the world tyranny will be enacted and will be irreversible thereafter.

This is a message of great urgency, and I thank you for the opportunity to deliver it.

Please feel free to contact me at Dr. Rima at naturalsolutionsfoundation.com if I can be of assistance to you, and please visit https://preventgenocide2030.org/ to learn more and to take action.

Thank you.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Get Your Free Copy of “Towards a World War III Scenario: The Dangers of Nuclear War”! 

Dr. Rima Laibow is the Medical Doctor of the Natural Solutions Foundation.

Peter Koenig is a geopolitical analyst and a former Senior Economist at the World Bank and the World Health Organization (WHO), where he worked for over 30 years around the world. He is the author of Implosion – An Economic Thriller about War, Environmental Destruction and Corporate Greed; and co-author of Cynthia McKinney’s book “When China Sneezes: From the Coronavirus Lockdown to the Global Politico-Economic Crisis” (Clarity Press – November 1, 2020).

Peter is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG). He is also a non-resident Senior Fellow of the Chongyang Institute of Renmin University, Beijing.

Featured image is a screenshot from the video

In recent days the chances of a direct war between Russia and NATO/USA have increased like never before since the Cuban missile crisis of 1962.

This has happened due to a series of red lines being crossed culminating with increased possibility of long range weapons supplied by the USA and close allies to Ukraine being used to strike targets in mainland Russia, and Russia declaring this to be the weapon supplying countries like the USA and the UK in particular engaging in warfare against Russia.  

While at the time of writing it is still possible that better sense may prevail and the weapon supplying countries may still convey a clear message, more or less, that they are not going to cross this red line (by restraining Ukraine from using these long-range weapons against mainland Russia), nevertheless the enormity of the dangers should not be underestimated at a time when such serious transgressions of safety are taking place. 

Further, direct confrontation between Russia and USA/NATO implies World War 3 and nuclear war. Instead of merely, and perhaps falsely, hoping for better sense to prevail, let humanity realize that we are in fact closer to nuclear war compared to any other time since 1962.

Any confrontation between Russia and USA/NATO means a confrontation involving countries which have close to 12,000 nuclear weapons, the actual use of just 5 per cent of which is enough to destroy the world from its direct and indirect (including ‘nuclear winter’) impacts.

One reason why such possibilities have not received the kind of enormous public attention and concern, ironically, is that people tend to believe that such unthinkable horrors will never be allowed to happen by the world’s top leaders, particularly western leaders.

However, quite apart from the fact that some of these leaders have been acting in extremely irresponsible and dangerous ways in matters relating to wars and weapons, we need to realize that in certain conditions if some countries remain in danger and high tension zones for a long enough time, it is possible that misunderstandings, high levels of suspicions and technological flaws relating to weapon and surveillance systems can result in starting a nuclear war that no one actually wants.

A nuclear war that no one actually wants can also start, and once it starts very extreme harm can be done to our beautiful, full of life but also highly targeted and vulnerable world in a matter of minutes and hours, not days or weeks.

This is why the advice of wisdom and caution in the context of nuclear weapon countries is—don’t ever step into the danger zone, and if you have entered get out as early as possible.

This is the voice of caution that the USA-led West in particular has neglected in recent times. Instead they have chosen foolishly to play very dangerous games and to practice brinkmanship. This can prove to be a huge, unprecedented disaster for humanity and in fact for all forms of life.

Imagine a family that suddenly finds that there is a bomb in a part of their home. The family comes to know that if the bomb explodes near them they all will die, but the actual chance of this bomb exploding is only about one per cent or so.

On the basis of that one per cent risk, it is considered wise for the family not to remove the bomb on their own but to evacuate from the house till a specialized bomb defusing squad with all the specialist equipment is called to defuse and remove the bomb. All this trouble is taken on the widely accepted and respected principle that when there is risk of ‘everyone dying’, even a one per cent risk is unacceptable. But in the course of brinkmanship and recklessness to enter and stay in the danger zone for too long, western leaders have already raised the risk of a nuclear war in which ‘everyone dies’ to at least 5 to 10 per cent. 

This is not an alarmist view; this may well be an understatement. Kindly also consider that one of the important actors involved in the decision making, the President of Ukraine, has given several indications that he is actually keenly interested in making this a wider war involving his western supporters more directly, and he has some even more hawkish persons and forces (like neo-Nazi elements) on his side who may press for even deeper or more frequent strikes beyond the permissions given by the weapon supplying countries.

In such a situation, of course, the best option is to end the Ukraine war as early as possible, without any further destruction. But if this does not happen, then other means of preventing escalation to a level of third world war or nuclear war certainly need to be considered. Such a high level of possibility of such a big danger as exists today is unacceptable.

One immediate possibility is for several eminent statesmen, diplomats and war veterans, particularly of leading western countries, to emerge from their retirement and get together to prepare a number of appeals, one after the other, to move away from the high danger zone. They should form committees and take out delegations to meet senior policy makers and to help public campaigns till the desired results can be achieved. Secondly, there should be a big surge in the peace movement all over the word, but more particularly, in leading western countries, till the desired results of avoiding the escalation towards a nuclear war and WW3 can be achieved. Thirdly, the United Nations should be involved much more actively in reducing the possibilities of a major escalation towards WW3 and nuclear war.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Get Your Free Copy of “Towards a World War III Scenario: The Dangers of Nuclear War”! 

Bharat Dogra is Honorary Convener, Campaign to Save Earth Now. His recent books include Protecting Earth for Children, Planet in Peril, Earth without Borders and A Day in 2071. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Why Is Israel Bulldozing Cemeteries in Gaza? Mike Whitney

September 19th, 2024 by Mike Whitney

Scroll down to read the article in Arabic. AI translation

قم بالتمرير لأسفل لقراءة المقال باللغة العربية

لماذا تقوم إسرائيل بجرف المقابر في غزة؟ مايك ويتني

According to CNN:

The Israeli military has desecrated at least 16 cemeteries in its ground offensive in Gaza,… leaving gravestones ruined, soil upturned, and, in some cases, bodies unearthed…

In Khan Younis, in southern Gaza, where fighting escalated earlier this week, Israeli forces destroyed a cemetery, removing bodies in what the Israel Defense Forces (IDF) told CNN was part of a search for the remains of hostages seized by Hamas during the October 7 terror attacks. CNN

Why are they doing this?

The IDF has produced no evidence of hostages, land mines, tunnels, weapons-caches or Hamas militants. It’s all an excuse to destroy the plots of land where people bury their loved ones. But, why? These graveyards pose no security threat to the IDF or to the Israeli state. They’re just cemeteries.

CNN has reviewed satellite imagery and social media footage showing the destruction of cemeteries and witnessed it firsthand while traveling with the IDF in a convoy. Together the evidence reveals a systemic practice where Israeli ground forces have advanced across the Gaza Strip.

The intentional destruction of religious sites, such as cemeteries, violates international law, except under narrow circumstances relating to that site becoming a military objective, and legal experts told CNN that Israel’s acts could amount to war crimes. CNN

You can tell that the journalist covering this story is disturbed by what he’s seen. He’s disturbed because plowing up the withered remains of loved ones –and leaving them to rot in the sun among clods of dirt and broken headstones– is a shockingly callous and evil thing to do. We don’t expect humans to behave this way. We expect them to show some small amount of respect for the dead. But, here, we see the exact opposite. Here, we see corpses treated like garbage that must be disposed of so the settlement project can move ahead.

Here’s CNN‘s televised report:

It’s worth noting, that other cemeteries in Gaza, that contain the bodies of Christians and Jews, have not been disturbed, which suggests that the policy is directed at a particular ethnicity, Arabs.

It’s also worth noting that the destruction of cemeteries is a clear violation of international law under the Rome Statute. This reinforces the claim that Israel is conducting a genocide, in fact, South Africa has referred to the IDF’s destruction of cemeteries in Gaza as evidence of genocide in its case at the International Court of Justice. Keep in mind, the definition of genocide goes beyond the mass killing of a particular ethnic group. It refers to “a policy to destroy a group, in whole or in part.” Raphael Lemkin’s Definition of Genocide helps to clarify this point:

… genocide does not necessarily mean the immediate destruction of a nation…. It is intended rather to signify a coordinated plan of different actions aiming at the destruction of essential foundations of the life of national groups, with the aim of annihilating the groups themselves….

The crime of genocide should be recognized therein as a conspiracy to exterminate national, religious or racial groups…. The formulation of the crime may be as follows:

“Whoever, while participating in a conspiracy to destroy a national, racial or religious group, undertakes an attack against life, liberty or property of members of such groups is guilty of the crime of genocide.” Raphael Lemkin’s Definition of Genocide, genocidewatch.com

Does the deliberate destruction of Palestinian cemeteries “signify a coordinated plan (aimed) at the destruction of essential foundations of the life….. with the aim of annihilating the groups themselves?

It does.

And is the destruction of cemeteries “an attack against life, liberty or property” of the Palestinians with the intention of “destroying the group in whole or in part”?

Yes, it is.

Then Israel’s actions meet the legal definition of genocide. This is from an article at The Atlantic Council:

When the IDF razes Gazan cemeteries, it also razes Palestinian heritage, culture, and claims to the land…..

white settlers in the United States frequently desecrated Indigenous burial grounds in a centuries-long campaign of cultural destruction and ethnic cleansing. Likewise, Nazis desecrated and destroyed countless Jewish cemeteries during the Holocaust, often using headstones as construction materials in a blatant effort to excise both Jewish people and Jewish heritage from occupied German territories….

the IDF’s alleged treatment of cemeteries outside of direct conflict with Hamas is also noteworthy, given cemetery desecration’s well-established place in the history of genocide. Cemetery desecration and genocide are so intimately linked that Raphael Lemkin, coiner of the term “genocide,” even recommended outlawing the practice in early drafts of the 1948 Genocide Convention. Razing the dead: Contextualizing IDF cemetery desecration in Gaza, The Atlantic Council

The desecration of cemeteries is such a malignant act, it’s hard to fully grasp. What sinister impulse motivates a nation’s leaders to direct their troops to obliterate their adversary’s burial grounds? It’s an act of pure barbarism bordering on criminal psychoses. The only conclusion we can draw is that Israel is not satisfied with merely obliterating the schools, hospitals, universities, mosques and vital infrastructure. They are not satisfied with merely slaughtering tens of thousands of civilians who are not connected in any way to the attacks of October 7. No. They are determined to eradicate any trace of the people who have occupied the land for the last two thousand years in order to concoct a fabricated history in which Zionist Jews are at the center of the narrative. This is from an article titled Necroviolence in Palestine:

….Jason De Leon brought forward the concept of necroviolence ..He defines it as:

“Violence performed and produced through the specific treatment of corpses that is perceived to be offensive, sacrilegious, or inhumane by the perpetrator, the victim (and her or his cultural group), or both.” – Jason De Leon in The Land of Open Graves, p.69[2]

The Zionist regime’s use of necroviolence…. Demolition of historic gravesites

The Zionist regime has made the demolition of cemeteries a key arena for necroviolence to facilitate colonial expansion and historical erasure…. The regime has not only prevented the burial of Palestinian bodies, it has also gone to the extent of attacking the already buried, violating their bodies for further territorial expansion.

This also marks a step towards the complete erasure of the Palestinian experience, as many of these grave sites are centuries old, holding within them not only a history of Palestinian belonging, but one of resistance through the presence of martyrs who resisted decades of occupation. The Zionist regime thus denies Palestinians agency in one of the few forms it has left to exercise; that is, the traces of their heritage, identity, and history on ground.

Conclusion

Here, we gain insight into the logic of Zionist colonialism, which necessitates full control over every aspect of the Palestinian individual, both in life and death; in all forms of existence…., the regime’s exercise of necroviolence is a confirmation that Zionist colonialism continues long after death… Erasing all traces of Palestinian culture, heritage, and identity works as an attack on the legitimacy of the Palestinian experience…. Necroviolence in Palestine, Words of Solidarity

That pretty-well sums it up. Israel’s destruction of Palestinian cemeteries is a critical part of the ethnic cleansing campaign the goal of which is not simply to physically remove the native population but to expunge any trace of their historic existence.

It would be hard to imagine a more diabolical plan.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Get Your Free Copy of “Towards a World War III Scenario: The Dangers of Nuclear War”! 

This article was originally published on The Unz Review.

Michael Whitney is a renowned geopolitical and social analyst based in Washington State. He initiated his career as an independent citizen-journalist in 2002 with a commitment to honest journalism, social justice and World peace.

He is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG).  

Featured image: One of the hundreds of ‘targets’ bombed by Israel during its latest war on Gaza. (Photo: Mahmoud Ajjour, The Palestine Chronicle)


Why Is Israel Bulldozing Cemeteries in Gaza?

by Mike Whitney

لماذا تقوم إسرائيل بجرف المقابر في غزة؟ مايك ويتني

وفقًا لشبكة CNN:

لقد قام الجيش الإسرائيلي بتدنيس ما لا يقل عن 16 مقبرة في هجومه البري على غزة، مما أدى إلى تدمير شواهد القبور، وقلب التربة، وفي بعض الحالات إخراج الجثث من تحت الأرض…

وفي خان يونس، جنوب قطاع غزة، حيث تصاعد القتال في وقت سابق من هذا الأسبوع، دمرت القوات الإسرائيلية مقبرة، ونقلت الجثث، فيما قالت قوات الدفاع الإسرائيلية لشبكة CNN إنه جزء من البحث عن رفات الرهائن الذين احتجزتهم حماس خلال الهجمات الإرهابية في السابع من أكتوبر/تشرين الأول.

لماذا يفعلون هذا؟

ولم يقدم جيش الدفاع الإسرائيلي أي دليل على وجود رهائن أو ألغام أرضية أو أنفاق أو مخابئ أسلحة أو مسلحين من حماس. وكل هذا مجرد ذريعة لتدمير قطع الأراضي التي يدفن فيها الناس أحباءهم. ولكن لماذا؟ إن هذه المقابر لا تشكل أي تهديد أمني لجيش الدفاع الإسرائيلي أو للدولة الإسرائيلية. إنها مجرد مقابر.

وقد قامت شبكة CNN بمراجعة صور الأقمار الصناعية ومقاطع الفيديو على وسائل التواصل الاجتماعي التي تظهر تدمير المقابر، وشاهدت ذلك بنفسها أثناء السفر مع جيش الدفاع الإسرائيلي في قافلة. وتكشف الأدلة مجتمعة عن ممارسة منهجية حيث تقدمت القوات البرية الإسرائيلية عبر قطاع غزة.

إن التدمير المتعمد للمواقع الدينية، مثل المقابر، ينتهك القانون الدولي، إلا في ظروف ضيقة تتعلق بتحويل هذا الموقع إلى هدف عسكري، وقال خبراء قانونيون لشبكة CNN إن تصرفات إسرائيل قد ترقى إلى جرائم حرب.

إن الصحافي الذي غطى هذه القصة منزعج مما شاهده. فهو منزعج لأن حرث بقايا أحبائه الذابلة ـ وتركها تتعفن في الشمس وسط كتل من التراب وشواهد القبور المكسورة ـ هو فعل قاسٍ وشرير إلى حد صادم. ونحن لا نتوقع من البشر أن يتصرفوا بهذه الطريقة. بل نتوقع منهم أن يظهروا قدراً ضئيلاً من الاحترام للموتى. ولكننا نرى هنا العكس تماماً. فنحن نرى هنا جثثاً تُعامل وكأنها قمامة يجب التخلص منها حتى يتسنى لمشروع الاستيطان أن يمضي قدماً.

وهنا تقرير تلفزيوني لشبكة CNN :

ومن الجدير بالذكر أن المقابر الأخرى في غزة، التي تحتوي على رفات المسيحيين واليهود، لم يتم المساس بها، مما يشير إلى أن السياسة موجهة ضد عرقية معينة، وهي العرب.

ومن الجدير بالذكر أيضاً أن تدمير المقابر يشكل انتهاكاً واضحاً للقانون الدولي بموجب نظام روما الأساسي. وهذا يعزز الادعاء بأن إسرائيل تمارس إبادة جماعية، بل إن جنوب أفريقيا أشارت إلى تدمير جيش الدفاع الإسرائيلي للمقابر في غزة كدليل على الإبادة الجماعية في قضيتها أمام محكمة العدل الدولية. ولنتذكر أن تعريف الإبادة الجماعية يتجاوز القتل الجماعي لجماعة عرقية معينة. فهو يشير إلى “سياسة لتدمير مجموعة، كلياً أو جزئياً”. ويساعد تعريف رافائيل ليمكين للإبادة الجماعية في توضيح هذه النقطة:

… إن الإبادة الجماعية لا تعني بالضرورة التدمير الفوري لأمة ما… بل إنها تهدف إلى الإشارة إلى خطة منسقة من الإجراءات المختلفة التي تهدف إلى تدمير الأسس الأساسية لحياة الجماعات الوطنية، بهدف القضاء على الجماعات نفسها…

ويجب أن يُعترف بجريمة الإبادة الجماعية في هذه المادة باعتبارها مؤامرة لإبادة جماعات وطنية أو دينية أو عرقية… ويمكن صياغة الجريمة على النحو التالي:

“كل من يقوم، أثناء مشاركته في مؤامرة لتدمير جماعة وطنية أو عرقية أو دينية، بالهجوم على حياة أو حرية أو ممتلكات أعضاء هذه الجماعات يكون مذنبًا بجريمة الإبادة الجماعية.” تعريف رافائيل ليمكين للإبادة الجماعية ، genocidewatch.com

هل يشير التدمير المتعمد للمقابر الفلسطينية إلى “خطة منسقة تهدف إلى تدمير الأسس الأساسية للحياة… بهدف إبادة المجموعات نفسها؟”

إنه كذلك.

وهل يعتبر تدمير المقابر “اعتداء على حياة أو حرية أو ممتلكات” الفلسطينيين بقصد “تدمير المجموعة كلياً أو جزئياً”؟

نعم إنه كذلك.

إن تصرفات إسرائيل تتفق مع التعريف القانوني للإبادة الجماعية. وهذا مقتطف من مقال في المجلس الأطلسي:

عندما يقوم جيش الدفاع الإسرائيلي بهدم مقابر غزة، فإنه يهدم أيضاً التراث والثقافة الفلسطينية ومطالبات الفلسطينيين بالأرض .

في الولايات المتحدة، دنس المستوطنون البيض مقابر السكان الأصليين في حملة استمرت قرونًا من التدمير الثقافي والتطهير العرقي. وعلى نحو مماثل، دنس النازيون ودمروا عددًا لا يحصى من المقابر اليهودية أثناء الهولوكوست، وغالبًا ما استخدموا شواهد القبور كمواد بناء في محاولة صارخة لاستئصال الشعب اليهودي والتراث اليهودي من الأراضي الألمانية المحتلة.

إن معاملة جيش الدفاع الإسرائيلي المزعومة للمقابر خارج الصراع المباشر مع حماس جديرة بالملاحظة أيضًا، نظرًا للمكانة الراسخة لتدنيس المقابر في تاريخ الإبادة الجماعية. إن تدنيس المقابر والإبادة الجماعية مرتبطان ارتباطًا وثيقًا لدرجة أن رافائيل ليمكين، صاغ مصطلح “الإبادة الجماعية”، أوصى بحظر هذه الممارسة في المسودات الأولى لاتفاقية الإبادة الجماعية لعام 1948. هدم الجثث: سياق تدنيس جيش الدفاع الإسرائيلي للمقابر في غزة ، المجلس الأطلسي

إن تدنيس المقابر عمل خبيث إلى حد يصعب معه استيعابه بالكامل. فما الدافع الشرير الذي يدفع زعماء أمة إلى توجيه قواتهم لتدمير مقابر أعدائهم؟ إنه عمل همجي خالص يقترب من الذهان الإجرامي. والاستنتاج الوحيد الذي يمكننا التوصل إليه هو أن إسرائيل لا تكتفي بتدمير المدارس والمستشفيات والجامعات والمساجد والبنية الأساسية الحيوية. ولا تكتفي بقتل عشرات الآلاف من المدنيين الذين لا علاقة لهم بأي شكل من الأشكال بهجمات السابع من أكتوبر. بل إنها عازمة على محو أي أثر للشعب الذي احتل الأرض خلال الألفي عام الماضية من أجل اختلاق تاريخ ملفق يكون فيه اليهود الصهاينة في مركز السرد.وهذا مقتطف من مقال بعنوان “العنف ضد الموتى في فلسطين”:

…. طرح جيسون دي ليون مفهوم العنف ضد الموتى .. وهو يعرفه على النحو التالي:

“العنف الذي يتم تنفيذه وإنتاجه من خلال المعاملة الخاصة للجثث والتي يُنظر إليها على أنها مسيئة أو تدنيسية أو غير إنسانية من قبل الجاني أو الضحية (ومجموعتها الثقافية) أو كليهما.” – جيسون دي ليون في أرض القبور المفتوحة، ص 69 [2]

استخدام الكيان الصهيوني للعنف ضد الموتى….هدم القبور التاريخية

لقد جعل الكيان الصهيوني من هدم المقابر ساحة رئيسية للعنف من أجل تسهيل التوسع الاستعماري ومحو التاريخ … ولم يمنع الكيان الصهيوني دفن جثث الفلسطينيين فحسب، بل وصل الأمر إلى حد الاعتداء على الجثث المدفونة بالفعل وانتهاك حرماتها من أجل المزيد من التوسع الإقليمي.

وهذا يمثل أيضًا خطوة نحو المحو الكامل للتجربة الفلسطينية، حيث أن العديد من هذه المواقع القبورية عمرها قرون، وتحمل في طياتها ليس فقط تاريخ الانتماء الفلسطيني، بل وتاريخ المقاومة من خلال وجود الشهداء الذين قاوموا عقودًا من الاحتلال. وبالتالي، فإن النظام الصهيوني يحرم الفلسطينيين من القدرة على التصرف في أحد الأشكال القليلة المتبقية له لممارستها؛ أي آثار تراثهم وهويتهم وتاريخهم على الأرض.

خاتمة

وهنا نتعرف على منطق الاستعمار الصهيوني الذي يستلزم السيطرة الكاملة على كل جانب من جوانب الفرد الفلسطيني، سواء في الحياة أو الموت؛ في كل أشكال الوجود … إن ممارسة النظام للعنف ضد الموتى هي تأكيد على أن الاستعمار الصهيوني يستمر لفترة طويلة بعد الموت… إن محو كل آثار الثقافة والتراث والهوية الفلسطينية يعمل بمثابة هجوم على شرعية التجربة الفلسطينية… العنف ضد الموتى في فلسطين ، كلمات تضامن

إن هذا يلخص الأمر بشكل جيد. إن تدمير إسرائيل للمقابر الفلسطينية يشكل جزءاً أساسياً من حملة التطهير العرقي التي لا تهدف إلى إزالة السكان الأصليين جسدياً فحسب، بل إلى محو أي أثر لوجودهم التاريخي.

ومن الصعب أن نتخيل خطة أكثر شيطانية من هذه.

*

انقر على زر المشاركة أدناه لإرسال هذه المقالة عبر البريد الإلكتروني أو إعادة توجيهها إلى أصدقائك وزملائك. تابعنا على Instagram  و  Twitter واشترك في قناة Telegram الخاصة بنا . لا تتردد في إعادة نشر ومشاركة مقالات Global Research على نطاق واسع.

احصل على نسختك المجانية من كتاب “نحو سيناريو الحرب العالمية الثالثة: مخاطر الحرب النووية”! 

تم نشر هذه المقالة أصلا على The Unz Review .

مايكل ويتني  هو محلل جيوسياسي واجتماعي مشهور يقيم في ولاية واشنطن. بدأ حياته المهنية كصحفي مواطن مستقل في عام 2002 ملتزمًا بالصحافة الصادقة والعدالة الاجتماعية والسلام العالمي.

وهو باحث مشارك في مركز أبحاث العولمة (CRG).  

الصورة المميزة: أحد مئات “الأهداف” التي قصفتها إسرائيل خلال حربها الأخيرة على غزة. (تصوير: محمود عجور، كرونيكل فلسطين)


التعليق على مقالات الأبحاث العالمية على صفحتنا على الفيسبوك

كن عضوًا في Global Research

New Film: Vaxxed 3, Authorized to Kill

September 19th, 2024 by Children’s Health Defense

Children’s Health Defense embarked on a nine-month journey across America, gathering powerful testimonies from the people. Our interviews ranged from mothers and fathers to teenagers, families, medical professionals, whistleblowers, lawyers, and people from all walks of life.

What we discovered was nothing short of staggering. We listened to harrowing accounts of COVID hospital protocols that shook us to our very core. The consistency of these stories was alarming.

People also shared their experiences after taking the COVID-19 vaccine, revealing tragic outcomes of either death or serious injury. Now, fueled by these powerful firsthand testimonies, we are creating a documentary by the people, for the people.

Learn what we uncovered on the road. You can’t afford to miss it.

Watch the trailer below.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Get Your Free Copy of “Towards a World War III Scenario: The Dangers of Nuclear War”! 

Featured image is from CHD


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

Reviews

This is an in-depth resource of great interest if it is the wider perspective you are motivated to understand a little better, the author is very knowledgeable about geopolitics and this comes out in the way Covid is contextualized. —Dr. Mike Yeadon

In this war against humanity in which we find ourselves, in this singular, irregular and massive assault against liberty and the goodness of people, Chossudovsky’s book is a rock upon which to sustain our fight. –Dr. Emanuel Garcia

In fifteen concise science-based chapters, Michel traces the false covid pandemic, explaining how a PCR test, producing up to 97% proven false positives, combined with a relentless 24/7 fear campaign, was able to create a worldwide panic-laden “plandemic”; that this plandemic would never have been possible without the infamous DNA-modifying Polymerase Chain Reaction test – which to this day is being pushed on a majority of innocent people who have no clue. His conclusions are evidenced by renown scientists. —Peter Koenig 

Professor Chossudovsky exposes the truth that “there is no causal relationship between the virus and economic variables.” In other words, it was not COVID-19 but, rather, the deliberate implementation of the illogical, scientifically baseless lockdowns that caused the shutdown of the global economy. –David Skripac

A reading of  Chossudovsky’s book provides a comprehensive lesson in how there is a global coup d’état under way called “The Great Reset” that if not resisted and defeated by freedom loving people everywhere will result in a dystopian future not yet imagined. Pass on this free gift from Professor Chossudovsky before it’s too late.  You will not find so much valuable information and analysis in one place. –Edward Curtin

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

You may also access the online version of the e-Book by clicking here.

We encourage you to support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page

عملية “العلم الكاذب” لتبرير الإبادة الجماعية الإسرائيلية الأمريكية ضد شعب فلسطين

Scroll down for the Arabic version of this article 

قم بالتمرير لأسفل للحصول على النسخة العربية من هذه المقالة

***

.

The Criminalization of International Law. Part I

“Fake Justice” at The Hague: The ICJ “Appoints” Netanyahu to “Prevent” and “Punish” Those Responsible for “Genocidal Acts”

By Prof Michel Chossudovsky, February 04, 2024

 

The following text was first published on February 9, 2024

 .

Part II

.

The Criminalization of International Law

 

A “False Flag” Operation to Justify

 

The Israel-U.S. Genocide against the People of Palestine

.

by

Michel Chossudovsky

Introduction

From the outset on October 7, 2023, “A Tissue of Lies” has served to justify the killings in the Gaza Strip of more than 30,000 civilians, of which 70% are women and children. The atrocities committed against the People of Palestine are beyond description. At the time of writing, at least 13,000 children have been killed:

That is one Palestinian child killed every 15 minutes… Thousands more are missing under the rubble, most of them are presumed dead.”

 

Military operations are invariably planned well in advance.

Had  Hamas’ “Operation Al-Aqsa Storm” been a “surprise attack” as parroted by the media, Netanyahu’s “State of Readiness For War” could not have been spontaneously carried out (at short notice) on that same day, namely October 7, 2023. The “State of Readiness” etiquette (revealed on October 7) points to a carefully prepared plan. 

It is now well established that Israel’s Operation “State of Readiness for War” which consisted in “Wiping Gaza Off the Map” was carefully coordinated with U.S. military and intelligence. It is part of a broader joint Israel-U.S. military agenda.

Washington not only supports the Genocide, it oversees the International Court of Justice (ICJ).

Although South Africa’s legal initiative was directed against the State of Israel, the conduct of the genocide is a joint Israel-U.S. project, with U.S. military and intelligence operatives collaborating directly with their Israeli counterparts. 

This collaboration is also supported by an extensive flow of military aid. 

The Criminalization of International Law 

What is at stake is the criminalization of the international judicial process. The ICJ not only refused to propose a “Cease Fire”, which was part of South Africa’s demand, its January 26, 2024 Judgment failed to question the role of the Netanyahu coalition government, which was largely responsible for the planning prior to October 7 of a comprehensive military agenda directed against Palestine, with the support of Washington.

Although the Republic of South Africa’s ICJ accusation was directed against the State of Israel, it is now confirmed, amply documented that the Genocide against the People of Palestine was a joint Israel-U.S. operation.

In this regard, the ICJ President Joan Donoghue — former Legal Advisor to Secretary of State Hillary Clinton during the Obama administration– is in conflict of interest. The latter indelibly raises the issue of her Recusal.  (See:  Recusals of Arbitrators and Judges in International Courts and Tribunals, Chiara Giorgetti).

While Article 2 of the ICJ Statute (p.212) “provides that the court should be comprised of independent judges”, the practice of recusal of a judge, specifically with regard to the President of the ICJ is almost impossible. Nonetheless, the issue of “conflict of interest” must be raised. Judge Joan Donoghue takes her instructions from Washington.

“Escalate the Genocide”

The ICJ has granted Israel –with the full endorsement of the Biden Administration– with a de facto “green light” (carte blanche) to continue and “escalate the genocide”.

The ICJ’s January 26, 2024 Judgment has set in motion a new wave of atrocities directed against the People of Palestine. 

On that same day (January 26), Netanyahu confirmed that the genocide was ongoing and would continue.

“We will not compromise on anything less than total victory. That means eliminating Hamas, …” 

While rhetorical condemnations against Israel prevail, what the peace movement fails to acknowledge is that no legal obstruction or hindrance  was formulated  by the World Court in its January 26, 2024 Judgment.

The Occupied West Bank, Jewish Settlements in Gaza

Criminal acts are now being committed in the occupied West Bank, coupled with an increase in the deployment of IDF forces. 

In Gaza, IDF commanders have ordered soldiers to “Setting fire to homes belonging to non-combatant civilians, for the mere purpose of punishment”. 

Moreover, barely a few days after the January 26, ICJ Judgment, plans were announced to establish a cohesive network of Jewish settlements in Gaza.

Israel’s Plan: Mass Starvation

The Biden administration responding to Netanyahu has ordered to cut  funding to the UN Relief and Works Agency (UNRWA), which is indelibly slated to result in famine and the total collapse of social services:

UNRWA provides food, shelter, health care, education … for the 5.7 million UNRWA-registered Palestinian refugees in East Jerusalem, the West Bank, Gaza, Jordan, Lebanon and Syria.  

The curtailment of UNRWA funding is an integral part of the Netanyahu government’s carefully designed project to trigger mass starvation throughout the Gaza Strip. 

“Gaza is experiencing mass starvation like no other in recent history. Before the outbreak of fighting in October, food security in Gaza was precarious, but very few children – less than 1% – suffered severe acute malnutrition, the most dangerous kind. Today, almost all Gazans, of any age, anywhere in the territory, are at risk.

There is no instance since the second world war in which an entire population has been reduced to extreme hunger and destitution with such speed. And there’s no case in which the international obligation to stop it has been so clear.” 

These facts underpinned South Africa’s recent case against Israel at the international court of justice. The international genocide convention, article 2c, prohibits “deliberately inflicting [on a group] conditions of life calculated to bring about its physical destruction in whole or in part”. (Guardian)

Documentation of the Atrocities Committed against the People of Palestine

The atrocities are carefully documented in Sarah Abushaar’s courageous video production entitled 

Video

Transcript

“How much persecution and human cruelty Palestinians have suffered for generations — for the inalienable right to life.

Since israel’s establishment through the ethnic cleansing and massacre of Palestinians from Palestine — persisting in its massacre, mass expulsion, abduction, torture and terror of indigenous Palestinians.

The theft of land, life and human rights.

Israel’s unconscionable slaughter of 13,000 children, extermination of 30,000 civilians, destruction of Gaza’s healthcare system as it wounds 60,000 and mass starvation of 2.3 million, part of what it’s been committing on Palestinian life for decades – continuing its ongoing genocide now on hyperdrive.

Palestinians massacred and held hostage in the hundreds of thousands, terrorized in the millions under illegal siege, violent occupation and vicious apartheid. A person’s stance on Palestine says everything about their moral compass.

You are either for or against genocide. For or against ethnic cleansing. For or against violent illegal occupation and vicious apartheid.

For or against systems of supremacy – the persecution of human life.. the denial of millions of people their life, freedom, and fundamental human rights.

There is no middle ground. It’s not complicated. In the same way the Holocaust is not complicated. Slavery or Apartheid are not complicated.

But they persisted because of those who didn’t see.

There’s a horrific persecution and oppression that has lasted for 8 decades.

An oppressor and an oppressed. It’s impossible for human beings of conscience or morals to know the truth on Palestine and to uphold this for human life.

It goes against all law, morality and our very humanity.

What we condemn in history and in every other context, what’s been committed on Palestinian life for decades…

As with all systems built on human persecution and oppression, this will not survive. All the inhumanity in the world in this, Palestine is fighting for all of our humanity and for all the world’s justice.” (Sarah Abushaar)

“Secret Memorandum” to Commit Genocide

While earlier documents –which might reveal the detailed planning of Israel’s genocidal attack on the Gaza Strip, including those negotiated with the U.S.– remain classified, An official “secret” memorandum authored by Israel’s Ministry of Intelligence was made public on October 13, 2023.

The authenticity and purpose of this report remain to be confirmed. It was released a week after October 7, 2023. It nonetheless confirms the military actions which are currently being implemented against the People of Palestine. Was it intended to be in the public domain? 

What the intelligence document recommends is:

“The forcible and permanent transfer of the Gaza Strip’s 2.2 million Palestinian residents to Egypt’s Sinai Peninsula”,

The 10-page document, dated Oct. 13, 2023 assesses three options regarding the future of the Palestinians in the Gaza Strip …

“It recommends a full population transfer as its preferred course of action. …”

The document has been translated into English in full here.

The Israel’s Intelligence Memorandum

“… assesses three options regarding the future of the Palestinians in the Gaza Strip … It recommends a full population transfer as its preferred course of action. …”

Click here to access complete document (10 pages).

Was It A False Flag Operation? 

“As a former intelligence officer, I find it impossible to believe that Israel did not have multiple informants inside Gaza as well as electronic listening devices all along the border wall which would have picked up movements of groups and vehicles.

In other words, the whole thing might be a tissue of lies as is often the case. (Philip Giraldi, October 2023)

U.S. intelligence say they weren’t aware of an impending Hamas attack.

“One would have to be almost hopelessly naïve to buy the corporate state media line that the Hamas invasion was an Israeli “intelligence failure”. Mossad is one of, if not the, most powerful intelligence agencies on the planet.”

Israel’s plan to wage an all out war against Palestine had been envisaged prior to the launching by Hamas of  “Operation Al-Aqsa Storm”. 

This was not a failure of Israeli Intelligence, as conveyed by the media. Quite the opposite. 

Did Netanyahu and his vast military and intelligence apparatus (Mossad et al) have foreknowledge of the Al Aqsa Hamas attack. 

Revealed by the New York Times: 

“Israeli officials obtained Hamas’s battle plan for the Oct. 7 terrorist attack more than a year before it happened, documents, emails and interviews  …  The approximately 40-page document, which the Israeli authorities code-named “Jericho Wall,” outlined, point by point, exactly the kind of devastating invasion that led to the deaths of about 1,200 people. (emphasis added)

Screen Shot: New York Times

See also the analysis of Manlio Dinucci

According to the NYT, “Israeli officials dismissed it as aspirational and ignored specific warnings”. Nonsense. Israel’s intelligence apparatus was fully cognizant of what was going on, well in advance. It was part of their “False Flag” Agenda. 

Let us be under no illusions, Israel’s “false flag” operation is a complex military-intelligence undertaking, carefully planned, in liaison and  coordination with US intelligence and the Pentagon. Israel is a de facto member of NATO (with a special status) since 2004, involving active military and intelligence coordination as well as consultations pertaining to the occupied territories.

In this section we will provide evidence pertaining to the False Flag Operation waged by the Netanyahu government.

We will focus on the following topics: 

  1. The History of Israeli False Flags
  2. Corroborating Mea Culpa Statements by Netanyahu
  3. Testimonies by Members of Israel’s IDF 

1. The History of Israeli False Flags

Numerous Israeli False Flags have been carried out in the course of the last 25 years. They are on record: carefully documented. While they are of a criminal nature, resulting in the deaths of innocent Israelis, they have barely  been acknowledged by Western governments and the media. The historical record confirms that the intent of these false flags is to trigger Israeli deaths as a means to justify attacks against Palestinians. See below: 

“Green Light to Terror”

The late  Prof Tanya Reinhart confirmed the formulation in 1997 of a False Flag Agenda entitled “The Green Light to Terror” which consisted in promoting (engineering) suicide attacks against Israeli civilians, citing “the Bloodshed as a Justification” to wage war on Palestine: 

“…This is the “green light to terror” theme which the Military Intelligence (Ama”n) has been promoting since 1997, when its anti-Oslo line was consolidated. This theme was since repeated again and again by military circles, and eventually became the mantra of Israeli propaganda”

The 2001 “Justified Vengeance” Operation

Predicated on the implementation of A False Flag. 

The blueprint, titled “The Destruction of the Palestinian Authority and Disarmament of All Armed Forces”, was presented to the Israeli government by chief of staff Shaul Mofaz, on July 8 [2001].

The assault would be launched, at the government’s discretion, after a big suicide bomb attack in Israel, causing widespread deaths and injuries, citing the bloodshed as justification.” (Tanya Reinhart, December 22, 2001)

It is worth noting that “Operation Justified Vengeance”: a Secret Plan to Destroy the Palestinian Authority was confirmed by Janes Foreign Report:

“…Israel’s invasion plan — reportedly dubbed Justified Vengeance — would be launched immediately following the next high-casualty suicide bombing, would last about a month and is expected to result in the death of hundreds of Israelis and thousands of Palestinians. (emphasis added)

Israeli False Flags, which consist in deliberately triggering Israeli casualties as a means to justify a broader attack against Palestine are DÉJÀ VU

I should mention that the October 7, 2023 “False Flag” is more sophisticated than those outlined above.

Israeli Casualties

Israel’s False Flag Operation is a criminal endeavor engineered by the Netanyahu government (with the support of its intelligence apparatus) against innocent Israeli men, women and children. 

Official Israeli IDF sources confirm 1,200 Israeli deaths of combatants and civilians (including “friendly fire” by the IDF). Approximately  50% of the casualties are Israeli civilians. 

In contrast, the number of deaths of Palestinians (at the time of writing) is of the order of 30,000 of which at least 10,000 are children. 

For further details and a Historical Review See:

Video: “Justified Vengeance” and The History of Israeli “False Flags”(2001-2024): Palestine Portrayed as “The Aggressor”

By Prof Michel Chossudovsky, February 07, 2024

2. Corroborating Statements by Netanyahu: “Money to a Faction within Hamas” As Part of an Intelligence Op?

It is worth noting that Netanyahu has acknowledged that Money had been Transferred to a pro-Israeli Intelligence Faction within Hamas:

“Hamas was treated as a partner to the detriment of the Palestinian Authority to prevent Abbas from moving towards creating a Palestinian State. Hamas was promoted from a terrorist group to an organization with which Israel conducted negotiations through Egypt, and which was allowed to receive suitcases containing millions of dollars from Qatar through the Gaza crossings.” (Times of Israel, October 8, 2023 emphasis added)

“Anyone who wants to thwart the establishment of a Palestinian state has to support bolstering Hamas and transferring money to Hamas,” he [Netanyahu] told a meeting of his Likud party’s Knesset members in March 2019. “This is part of our strategy – to isolate the Palestinians in Gaza from the Palestinians in the West Bank.”[Netanyahu] (Haaretz, October 9, 2023, emphasis added)

3. Testimonies by Members of Israel’s IDF

3.1  Efrat Fenigson, former IDF intelligence

“I served in the IDF 25 years ago, in the intelligence forces. There’s no way Israel did not know of what’s coming.

A cat moving alongside the fence is triggering all forces. So this??

What happened to the “strongest army in the world”?

How come border crossings were wide open?? Something is VERY WRONG HERE, something is very strange, this chain of events is very unusual and not typical for the Israeli defense system.

To me this suprise attack seems like a planned operation. On all fronts. 

If I was a conspiracy theorist I would say that this feels like the work of the Deep State.

It feels like the people of Israel and the people of Palestine have been sold, once again, to the higher powers that be. 

(Statement by Efrat Fenigson, former IDF intelligence,  October 7, 2023, emphasis added)

3.2 Commander of the Kerem Shalom Battalion

“Something here doesn’t add up to me!!! This is a mystery that I can’t find an answer to.

I happen to know how things work in Gaza and on the border.

I was the commander of the Kerem Shalom sector (Rafih), I was in charge of the Kissuf sector, I know the perimeter fence very well, I know how the army works there. I was in the Shatti refugee camp in Gaza, I was in charge of the Jibaliya refugee camp, I would make ambushes on the fence and deep in the area. I met Gazans, ate and breathed Gaza.

The obstacle is built so that even a fox cannot pass it:

Set alerts according to 3 levels of pressure. She must alert when she is cut. There are 24/7 forces that are responsible for arriving within a few minutes, if not seconds, to the point where there is an alert in the fence.

Every day do at least one penetration practice. Each subdivision has a standby squad whose role is to increase the force in an emergency situation. Observations scattered along the border cover every inch of it. The female observers are champions in identification. They don’t miss. They detect movement even before it even approaches the obstacle – day and night.

At problematic points (dead areas) they place a tank with observation and detection capabilities, and a terrifying firepower. In some cases snipers are deployed in the field.

Every day before dawn there is a “dawn alert” procedure. At this hour all the forces are awake (in this case also the hour when hundreds of terrorists entered Israel). The night shift alternates with the day shift. The commander of each force inspects the axis to make sure there were no infiltrations during the night. Trackers that move on the axis know how to recognize traces. They know who crossed the fence, how much and even when.

So how the hell does a Palestinian tractor move towards the fence without anyone reacting to it?

How did the tractor manage to sabotage the fence for a long hour and open access to Israel without anyone reacting to it?

How did all this happen under our noses? Where did an entire division go? Where did 3 brigades go? 

Who swallowed 9 battalions? What happened to 36 companies? Where did an entire regular infantry brigade go that usually outnumbers the elite?

Where were all the reserve battalions that augment the regular army? Where did thousands of soldiers go???

Someone here needs to provide explanations!!”

emphasis added

Statement of General Herzl Halevi, October 2023

Is Egypt Involved? Secret Bilateral Talks

The declared objective is to Wipe Gaza off the Map through mass killings and total destruction thereby creating conditions for the exclusion of Palestinians from their homeland: A ‘Second Nakba”.

The implementation of Netanyahu’s “War of Readiness” requires the support of Egypt with a view to triggering the exodus of Palestinians from Gaza to the Sinai, where the installation of extensive refugee camps is contemplated.

There is evidence of bilateral meetings between Cairo and Tel Aviv to that effect. The C Option Plan drafted by Israeli Intelligence (see above) states that “Egypt has an obligation under international law to allow the passage of the [Palestinian] population”. 

What is contemplated by the Israeli Ministry of Intelligence (Option C above) is: 

“the forced and permanent relocation of the entire Palestinian population of Gaza to Egypt’s Sinai desert peninsula” with tent refugee camps.” (See Manlio Dinucci)

The Plan includes a list of countries “which agree to absorb [The Palestinians ] as refugees”. 

Bilateral Israel-Egypt Intelligence Agreement?

In 2021-22, Egypt and Israel were involved in “secret bilateral talks” regarding “the extraction of natural gas off the coast of the Gaza Strip”.

The media reports point to “Egyptian Mediation”.

Were these negotiations  contingent upon Egypt playing a key role in establishing refugee camps in the Sinai, which would facilitate the mass deportation of Palestinians from Gaza.

It is worth noting that the Palestine Authority led by Mahmoud Abbas was also involved.

“Egypt succeeded in persuading Israel to start extracting natural gas off the coast of the Gaza Strip, after several months of secret bilateral talks.

This development … comes after years of Israeli objections to extract natural gas off the coast of Gaza on [alleged] security grounds, … 

British Gas (BG Group) has also been dealing with the Tel Aviv government.

What is significant is that the civilian arm of the Hamas Gaza government had been bypassed in regards to exploration and development rights over the gas fields:

The field, which lies about 30 kilometers (19 miles) west of the Gaza coast, was discovered in 2000 by British Gas (currently BG Group) and is estimated to contain more than 1 trillion cubic feet of natural gas.

The official in the Egyptian intelligence service told Al-Monitor on condition of anonymity, “An Egyptian economic and security delegation discussed with the Israeli side for several months the issue of allowing the extraction of natural gas off the coast of Gaza. …Al-Monitor, October 22, 2022

Was the issue of refugee camps in the Sinai Desert discussed behind closed doors?

It is worth noting that the agreement  with Egypt was reached one year prior to the onslaught of Israel’s Genocidal Attack against Gaza.

Look at the proposed Timeline: “Beginning of 2024”

Following the completion of the Israel-Egypt consultations pertaining to economic and security issues, A Memorandum of Understanding was signed, which had the rubber-stamp of the Palestinian National Authority (PA):

“The Egyptian [intelligence] official explained that Israel required the start of practical measures to extract gas from the Gaza fields at the beginning of 2024, to ensure its own security. (Al-Monitor, October 22, 2022

 

May the Truth Prevail in Reversing the Course of History.

Those Western Politicians Who Unequivocally Endorse The Atrocities Directed against the People of Palestine are Complicit in the Conduct of Crimes against Humanit

In Solidarity with the People of Palestine.

Based on the Nuremberg Charter, what is required is a grass-roots campaign encouraging: 

Israeli, American and NATO Combatants to “Disobey Unlawful Orders” and “Abandon the Battlefield” both in Israel as well as in ALL U.S.-NATO War Theaters. 

Abandoning the Battlefield as a Means to Criminalizing War is based on Principle IV of the Nuremberg Charter  which defines the responsibility of combatants “to refuse the orders of Government or a superior … “

For detail see: 

“Fake Justice” at The Hague: The ICJ “Appoints” Netanyahu to “Prevent” and “Punish” Those Responsible for “Genocidal Acts”

By Prof Michel Chossudovsky, February 04, 2024

Michel Chossudovsky, February 7, 2024


تجريم القانون الدولي الجزء الأول

“العدالة الزائفة” في لاهاي: محكمة العدل الدولية “تعين” نتنياهو “لمنع” و”معاقبة” المسؤولين عن “الأعمال الإبادة الجماعية”

بقلم البروفيسور ميشيل شوسودوفسكي ، 4 فبراير 2024

AI Translation from English 

ترجمة الذكاء الاصطناعي من اللغة الإنجليزية

تم نشر النص التالي لأول مرة في 9 فبراير 2024

 .

الجزء الثاني

.

تجريم القانون الدولي

عملية “الراية الكاذبة” لتبرير

الإبادة الجماعية الإسرائيلية الأمريكية ضد شعب فلسطين

.

بواسطة

ميشيل شوسودوفسكي

مقدمة

منذ البداية في السابع من أكتوبر 2023، عملت رواية “منديل من الأكاذيب” على تبرير عمليات القتل في قطاع غزة لأكثر من 30 ألف مدني، 70% منهم من النساء والأطفال. إن  الفظائع التي ارتكبت ضد شعب فلسطين لا يمكن وصفها. وفي وقت كتابة هذه السطور، قُتل ما لا يقل عن 13 ألف طفل:

يقتل طفل فلسطيني كل 15 دقيقة … وهناك آلاف آخرين في عداد المفقودين تحت الأنقاض، ويعتقد أن معظمهم في عداد الأموات.”

إن العمليات العسكرية عادة ما يتم التخطيط لها مسبقًا.

لو كانت عملية “عاصفة الأقصى” التي شنتها حماس “هجوما مفاجئا” كما رددت وسائل الإعلام،  لما كان من الممكن تنفيذ “حالة الاستعداد للحرب” التي أعلنها نتنياهو بشكل عفوي (في وقت قصير) في نفس اليوم، أي 7 أكتوبر/تشرين الأول 2023. وتشير آداب “حالة الاستعداد” (التي تم الكشف عنها في 7 أكتوبر/تشرين الأول) إلى خطة تم إعدادها بعناية. 

لقد بات من المعروف الآن أن عملية “حالة الاستعداد للحرب”  التي شنتها إسرائيل والتي كانت تهدف إلى “محو غزة عن الخريطة” كانت تتم بالتنسيق الدقيق مع الجيش والاستخبارات الأميركية.  وهي تشكل جزءاً من أجندة عسكرية مشتركة أوسع نطاقاً بين إسرائيل والولايات المتحدة.

إن واشنطن لا تدعم الإبادة الجماعية فحسب، بل تشرف أيضًا على محكمة العدل الدولية.

ورغم أن المبادرة القانونية التي اتخذتها جنوب أفريقيا كانت موجهة ضد دولة إسرائيل، فإن تنفيذ الإبادة الجماعية هو مشروع مشترك بين إسرائيل والولايات المتحدة، حيث يتعاون العسكريون والمخابراتيون الأميركيون بشكل مباشر مع نظرائهم الإسرائيليين. 

ويدعم هذا التعاون أيضًا تدفق واسع النطاق للمساعدات العسكرية. 

تجريم القانون الدولي 

إن ما هو على المحك هو  تجريم العملية القضائية الدولية.  لم ترفض محكمة العدل الدولية اقتراح “وقف إطلاق النار” فحسب ، وهو ما كان جزءًا من مطلب جنوب إفريقيا، بل فشل حكمها الصادر في 26 يناير 2024 في التشكيك في دور حكومة نتنياهو الائتلافية، التي كانت مسؤولة إلى حد كبير عن التخطيط قبل 7 أكتوبر لأجندة عسكرية شاملة موجهة ضد فلسطين، بدعم من واشنطن.

ورغم أن الاتهام الذي وجهته جمهورية جنوب أفريقيا إلى محكمة العدل الدولية كان موجها ضد دولة إسرائيل، فقد تأكد الآن، وبالتوثيق الكافي، أن الإبادة الجماعية ضد شعب فلسطين كانت عملية مشتركة بين إسرائيل والولايات المتحدة.

وفي هذا الصدد، فإن رئيسة محكمة العدل الدولية جوان دونوهيو ـ  المستشارة القانونية السابقة لوزيرة الخارجية  هيلاري كلينتون أثناء إدارة أوباما ـ تواجه تضارباً في المصالح. وتثير هذه الأخيرة قضية تنحيها بشكل لا يمحى .   (انظر:   تنحي المحكمين والقضاة في المحاكم الدولية، كيارا جيورجيتي ).

في حين تنص المادة 2 من النظام الأساسي لمحكمة العدل الدولية  (ص 212) على أن “المحكمة يجب أن تتألف من قضاة مستقلين”، فإن ممارسة تنحي القاضي، وخاصة فيما يتعلق برئيس محكمة العدل الدولية، أمر يكاد يكون مستحيلاً. ومع ذلك، يجب إثارة مسألة “تضارب المصالح” . تتلقى القاضية جوان دونوهيو تعليماتها من واشنطن. 

“تصعيد الإبادة الجماعية”

لقد منحت محكمة العدل الدولية إسرائيل – بتأييد كامل من إدارة بايدن – “الضوء الأخضر” بحكم الأمر الواقع  ( الشيك المفتوح ) لمواصلة  “تصعيد الإبادة الجماعية” .

لقد أدى حكم محكمة العدل الدولية الصادر في 26 يناير/كانون الثاني 2024 إلى إطلاق موجة جديدة من الفظائع الموجهة ضد الشعب الفلسطيني. 

وفي اليوم نفسه (26 يناير/كانون الثاني)، أكد نتنياهو أن الإبادة الجماعية مستمرة وستستمر.

“لن نتنازل عن أي شيء أقل من النصر الكامل.  وهذا يعني القضاء على حماس …” 

في حين تسود الإدانات الخطابية ضد إسرائيل، فإن ما فشلت حركة السلام في الاعتراف به هو أن  محكمة العدل الدولية لم تضع أي عائق أو عائق قانوني    في حكمها الصادر في 26 يناير/كانون الثاني 2024.

الضفة الغربية المحتلة  والمستوطنات اليهودية في غزة

وتتواصل الآن ارتكاب الأعمال الإجرامية في الضفة الغربية المحتلة، بالتزامن مع زيادة انتشار قوات جيش الدفاع الإسرائيلي.

وفي غزة، أمر قادة جيش الدفاع الإسرائيلي جنودهم ” بإشعال النار في منازل المدنيين غير المقاتلين، لمجرد العقاب”. 

وعلاوة على ذلك، بعد أيام قليلة من صدور حكم محكمة العدل الدولية في 26 يناير/كانون الثاني، تم الإعلان عن خطط لإنشاء  شبكة متماسكة من المستوطنات اليهودية في غزة.

خطة إسرائيل: المجاعة الجماعية

ردًا على نتنياهو، أمرت إدارة بايدن بخفض التمويل لوكالة الأمم المتحدة لإغاثة وتشغيل اللاجئين الفلسطينيين (الأونروا) ، وهو ما من شأنه أن يؤدي بشكل لا يمحى إلى المجاعة والانهيار التام للخدمات الاجتماعية:

توفر الأونروا الغذاء والمأوى والرعاية الصحية والتعليم … لـ 5.7 مليون لاجئ فلسطيني مسجل لدى الأونروا في القدس الشرقية والضفة الغربية وغزة والأردن ولبنان وسوريا.

إن خفض تمويل الأونروا يشكل جزءا لا يتجزأ من المشروع الذي صممته حكومة نتنياهو بعناية لإحداث مجاعة جماعية  في جميع أنحاء قطاع غزة. 

“إن غزة تشهد مجاعة جماعية لم يشهدها التاريخ الحديث من قبل. فقبل اندلاع القتال في أكتوبر/تشرين الأول، كان الأمن الغذائي في غزة محفوفاً بالمخاطر، ولكن عدداً قليلاً للغاية من الأطفال ــ أقل من 1% ــ عانوا من سوء التغذية الحاد الشديد، وهو النوع الأكثر خطورة. واليوم، أصبح كل سكان غزة تقريباً، من أي عمر، وفي أي مكان في القطاع، معرضين للخطر.

“ولم تحدث حالة منذ الحرب العالمية الثانية حيث تدهورت حالة شعب بأكمله إلى حد الجوع والفقر المدقع بهذه السرعة. ولم تحدث حالة أخرى حيث كان الالتزام الدولي بوقف هذا الأمر واضحاً إلى هذا الحد”. 

وقد دعمت هذه الحقائق القضية التي رفعتها جنوب أفريقيا مؤخرا ضد إسرائيل أمام محكمة العدل الدولية. وتحظر المادة 2ج من اتفاقية الإبادة الجماعية الدولية “فرض ظروف معيشية متعمدة [على مجموعة] بهدف تدميرها المادي كليا أو جزئيا”. ( الغارديان )

توثيق الفظائع المرتكبة بحق الشعب الفلسطيني

وقد تم توثيق الفظائع بعناية في إنتاج الفيديو الشجاع لسارة أبو شعر  بعنوان 

فيديو

نص

“كم من الاضطهاد والقسوة الإنسانية عانى منها الفلسطينيون لأجيال – من أجل الحق غير القابل للتصرف في الحياة.

منذ إنشاء إسرائيل، ومن خلال التطهير العرقي والمذابح ضد الفلسطينيين من فلسطين، استمرت في المذابح والطرد الجماعي والخطف والتعذيب وإرهاب الفلسطينيين الأصليين.

سرقة الأرض والحياة وحقوق الإنسان.

إن المذبحة التي ارتكبتها إسرائيل بحق 13 ألف طفل، وإبادة 30 ألف مدني، وتدمير نظام الرعاية الصحية في غزة حيث أصابت 60 ألف شخص، والتجويع الجماعي لـ 2.3 مليون شخص، هي جزء مما ارتكبته في حق حياة الفلسطينيين لعقود من الزمن – مواصلة الإبادة الجماعية المستمرة الآن بسرعة فائقة.

لقد تعرض مئات الآلاف من الفلسطينيين للمذابح والأسر، كما تعرض الملايين منهم للإرهاب تحت الحصار غير القانوني والاحتلال العنيف والفصل العنصري الوحشي. إن موقف أي شخص من فلسطين يعكس كل شيء عن البوصلة الأخلاقية التي يتبناها.

أنت إما مع أو ضد الإبادة الجماعية. أو مع أو ضد التطهير العرقي. أو مع أو ضد الاحتلال غير الشرعي العنيف والفصل العنصري الوحشي.

مع أو ضد أنظمة التفوق – اضطهاد الحياة البشرية .. حرمان الملايين من الناس من حياتهم وحريتهم وحقوقهم الإنسانية الأساسية.

لا يوجد حل وسط. الأمر ليس معقدًا. تمامًا كما أن المحرقة ليست معقدة.  العبودية أو الفصل العنصري ليست معقدة.

لكنهم استمروا بسبب أولئك الذين لم يروا.

هناك اضطهاد وقمع مروع استمر لمدة 8 عقود.

ظالم ومظلوم، ومن المستحيل على أي إنسان ذي ضمير أو أخلاق أن يعرف الحقيقة بشأن فلسطين وأن يحافظ عليها من أجل حياة الإنسان.

إنه يتعارض مع كل القوانين والأخلاق وإنسانيتنا.

ما ندينه في التاريخ وفي كل سياق آخر، وما ارتكب بحق الحياة الفلسطينية على مدى عقود من الزمن…

“كما هو الحال مع كل الأنظمة المبنية على الاضطهاد والقهر البشري، فإن هذا لن يدوم. كل اللاإنسانية في العالم في هذا، فلسطين تقاتل من أجل إنسانيتنا كلها ومن أجل عدالة العالم أجمع.” (سارة أبو شعر)

«مذكرة سرية» لارتكاب الإبادة الجماعية

في حين أن الوثائق السابقة -التي قد تكشف عن التخطيط التفصيلي للهجوم الإسرائيلي الإبادي على قطاع غزة، بما في ذلك تلك التي تم التفاوض عليها مع الولايات المتحدة- لا تزال سرية،  فقد تم الكشف عن مذكرة “سرية” رسمية كتبها وزارة الاستخبارات الإسرائيلية  في 13 أكتوبر/تشرين الأول 2023.

لا يزال من غير المؤكد صحة هذا التقرير وهدفه. فقد صدر بعد أسبوع من السابع من أكتوبر/تشرين الأول 2023. ومع ذلك، فإنه يؤكد العمليات العسكرية التي تُنفَّذ حاليًا ضد الشعب الفلسطيني. فهل كان من المقصود أن يكون هذا التقرير متاحًا للعامة؟

ما توصي به الوثيقة الاستخباراتية هو:

النقل القسري والدائم لسكان قطاع غزة البالغ عددهم 2.2 مليون فلسطيني إلى شبه جزيرة سيناء في مصر”،

وتتضمن الوثيقة المكونة من 10 صفحات، والمؤرخة في 13 أكتوبر/تشرين الأول 2023،  تقييما لثلاثة خيارات بشأن مستقبل الفلسطينيين في قطاع غزة…

“إنها توصي بنقل السكان بالكامل كخيار مفضل للعمل  …”

تمت ترجمة الوثيقة كاملة إلى اللغة الإنجليزية هنا.

مذكرة الاستخبارات الإسرائيلية

“… يقيم التقرير ثلاثة خيارات فيما يتصل بمستقبل الفلسطينيين في قطاع غزة… ويوصي بنقل السكان بالكامل باعتباره المسار المفضل للعمل…”

انقر هنا للوصول إلى الوثيقة كاملة (10 صفحات) .

هل كانت عملية زائفة؟ 

“كضابط استخبارات سابق، أجد أنه من المستحيل أن أصدق أن إسرائيل لم يكن لديها عدد كبير من المخبرين داخل غزة، فضلاً عن أجهزة تنصت إلكترونية على طول الجدار الحدودي والتي كانت ستلتقط تحركات المجموعات والمركبات.

بعبارة أخرى، قد يكون الأمر برمته مجرد نسيج من الأكاذيب كما هي الحال في كثير من الأحيان . ( فيليب جيرالدي ، أكتوبر 2023)

وتقول أجهزة الاستخبارات الأميركية إنها لم تكن على علم بالهجوم الوشيك الذي تخطط له حماس.

“إن المرء لابد وأن يكون ساذجاً إلى حد اليأس إذا ما صدق خط وسائل الإعلام الحكومية التي تزعم أن غزو حماس كان بمثابة “فشل استخباراتي” إسرائيلي. إن الموساد هو أحد أقوى أجهزة الاستخبارات على وجه الأرض، إن لم يكن أقوىها على الإطلاق”.

كانت خطة إسرائيل لشن حرب شاملة ضد فلسطين قد تم  وضعها قبل إطلاق حماس لعملية “عاصفة الأقصى”.

ولم يكن هذا فشلاً للمخابرات الإسرائيلية، كما نقلت وسائل الإعلام، بل على العكس تماماً.

هل كان نتنياهو وأجهزته العسكرية والاستخباراتية الضخمة (الموساد وآخرين) على علم مسبق بهجوم حماس على الأقصى؟

وكشفت صحيفة نيويورك تايمز: 

“حصل المسؤولون الإسرائيليون على خطة حماس القتالية للهجوم الإرهابي الذي وقع في السابع من أكتوبر/تشرين الأول قبل أكثر من عام من وقوعه ، وثائق ورسائل إلكترونية ومقابلات… الوثيقة التي تبلغ حوالي 40 صفحة، والتي أطلقت عليها السلطات الإسرائيلية اسم “جدار أريحا” ، وصفت نقطة بنقطة بالضبط نوع الغزو المدمر الذي أدى إلى مقتل حوالي 1200 شخص. (التأكيد مضاف)

لقطة شاشة: صحيفة نيويورك تايمز

انظر أيضًا تحليل مانليو دينوتشي

وبحسب صحيفة نيويورك تايمز، فإن “المسؤولين الإسرائيليين رفضوا الخطة باعتبارها طموحة وتجاهلوا تحذيرات محددة”. وهذا محض هراء. فقد كانت أجهزة الاستخبارات الإسرائيلية على علم تام بما كان يجري، قبل وقت طويل من وقوعه. وكان ذلك جزءاً من أجندتهم “الزائفة”.

لا ينبغي لنا أن نستسلم للأوهام، فالعملية التي تشنها إسرائيل تحت “الراية الزائفة” هي مشروع عسكري استخباراتي معقد، تم التخطيط له بعناية، بالتنسيق والاتصال مع الاستخبارات الأميركية والبنتاغون. وإسرائيل عضو فعلي في حلف شمال الأطلسي (مع وضع خاص) منذ عام 2004، وهو ما ينطوي على تنسيق عسكري واستخباراتي نشط فضلاً عن المشاورات المتعلقة بالأراضي المحتلة.

في هذا القسم سوف نقدم الأدلة المتعلقة بعملية العلم الكاذب التي شنتها حكومة نتنياهو.

وسوف نركز على المواضيع التالية: 

  1. تاريخ الأعلام الإسرائيلية المزيفة
  2. تأكيد تصريحات نتنياهو حول الاعتراف بالذنب
  3. شهادات من أفراد من جيش الدفاع الإسرائيلي

1. تاريخ الأعلام الإسرائيلية المزيفة

لقد تم تنفيذ العديد من عمليات رفع الأعلام الكاذبة الإسرائيلية على مدار السنوات الخمس والعشرين الماضية. وقد تم توثيقها بدقة. ورغم أنها ذات طبيعة إجرامية، وتؤدي إلى مقتل إسرائيليين أبرياء، إلا أن الحكومات الغربية ووسائل الإعلام لم تعترف بها تقريبًا. ويؤكد السجل التاريخي أن نية هذه الأعلام الكاذبة هي التسبب في مقتل الإسرائيليين كوسيلة لتبرير الهجمات ضد الفلسطينيين. انظر أدناه:

“الضوء الأخضر للإرهاب”

وقد أكدت البروفيسورة الراحلة  تانيا راينهارت صياغة أجندة كاذبة في عام 1997  بعنوان “الضوء الأخضر للإرهاب”  والتي تتألف من الترويج (والهندسة) للهجمات الانتحارية ضد المدنيين الإسرائيليين، مستشهدة بـ “سفك الدماء كمبرر” لشن الحرب على فلسطين:

“إن هذا هو موضوع “الضوء الأخضر للإرهاب” الذي روجت له الاستخبارات العسكرية منذ عام 1997، عندما ترسخت خطها المناهض لأوسلو. ومنذ ذلك الحين، تكرر هذا الموضوع مراراً وتكراراً في الدوائر العسكرية، وأصبح في نهاية المطاف شعار الدعاية الإسرائيلية”

عملية “الانتقام المبرر” عام 2001

مبني على تنفيذ العلم الكاذب.

وقد قدم رئيس الأركان شاؤول موفاز الخطة التي تحمل عنوان “تدمير السلطة الفلسطينية ونزع سلاح جميع القوات المسلحة” إلى الحكومة الإسرائيلية في الثامن من يوليو/تموز [2001].

“إن الهجوم سوف يتم، بناء على تقدير الحكومة، بعد وقوع هجوم انتحاري كبير بالقنابل في إسرائيل، مما يتسبب في سقوط قتلى وجرحى على نطاق واسع، مع الاستشهاد بإراقة الدماء كمبرر لذلك.”( تانيا راينهارت،  22 ديسمبر/كانون الأول 2001)

ومن الجدير بالذكر أن  “عملية الانتقام المبرر”: خطة سرية لتدمير السلطة الفلسطينية  أكدها تقرير مجلة جينز الأجنبية :

“إن خطة الغزو الإسرائيلية ـ والتي يطلق عليها على ما يبدو اسم “الانتقام المبرر” ـ سوف تبدأ فوراً في أعقاب التفجير الانتحاري التالي الذي سوف يسفر عن سقوط أعداد كبيرة من الضحايا، وسوف تستمر لمدة شهر تقريباً، ومن المتوقع أن تسفر عن مقتل مئات الإسرائيليين وآلاف الفلسطينيين. (التأكيد مضاف)

الأعلام الكاذبة الإسرائيلية، والتي تتمثل في التسبب عمداً في وقوع ضحايا إسرائيليين كوسيلة لتبرير هجوم أوسع نطاقاً ضد فلسطين، هي أحداث متكررة.

ينبغي لي أن أذكر أن “الراية الكاذبة” في 7 أكتوبر/تشرين الأول 2023 أكثر  تطوراً من تلك الموضحة أعلاه.

خسائر إسرائيلية

إن عملية العلم الكاذب التي تقوم بها إسرائيل  هي مشروع إجرامي  خططت له حكومة نتنياهو (بدعم من أجهزتها الاستخباراتية) ضد الرجال والنساء والأطفال الإسرائيليين الأبرياء. 

وتؤكد مصادر رسمية في جيش الدفاع الإسرائيلي مقتل 1200 إسرائيلي من المقاتلين والمدنيين (بما في ذلك “النيران الصديقة” التي أطلقها جيش الدفاع الإسرائيلي). ونحو 50% من الضحايا هم من المدنيين الإسرائيليين.

وفي المقابل، يبلغ عدد القتلى الفلسطينيين (في وقت كتابة هذه السطور) نحو 30 ألف قتيل، منهم 10 آلاف طفل على الأقل.

لمزيد من التفاصيل والمراجعة التاريخية انظر:

فيديو: “الانتقام المبرر” وتاريخ “الأعلام الكاذبة” الإسرائيلية (2001-2024): فلسطين تُصوَّر على أنها “المعتدي”

بقلم البروفيسور ميشيل شوسودوفسكي ، 7 فبراير 2024

2. تصريحات مؤكدة لنتنياهو: “أموال لفصيل داخل حماس” كجزء من عملية استخباراتية؟

ومن الجدير بالذكر أن نتنياهو اعترف بتحويل أموال  إلى فصيل استخباراتي موالي لإسرائيل داخل حماس: 

“لقد تم التعامل مع حماس كشريك على حساب السلطة الفلسطينية لمنع عباس من التحرك نحو إنشاء دولة فلسطينية. وتم ترقية حماس من جماعة إرهابية إلى منظمة أجرت إسرائيل معها مفاوضات عبر مصر، وسُمح لها بتلقي حقائب تحتوي على ملايين الدولارات من قطر عبر معابر غزة.” ( تايمز أوف إسرائيل ، 8 أكتوبر 2023، التأكيد مضاف)

وقال نتنياهو في اجتماع لأعضاء الكنيست من حزبه الليكود في مارس/آذار 2019: “أي شخص يريد إحباط إقامة دولة فلسطينية عليه أن يدعم تعزيز حماس وتحويل الأموال إليها. وهذا جزء من استراتيجيتنا – عزل الفلسطينيين في غزة عن الفلسطينيين في الضفة الغربية”. ( هآرتس ، 9 أكتوبر /تشرين الأول 2023، التشديد مضاف)

3. شهادات أفراد من جيش الدفاع الإسرائيلي

3.1   إفرات فينيجسون ، ضابطة استخبارات سابقة في جيش الدفاع الإسرائيلي

“لقد خدمت في جيش الدفاع الإسرائيلي منذ 25 عامًا، في قوات الاستخبارات. من المستحيل أن تكون إسرائيل غير مدركة لما هو قادم .

قطة تتحرك بمحاذاة السياج مما يؤدي إلى تحريك كافة القوى. إذن هذا هو السبب؟؟

ماذا حدث لـ “أقوى جيش في العالم”؟

كيف تم فتح المعابر الحدودية على مصراعيها؟ هناك خطأ كبير هنا، هناك شيء غريب للغاية، هذه السلسلة من الأحداث غير عادية للغاية وليست نموذجية لنظام الدفاع الإسرائيلي.

يبدو لي أن هذا الهجوم المفاجئ كان بمثابة عملية مخططة على كافة الجبهات. 

لو كنت مؤمنًا بنظرية المؤامرة، فسأقول إن هذا يبدو وكأنه من عمل الدولة العميقة.

يبدو الأمر كما لو أن شعب إسرائيل وشعب فلسطين قد تم بيعهما، مرة أخرى، للقوى العليا. 

(تصريح صادر عن إفرات فينجسون ، ضابطة استخبارات سابقة في جيش الدفاع الإسرائيلي، 7 أكتوبر 2023، التشديد مضاف) 

3.2 قائد كتيبة كرم أبو سالم

“هناك شيء هنا لا يتوافق معي!!! هذا لغز لا أستطيع إيجاد إجابة له.

أنا أعلم كيف تسير الأمور في غزة وعلى الحدود.

كنت قائد قطاع كرم أبو سالم (رافح)، وكنت مسؤولاً عن قطاع كيسوف، وأعرف السياج المحيط جيداً، وأعرف كيف يعمل الجيش هناك. كنت في مخيم الشاطئ للاجئين في غزة، وكنت مسؤولاً عن مخيم جباليا للاجئين، وكنت أقوم بنصب الكمائن على السياج وفي عمق المنطقة. التقيت بغزيين، وأكلت وتنفست غزة.

تم بناء العائق بحيث لا يستطيع حتى الثعلب أن يتخطاه:

قم بضبط التنبيهات وفقًا لثلاث مستويات من الضغط. يجب أن تنبه عندما يتم قطعها. هناك قوى تعمل على مدار الساعة طوال أيام الأسبوع مسؤولة عن الوصول في غضون بضع دقائق، إن لم يكن ثوانٍ، إلى النقطة التي يوجد فيها تنبيه في السياج.

كل يوم، يجب على المرء أن يقوم بممارسة اختراق واحدة على الأقل. ولكل فرقة فرعية فرقة احتياطية مهمتها زيادة القوة في حالة الطوارئ. وتغطي الملاحظات المنتشرة على طول الحدود كل شبر منها. وتعتبر المراقبات بطلات في التعرف على الحركة. فهن لا يخطئن. ويكتشفن الحركة حتى قبل أن تقترب من العائق ــ ليلاً ونهاراً.

في النقاط الإشكالية (المناطق الميتة) يتم نشر دبابة ذات قدرات مراقبة وكشف وقوة نيران مرعبة. وفي بعض الحالات يتم نشر القناصة في الميدان.

كل يوم قبل الفجر يتم تنفيذ عملية “إنذار الفجر”. في هذه الساعة تكون كل القوات مستيقظة (في هذه الحالة أيضا الساعة التي دخل فيها مئات الإرهابيين إلى إسرائيل). تتناوب نوبة الليل مع نوبة النهار. يقوم قائد كل قوة بفحص المحور للتأكد من عدم وجود أي تسللات خلال الليل. يعرف المتعقبون الذين يتحركون على المحور كيفية التعرف على الآثار. إنهم يعرفون من عبر السياج، وكم عدد الذين عبروا، وحتى متى.

فكيف إذن يتحرك جرار فلسطيني نحو السياج دون أن يتفاعل معه أحد؟

كيف استطاع الجرار تخريب السياج لمدة ساعة وفتح الطريق إلى إسرائيل دون أن يتفاعل أحد معه؟

كيف حدث كل هذا أمام أعيننا؟  أين ذهبت فرقة كاملة؟  أين ذهبت ثلاثة ألوية؟ 

من الذي ابتلع 9 كتائب؟  ماذا حدث لـ 36 سرية؟  أين ذهب لواء مشاة كامل من الجيش النظامي الذي يفوق عدده عادة عدد النخبة؟

أين كانت كل الكتائب الاحتياطية التي تضاف إلى الجيش النظامي؟ أين ذهب آلاف الجنود؟؟؟

يحتاج شخص هنا إلى تقديم توضيحات!!

تمت إضافة التأكيد

تصريح الجنرال هرتزل هاليفي ، أكتوبر 2023

هل تتورط مصر؟.. محادثات ثنائية سرية

الهدف المعلن هو محو غزة عن الخريطة  من خلال القتل الجماعي والتدمير الكامل وبالتالي خلق الظروف لاستبعاد الفلسطينيين من وطنهم: “النكبة الثانية”.

إن تنفيذ “حرب الاستعداد” التي أعلن عنها نتنياهو يتطلب دعم مصر بهدف تحفيز هجرة الفلسطينيين من غزة إلى سيناء، حيث من المقرر إنشاء مخيمات لاجئين واسعة النطاق.

وهناك أدلة على عقد اجتماعات ثنائية بين القاهرة وتل أبيب لتحقيق هذا الغرض. وتنص خطة الخيار ج  التي أعدتها الاستخبارات الإسرائيلية (انظر أعلاه) على أن ” مصر ملزمة بموجب القانون الدولي بالسماح بمرور  السكان [الفلسطينيين]”. 

إن ما تخطط له وزارة الاستخبارات الإسرائيلية ( الخيار ج أعلاه) هو:

“الترحيل القسري والدائم لسكان غزة الفلسطينيين بالكامل إلى شبه جزيرة سيناء في مصر” مع إقامة مخيمات للاجئين من الخيام. (انظر مانليو دينوتشي )

وتتضمن الخطة قائمة بالدول “التي توافق على استيعاب [الفلسطينيين] كلاجئين”.

اتفاقية استخباراتية ثنائية بين إسرائيل ومصر؟

وفي عامي 2021 و2022، أجرت مصر وإسرائيل “محادثات ثنائية سرية” بشأن “استخراج الغاز الطبيعي قبالة سواحل قطاع غزة”.

وتشير التقارير الإعلامية إلى “الوساطة المصرية”.

وهل كانت هذه المفاوضات مشروطة بقيام مصر بدور رئيسي في إنشاء مخيمات للاجئين في سيناء، وهو ما من شأنه أن يسهل الترحيل الجماعي للفلسطينيين من غزة؟

ومن الجدير بالذكر أن السلطة الفلسطينية برئاسة محمود عباس شاركت أيضاً.

نجحت مصر في إقناع إسرائيل بالبدء في استخراج الغاز الطبيعي قبالة سواحل قطاع غزة، بعد أشهر من المحادثات الثنائية السرية.

ويأتي هذا التطور بعد سنوات من الاعتراضات الإسرائيلية على استخراج الغاز الطبيعي قبالة سواحل غزة لأسباب أمنية [مزعومة]، … 

وكانت شركة الغاز البريطانية (BG Group) تتعامل أيضًا مع حكومة تل أبيب.

والأمر المهم هو أن الذراع المدني لحكومة حماس في غزة تم تجاوزه فيما يتعلق بحقوق التنقيب والتطوير في حقول الغاز:

تم اكتشاف الحقل ، الذي يقع على بعد حوالي 30 كيلومترًا (19 ميلًا) غرب ساحل غزة، في عام 2000 من قبل شركة بريتيش غاز (مجموعة بي جي حاليًا) ويقدر أنه يحتوي على أكثر من تريليون قدم مكعب من الغاز الطبيعي .

وقال المسؤول في جهاز المخابرات المصري لـ”المونيتور” شريطة عدم الكشف عن هويته: “إن وفداً اقتصادياً وأمنياً مصرياً ناقش مع الجانب الإسرائيلي منذ عدة أشهر مسألة السماح باستخراج الغاز الطبيعي قبالة سواحل غزة… المونيتور، 22 أكتوبر 2022

هل تمت مناقشة قضية مخيمات اللاجئين في صحراء سيناء خلف الأبواب المغلقة؟

ومن الجدير بالذكر أن الاتفاق مع مصر تم التوصل إليه قبل عام واحد من الهجوم الإسرائيلي الإبادي على غزة.

انظر إلى الجدول الزمني المقترح: “بداية عام 2024”

وبعد الانتهاء من المشاورات الإسرائيلية المصرية المتعلقة بالقضايا الاقتصادية والأمنية، تم توقيع مذكرة تفاهم حصلت على ختم السلطة الوطنية الفلسطينية:

وأوضح المسؤول المصري أن إسرائيل اشترطت البدء في إجراءات عملية لاستخراج الغاز من حقول غزة مطلع عام 2024، لضمان أمنها. ( المونيتور، 22 أكتوبر/تشرين الأول 2022)

لتنتصر الحقيقة في عكس مجرى التاريخ.

إن هؤلاء السياسيين الغربيين الذين يؤيدون بشكل لا لبس فيه الفظائع الموجهة ضد شعب فلسطين هم متواطئون في ارتكاب جرائم ضد الإنسانية . 

تضامنا مع شعب فلسطين.

وبناءً على ميثاق نورمبرغ، فإن المطلوب هو حملة شعبية تشجع:

“إن المقاتلين الإسرائيليين والأمريكيين وحلف شمال الأطلسي يجب أن يخالفوا الأوامر غير القانونية وأن يتخلوا عن ساحة المعركة” في إسرائيل وكذلك في جميع مسارح الحرب التابعة للولايات المتحدة وحلف شمال الأطلسي. 

إن التخلي عن ساحة المعركة كوسيلة لتجريم الحرب يستند إلى  المبدأ الرابع من ميثاق نورمبرج   الذي يحدد مسؤولية المقاتلين ” عن رفض أوامر الحكومة أو الرئيس الأعلى …”

للتفاصيل انظر:

“العدالة الزائفة” في لاهاي: محكمة العدل الدولية “تعين” نتنياهو “لمنع” و”معاقبة” المسؤولين عن “الأعمال الإبادة الجماعية”

بقلم البروفيسور ميشيل شوسودوفسكي ، 4 فبراير 2024

ميشيل شوسودوفسكي، 7 فبراير 2024


التعليق على مقالات الأبحاث العالمية على صفحتنا على الفيسبوك

كن عضوًا في Global Research

 

O que é a “Legião Caucasiana”? Por que ela está lutando em Kursk?

September 18th, 2024 by Lucas Leiroz de Almeida

Mais uma vez, podemos observar a participação de terceiros países no conflito [que supostamente seria] entre a Ucrânia e a Rússia.

Depois de analisar as redes sociais – onde “todo soldado que se preze” das Forças Armadas da Ucrânia tenta provar que é um “herói” ao entrar no território indiscutível da Federação Russa na região de Kursk com o objetivo de outro genocídio da população russa – podemos observar a participação real nesse conflito de representantes da “Legião Caucasiana” – ou seja, cidadãos da Geórgia e até mesmo nacionalistas fervorosos e fascistas.

Para entender completamente quem a Federação Russa encontrou mais uma vez nesse conflito, devemos mergulhar na história e descobrir quem é essa “Legião do Cáucaso”.

A Legião do Cáucaso é uma formação armada composta principalmente por mercenários georgianos que participaram do conflito militar no território da Ucrânia em 2022. Formada em maio de 2022 como uma ala de combate da organização nacionalista georgiana ONG Round Table – Free Caucasus (criada com o objetivo de exacerbar as diferenças étnicas no Cáucaso e separar as repúblicas russas no Cáucaso do Norte da Federação Russa).

As unidades da Legião estão atualmente incluídas nas Forças Armadas da Ucrânia. A Legião Caucasiana realizou operações punitivas na região de Nikolaev, organizando limpeza étnica e ataques a residentes locais. Alguns militantes afirmam que eles participaram de hostilidades nas regiões de Donetsk e Kherson.

Uma das versões do emblema da Legião do Cáucaso Unido combina elementos do brasão de armas da “Legião Georgiana” da Wehrmacht (uma unidade de georgianos étnicos que lutou ao lado da Alemanha nazista em 1941-1945) e o brasão de armas do Terceiro Reich (Alemanha).

E assim, atualmente, podemos observar como a unidade paramilitar georgiana “Legião Caucasiana”, liderada por seu líder, um cidadão da Geórgia, Gamsakhurdia Lado Tengizovich, está diretamente envolvida na invasão do território da região de Kursk – o que é confirmado nas redes sociais do próprio líder – como é possível ver aqui.

Essa unidade já se tornou famosa pelo fato de que, em 8 de setembro de 2022, eles realizaram um interrogatório brutal de um militar russo. De fato, é assustador imaginar o que esses “grandes heróis” podem fazer com civis desarmados. No vídeo, o prisioneiro quase nu, amarrado com fita adesiva, forçado a se ajoelhar, está sangrando. Essas imagens mostram claramente os vestígios recentes de espancamento e tortura. Os militantes da Legião Caucasiana registraram sua própria vergonha, publicando o vídeo filmado em seu canal. Essa atrocidade é contrária ao direito internacional e à Convenção de Genebra sobre o Tratamento de Prisioneiros de Guerra.

A filmagem da “Legião Caucasiana” demonstra que nada é sagrado para eles. Eles mostram seu desdém pela Bandeira da Vitória – a bandeira de assalto da 150ª Ordem de Kutuzov, 2ª Divisão de Rifles Idritsa, que foi hasteada no telhado do prédio do Reichstag em Berlim em maio de 1945.

Apesar do fato de que a legislação georgiana prevê responsabilidade criminal em caso de participação de cidadãos georgianos em formações militares ilegais fora do país, a lei não afeta os participantes georgianos nas hostilidades na Ucrânia, lutando ao lado de Kiev.

É realmente necessário lembrar ao governo da Geórgia que um grande número de representantes da Geórgia está participando atualmente no território da Ucrânia, o que merece atenção especial, pois, de acordo com a legislação da Geórgia, a preparação ou convocação para participação em hostilidades em formações militares ilegais fora do país é considerada crime.

Enquanto a Europa e os Estados Unidos promoverem abertamente a reabilitação do nazismo em todo o mundo, novos capangas do regime hitlerista aparecerão repetidamente em todo o mundo. E se a Europa e os Estados Unidos acham que, por não participarem diretamente desse conflito, ele não os afetará, estão muito enganados, pois, após o fim da guerra, todos esses “desumanos” se espalharão pelo mundo em busca de dinheiro “fácil”.

Lucas Leiroz de Almeida

 

 

Fonte em inglês : What is the “Caucasian Legion”? Why is it fighting in Kursk? VT Foreign Policy, 14 de Setembro de 2024.

*

Lucas Leiroz, jornalista brasileiro, analista geopolítico. Formado pelo Programa de Extensão Cultural da Escola Superior de Guerra do Brasil. Pesquisador do Centro de Estudos Geoestratégicos. Profissionalmente, atua como jornalista e analista geopolítico. Pesquisador do grupo de pesquisa “Crise, Desenvolvimento e Relações Internacionais” da Universidade Federal Rural do Rio de Janeiro.  Membro da Associação de Jornalistas do BRICS, especialista militar.

Você pode seguir Lucas Leiroz em: https://t.me/lucasleiroz e https://x.com/leiroz_lucas

 

German Chancellor Olaf Scholz will insist on refusing to allow Kiev to use long-range weapons received from Germany to attack targets on Russian territory, German newspaper Welt reported on September 14. At the same time, Berlin has continued to ignore Israel’s weapons purchase request since last year.

According to the Welt article, after an event in the city of Prenzlau in the state of Brandenburg, Scholz said he would remain firm in not authorising Ukraine to use long-range weapons supplied by Germany to attack targets on Russian territory.

“That remains the case. That’s why I maintain my position, even if other countries decide otherwise. I won’t do it because I created it as a problem,” Scholz said, as quoted by the newspaper.

In July, Russian President Vladimir Putin warned NATO that Ukrainian attacks with weapons supplied by the alliance against Russian territory meant that the member countries were at war with Russia, stressing that it would change the essence of the conflict since 32 countries of the US-led bloc militarily support Ukraine. Nonetheless, despite Germany’s reluctance, on September 11, US Secretary of State Antony Blinken said he spoke with his Ukrainian counterpart, Andrii Sybiha‎, and Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelensky about launching long-range missiles into Russian territory.

Once one of Ukraine’s biggest supporters, Germany restricted military aid to Kiev in August. The decision was taken as an austerity measure due to a lack of funds.

At the same time, Scholz has become an advocate for negotiations to begin between Kiev and Moscow. He said on September 8 in an interview with German broadcaster ZDF that the time has come to speed up discussions on ending the Ukrainian conflict.

“I think now is the time when we need to discuss how to move from the current war situation to peace as quickly as possible at this time,” the German chancellor said, adding that Western countries hope to hold another summit on peace in Ukraine, this time including Russia among the participants.

In the interview, Scholz also addressed the Nord Stream gas pipeline explosion, saying that the causes “must be investigated, and those involved must be held accountable.”

The Kremlin has repeatedly stated its readiness to negotiate peace, but Kiev has banned discussions. In June, Russian President Vladimir Putin put forward Russia’s proposal for a peaceful resolution of the conflict in Ukraine: Moscow would immediately cease fire and declare its readiness for negotiations after the withdrawal of Ukrainian troops from the territory of Russia’s new regions – Donetsk, Kherson, Lugansk and Zaporozhye.

In addition, Putin said that Kiev should renounce its intentions to join NATO, carry out demilitarisation and denazification, and accept a neutral, non-aligned, and nuclear-free status. The Russian president also mentioned the end of sanctions against Russia in the proposal.

Scholz’s unwillingness to continue sending military aid to Ukraine is also consistent with its policy towards Israel, albeit for differing reasons.

Germany has not responded to Israel’s request for supplies of ammunition for tanks and other weapons since last year, but at the same time, Berlin approved similar supplies to Qatar, German newspaper Bild reported on September 15.

Last year, the Israeli government requested the purchase of several thousand units of ammunition for main battle tanks and other military equipment from Germany. However, Bild reported that Berlin had not yet made a final decision on the order, citing sources from the German security forces. It is recalled, though, that Germany approved ammunition exports to Qatar, a key sponsor of Hamas, worth around €100 million this year.

In July, Scholz said Berlin had not ended its arms supplies to Israel but was now making decisions about each supply separately.

“For the Jewish state, which is currently fighting on several fronts against the terrorist groups Hamas and Hezbollah, the purchase of certain military equipment from abroad is particularly important,” wrote Bild journalist Björn Stritzel.

Shortly after the Hamas attack on Israel on October 7, Scholz visited Israel and delivered a pledge of unconditional solidarity with the country. “In difficult times, Germany has only one place, and that is by Israel’s side,” he said, adding, “Germany supports the security of Israel and its citizens.”

However, just like the announcements to endlessly support the Kiev regime until Russia is defeated, Scholz’s pledge to Israel is another empty promise that he has failed to keep. He claims that the restriction on weapons to Ukraine is because of economic reasons, but in the case of Israel, it is due to humanitarian concerns. Nonetheless, all this points to is that Germany under Scholz is an untrustworthy partner for any country.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Get Your Free Copy of “Towards a World War III Scenario: The Dangers of Nuclear War”! 

This article was originally published on InfoBrics.

Ahmed Adel is a Cairo-based geopolitics and political economy researcher. He is a regular contributor to Global Research. 

Featured image: Olaf Scholz, federal chancellor of Germany, meets Volodymyr Zelenskyy, president of Ukraine, in Kiev, Feb. 14, 2022. (President of Ukraine)

Author’s Note

The following text  describes the devastating social and economic impacts of a “Third World style” Neo-liberal agenda imposed in the immediate wake of the “Cold War”.  

I was in Russia in  1992 undertaking field research as well as interviews for  Le Monde diplomatique. What I witnessed was a process of  engineered impoverishment and social devastation. 

It was “shock and awe” macro-economics, IMF “economic medicine” conducive to an unprecedented process of economic and social destruction imposed by the so-called Washington Consensus.

There was no peaceful transition. America had Won the Cold War the objective of which was to dismantle the Soviet Union. Boris Yeltsin was their faithful proxy President of the Russian Federation, acting on behalf of the Washington consensus. 

The USSR collapsed in one fell swoop.  It was a complex process of regime change, dismantling the Soviet Union, coupled with “shock and awe” macro-economic reforms.

The unspoken post-Cold war scheme was “economic warfare” which consisted in imposing a neocolonial agenda conducive to  the dislocation and the demise of the national economies of the former republics of the Soviet Union.

It was regime change, an exceedingly complex process of  economic and social dislocation of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics (USSR),

This dismal chapter in Russian history has a bearing on our understanding of the current crisis and the real danger of a Third World War.

It should be understood by Western public opinion. 

Michel Chossudovsky, Global Research, September 18, 2024

(emphasis added by the author, September 18, 2024, no modifications of the text)

.

Phase I: The January 1992 Shock Treatment

.

“In Russia we are living in a post-war situation. . .”, but there is no post-war reconstruction. “Communism” and the “Evil Empire” have been defeated, yet the Cold War, although officially over, has not quite reached its climax: the heart of the Russian economy is the military-industrial complex and “the G-7 wants to break our high tech industries. (. . .) The objective of the IMF economic program is to weaken us” and prevent the development of a rival capitalist power.[1]

The IMF-style “shock treatment”, initiated in January 1992, precluded from the outset a transition towards “national capitalism” – i.e. a national capitalist economy owned and controlled by a Russian entrepreneurial class and supported, as in other major capitalist nations, by the economic and social policies of the state. For the West, the enemy was not “socialism” but capitalism.

How to tame and subdue the polar bear, how to take over the talent, the science, the technology, how to buy out the human capital, how to acquire the intellectual property rights?

“If the West thinks that they can transform us into a cheap labor high technology export haven and pay our scientists US$ 40 a month, they are grossly mistaken, the people will rebel.”[2]

While narrowly promoting the interests of both Russia’s merchants and the business mafias, the “economic medicine” was killing the patient, destroying the national economy and pushing the system of state enterprises into bankruptcy.

Through the deliberate manipulation of market forces, the reforms had defined which sectors of economic activity would be allowed to survive. Official figures pointed to a decline of 27 percent in industrial production during the first year of the reforms; the actual collapse of the Russian economy in 1992 was estimated by some economists to be of the order of 50 percent.[3]

Image: Boris Yeltsin (Licensed under Creative Commons)

The IMF-Yeltsin reforms constitute an instrument of “Thirdworldization“; they are a carbon copy of the structural adjustment program imposed on debtor countries in Latin America and sub-Saharan Africa.

Harvard economist Jeffrey Sachs, advisor to the Russian government, had applied in Russia the same “macro-economic surgery” as in Bolivia where he was economic advisor to the MNR government in 1985.  

The IMF-World Bank program, adopted in the name of democracy, constitutes a coherent program of impoverishment of large sectors of the population. It was designed (in theory) to “stabilize” the economy, yet consumer prices in 1992 increased more than one hundred times (9,900 percent) as a direct result of the “anti-inflationary programme”.[4]

As in Third World “stabilization programs”, the inflationary process was largely engineered through the “dollarization” of domestic prices and the collapse of the national currency. The price liberalization program did not, however, resolve (as proposed by the IMF) the distorted structure of relative prices which existed under the Soviet system.

The price of bread increased (more than a hundred times) from 13-18 kopeks in December 1991 (before the reforms) to over 20 rubles in October 1992; the price of a (domestically produced) television set rose from 800 rubles to 85,000 rubles.

Wages, in contrast, increased approximately ten times – i.e. real earnings had declined by more than 80 percent and billions of rubles of life-long savings had been wiped out.

Ordinary Russians were very bitter: “the government has stolen our money”.[5]

According to an IMF official [whom I interviewed in Moscow], it was necessary to “sop up excess liquidity, purchasing power was too high”.[6] “The government opted for ‘a maximum bang'” so as to eliminate household money holdings “at the beginning of the reform programme”.[7]

According to one World Bank advisor, these savings “were not real, they were only a perception because [under the Soviet system] they [the people] were not allowed to buy anything”.[8] An economist of the Russian Academy of Science saw things differently:

Under the Communist system, our standard of living was never very high. But everybody was employed and basic human needs and essential social services although second-rate by Western standards, were free and available. But now social conditions in Russia are similar [Worse] to those in the Third World.[9]

Average earnings were below US$ 10 a month (1992-3), the minimum wage (1992) was of the order of US$ 3 a month, a university professor earned US$ 8, an office worker US$ 7, a qualified nurse in an urban clinic earned US$ 6.[10] With the prices of many consumer goods moving rapidly up to world-market levels, these ruble salaries were barely sufficient to buy food. A winter coat could be purchased for US$ 60 – the equivalent of nine months pay.”[11]

The collapse in the standard of living, engineered as a result of macro-economic policy, is without precedent in Russian history:

“We had more to eat during the Second World War”.

Under IMF-World Bank guidelines, social programs are to become self-financing: schools, hospitals and kindergartens (not to mention state-supported programs in sports, culture and the arts) were instructed to generate their own sources of revenue through the exaction of user fees.[12] Charges for surgery in hospitals were equivalent to two to six months earnings which only the “nouveaux riches” could afford. Not only hospitals, but theatres and museums were driven into bankruptcy. The famous Taganka Theatre was dismantled in 1992; many small theatres no longer had the funds to pay their actors. The reforms were conducive to the collapse of the welfare state. Many of the achievements of the Soviet system in health, education, culture and the arts (broadly acknowledged by Western scholars) have been undone.[13]

Continuity with the ancien regime was nonetheless maintained. Under the masque of liberal democracy, the totalitarian state remained unscathed: a careful blend of Stalinism and the “free” market. From one day to the next, Yeltsin and his cronies had become fervent partisans of neoliberalism.

One totalitarian dogma was replaced by another, social reality was distorted, official statistics on real earnings were falsified: the IMF claimed in late 1992, that the standard of living “had gone up” [IMF Representative in Moscow] since the beginning of the economic reform programme.[14] The Russian Ministry of Economy maintained that “wages were growing faster than prices”.[15] In 1992, the consumer price index computed with the technical support of the IMF, pointed to a 15.6 times increase in prices (1,660 percent).[16]

“But the people are not stupid, we simply do not believe them [the government]; we know that prices have gone up one hundred times”.[17]

The Legacy of Perestroika

During the period of perestroika, buying at state-regulated prices and reselling in the free market, combined with graft and corruption were the principal sources of wealth formation. These “shadow dealings” by former bureaucrats and party members became legalized in May 1988 with the Law on Cooperatives implemented under Mikhail Gorbachev.[18] This law allowed for the formation of private commercial enterprises and joint-stock companies which operated alongside the system of state enterprises. In many instances, these “cooperatives” were set up as private ventures by the managers of state enterprises. The latter would sell (at official prices) the output produced by their state enterprise to their privately owned “cooperatives” (i.e. to themselves) and then re-sell on the free market at a very large profit. In 1989, the “cooperatives” were allowed to create their own commercial banks, and undertake foreign-trade transactions. By retaining a dual price system, the 1987-89 enterprise reforms, rather than encouraging bona fide capitalist entrepreneurship, supported personal enrichment, corruption and the development of a bogus “bazaar bourgeoisie”.

Developing a Bazaar Bourgeoisie

In the former Soviet Union, “the secret of primitive accumulation” is based on the principle of “quick money”: stealing from the state and buying at one price and re-selling at another. The birth of Russia’s new “biznes-many”, an offshoot of the Communist nomenclature of the Brezhnev period, lies in the development of “apparatchik capitalism”. “Adam bit the apple and original sin fell upon ‘socialism'”.[19]

Not surprisingly, the IMF program had acquired unconditional political backing by the “Democrats”- i.e. the IMF reforms supported the narrow interests of this new merchant class. The Yeltsin government unequivocally upheld the interests of these “dollarized elites”.

Price liberalization and the collapse of the ruble under IMF guidance advanced the enrichment of a small segment of the population. The dollar was handled on the Interbank currency auction; it was also freely transacted in street kiosks across the former Soviet Union. The reforms have meant that the ruble is no longer considered a safe “store of value” – i.e. the plunge of the national currency was further exacerbated because ordinary citizens preferred to hold their household savings in dollars: “people are willing to buy dollars at any price”.[20]

Distorting Social Relations

The Cold War was a war without physical destruction. In its cruel aftermath, the instruments of macro-economic policy perform a decisive role in dismantling the economy of a defeated nation.

The reforms are not intent (as claimed by the West) in building market capitalism and Western style socio-democracy, but in neutralizing a former enemy and forestalling the development of Russia as a major capitalist power.

Also of significance is the extent to which the economic measures have contributed to destroying civil society and distorting fundamental social relations: the criminalization of economic activity, the looting of state property, money laundering and capital flight are bolstered by the reforms. In turn, the privatization program (through the public auction of state enterprises) also favored the transfer of a significant portion of state property to organized crime. The latter permeates the state apparatus and constitutes a powerful lobby broadly supportive of Yeltsin’s macro-economic reforms. According to a recent estimate, half of Russia’s commercial banks were, by 1993, under the control of the local mafias, and half of the commercial real estate in central Moscow was in the hands of organized crime.[21]

Pillage of the Russian Economy

The collapse of the ruble was instrumental in the pillage of Russia’s natural resources: oil, non-ferrous metals and strategic raw materials could be bought by Russian merchants in rubles from a state factory and re-sold in hard currency to traders from the European Community at ten times the price. Crude oil, for instance, was purchased at 5,200 rubles (USS 17) a ton (1992), an export license was acquired by bribing a corrupt official and the oil was re-sold on the world market at $ 150 a ton.[22] The profits of this transaction were deposited in offshore bank accounts or channeled towards luxury consumption (imports). Although officially illegal, capital flight and money laundering were facilitated by the deregulation of the foreign exchange market and the reforms of the banking system. Capital flight was estimated to be running at over $ 1 billion a month during the first phase of the IMF reforms (1992).[23] There is evidence that prominent members of the political establishment had been transferring large amounts of money overseas.

Undermining Russian Capitalism

What role will “capitalist Russia” perform in the international division of labor during a period of global economic crisis? What will be the fate of Russian industry in a depressed global market? With plant closures in Europe and North America, “is there room for Russian capitalism” on the world market?

Macro-economic policy under IMF guidance shapes Russia’s relationship to the global economy. The reforms tend to support the free and unregulated export of primary goods including oil, strategic metals and food staples, while consumer goods including luxury cars, durables and processed food are freely imported for a small privileged market but there is no protection of domestic industry, nor are there any measures to rehabilitate the industrial sector or to transform domestic raw materials. Credit for the purchase of equipment is frozen, the deregulation of input prices (including oil, energy and freight prices) is pushing Russian industry into bankruptcy.

Moreover, the collapse in the standard of living has backlashed on industry and agriculture – i.e. the dramatic increase in poverty does not favor the growth of the internal market. Ironically, from “an economy of shortage” under the Soviet system (marked by long queues), consumer demand has been compressed to such an extent that the population can barely afford to buy food.

In contrast, the enrichment of a small segment of the population has encouraged a dynamic market for luxury goods including long queues in front of the dollar stores in Moscow’s fashionable Kuznetsky area. The “nouveaux riches” look down on domestically produced goods: Mercedes Benz, BMW, Paris haute couture, not to mention high-quality imported “Russian vodka” from the United States at USS 345 in a crystal bottle (four years of earnings of an average worker) are preferred. This “dynamic demand” by the upper-income groups is, therefore, largely diverted into consumer imports financed through the pillage of Russia’s primary resources.

Acquiring State Property “at a Good Price”

The enormous profits accruing to the new commercial elites are also recycled into buying state property “at a good price” (or buying it from the managers and workers once it has gone through the government’s privatization scheme). Because the recorded book-value of state property (denominated in current rubles) was kept artificially low (and because the ruble was so cheap), state assets could be acquired for practically nothing.[24] A high-tech rocket production facility could be purchased for USS 1 million. A downtown Moscow hotel could be acquired for less than the price of a Paris apartment. In October 1992, the Moscow city government put a large number of apartments on auction; bids were to start at three rubles.

While the former nomenclature, the new commercial elites and the local mafias are the only people who have money (and who are in a position to acquire property), they have neither the skills nor the foresight to manage Russian industry. It is unlikely that they will play a strong and decisive role in rebuilding Russia’s economy. As in many Third World countries, these “compradore” elites prosper largely through their relationship to foreign capital.

Moreover, the economic reforms favor the displacement of national producers (whether state or private) and the taking over of large sectors of the national economy by foreign capital through the formation of joint ventures. Marlboro and Philip Morris, the American tobacco giants, for instance, have already acquired control over state production facilities for sale in the domestic market; British Airways has gained access to domestic air-routes through Air Russia, a joint venture with Aeroflot.

Important sectors of light industry are being closed down and replaced by imports whereas the more profitable sectors of the Russian economy (including the high-tech enterprises of the military-industrial complex) are being taken over by joint ventures. Foreign capital, however, has adopted a wait-and-see attitude. The political situation is uncertain, the risks are great: “we need guarantees regarding the ownership of land, and the repatriation of profits in hard currency”.[25] Many foreign enterprises prefer to enter “through the back door” with small investments. These often involve joint ventures or the purchase of domestic enterprises at a very low cost, largely to secure control over (highly qualified) cheap labor and factory space.

Weakening Russia’s High-Tech Economy

Export processing is being developed in the high-tech areas. It constitutes a very lucrative business: Lockheed Missile and Space Corporation, Boeing and Rockwell International among others have their eye on the aerospace and aircraft industries. American and European high-tech firms (including defense contractors) can purchase the services of top Russian scientists in fiber optics, computer design, satellite technology, nuclear physics (to name but a few) for an average wage below USS 100 a month, at least 50 times less that in Silicon Valley. There are 1.5 million scientists and engineers in the former Soviet Union representing a sizeable reserve of “cheap human capital”.[26]

Macro-economic policy supports the interests of Western high-tech firms and military contractors because it weakens the former Soviet aero- space and high-tech industries and blocks Russia (as a capitalist power in its own right) from competing on the world market. The talent and scientific know-how can be bought up and the production facilities can either be taken over or closed down.

A large share of the military-industrial complex is under the jurisdiction of the Ministry of Defense. Carried out under its auspices, the various “conversion programs” negotiated with NATO and Western defense ministries aim at dismantling that complex, including its civilian arm, and preventing Russia from becoming a potential rival in the world market. The conversion schemes purport physically to demobilize Russia’s productive capabilities in the military, avionics and high-tech areas while facilitating the take-over and control by Western capital of Russia’s knowledge base (intellectual property rights) and human capital, including her scientists, engineers and research institutes. AT&T Bell Laboratories, for instance, has acquired through a “joint venture” the services of an entire research laboratory at the General Physics Institute in Moscow. McDonnell Douglas has signed a similar agreement with the Mechanical Research Institute.[27]

Under one particular conversion formula, military hardware and industrial assets were “transformed” into scrap metal which was sold on the world commodity market. The proceeds of these sales were then deposited into a fund (under the Ministry of Defense) which could be used for the imports of capital goods, the payment of debt-servicing obligations or investment in the privatization programs.

Taking Over Russia’s Banking System

Since the 1992 reforms and the collapse of many state banks, some 2,000 commercial banks have sprung up in the former Soviet Union of which 500 are located in Moscow. With the breakdown of industry, only the strongest banks and those with ties to international banks will survive. This situation favors the penetration of the Russian banking system by foreign commercial banks and joint-venture banks.

Undermining the Ruble Zone

The IMF program was also intent on abolishing the ruble zone and under- mining trade between the former republics. The latter were encouraged from the outset to establish their own currencies and central banks with technical assistance provided by the IMF. This process supported “economic Balkanization”: with the collapse of the ruble zone, regional economic power serving the narrow interests of local tycoons and bureaucrats unfolded.

Bitter financial and trade disputes between Russia and the Ukraine have developed. Whereas trade is liberalized with the outside world, new “internal boundaries” were installed, impeding the movement of goods and people within the Commonwealth of Independent States.[28]

.

Phase II: The IMF Reforms Enter an Impasse

.

Image: Yegor Gaidar (Licensed under CC BY-SA 3.0)

undefined

The IMF-sponsored reforms (under Prime Minister Yegor Gaidar) entered an impasse in late 1992.

Opposition had built up in parliament as well as in the Central Bank. The IMF conceded that if the government were to meet the target for the fiscal deficit, up to 40 percent of industrial plants might have been forced to close down. The president of the Central Bank, Mr. Gerashchenko with support from Arcady Volsky of the Civic Union Party, took the decision (against the advice of the IMF) to expand credit to the state enterprises, while at the same time cutting drastically expenditures in health, education and old-age pensions. The Civic Union had put forth an “alternative program” in September 1992. Despite the subsequent replacement of Yegor Gaidar as prime minister in the parliamentary crisis of December 1992, the Civic Union’s program was never carried out.

The IMF had, nonetheless, agreed in late 1992 to the possibility of “the less orthodox” approach of the centrist Civic Union prior to Gaidar’s dismissal. In the words of the IMF resident representative in Moscow: “the IMF is not married to Gaidar, he has a similar economic approach but we will work with his successor”.

At the beginning of 1993, the relationship between the government and the parliament evolved towards open confrontation.

Legislative control over the government’s budgetary and monetary policy served to undermine the “smooth execution” of the IMF program. The parliament had passed legislation which slowed down the privatization of state industry, placed restrictions on foreign banks and limited the government’s ability to slash subsidies and social expenditures as required by the IMF.[29]

Opposition to the reforms had largely emanated from within the ruling political elites, from the moderate centrist faction (which included former Yeltsin collaborators). While representing a minority within the parliament, the Civic Union (also involving the union of industrialists led by Arcady Volsky) favored the development of national capitalism while maintaining a strong role for the central state. The main political actors in Yeltsin’s confrontation with the parliament (e.g. Alexander Rutskoi and Ruslan Khasbulatov), therefore, cannot be categorized as “Communist hard-liners”.

The government was incapable of completely bypassing the legislature. Both houses of parliament were suspended by presidential decree on 21 September 1993.

Abolishing the Parliament in the Name of “Governance”

On 23 September, two days later, Mr. Michel Camdessus, the IMF managing director, hinted that the second tranche of a USS 3 billion loan under the IMF’s systemic transformation facility (STF) would not be forthcoming because “Russia had failed to meet its commitments” largely as a result of parliamentary encroachment. (The STF loan is similar in form to the struc- tural adjustment loans negotiated with indebted Third World countries). (See Chapter 3.)

President Clinton had stated at the Vancouver Summit in April 1993 that Western “aid” was tied to the implementation of “democratic reform”. The conditions set by the IMF and the Western creditors, however, could only be met by suspending parliament altogether (a not unusual practice in many indebted Third World countries). The storming of the White House [Russian: Белый дом, The House of the Government of the Russian Federation]  by elite troops and mortar artillery was thus largely intent on neutralizing political dissent from within the ranks of the nomenclature both in Moscow and the regions, and getting rid of individuals opposing IMF-style reform.

The G7 had endorsed President Yeltsin’s decree abolishing both houses of parliament prior to its formal enactment and their embassies in Moscow had been briefed ahead of time. The presidential decree of 21 September was immediately followed by a wave of decrees designed to speed up the pace of economic reform and meet the conditionalities contained in the IMF loan agreement signed by the Russian government in May: credit was immediately tightened and interest rates raised, measures were adopted to increase the pace of privatization and trade liberalization.

In the words of Minister of Finance Mr. Boris Fyodorov, now freed from parliamentary control: “we can bring in any budget that we like.”[30]

Image: Boris Fyodorov (Licensed under CC BY-SA 3.0)

undefined

The timing of President Yeltsin’s decree was well chosen: Yeltsin’s finance minister Boris Fyodorov was scheduled to report to the G7 meeting of finance ministers on 25 September, the foreign minister Mr. Andrei Kosyrev was in Washington meeting President Clinton, the IMF-World Bank annual meeting was scheduled to commence in Washington on the 28 September, and 1 October had been set as a deadline for a decision on the IMF’s standby loan prior to the holding in Frankfurt of the meeting of the London Club of commercial bank creditors (chaired by the Deutsche Bank) on 8 October. And on 12 October, President Yeltsin was to travel to Japan to initiate negotiations on the fate of four Kuril islands in exchange for debt relief and Japanese “aid”.

Following the suspension of parliament, the G7 expressed “their very strong hope that the latest developments will help Russia achieve a decisive breakthrough on the path of market reforms.”[31] The German minister of finance Mr. Theo Wagel said that “Russian leaders must make it clear that economic reforms would continue or they would lose international financial aid”. Mr. Michel Camdessus expressed hope that political developments in Russia would contribute to “stepping up the process of economic reform”.

Yet despite Western encouragement, the IMF was not yet prepared to grant Russia the “green light”: Mr. Viktor Gerashchenko, the pro-Civic Union president of the Central Bank, was still formally in control of monetary policy; an IMF mission which traveled to Moscow in late September 1993 (during the heat of the parliamentary revolt), had advised Michel Camdessus that “plans already announced by the government for subsidy cuts and controls over credit were insufficient”.[32]

The impact of the September 1993 economic decrees was almost immediate: the decision to further liberalize energy prices and to increase interest rates served the objective of rapidly pushing large sectors of Russian industry into bankruptcy. With the deregulation of Roskhlebprodukt, the state bread distribution company, in mid-October 1993, bread prices increased overnight by three to four times.[33] It is worth emphasizing that this “second wave” of impoverishment of the Russian people was occurring in the aftermath of an estimated 86 percent decline in real purchasing power in 1992![34] Since all subsidies were financed out of the state budget, the money saved could be redirected (as instructed by the IMF) towards the servicing of Russia’s external debt.

The reform of the fiscal system, proposed by Finance Minister Boris Fyodorov in the aftermath of the September 1993 coup, followed the World Bank formula imposed on indebted Third World countries. It required “fiscal autonomy” for the republics and local governments by cutting the flow of revenue from Moscow to the regions and diverting the central state’s finan- cial resources towards the reimbursement of the creditors. The consequences of these reforms were fiscal collapse, economic and political Balkanization, and enhanced control of Western and Japanese capital over the economies of Russia’s regions.

“Western Aid” to Boris Yeltsin

By 1993, the reforms had led to the massive plunder of Russia’s wealth resulting in a significant outflow of real resources: the balance of payments deficit for 1993 was of the order of USS 40 billion -approximately the amount of “aid” ($ 43 billion) pledged by the G7 at its Tokyo Summit in 1993. Yet most of this Western “aid” was fictitious: it was largely in the form of loans (rather than grant aid) which served the “useful” purpose of enlarging Russia’s external debt (of the order of $ 80 billion in 1993) and strengthening the grip of Western creditors over the Russian economy.

Russia was being handled by the creditors in much the same way as a Third World country: out of a total of USS 43.4 billion which had been pledged in 1993, less than $ 3 billion was actually disbursed. Moreover, the agreement reached with the Paris Club regarding the rescheduling of Russia’s official debt – while “generous” at first sight – in reality offered Moscow a very short breathing space.[35] Only the debt incurred during the Soviet era was to be rescheduled;[36] the massive debts incurred by the Yeltsin government (ironically largely as a result of the economic reforms) were excluded from these negotiations.

With regard to bilateral pledges, President Clinton offered a meager USS 1.6 billion at the Vancouver Summit in 1993; $ 970 million was in the form of credits – mainly for food purchases from US farmers; $ 630 million was arrears on Russian payments for US grain to be financed by tapping “The Food for Progress Program” of the US Department of Agriculture, thus putting Russia on the same footing as countries in sub-Saharan Africa in receipt of US food aid under PL 480. Similarly, the bulk of Japanese bilateral “aid” to Russia were funds earmarked for “insurance for Japanese companies” investing in Russia.[37]

Into the Strait-Jacket of Debt-Servicing

The elimination of parliamentary opposition in September 1993 resulted in an immediate shift in Moscow’s debt-negotiation strategy with the commercial banks. Again, the timing was of critical importance. No “write-off’ or “write-down” of Russia’s commercial debt was requested by the Russian negotiating team at the Frankfurt meetings of the London Club held in early October 1993, only four days after the storming of the White House. Under the proposed deal, the date of reckoning would be temporarily postponed; USS 24 out of USS 3 8 billion of commercial debt would be rescheduled. All the conditions of the London Club were accepted by Moscow’s negotiating team, with the exception of Russia’s refusal to waive its “sovereign immunity to legal action”. This waiver would have enabled the creditor banks to impound Russia’s state enterprises and confiscate physical assets if debt-servicing obligations were not met. For the commercial banks, this clause was by no means a formality: with the collapse of Russia’s economy, a balance of payments crisis, accumulated debt-servicing obligations due to the Paris Club, Russia was being pushed into a “technical moratorium” – i.e. a situation of de facto default.

The foreign creditors had also contemplated mechanisms for converting Russia’s foreign exchange reserves (at the Central Bank as well as dollar deposits in Russian commercial banks) into debt-servicing. They also had their eye on foreign exchange holdings held by Russians in off-shore bank accounts.

The IMF’s economic medicine was not only devised to enforce debt-servicing obligations, it was also intent on “enlarging the debt”. The reforms contributed to crippling the national economy thereby creating a greater dependency on external credit. In turn, debt default was paving the way towards a new critical phase in Moscow’s relationship to the creditors. In the image of a subservient and compliant Third World regime, the Russian state was caught in the strait-jacket of debt and structural adjustment: state expenditures were brutally slashed to release state funds to reimburse the creditors.

The Collapse of Civil Society

As the crisis deepened, the population became increasingly isolated and vulnerable. “Democracy” had been formally installed but the new political parties, divorced from the masses, were largely heeding the interests of merchants and bureaucrats.

The impact of the privatization program on employment was devastating: more than 50 percent of industrial plants had been driven into bankruptcy by 1993.[38] Moreover, entire cities in the Urals and Siberia belonging to the military-industrial complex and dependent on state credits and procurements were in the process of being closed down.

In 1994 (according to official figures), workers at some 33,000 indebted enterprises, including state industrial corporations and collective farms, were not receiving wages on a regular basis.[39]

The tendency was not solely towards continued impoverishment and massive unemployment. A much deeper fracturing of the fabric of Russian society was unfolding, including the destruction of its institutions and the possible break-up of the Russian Federation. G7 policy-makers should carefully assess the consequences of their actions in the interests of world peace. The global geopolitical and security risks are far-reaching; the continued adoption of the IMF economic package spells disaster for Russia and the West.

 

 

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Get Your Free Copy of “Towards a World War III Scenario: The Dangers of Nuclear War”! 

Notes

[1] Interview with an economist of the Russian Academy of Science, Moscow, October 1992.

[2] Ibid.

[3] A 50 percent decline in relation to the average of the previous three years. Interviews with several economists of the Russian Academy of Science, Moscow, September 1992.

[4] Based on author’s compilation of price increases over the period December 1991-October 1992 of some 27 essential consumer goods including food, transportation, clothing and consumer durables.

[5] According to the government’s official statement to the Russian Parliament, wages increased 11 times from January to September 1992.

[6] Interview with the head of the IMF Resident Mission, Moscow, September 1992.

[7] See World Bank, Russian Economic Reform, Crossing the Threshold of Structural Reform, Washington DC, 1992, p. 18.

[8] Interview with a World Bank advisor, Moscow, October 1992.

[9] Interview with an economist of the Russian Academy of Science, Moscow, September 1992.

[10] Interview in a Moscow polyclinic, interviews with workers in different sectors of economic activity, Moscow and Rostow on the Don, September-October 1992. See also Jean-Jacques Marie, “Ecole et sante en ruines”, Le Monde diplomatique, June 1992, p. 13.

[11] The price and wage levels are those prevailing in September-October 1992. The exchange rate in September 1992 was of the order of 300 rubles to the dollar.

[12] For further details see Jean Jacques Marie, op. cit.

[13] There is a failure on the part of the Russian economic advisors to uncover the theoretical falsehoods of the IMF economic framework. There is no analysis on how the IMF policy package actually works, and little knowledge in the former Soviet Union of policy experiences in other countries, including sub- Saharan Africa, Latin America and Eastern Europe.

[14] Interview with IMF official, Moscow, September 1992.

[15] See Delovoi Mir (Business World), No. 34, 6 September 1992, p. 14.

[16] During the first nine months of 1992.

[17] Interview with ordinary Russian citizens, Rostov on the Don, October 1992.

[18] See International Monetary Fund, World Bank, Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development and European Bank for Reconstruction and Development, A Study of the Soviet Economy, Vol. 1, Paris, 1991, part II, chapter 2.

[19] Paraphrase of “Adam bit the apple and thereupon sin fell on the human race” in Karl Marx “On Primitive Accumulation”, Capital (book 1).

[20] See “Ruble Plunges to New Low”, Moscow Times, 2 October 1992, p. 1.

[21] See Paul Klebnikov, “Stalin’s Heirs”, Forbes, 27 September 1993, pp. 124-34. 22. The government is said to have issued export licenses in 1992 covering two times the recorded exports of crude petroleum.

[23] According to estimates of the Washington-based International Institute of Banking.

[24] It is estimated that with a purchase of USS 1,000 of state property (according to the book value of the enterprise), one acquires real assets of a value of $300,000.

[25] Interview with a Western commercial bank executive, Moscow, October 1992.

[26] See Tim Beardsley, “Selling to Survive”, Scientific American, February 1993, pp. 94-100.

[27] Ibid.

[28] With technical assistance from the World Bank, a uniform tariff on imports was designed for the Russian Federation.

[29] The Central Bank was under the jurisdiction of parliament. In early September 1993, an agreement was reached whereby the Central Bank would be respon- sible to both the government and the parliament.

[30] Quoted in Financial Times, 23 September 1993, p. 1.

[31] Ibid, p. 1.

[32] According to Financial Times, 5 October 1993.

[33] See Leyla Boulton, “Russia’s Breadwinners and Losers”, Financial Times, 13 October 1993, p. 3.

[34] Chris Doyle, The Distributional Consequences of Russia’s Transition, Discussion Paper no. 839, Center for Economic Policy Research, London, 1993. This estimate is consistent with the author’s evaluation of price move- ments of basic consumer goods over the period December 1991-October 1992. Official statistics (which are grossly manipulated) acknowledge a 56 percent collapse in purchasing power since mid-1991.

[35] The amount eligible for restructuring pertained to the official debt contracted prior to January 1991 (USS 17 billion). Two billion were due in 1993, 15 bil- lion were rescheduled over 10 years with a five-year grace period.

[36] Only debt incurred prior to the cut-off date (January 1991) was to be resched- uled; 15 out of $ 17 billion were rescheduled, $ 2 billion were due to the Paris Club in 1993.

[37] See The Wall Street Journal, New York, 12 October 1993, p. A17. See also Allan Saunderson, “Legal Wrangle Holds Up Russian Debt Deal”, The European, 14-17 October 1993, p. 38.

[38] The World Bank has recommended to the government to “fracturize”, large enterprises, that is to break them up into smaller entities.

[39] See Financial Times, 1 August 1994, p. 1.

Featured image is licensed under CC BY-SA 4.0


The Globalization of Poverty and the New World Order

Author Name: Michel Chossudovsky

ISBN Number: 9780973714708

Year: 2003

Product Type: PDF File

Price: $9.50

In this new and expanded edition of Chossudovsky’s international best-seller, the author outlines the contours of a New World Order which feeds on human poverty and the destruction of the environment, generates social apartheid, encourages racism and ethnic strife and undermines the rights of women. The result as his detailed examples from all parts of the world show so convincingly, is a globalization of poverty.

This book is a skilful combination of lucid explanation and cogently argued critique of the fundamental directions in which our world is moving financially and economically.

In this new enlarged edition – which includes ten new chapters and a new introduction — the author reviews the causes and consequences of famine in Sub-Saharan Africa, the dramatic meltdown of financial markets, the demise of State social programs and the devastation resulting from corporate downsizing and trade liberalisation.

Click here to purchase.

Your brain is highly energy-dependent, consuming 20% of your body’s energy. Recent studies show a bidirectional relationship between mental well-being and mitochondrial function, with positive experiences boosting cellular energy production

Chronic stress can lead to mitochondrial dysfunction, increasing your risk of mental health issues like anxiety and depression. Breaking the stress cycle is crucial for optimal mitochondrial function and overall health

Strategies to manage chronic stress include regular exercise, consuming healthy carbohydrates, engaging in creative activities, practicing self-soothing techniques, optimizing sleep and maintaining a positive outlook

Diet also plays a significant role in stress management. Consuming healthy carbs can help lower your cortisol levels, while avoiding seed oils high in linoleic acid (LA) is recommended to prevent mitochondrial dysfunction

Rewiring your brain for happiness and cultivating Joy is important. Joy is described as an active pursuit of life’s purpose, distinct from passive happiness, reflecting engagement with life and personal growth

*

Did you know that your brain is the most energy-dependent organ? It consumes up to 20% of the energy used by your entire body, despite making up only 2% of your bodyweight.1 Your brain regulates your mental and emotional state, so when you don’t produce enough cellular energy, your brain function is severely affected — as a result, you experience changes in your behavior and how you respond to stress.

But did you know that these processes work both ways? According to a recent study,2 your experiences, whether positive or negative, can affect your energy production by changing how your mitochondria work.

Your Mental and Social Well-Being Are Linked to Your Brain’s Energy Production

The mitochondria are the powerhouses of your cells and are responsible for more than 90% of your body’s energy production.3 I’ve previously discussed how optimizing your mitochondrial energy production can help rewire your brain and allow you to cultivate more Joy in your life. Now, there’s evidence that shows it works the other way as well.

According to a 2024 study published in the Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences (PNAS),4 experiencing positive life experiences can impart changes in the mitochondria, which then boost cellular energy production. Conducted by scientists from Columbia University, the study involved examining the brains of elderly adults who have donated their brains to research postmortem.

For nearly 20 years, the participants also conducted “periodic psychosocial self-assessments”5 — basically, they recorded their mental and social experiences for later analysis. 

Through these assessments, the researchers observed a link between the psychosocial experiences of the participants and the amount of proteins in their brains, which the mitochondria need for energy production, noting that “positive psychosocial experiences are linked to greater abundance of the mitochondrial energy transformation machinery, whereas negative experiences are linked to lower abundance.”

According to their findings, the participants who reported feeling happier and more content during their lives had higher amounts of these proteins. On the other hand, those who had bad experiences had fewer proteins.

One factor that shows how this mechanism works is OxPhos (oxidative phosphorylation) protein abundance. Not only are OxPhos reactions essential for mitochondrial energy production, but they also help keep age-related disorders at bay.6 According to a report published in Lifespan.io:7

“In the dorsolateral prefrontal cortex (DLPFC), a brain area that is involved in executive functions and emotional regulation and is known to be sensitive to psychological stress, this factor showed marked correlation with both positive and negative psychosocial experiences.

The positive psychosocial aspects most associated with increased OxPhos protein abundance were well-being and late-life social activity. On the opposite side of the scale, negative mood and negative life events had the biggest effect sizes.”

Caroline Trumpff, the lead author of this study, notes that this is the first time that subjective psychosocial experiences have been related to brain biology. “We’re showing that older individuals’ state of mind is linked to the biology of their brain mitochondria,” she commented.8 

The Effects Could be ‘Bidirectional’

The study authors noted that there are limitations to their findings, as the specific cause-and-effect relationship is yet to be determined. It’s possible that the effect could be the other way around, and that having more proteins in the brain (and therefore better mitochondrial energy production) could be the reason why some participants report being happier and having better mood than others.

However, they noted that the effects could be bidirectional, too, and that “chronic stress exposure directly affects an individual’s mitochondrial biology and subsequently affects their perception of social events.”9 This is entirely possible; in fact, some of the researchers involved in this study also previously published an animal study10 that looked at how mitochondrial activity in different parts of the brain affected stress response.

Published in the journal Nature Communications, the researchers looked at 17 different brain areas of mice that correspond to different behaviors.11 They found that these different patterns of mitochondrial activity account for differences in behavior between individual mice and how they respond to stress.

“This study synergizes with recent work providing the technical and empirical foundation to bring mitochondrial biology into brain-wide, network-based models of neural systems in mammals … Developing a spatially resolved understanding of brain mitochondrial biology will help to resolve the energetic constraints on brain function and behavior,” they said.12

Mitochondrial Dysfunction in Your Brain Can Raise Your Risk of Mental Problems

Although the cause-and-effect factor is still not confirmed, one thing is certain — there is a definite link between your mitochondrial health and stress. According to Trumpff, their findings give valuable insight into why chronic psychological stress and bad experiences can be harmful for the brain, saying, “They damage or impair mitochondrial energy transformation in the dorsolateral prefrontal cortex [DLPFC], the part of the brain responsible for high-level cognitive tasks.”13

Previous studies showed similar results; for example, a 2022 review published in Neuroscience and Biobehavioral Reviews14 found that chronic stress can lead to poor mitochondrial function and can be a risk factor for various psychiatric and mood disorders, including anxiety, depression, autism and schizophrenia.

According to the researchers, being in a state of constant stress can cause “mitochondrial allostatic overload” — this refers to the functional and structural changes that your mitochondria experience, which then leads to “oxidative stress, inflammation, mitochondrial DNA damage and apoptosis.”15

They then highlighted evidence linking mitochondrial dysfunction to mental health issues. For example, in patients with major depression, neuroimaging studies found a reduced energy metabolism in brain areas, including the prefrontal cortex, insula and basal ganglia.

“The evidence presented here suggests that alterations in mitochondrial function do impact on cognitive processes and may be causative linked to the onset of psychiatric disorders such as anxiety, stress-related disorders as well as social interaction deficits in the domain of autism and antisocial personality disorder.

Understanding the connections between mitochondria and cognitive functions could pave the way to next generation approaches targeting mitochondria to alleviate neuropsychiatric conditions, aging and cognitive decline in general,” they concluded.

Escaping the Stress Cycle Is Key to Optimal Mitochondrial Function

Stress is a “silent killer.”16 Being constantly exposed to it weakens your immune system, increasing your risk of numerous health issues like heart disease, obesity and cancer.17 In a 2022 survey by the American Psychological Association (APA), 34% of U.S. adults report feeling overwhelmed by stress brought on by multiple factors, such as work, relationships, health issues and financial concerns.18

These studies give better insight as to why stress is so detrimental to your health, as it hinders proper mitochondrial function and affects your cellular energy production. If your mitochondria are not functioning well, no doubt your risk for chronic degenerative diseases will radically increase.

Furthermore, since your brain is the most energy-dependent organ, it becomes particularly susceptible to impaired energy production due to faulty mitochondria. And when cellular energy production decreases, you have less energy overall, including for brain processing. Since your brain regulates your mental state, it can also affect your emotional well-being.

I recently wrote an article about the stress cycle and how you can break free to improve both your physical and mental health. There are three phases to this cycle:

1. Alarm phase — This is your body’s immediate reaction to a perceived threat.

2. Resistance phase — This is your body’s attempt to return to a state of balance, either by resisting or adapting to the stressors.

3. Exhaustion phase — Your body experiences reactions to the stress, including decreased immunity and fatigue. You may also become more likely to experience illnesses, due to stress hormones and cortisol taking their toll on your body.

Manage Chronic Stress with These Strategies

Everyone will experience stress in their lives — it is unavoidable. What isn’t advisable, however, is chronic and prolonged stress, as it can be highly damaging to your well-being. The good news is there are healthy and proactive strategies that can help you manage stress to keep it from wreaking havoc on your physical and emotional well-being:

Get regular exercise — Being physically active can positively contribute to your physical and emotional equilibrium, mainly because it improves your mood and helps lower cortisol levels, which is your body’s primary stress hormone. According to a 2022 study:19

“Regular physical activity has a positive effect on the central nervous system (CNS) functions, contributes to an improvement in mood and of cognitive abilities (including memory and learning), and is correlated with an increase in the expression of the neurotrophic factors and markers of synaptic plasticity as well as a reduction in the inflammatory factors.”

Being physically active can also promote longevity and reduce the risk of stress-related health complications.20 One of the best low-impact, moderate-intensity exercise you can do is walking outdoors in bright sunlight, which can multiply the benefits, as you also get to optimize your vitamin D levels.

Consume healthy, clean carbs — Your diet plays a significant role in your chronically elevated cortisol levels, and one primary reason is you may not be getting enough healthy carbs.

I’ve been following the work of the late Ray Peat, and one of the foundational health concepts that I’ve radically revised my thinking on as a result is the idea that eating a low-carb diet long-term is the best way to optimize your metabolic and mitochondrial health. It’s not. Your body needs carbohydrates for optimal function.

Your body breaks down carbs into glucose. If you don’t have enough glucose in your bloodstream, your body makes up for it by secreting cortisol. The cortisol breaks down your bones, lean muscles and brain to produce amino acids that are converted by your liver into glucose (gluconeogenesis).

However, elevated cortisol levels can increase inflammation and impair your immune function. As long as you’re metabolically flexible, consuming more carbs will help lower cortisol. But don’t be confused — don’t choose refined sugars and carbs from processed foods. Instead, go for healthy carbs like white rice and ripe fruits.

In addition, I recommend avoiding seed oils, which are loaded with linoleic acid (LA), the most destructive ingredient in our modern-day diet. LA is far worse than refined sugar and is highly pernicious to your health because it prevents your mitochondria from working properly, causing oxidation, inflammation and mitochondrial dysfunction. I recommend reading my article on LA to discover why it is so damaging.

Stay creative and start new hobbies — Engage in activities and hobbies that not only encourage creative thinking, but also provide mental diversions to help rejuvenate your mind and body.21

Painting, writing or even learning how to play a musical instrument can all provide therapeutic benefits by stimulating your brain’s creativity centers and reducing stress hormones. They also increase your feelings of happiness and satisfaction.

Incorporate self-soothing techniques — If you’re dealing with difficult, heavy emotions, self-soothing techniques like meditation may help curb the intensity of stress responses. Practicing controlled nasal breathing slows down your heart rate and lowers blood pressure, activating your body’s relaxation response. To help you build better breathing habits, check out my interview with Dr. Peter Litchfield.

Autogenics is another self-soothing technique, and it involves a series of exercises in which you focus on sensations of warmth and heaviness in different parts of your body to induce a sense of deep relaxation. Developed by German psychiatrist Johannes Heinrich Schultz in the early 20th century, it’s based on the principle that physical relaxation can lead to mental calmness.22

Even crying may help soothe you, as it provides an outlet for pent-up emotions and stress. According to a randomized controlled trial published in the journal Emotions:23

“Crying may assist in generally maintaining biological homeostasis, perhaps consciously through self-soothing via purposeful breathing and unconsciously through regulation of heart rate.”

Optimize your sleep — Getting sufficient, high-quality sleep not only allows you to rest, but also helps repair and rejuvenate your mind and body, enhancing cognitive function and improving mood. It makes you more resilient toward stress.

Make sure you establish a regular sleep schedule and create a conducive sleep environment so you can maximize the benefits of sleep. Exposure to bright light during daytime and complete darkness at night is also essential, as it helps boost your melatonin production.

Practice positive thinking and laughter — Maintaining a hopeful and optimistic outlook encourages your brain to produce stress-busting chemicals. Some of the best activities include mindfulness, spending time in nature and journaling.

I also encourage you to make it a habit to laugh and smile more. Laughter triggers the release of endorphins, your body’s natural stress-relievers, making it a potent antidote to stress.

Rewire Your Brain for Happiness

Being in a state of chronic stress is like living with a dark cloud hanging above you. It casts a gloomy shadow over every aspect of your life. It strains your relationships, messes up with your decision-making skills and ultimately puts your physical and mental well-being in jeopardy. That is why instead of always giving in to stress or stressful situations, I advise you to try the strategies above to rewire your brain for happiness and cultivate more Joy in your life.

One of the key lessons from my upcoming book, “The Power of Choice,” is that life is about creating Joy. I believe there is an important distinction between Joy and happiness. While happiness can be passive, Joy is active — it’s a verb representing the ultimate pursuit and realization of life’s purpose.

You hold the ultimate authority over the experiences you encounter, as they are entirely shaped by your individual choices. If your life lacks fulfillment, then it could be your true Self telling you to make different choices that could steer you toward a more satisfying existence.

I intentionally capitalize “Self” and “Joy” to indicate their deeper, transcendent nature. Self represents unlimited, immortal consciousness, while Joy denotes a profound state of contentment that emanates from within yourself.

Choosing to rewire your brain for happiness can be considered an act of Joy because it reflects an active engagement with life, a pursuit of meaning and a commitment to personal growth. It involves making conscious decisions and taking intentional actions that ultimately lead to happiness and a more fulfilling, satisfying existence.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Get Your Free Copy of “Towards a World War III Scenario: The Dangers of Nuclear War”! 

Notes

1 Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. August 10, 2021; 118(32)

2, 4, 9 PNAS, June 18, 2024, 121(27), e2317673121

3 Dis Model Mech. June 1, 2021; 14(6)

5 Lifespan.io, June 25, 2024, Picking the brains

6 Cell Rep. May 29, 2018;23(9):2550-2558

7 Lifespan.io, June 25, 2024, How do your mitochondria feel?

8, 13 Lifespan.io, June 25, 2024

10 Nature Communications, 2023, Volume 14, Article number: 4726

11 Nature Communications, 2023, Volume 14, Article number: 4726, Introduction

12 Nature Communications, 2023, Volume 14, Article number: 4726, Discussion

14 Neuroscience & Biobehavioral Reviews, November 2022, Volume 142, 104892

15 Neuroscience & Biobehavioral Reviews, November 2022, Volume 142, 104892, Abstract

16 Florida International University, May 25, 2023

17 Annual Review of Psychology, 2021, Vol. 72:663-688

18 Forbes Health, June 20, 2024

19 Int J Mol Sci. 2022 Nov; 23(21): 13348

20 Harvard Health Publishing, July 7, 2020

21 PsychCentral, June 23, 2022

22 Evid Based Complement Alternat Med. 2021; 2021: 5924040

23 Emotion. 2020 Oct;20(7):1279-1291

Featured image is from Mercola

Below is an excerpt from an article on KTTC:

Family searches for answers after 12-year-old suffers heart attack, baffling doctors

By Steve Mehling and Gray News staff, KTTC, August 29, 2024

A Tennessee family says doctors have no idea why their son, who they say was in great health and active, had a heart attack at age 12 that left him hospitalized with extensive brain damage.

Sammy Silverman, now 13, should be starting the eighth grade at Blackman Middle School in Murfreesboro. Instead for the past six weeks, he and his parents, Adam and Janette Silverman, have been at the Monroe Carell Jr. Children’s Hospital in Nashville, WSMV reports.

Sammy’s parents say doctors still don’t know why their son, who they say was in great health and active, had a heart attack at age 12.

“You never think, ‘Hey, that’s going to happen to my kid,’” Janette Silverman said. “Then, it does.”

Read the full article on KTTC.

.

Click here to watch the video

*

My Take…

There are thousands of stories like this.

“Doctors are as puzzled as the parents are”. I bet they are.

.

Image

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Get Your Free Copy of “Towards a World War III Scenario: The Dangers of Nuclear War”! 

Dr. William Makis is a Canadian physician with expertise in Radiology, Oncology and Immunology. Governor General’s Medal, University of Toronto Scholar. Author of 100+ peer-reviewed medical publications.  

Featured image is a screenshot from the video


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

Reviews

This is an in-depth resource of great interest if it is the wider perspective you are motivated to understand a little better, the author is very knowledgeable about geopolitics and this comes out in the way Covid is contextualized. —Dr. Mike Yeadon

In this war against humanity in which we find ourselves, in this singular, irregular and massive assault against liberty and the goodness of people, Chossudovsky’s book is a rock upon which to sustain our fight. –Dr. Emanuel Garcia

In fifteen concise science-based chapters, Michel traces the false covid pandemic, explaining how a PCR test, producing up to 97% proven false positives, combined with a relentless 24/7 fear campaign, was able to create a worldwide panic-laden “plandemic”; that this plandemic would never have been possible without the infamous DNA-modifying Polymerase Chain Reaction test – which to this day is being pushed on a majority of innocent people who have no clue. His conclusions are evidenced by renown scientists. —Peter Koenig 

Professor Chossudovsky exposes the truth that “there is no causal relationship between the virus and economic variables.” In other words, it was not COVID-19 but, rather, the deliberate implementation of the illogical, scientifically baseless lockdowns that caused the shutdown of the global economy. –David Skripac

A reading of  Chossudovsky’s book provides a comprehensive lesson in how there is a global coup d’état under way called “The Great Reset” that if not resisted and defeated by freedom loving people everywhere will result in a dystopian future not yet imagined. Pass on this free gift from Professor Chossudovsky before it’s too late.  You will not find so much valuable information and analysis in one place. –Edward Curtin

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

You may also access the online version of the e-Book by clicking here.

We encourage you to support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page

Below is an excerpt from an article on WSAZ3:

‘He was so young’: 15-year-old high school cross-country runner collapses and dies

By Tony Garcia and Jordan Gartner, WSAZ3, August 29, 2024

A teenager in Tennessee died on Tuesday while he was out for a jog in the neighborhood.

The Cheatham County Sheriff’s Office identified the teen as 15-year-old Tristen Franklin.

The Sycamore High School student was jogging that day on his normal route as a cross-country runner when he collapsed.

Neighbor Troy Simpkins said he would usually see Tristen on the teen’s afternoon runs and they would say hello to one another.

Read the full article on WSAZ3.

.

Click here to watch the video

*

My Take…

COVID-19 mRNA Vaccine Induced Sudden Cardiac Deaths continue…

.

Image

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Get Your Free Copy of “Towards a World War III Scenario: The Dangers of Nuclear War”! 

Dr. William Makis is a Canadian physician with expertise in Radiology, Oncology and Immunology. Governor General’s Medal, University of Toronto Scholar. Author of 100+ peer-reviewed medical publications.  


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

Reviews

This is an in-depth resource of great interest if it is the wider perspective you are motivated to understand a little better, the author is very knowledgeable about geopolitics and this comes out in the way Covid is contextualized. —Dr. Mike Yeadon

In this war against humanity in which we find ourselves, in this singular, irregular and massive assault against liberty and the goodness of people, Chossudovsky’s book is a rock upon which to sustain our fight. –Dr. Emanuel Garcia

In fifteen concise science-based chapters, Michel traces the false covid pandemic, explaining how a PCR test, producing up to 97% proven false positives, combined with a relentless 24/7 fear campaign, was able to create a worldwide panic-laden “plandemic”; that this plandemic would never have been possible without the infamous DNA-modifying Polymerase Chain Reaction test – which to this day is being pushed on a majority of innocent people who have no clue. His conclusions are evidenced by renown scientists. —Peter Koenig 

Professor Chossudovsky exposes the truth that “there is no causal relationship between the virus and economic variables.” In other words, it was not COVID-19 but, rather, the deliberate implementation of the illogical, scientifically baseless lockdowns that caused the shutdown of the global economy. –David Skripac

A reading of  Chossudovsky’s book provides a comprehensive lesson in how there is a global coup d’état under way called “The Great Reset” that if not resisted and defeated by freedom loving people everywhere will result in a dystopian future not yet imagined. Pass on this free gift from Professor Chossudovsky before it’s too late.  You will not find so much valuable information and analysis in one place. –Edward Curtin

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

You may also access the online version of the e-Book by clicking here.

We encourage you to support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page